Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 524 "G" titles
  • Digital
    edited by Craig W. Stevens, Ph.D., Department of Pharmacology and Physiology, College of Osteopathic Medicine, Oklahoma State University-Center for Health Sciences, Tulsa, OK, USA.
    Contents:
    G protein-coupled receptors : research and methods in the post-genomic era / Craig W. Stevens
    Examining the dynamic evolution of G protein-coupled receptors / Claudia Stäubert, Diana Le Duc, and Torsten Schöneberg
    Functional properties of virus-encoded and virus-regulated G protein-coupled receptors / Katja Spiess and Mette M. Rosenkilde
    Discovery and function of the very large G protein-coupled receptor / Perrin C. White and D. Randy McMillan
    Functional evolution of opioid family G protein-coupled receptors / Eyal Vardy, Craig W. Stevens, and Bryan L. Roth
    Investigation of G protein-coupled receptor function and regulation using antisense / Jonathon Willets and Craig Nash
    Signalosome profiling reveals allosteric interactions between G protein-coupled receptors / Katrin Altosaar ... [et al.]
    Use of optogenetic approaches to control intracellular signaling of G protein-coupled receptors / Olivia A. Masseck, Melanie D. Mark, and Stefan Herlitze
    Viral infection for G protein-coupled receptor expression in eukaryotic cells / Antonio Porcellini, Luisa Iacovelli, and Antonio De Blasi
    Using in vitro mutagenesis to characterize structure- function relationships in G protein-coupled receptors / Gregory W. Sawyer and Frederick J. Ehlert
    CRE Luc Mouse model for bioimaging ligand activation of G protein-coupled receptors / H. Gregory Polites and Kyriakos D. Economides
    Inducing conformational changes in G protein-coupled receptors by domain coupling / Hamiyet Unal and Sadashiva S. Karnik
    Rescue of defective G protein-coupled receptor function by intermolecular cooperation / Ashutosh Trehan ... [et al.]
    Design of super-arrestins for gene therapy of diseases associated with excessive signaling of G protein-coupled receptors / Vsevolod V. Gurevich and Eugenia V. Gurevich
    Importance of G protein-coupled receptor genetics in clinical medicine / Ramakrishna Devaki
    Pharmacogenomics of G protein-coupled receptor signaling and other pathways in essential hypertension / Pedro A. Jose ... [et al.]
    Exon sequencing of G protein-coupled receptor genes and perspectives for disease treatment / Angeliki Karamitri and Ralf Jockers
    Gene therapy using G protein-coupled receptors for the treatment of cardiovascular disease / Dario Leosco ... [et al.]
    Novel mechanisms of G protein-coupled receptor oligomer and ion channel Iiteractions in nociception / Ajay S. Yekkirala
    Discovery and characterization of leucine-rich repeat-containing G protein-coupled receptors / Marie-Isabelle Garcia, Valeria Fernandez-Vallone, and Gilbert Vassart
    Role of G protein-coupled receptors in adult neurogenesis / Katie M. Collette, Van A. Doze, and Dianne M. Perez.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Duarte Miguel F. Prazeresl, Sofia Aires M. Martins.
    Contents:
    G protein-coupled receptors : an overview of signaling mechanisms and screening assays / Duarte Miguel F. Prazeres and Sofia Aires M. Martins
    Time-resolved FRET strategy to screen GPCR ligand library / Nadia Oueslati [and others]
    Homogeneous fluorescence anisotropy-based assay for characterization of ligand binding dynamics to GPCRs in budded baculoviruses : the case of Cy3B-NDP-α-MSH binding to MC4 receptors / Santa Veiksina . . [and others]
    Construction of recombinant HEK293 cell lines for the expression of the neurotensin receptor NTSR1 / Su Xiao, Joseph Shiloach, and Reinhard Grisshammer
    cAMP assay for GPCR ligand characterization : application of BacMam expression system / Olga Mazina [and others]
    Ca2+ mobilization assays in GPCR drug discovery / Grzegorz Woszczek and Elisabeth Fuerst
    Using constitutive activity to define appropriate high- throughput screening assays for orphan G protein-coupled receptors / Tony Ngo, James L.J. Coleman, and Nicola J. Smith
    Monitoring G protein-coupled receptor activation using the protein fragment complementation technique split TEV / Michael C. Wehr, Sabrina Galinski, and Moritz J. Rossner
    Quantifying GPCR iternalization : a focus on the kisspeptin receptor / Macarena Pampillo and Andy V. Babwah
    GPCR oligomerization analysis by means of BRET and dFRAP / Francisco Ciruela and Víctor Fernández-Dueñas
    Use of imageJ to recover information from individual cells in a G protein-coupled receptor assay / João R.C. Trabuco, Sofia Aires M. Martins, and Duarte Miguel F. Prazeres
    Methods to immobilize GPCR on the surface of SPR sensors / Laura Martínez-Muñoz [and others]
    Olfactory receptor screening assay using nanovesicle- immobilized carbon nanotube transistor / Jong Hyun Lim [and others]
    Label-free biosensor assays in GPCR screening / Manuel Grundmann and Evi Kostenis
    Multidimensional GPCR profiling and screening using impedance-based label-free and real-time assay / Ning Ke [and others]
    Label-free functional selectivity assays / Ann M. Ferrie [and others]
    Measurement of surface-mediated Ca2+ transients on the single-cell level in a microfluidic lab-on-a-chip environment / Michael Kirschbaum, Magnus S. Jaeger, and Claus Duschl
    Cell-based assays and animal models for GPCR drug screening / Hideo Takakura [and others]
    Computer-aided design of GPCR ligands / Hugo Gutiérrez-de-Terán [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Marta Filizola, editor.
    Summary: G protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs) are heptahelical transmembrane receptors that convert extra-cellular stimuli into intra-cellular signaling, and ultimately into biological responses. Since GPCRs are natural targets for approximately 40% of all modern medicines, it is not surprising that they have been the subject of intense research. Notwithstanding the amount of data generated over the years, discovering ligands of these receptors with optimal therapeutic properties is not straightforward and has certainly been hampered for years by the lack of high-resolution structural information about these receptors.--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Pt. I. Progress in structural modeling of GPCRs
    The GPCR crystallography boom: providing an invaluable source of structural information and expanding the scope of homology modeling
    Modeling of G protein-coupled receptors using crystal structures: from monomers to signaling complexes
    Pt. II. GPCRs in motion: insights from simulations
    Structure and dynamics of G-protein coupled receptors
    How the dynamic properties and functional mechanisms of GPCRs are modulated by their coupling to the membrane environment
    Coarse-grained molecular dynamics provides insights into the interactions of lipids and cholesterol with rhodopsin
    Beyond standard molecular dynamics: investigating the molecular mechanisms of G protein-coupled receptors with enhanced molecular dynamics methods
    Pt. III. GPCR-focused design and mathematical modeling
    From three-dimensional GPCR structure to rational ligand discovery
    Mathematical modeling of G protein-coupled receptor function: what can we learn from empirical and mechanistic models?
    Pt. IV. Bioinformatics tools and resources for GPCRs
    GPCR & company: databases and servers for GPCRs and interacting partners
    Bioinformatics tools for predicting GPCR gene functions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Arun K. Shukla.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    edited by Marta Filizola
    Contents:
    Purification of stabilized GPCRs for structural and biophysical analyses / James C. Errey ... [et al.]
    Purification and crystallization of a thermostabilized agonist-bound conformation of the human adenosine A2A receptor / Christopher G. Tate and Guillaume Lebon
    2D projection analysis of GPCR complexes by negative stain electron microscopy / Alys Peisley and Georgios Skiniotis
    Nuts and bolts of CF3 and CH3 NMR towards the understanding of conformational exchange of GPCRs / R. Scott Prosser and Tae Hun Kim
    Single-molecule fluorescence microscopy for the analysis of fast receptor dynamics / Julia Wagner ... [et al.]
    Quantitative multi-color detection strategies for bioorthogonally labeled GPCRs / Minyoung Park ... [et al.]
    Approaches to characterize and quantify oligomerization of GPCRs / Sara Marsango, María José Varela, and Graeme Milligan
    Monitoring G protein activation in cells with BRET / Ikuo Masuho, Kirill A. Martemyanov, and Nevin A. Lambert
    Use of fluorescence indicators in receptor ligands / Kaleeckal G. Harikumar and Laurence J. Miller
    Detection and quantification of intracellular signaling using FRET-based biosensors and high content imaging / Michelle L. Halls ... [et al.]
    Measurement of receptor signaling bias / Terry Kenakin
    Approaches to assess functional selectivity in GPCRs : evaluating G protein signaling in an endogenous environment / Laura M. Bohn, Lei Zhou, and Jo-Hao Ho
    Bioluminescence resonance energy transfer approaches to discover bias in GPCR signaling / Elizabeth K. M. Johnstone and Kevin D. G. Pfleger
    Virus-mediated expression of DREADDs for in vivo metabolic studies / Mario Rossi ... [et al.]
    High-throughput screening for allosteric modulators of GPCRs / Robert L. Bertekap Jr. ... [et al.]
    Radioligand binding assay for an exon 11-associated mu opioid receptor target / Gina F. Marrone, Susruta Majumdar, and Gavril W. Pasternak
    Docking and virtual screening strategies for GPCR drug discovery / Thijs Beuming ... [et al.]
    Dynamic process of drug-GPCR binding at either orthosteric or allosteric sites evaluated by metadynamics / Sebastian Schneider, Davide Provasi, and Marta Filizola
    Experiment-guided molecular modeling of protein-protein complexes involving GPCRs / Irina Kufareva, Tracy M. Handel, and Ruben Abagyan
    Interaction fingerprints and their applications to identify hot spots / Andrés F. Marmolejo ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Holly Crisp, Glen O. Gabbard.
    Summary: "The second edition of Gabbard's Textbook of Psychotherapeutic Treatments provides up-to-date information on psychotherapies, including psychodynamic therapies, mentalization-based treatment, transference-focused therapy, cognitive-behavioral therapy, supportive psychotherapy, and interpersonal psychotherapy. The textbook also reflects social changes that have had profound impacts on how therapists practice, including the advancement of LGBTQ rights, calls for racial and social justice, and the COVID-19 pandemic"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Glen O. Gabbard, M. D., Professor of Psychiatry, State University of New York-Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, New York, Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas, Private Practice, The Gabbard Center, Houston, Texas.
    Contents:
    Intellectual disability (intellectual developmental disorder)
    Communication disorders
    Autism spectrum disorder
    Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
    Specific learning disorder
    Tic disorders
    Elimination disorders
    Early-stage schizophrenia
    Toward a dimensional understanding of psychosis and its treatment
    Psychosocial treatments for chronic psychosis
    Pharmacological treatment of psychosis
    Psychotherapy of mood disorders
    Acute and maintenance treatment of bipolar and related disorders
    Pharmacological and somatic treatments for major depressive disorder
    Brain stimulation treatments for mood disorders
    Panic disorder
    Separation anxiety disorder
    Social anxiety disorder (social phobia)
    Generalized anxiety disorder
    Specific phobia
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder
    Body dysmorphic disorder
    Hoarding disorder, trichotillomania (hair-pulling disorder), and excoriation (skin-picking) disorder
    Dissociative identity disorder
    Depersonalization/derealization disorder
    Dissociative amnesia
    Posttraumatic stress disorder
    Acute stress disorder
    Adjustment disorders
    Evidence-based psychological treatments for eating disorders
    Pharmacological treatment of eating disorders
    Intensive treatment for eating disorders
    Primary care and consultation-liaison interventions for somatic symptom and related disorders
    Pharmacological interventions for psychosomatic disorders
    Intensive interventions for somatic symptom disorders
    Sleep-wake disorders
    Sexual dysfunctions
    Paraphilias and paraphilic disorders
    Gender dysphoria
    Oppositional defiant disorder
    Intermittent explosive disorder
    Conduct disorder
    With limited prosocial emotions specifier for conduct disorder
    Pyromania
    Kleptomania
    Alcohol-related disorders
    Sedative-, hypnotic-, or anxiolytic-related disorders
    Opioid-related disorders: opioid detoxification
    Opioid-related disorders: antagonist treatment
    Opioid-related disorders: agonist maintenance treatment
    Hallucinogen-related disorders
    Cannabis-related disorders
    Club drug addiciton
    Stimulant-related disorders
    Nicotine-related disorders
    Individual therapy for substance use disorders
    Cognitive, behavioral, and motivational therapies for substance use disorders
    Group therapy for substance use disorders
    Family therapy in substance abuse treatment
    Network therapy for substance use disorders
    Pain and addiction
    Gambling disorder
    Delirium
    Neurocognitive disorder due to Alzheimer's disease
    Frontotemporal neurocognitive disorder
    Vascular neurocognitive disorder
    Neurocognitive disorder due to Parkinson's disease
    Paranoid, schizotypal, and schizoid personality disorders
    Antisocial personality disorder
    Borderline personality disorder
    Histrionic personality disorder
    Narcissistic personality disorder
    Cluster C personality disorders: avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark B. Landon [and 8 others].
    Summary: "This book focuses solely on obstetrics with only the most important, clinically relevant points included, making it a quick and reliable way to find answers, confirm clinical decisions, or guide initial assessments. Includes key points at the beginning of each chapter, specially selected figures and tables, and a glossary of terms for efficient study and fast reference. Features clinically important information throughout." -- Publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Physiology
    Part II: Prenatal care
    Part III: Intrapartum care
    Part IV: Postpartum care
    Part V: Complicated pregnancy
    Part VI: Pregnancy and coexisting disease
    Part VII: Legal and ethical issues in perinatology
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    M. Raza Zaidi, Dan A. Liebermann, editors.
    Summary: This second edition is fully updated throughout and covers the emerging evidence that indicates that the Gadd45 family of proteins plays a unique and critical role as sensors of stress, including genotoxic, physiological, and oncogenic stress. It sheds light on the complex cellular stress response, encompassing myriad molecular pathways with a plethora of regulators and effectors. The GADD45 stress response genes encode small (18 kd) nuclear/cytoplasmic proteins. These genes are rapidly induced by a wide variety of endogenous and exogenous stress stimuli. Despite marked similarities, Gadd45 genes are regulated differentially and exhibit functional diversity. Gadd45 proteins respond to physiological and oncogenic stress, and are implicated in cell cycle arrest, DNA demethylation and repair, apoptosis, cell survival, genomic stability, and inflammation. The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive overview of the unique global role that Gadd45 proteins play as stress sensors and the molecular pathways involved.

    Contents:
    GADD45 in Stress Signaling, Cell Cycle Control, and Apoptosis
    GADD45 in Development and Cancer
    GADD45 in Normal Hematopoiesis and Leukemia
    GADD45 in DNA Methylation and DNA Repair
    GADD45 Proteins in Immunity
    GADD45 in Liver Function and Cancer
    GADD45 in Pre-Eclampsia
    GADD45 in Senescence
    GADD45 in Neuronal Development, Function, and Injury
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Betty L. Gahart, Adrienne R. Nazareno, Meghan Q. Ortega.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Sean R. Stowell, Richard D. Cummings.
    Contents:
    Evolving mechanistic insights into galectin functions / Connie M. Arthur [and three others]
    Cloning, expression, and purification of galectins for in vitro studies / Paul A. Poland, Carol L. Kinlough, and Rebecca P. Hughey
    Alkylation of galectin-1 with iodoacetamide and mass spectrometric mapping of the sites of incorporation / Sean R. Stowell [and three others]
    Evaluation of galectin binding by frontal affinity chromatography (FAC) / Jun Iwaki and Jun Hirabayashi
    Probing lectin-mucin interactions by isothermal titration microcalorimetry / Tarun K. Dam and C. Fred Brewer
    Examination of whole cell galectin binding by solid phase and flow cytometric analysis / Anne Leppänen, Connie M. Arthur, Sean R. Stowell, and Richard D. Cummings
    Evaluation of galectin binding by surface plasmon resonance / Padmaja Mehta-D'souza
    Examining galectin binding specificity using glycan microarrays / Connie M. Arthur [and seven others]
    Methods for assessing the effects of galectins on leukocyte trafficking / Beatrice R. Gittens, Rachael D. Wright, and Dianne Cooper
    Examination of the role of galectins in plasma cell differentiation / Chih-Ming Tsai and Kuo-I Lin
    Examination of galectin-induced lattice formation on early B-cell development / Stéphane J.C. Mancini [and five others]
    Detection of phosphatidylserine exposure on leukocytes following treatment with human galectins / Connie M. Arthur [and five others]
    Examination of galectins in phagocytosis / Huan-Yuan Chen [and four others]
    Assessing the roles of galectins in regulating dendritic cell migration through extracellular matrix and across lymphatic endothelial cells / Sandra Thiemann, Jeanette H. Man, and Linda G. Baum
    Examination of the role of galectins in intestinal inflammation / Atsushi Nishida, Cindy W. Lau, and Atsushi Mizoguchi
    Study of galectins in tumor immunity : strategies and methods / Juan P. Cerliani [and seven others]
    Galectins in the regulation of platelet biology / Maria A. Romaniuk, Gabriel A. Rabinovich, and Mirta Schattner
    Examination of the role of galectins and galectin inhibitors in endothelial cell biology / Iris A. E. Schulkens [and four others]
    Regulation of galectins by hypoxia and their relevance in angiogenesis : strategies and methods / Mariana Salatino [and ten others]
    Examination of the role of galectins during in vivo angiogenesis using the chick chorioallantoic membrane assay / Esther A. Kleibeuker [and four others]
    Examination of the role of galectins in cell migration and re-epithelialization of wounds / Zhiyi Cao [and three others]
    Manipulating galectin expression in Zebrafish (Danio rerio) / Chiguang Feng [and seven others]
    Examination of galectin localization using confocal microscopy / Daniel Giuliano Cerri [and six others]
    Examination of the regulation of galectin-3 expression in cancer / Hafiz Ahmed and Gargi Bandyopadhyaya
    Evaluation of the role of galectins in parasite immunity / Sarah Preston [and four others]
    Effect of galectins on viral transmission / Michel Ouellet [and three others]
    Evaluation of the bactericidal activity of galectins / Connie M. Arthur, Richard D. Cummings, and Sean R. Stowell
    Examination of the role of galectins in pre-mRNA splicing / Ronald J. Patterson [and three others]
    Analysis of the intracellular role of galectins in cell growth and apoptosis / Daniel K. Hsu [and three others]
    Nucleocytoplasmic shuttling of galectin-3 / Eric J. Arnoys, Cheri M. Ackerman, and John L. Wang.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Vijay Kumar Shukla, Manoj Pandey, Ruhi Dixit, editors.
    Summary: The book discusses the recent progress in understanding the therapeutic targets for gallbladder cancer to provide opportunities for research and for developing innovative strategies that may enhance the benefit of conventional chemotherapy. The book focuses on identifying candidate molecules and the overall status of the targeted therapies available for gallbladder cancer, as there is an urgent need to discover new molecular targets that can guide the emergence of new treatment strategies to improve patient outcomes and act as biomarkers for the early detection of diseases. Recently, new treatment therapeutics targets for gallbladder cancer patients have been identified and the field is evolving rapidly. The book is relevant for the clinical researcher, surgeon, scientist and academician.

    Contents:
    Gallbladder Cancer: Current treatment options and therapeutics
    Surgical Management of Gallbladder Cancer Patients
    Conventional therapy in Gallbladder Cancer
    Adjuvant Therapy following Surgical Treatment of Gallbladder Cancer
    Incidental gallbladder cancer: the role of routine versus selective histopathological examination of gallbladder specimens after cholecystectomy
    Minimally Invasive Surgery for Management of Gallbladder Cancer
    Thickwalled Gallbladder: Differential diagnosis and surgical approach to a thickened gallbladder
    Management of incidentally detected gallbladder cancer after cholecystectomy
    Adjuvant treatment in radically resected gallbladder cancer
    A look at emerging therapeutic targets for gallbladder cancer: a multi-omics approach
    MicroRNA and their role in Carcinoma Gallbladder
    Gallbladder cancer: Epigenetic landscape, Targeted therapy and Prospect of Epitherapy
    Targeted treatment of Gallbladder cancer
    Molecular pathways in Gallbladder cancer as potential therapeutic target
    Targeted Therapy: Molecular Pathology and Targets of Gallbladder Cancer
    Targeted Therapies in Gallbladder Cancer: Current Status and Future Perspectives
    Integrative omics - the roadmap for gallbladder biomarkers identification
    Anti-EGFR Therapy in Gall Bladder Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    editors, Andreas Heinz, Nina Romanczuk-Seiferth and Marc N. Potenza.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jon E. Grant, Marc N. Potenza.
    Summary: "Seventeen years since the first edition and eight years since DSM-5 reclassified "pathological gambling," Gambling Disorder: A Clinical Guide to Treatment is here to provide clinicians with the latest thinking about gambling disorder. It is an exciting moment in the history of gambling research, with scholarly inquiry into the epidemiology, etiology, neurobiology, and treatment of this disorder growing by leaps and bounds. However, many clinicians remain unaware of the disorder's symptoms, though common, and are uninformed about available treatments, many developed quite recently. Acting on this knowledge, the editors set out to compile a guide that would equip clinicians to recognize patients exhibiting signs of the disorder, competently assess them, and work to identify effective treatment options. In addition, the book explores different ways the disorder may manifest across genders and among older and younger patients, forensic issues, and the relatively new area of study, online gambling and gambling-gaming convergence. Not so much a revision as a reconceptualization, Gambling Disorder: A Clinical Guide to Treatment brings a new cast of contributors, a totally restructured text, and the research and clinical wisdom amassed over the past decade and a half to bear on this critically important, yet often overlooked, disorder"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology : the good, the bad, and the ugly / Nathan D.L. Smith, Linda B. Cottler
    Clinical characteristics / Donald W. Black
    Older adults / Georgina M. Gross, Rani A. Hoff
    Gender differences / Jon E. Grant, Samuel R. Chamberlain
    Online gambling and gambling-gaming convergence / Daniel L. King, Sally M. Gainsbury, Paul H. Delfabbro
    Legal and forensic aspects / Austin W. Blum, Jon E. Grant
    Cognitive and behavioral underpinnings / Elijah Otis, Igor Yakovenko, Sherry H. Stewart
    Neurobiology / Luis C. Farhat, Marc N. Potenza
    Screening and assessment instruments / Randy Stinchfield
    Understanding youth gambling problems : prevention and treatment strategies / Jeffrey L. Derevensky, Lynette Gilbeau
    Psychosocial treatments / Brad W. Brazeau, David C. Hodgins
    Pharmacological treatments / Jon E. Grant, Samuel R. Chamberlain.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2022
  • Digital
    He-Feng Huang, Jian-Zhong Sheng, editors.
    Summary: The book Gamete and Embryo-fetal Origins of Adult Diseases introduces various diseases resulting from the abnormal gametogenesis and embryo development, which manifests as growth retardation, birth defects, or increased susceptibility to chronic metabolic diseases such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease and cancer in childhood and adult life, even fertility disorders and the risk of transgenerational transmission. Six common kinds of these diseases are discussed in separate chapters. The authors explore the connections between these diseases and epigenetic reprogramming, rapid cell differentiation and organ formation and environmental influences, including assisted reproductive technology and adverse intrauterine environments. With a summary of findings on the causes and progression of adult diseases at the phase of gametogenesis and embryo development, this book provides insights into the pathogenesis of disease and aids in the treatment and prevention of disease, meeting the requirement for improving the quality of the newborn population, and effectively preventing and curing major diseases at an early stage. This book offers new perspectives and will be an enlightening resource for obstetricians, paediatricians, epidemiologists, endocrinologists and sanitarians.

    Contents:
    Physiology of gametogenesis
    Physiology of embryo development
    Diabetes originated from embryo-fetal development
    Cardiovascular disease originated from embryo-fetal development
    Tumor originated from embryo-fetal development
    Obesity originated from embryo-fetal development
    Infertility originated from embryo-fetal development
    Mental health originated from embryo-fetal development
    Assisted reproductive technology (ART) and embryo-fetal origin of diseases
    Adverse intrauterine environment and embryo-fetal origin of diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Mario Biagioli and Alexandra Lippman.
    Contents:
    Gaming metrics before the game : citation and the bureaucratic virtuoso / Alex Csiszar
    The transformation of the scientific paper : from knowledge to accounting unit / Yves Gingras
    Playing and being played by the research impact game / Michael Power
    The mismeasurement of quality and impact / Paul Wouters
    Taking Goodhart's law meta : gaming, meta-gaming, and hacking academic performance metrics / James Griesemer
    Global university rankings' impacts and applications / Barbara M. Kehm
    Predatory publishing and the imperative of international productivity : feeding off and feeding up the dominant / Sarah de Rijcke & Tereza StÃckelová
    Pressures to publish : what effects do we see? / Daniele Fanelli
    Ghost-managing and gaming pharmaceutical knowledge / Sergio Sismondo
    Retraction watch : what we've learned, and how metrics play a role / Ivan Oransky
    PubPeer : scientific assessment without metrics / Boris Barbour & Brandon Stell
    The Voinnet affair : testing the norms of scientific image management / Catherine Guaspare & Emmanuel Didier
    Crossing the line : pseudonyms & snark in post-publication peer review / Paul S. Brookes
    Ike Antkare, his publications and those of his disciples / Ike Antkare
    Fake scientists on editorial boards can significantly enhance the visibility of junk journals / Burkhard Morgenstern
    Altmetrics gaming : beast within or without? / Jennifer Lin
    Why we could stop worrying about gaming metrics if we stopped using journal articles for publishing scientific research / Elizabeth Wager
    Making people and influencing friends : citation networks and the appearance of significance / Finn Brunton
    Crack open the make-believe : counterfeit, publication ethics and the Global South / Marie-André Jacob
    Fake archives : the search for openness in scholarly communication platforms / Alessandro Delfanti
    Humor, hoaxes and software : the carnivalesque in the search for academic misconduct / Alexandra Lippman.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Z286.S37 G36 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Mikhail F. Chernov, Motohiro Hayashi, Clark C. Chen, Ian E. McCutcheon, editors.
    Summary: The articles in this volume cover the various radiosurgical techniques used to treat benign and malignant intracranial tumors, cavernous malformations, and functional disorders, as well as a wide array of specific details on medical physics, neuroimaging, and anesthetic support. Particular emphasis is put on the optimal combination of microneurosurgery and radiosurgery for attaining the best functional results in patients with vestibular schwannomas, craniopharyngiomas, and pituitary adenomas, and on the most effective methods of treatment planning and radiation dosimetry in cases of metastatic brain tumors. The highlighted clinical aspects include indications for radiosurgery and the prediction of patients prognosis, along with analysis of outcomes in comparison with results achieved by other modalities in the context of multifaceted therapeutic strategies. In addition, possible options for applying advanced treatment using such modern devices as Leksell Gamma Knife PerfexionTM and IconTM are presented in depth. This information will interest both radiosurgical practitioners and neurosurgeons, and help them to provide optimal care and to achieve the greatest benefit of their patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Section editor: A. G. Karczmar.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Muscarinic and nicotinic stimulant actions at autonomic ganglia, by R. L. Volle.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U323 .K18 1966
    1
  • Digital
    Cheorl-Ho Kim.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge and the most recent research results in the field of ganglioside biochemistry. The early chapters cover all relevant background on sialic acids and their biosynthesis, on N-glycolylneuraminic acid (Neu5Gc), which cannot be synthesized by humans, and on general aspects of ganglioside research. Ganglioside adsorption, disorders of ganglioside degradation, and the regulation of gangliosides are thoroughly discussed. A major focus of the book is the role of gangliosides in cancer. Here, the discussion encompasses, for example, the biological importance, antigenicity, and immunological actions of tumor-associated gangliosides (TAGs), the significance of different glycolipids and gangliosides as TAGs, and emerging anti-cancer vaccine strategies. The ability of sialic acids and TAGs of tumor cells to escape immunosurveillance and immunoediting also receives detailed attention. The significance of sialic acids in regulation of the complement system is explained, and the closing chapter focuses especially on the role of sialyl T antigen in cancer. The book will be of value for all who are interested in functional glycobiology and glycomic studies.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Carbohydrates: The Third Life Chain
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Glycosylation
    1.1 General Aspect of Glycosylation
    1.2 Classification of Protein Glycosylation and Posttranslational Modification
    1.3 Glycosyltransferases
    1.3.1 ABO Blood Type Model of Glycosyltransferases and Historical View
    1.3.2 Enzyme Properties of Glycosyltransferases
    References
    Chapter 2: N-Glycan and O-Glycan Glycosylation in Eukaryotes
    2.1 Dolichol-Linked Oligosaccharide (DLO) Biosynthesis for Initial Supplies in N-Glycans
    2.2 N-Glycan Glycosylation in ER 3.5 Sulfotransferases for Modification of Carbohydrates
    References
    Chapter 4: Congenital Disorders of Glycosylation (CDG) of N-Glycoprotein
    References
    Chapter 5: Neuraminic Acids/Sialic Acids (N-acetyl- and N-glycolylneuraminic Acid)
    5.1 Sialic Acids for Differentiation Between Animal and Plant Kingdom
    5.2 Outlined Biological Function of Sialic Acids
    5.3 Structural Diversity of Sialic Acid Species
    5.4 Emerging SA-Containing Glycosphingolipids and Evolutional Occurrence of Methyl-SAs from Deuterosome Echinoderms During the...
    References 7.6 Human Serum IgG Antibodies Kill Cultured Primary Leukemia Cells Fed with NeuGc Species
    7.7 DCs Behavior During the Acquisition of NeuGc
    7.8 The Functions of SA Residue and SA-Linked Carbohydrate Chain
    References
    Chapter 8: Gangliosides
    8.1 General Aspects in Current Gangliobiology
    8.1.1 The Immune Suppression and Escape Capacity of Cancer Gangliosides
    8.1.2 Regulation of Growth Factor (GF)-GF Receptor (GFR)-Mediated Functions by Gangliosides in the Tumor Microenvironment
    8.1.3 Gangliosides Inhibit Cell Cycle and Signaling Chapter 6: Biosynthesis of Sialic Acid
    6.1 Hexosamine Pathway and CMP-SA Biosynthesis
    6.2 Enzyme Properties of GNE, GFPT, and PGM3 and Utilization of Synthesized SA
    References
    Chapter 7: Neu5Gc (N-Glycolylneuraminic Acid)
    7.1 Enzymatic Synthesis of Neu5Gc
    7.2 Expression of Neu5Gc-Forming CMAH in Animals, But Not Humans
    7.3 Biological Functions of the NeuGc in Normal System and Xeno-System
    7.4 Tumor Immunogenicity of NeuGc Incorporation
    7.5 Evolutionary Defense Mechanism of Neu5Gc Biosynthesis in Parasite Infection
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Summary: Consists of the proceedings of international conference and symposia.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    39
  • Digital
    edited by Zhibin Lin, Baoxue Yang.
    Summary: "This book presents a state-of-the-art report on recent advances concerning Ganoderma and where the field is going. Although some older work is also cited, the main focus is on advances made over the past 20 years in the research history, classification, chemical components and industry of Ganoderma. Ganoderma lucidum (Lingzhi) has been used as a traditional medicine in Asian countries to maintain health and to treat diseases for more than two thousand years. Recently, its value has been demonstrated in preventing and treating certain diseases, such as tumors, liver disorders, renal injury, hypercholesterolemia, obesity, cerebral ischemia reperfusion, bronchitis etc. In addition, laboratory and clinical studies have confirmed that the chemical components of Ganoderma, such as Ganoderma lucidum polysaccharide peptides and triterpenes isolated from the fruiting body of Ganoderma lucidum, produce diverse pharmacological effects. Ganoderma and its components play an important part in antioxidant stress, radical-scavenging, immunomodulation, and intracellular signaling regulation, and accordingly warrant further study. This book systematically reviews the latest advances in our understanding of Ganoderma's basic knowledge, history of modern research, species, cultivation, components, spore polysaccharide and industry of Ganoderma, and offers researchers and graduate students valuable new insights into the development and clinical applications of Ganoderma and related products"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Ganoderma (Lingzhi) in traditional Chinese medicine and Chinese culture / Zhibin Lin
    Classification, biological characteristics and cultivations of Ganoderma / Zhuo Du, Cai-Hong Dong, Ke Wang, Yi-Jian Yao
    Chemical components of Ganoderma / Ting Gong, Renyi Yan, Jie Kang, Ruoyun Chen
    Polysaccharide of Ganoderma and its bioactivities / Jingsong Zhang, Yanfang Liu, Qingjiu Tang, Shuai Zhou, Jie Feng, Hongyu Chen
    Quantitative analysis of components in Ganoderma/ Ruoyun Chen, Jie Kang
    Researches and application of Ganoderma spores powder / Jianhua Xu, Peng Li
    Development and innovation of Ganoderma industry and products in China / Zhenhao Li, Jianlong Zhou, Zhibin Lin
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Zhibin Lin, Baoxue Yang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a state-of-the-art report on recent advances concerning Ganoderma and where the field is going. Although some older work is also cited, the main focus is on advances made over the past 20 years in the pharmacology and clinical applications of Ganoderma. Ganoderma lucidum (Lingzhi) has been used as a traditional medicine in Asian countries to maintain health and to treat diseases for more than two thousand years. Recently, its value has been demonstrated in preventing and treating certain diseases, such as tumors, liver disorders, renal injury, hypercholesterolemia, obesity, cerebral ischemia reperfusion, bronchitis etc. In addition, laboratory and clinical studies have confirmed that the chemical components of Ganoderma, such as Ganoderma lucidum polysaccharide peptides and triterpenes isolated from the fruiting body of Ganoderma lucidum, produce diverse pharmacological effects. Ganoderma and its components play an important part in antioxidant stress, radical-scavenging, immunomodulation, and intracellular signaling regulation, and accordingly warrant further study. This book systematically reviews the latest advances in our understanding of pharmacology and clinical applications of Ganoderma, and offers researchers and graduate students valuable new insights into the pharmacology and clinical applications of Ganoderma and related products.

    Contents:
    Immunomodulating Effect of Ganoderma (Lingzhi) and Possible Mechanism
    Antitumor Effect of Ganoderma(Lingzhi) Mediated by Immunological Mechanism and Its Clinical Application
    Cellular and Molecular Mechanism of Ganoderma (Lingzhi) against Tumor
    Protective Effect of Ganoderma on Radiation and Chemotherapy
    Neuropharmacological Effect and Clinical Applications of Ganoderma
    Preventive and Therapeutic Effect of Ganoderma on Brain Injury
    Protective Effect of Ganoderma Lucidum on Cardiovascular System
    Preventive and Therapeutic Effect of Ganoderma on Diabetes
    Preventive and Therapeutic Effect of Ganoderma on Liver Injury
    Preventive and Therapeutic Effect of Ganoderma Lucidum on Renal Diseases and Clinical Applications
    Anti-osteoporosis Effect of Ganoderma (Lingzhi) by Inhibition of Osteoclastogenesis
    Anti-oxidative and Free Radical Scavenging Activity of Ganoderma (Lingzhi)
    Anti-aging Effect of Ganoderma with Health and Fitness
    Preventive and Therapeutic Effect of Ganoderma on Skin Diseases and Care. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kim E. Barrett, Susan M. Barman, Scott Boitano, Jane F. Reckelhoff.
    Contents:
    Section I. Cellular & molecular basis for medical physiology : General principles & energy production in medical physiology ; Overview of cellular physiology in medical physiology ; Immunity, infection, & inflammation ; Excitable tissue: nerve ; Excitable tissue: muscle ; Synaptic & junctional transmission ; Neurotransmitters & neuromodulators
    Section II. Central & peripheral neurophysiology : Somatosensory neurotransmission: touch, pain, & temperature ; Vision ; Hearing & equilibrium ; Smell & taste ; Reflex & voluntary control of posture & movement ; Autonomic nervous system ; Electrical activity of the brain, sleep--wake states, & circadian rhythms ; Learning, memory, language, & speech
    Section III. Endocrine & reproductive physiology : Basic concepts of endocrine regulation ; Hypothalamic regulation of hormonal functions ; The pituitary gland ; The thyroid gland ; The adrenal medulla & adrenal cortex ; Hormonal control of calcium & phosphate metabolism & the physiology of bone ; Reproductive development & function of the female reproductive system ; Function of the male reproductive system ; Endocrine functions of the pancreas & regulation of carbohydrate metabolism
    Section IV. Gastrointestinal physiology : Overview of gastrointestinal function & regulation ; Digestion, absorption, & nutritional principles ; Gastrointestinal motility ; Transport & metabolic functions of the liver
    Section V. Cardiovascular physiology : Origin of the heartbeat & the electrical activity of the heart ; The heart as a pump ; Blood as a circulatory fluid & the dynamics of blood & lymph flow ; Cardiovascular regulatory mechanisms ; Circulation through special regions
    Section VI. Respiratory physiology : Introduction to pulmonary structure & mechanics ; Gas transport & pH ; Regulation of respiration
    Section VII. Renal physiology : Renal function & micturition ; Regulation of extracellular fluid composition & volume ; Acidification of the urine & bicarbonate excretion.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Barrett, Kim E.; Ganong, William F.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP34.5 .G198
    17
  • Digital
    George H. Pink, Paula H. Song.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Leslie P. Gartner, Lisa M.J. Lee.
    Summary: "This histology atlas and text provides medical, dental, allied health, and biology students with an outstanding collection of histology images for all of the major tissue classes and body systems. This is a concise approach with relevant text and consistent format presentation of photomicrograph plates. It features a full-color art program comprising high-quality photomicrographs, scanning electron micrographs, and supporting illustrations. Didactic features in each chapter includes: Chapter Outline, Histophysiology, Clinical Considerations, Overview Diagrams, Atlas Plates, Review Plates, and Summary of Histologic Organization. Clinical-vignette style board-review questions have been added to the new edition as well as standard review questions."-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Introduction to Histologic Techniques
    Cell Biology
    Epithelium and Glands
    Connective Tissue
    Cartilage and Bone
    Blood and Hemopoiesis
    Muscle
    Nervous Tissue
    Circulatory System
    Lymphoid (Immune) System
    Endocrine System
    Integument
    Respiratory System
    Digestive System I
    Digestive System II
    Digestive System III
    Urinary System
    Female Reproductive System
    Male Reproductive System
    Special Sense - Appendix A: Tissues that Resemble Each Other - Appendix B: Answers to Chapter Review Questions.
  • Digital
    Hussein Elkousy, T. Bradley Edwards.
    Contents:
    Shoulder arthroscopy concepts and tools
    Operating room setup
    Diagnostic arthroscopy and normal anatomy
    Glenohumeral instability
    Biceps tendon lesions
    Stiffness
    Arthrosis
    Periarticular cysts and suprascapular nerve compression
    Sepsis or infection
    Impingement syndrome
    Partial-thickness rotator cuff tears
    Full-thickness rotator cuff tears
    Massive rotator cuff tears
    Irreparable rotator cuff tears
    Acromioclavicular joint pathology
    Calcific tendinitis
    Fractures
    Diagnostic ultrasonography
    Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Saul Goldman, J. Manuel Solano-Altamirano, Kenneth M. Ledez.
    Contents:
    Bubbles in the body
    Driving force of gas-bubble growth and dissolution
    Rates of gas-bubble growth and dissolution in simple liquids
    Estimating the radii and lifetimes of small gas bubbles suspended in simple liquids
    AGEs in scuba diving and in DCS-like problems in breath-hold diving
    Gas bubbles in soft tissue-like solids
    The evils that bubbles do...
    Compartmental decompression models and DCS risk estimation
    Treating the evils that bubbles do
    Gas-bubble dynamics in the treatment of gas-bubble disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Yves Huttel.
    Summary: The first overview of this topic begins with some historical aspects and a survey of the principles of the gas aggregation method. The second part covers modifications of this method resulting in different specialized techniques, while the third discusses the post-growth treatment that can be applied to the nanoparticles. The whole is rounded off by a review of future perspectives and the challenges facing the scientific and industrial communities. An excellent resource for anyone working with the synthesis of nanoparticles, both in academia and industry.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Gas Phase Aggregation Sources. History, Some Basics, and an Outlook / Hellmut Haberland
    Principles of Gas Phase Aggregation / Patrice Mélinon
    Types of Cluster Sources / José A De Toro, Peter S Normile, Christopher Binns
    Modifications of Gas Phase Aggregation Sources. The Double-Laser Ablation Source Approach / Piero Ferrari, Jan Vanbuel, Yejun Li, Ting-Wei Liao, Ewald Janssens, Peter Lievens
    In-Plane Multimagnetron Approach / Grant E Johnson, Julia Laskin
    Adjustable Multimagnetron Approach / Lidia Martínez
    Hollow Cylindrical Magnetron / Vitor Toshiyuki Abrao Oiko, Artur Domingues Tavares de Sá, Varlei Rodrigues
    High-Flux DC Magnetron Sputtering / Marco César Maicas Ramos, María del Mar Sanz Lluch
    High-Flux Metal Vapor Cell / Gail N Iles
    Microwave Plasma Synthesis of Nanoparticles / Dieter Vollath
    Enhanced Synthesis of Aggregates by Reduced Temperature, Pulsed Magnetron Sputtering, and Pulsed Buffer Gas Delivery / Vitezslav Stranak, Rainer Hippler
    High-Power Pulsed Plasmas / Iris Pilch
    High-Pressure and Reactive Gas Magnetron Sputtering / Lakshmi Kolipaka, Stefan Vajda
    In-Flight Post-Growth Manipulation of Nanoparticles. Coating / Panagiotis Grammatikopoulos, Mukhles Sowwan
    Nanostructuring, Orientation, and Annealing / Balamurugan Balasubramanian, David J Sellmyer
    Deflection and Mass Filtering / Marcel Di Vece
    In-Flight and Postdeposition Manipulation of Mass-Filtered Nanoparticles under Soft-Landing Conditions / Joachim Bansmann, Armin Kleibert, Hendrik Bettermann, Mathias Getzlaff
    In-Flight Analysis / Sergio D'Addato
    Perspectives. Nano- and Micromanufacturing with Nanoparticles Produced in the Gas Phase: An Emerging Tool for Functional and Length-Scale Integration / Paolo Milani, Luca G Bettini.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Kazunori Kihara, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Fundamentals of Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Surgery
    Chapter 2. Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Retroperitoneoscopic Radical Nephrectomy
    Chapter 3. Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Retroperitoneoscopic Partial Nephrectomy
    Chapter 4. Gasless Two-Port Access RoboSurgeon Retroperitoneoscopic Radical Nephroureterectomy
    Chapter 5. Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Retroperitoneoscopic Adrenalectomy
    Chapter 6. Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Retroperitoneoscopic Radical Prostatectomy
    Chapter 7. Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Total Cystectomy with Urinary Diversion
    Chapter 8. Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Partial Cystectomy: A Hybrid Technique Combining an Intravesical and Extravesical approach
    Chapter 9. Gasless Single-Port RoboSurgeon Retroperitoneoscopic Pelvic Lymph Node Dissection and Inguinal Hernia Prevention
    Chapter 10. Application of the RoboSurgeon System in Medical Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    João Ettinger, Euler Ázaro, Rudolf Weiner, Kelvin D. Higa, Manoel Galvão Neto, Andre Fernandes Teixeira, Muhammad Jawad, editors.
    Summary: This book presents and describes the various uses of gastric bypass in bariatric and metabolic surgery and outlines the different techniques currently available. Furthermore, the possible complications with the procedure and ways to avoid them are also discussed. The use of the gastric bypass for the treatment of diabetes is emphasized and the new indications for the operative treatment of diabetes are featured in detail. Endoscopic uses concerning the gastric bypass are also addressed, covering preoperative evaluation, complications treatment, weight regain treatment and endoscopic treatment of obesity. The most advanced techniques and new technologies available for performing gastric bypass surgeries are presented in the most didactic possible way, making use of value-added learning features throughout the text. Gastric Bypass - Bariatric and Metabolic Surgery Perspectives is intended as a practical guide for all those interested and involved with bariatric surgery, including general surgeons, bariatric surgeons, GI surgeons and surgery residents.

    Contents:
    History of the gastric bypass
    Gastric bypass
    Mechanisms of functioning
    Rationale for gastric bypass
    Morbid obesity
    Obesity and related diseases
    Preparing the patient for gastric bypass
    Preoperative weightloss in gastric bypass
    Preoperative testing
    Patient Selection in Metabolic Surgery
    Psychological and psiquiatric issues
    Sleep apnea management
    The superobese patient
    Airway evaluation and management
    Positioning the patient before the procedure
    Developing the laparoscopic Gastric Bypass
    Systemic Inflammation in the Morbidly Obese Patient
    Banded Gastric Bypass by Fobi Ring- Technique and Results
    Psychological and psychiatric issues
    Simplified gastric bypass
    Roux-en-Y gastric bypass in the elderly patient
    Gastric bypass reoperation for weight regain
    Conversion of vertical banded gastroplasty to gastric bypass
    Gastrojejunostomy testing
    Closing the mesenteric defects
    Preventing complications
    ^Laparoscopic gastric bypass
    Tricks and tips
    Psychiatric assistance in bariatric surgery
    Intraoperative complications
    Abdominal Pain after gastric bypass
    Marginal ulceration after (laparoscopic) Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass: Pathophysiology, Diagnostics, Treatment and Prevention
    Rhabdomyolisis
    Depressive Disorders, Alcohol Use Disorders and Suicidality in Bariatric Surgery
    Nutritional complications
    Eating disorders
    Gallbladder stones and Choledocholitiasis
    Hypoglycemia after Gastric Bypass
    Dumping Syndrome
    Endoscopic treatment of Roux en Y gastric bypass complications
    Endoscopic treatment of weight regain
    Laparoscopic Bariatric Surgery Training and the Credentialing Process
    Training and Credentialing the Robotic Bariatric Surgeon
    Mechanisms of control of diabetes 2 with gastric bypass
    Type 2 diabetes and the gut
    Shifts in The Intestinal Microbiota after Gastric Bypass
    Selecting patients
    ^Gastric bypass in patients with metabolic syndrome^ 35kg/m2
    Gastric bypass for type 2 diabetes BMI <35kg/m2
    Postoperative care
    Mini Gastric Bypass- Why it is better in India than gastric bypass?
    Can Bariatric surgery improve the Microvascular Complications of Type 2 Diabetes?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vivian E. Strong, M.D., F.A.C.S., editor.
    Contents:
    The Historical Perspective of Gastric Cancer
    Epidemiology of Gastric Cancer
    Molecular Mechanisms in Gastric Carcinogenesis
    Pathology of Gastric Cancer
    Role of HER2 in Gastric Cancers
    Pathophysiology of Hereditary Diffuse Gastric Cancer
    Western Perspective and Epidemiology of Gastric Cancer
    Diagnosis, Staging and Workup of Gastric Cancer
    Endoscopy and Endoscopic Ultrasound Examination of the Stomach
    The Role of Staging Laparoscopy and Peritoneal Cytology in Gastric Cancer
    Endoscopic Resection for Gastric Cancer
    Methods of Reconstruction
    BI, BII, Roux-en-Y, Jejunal Interposition, Proximal Gastrectomy and Pouch Reconstruction
    Lymphadenectomy
    D1, D2 and D3
    Open Methods of Resection and Reconstruction for Subtotal and Total Gastrectomy
    Laparoscopic Methods of Resection and Reconstruction for Subtotal and Total Gastrectomy with D2 Lymphadenectomy
    Robotic Methods of Resection and Reconstruction for Subtotal and Total Gastrectomy with D2 Lymphadenectomy
    Managing Early and Late Postoperative Complications Following Gastric Surgery
    Hereditary Diffuse Gastric Cancer
    Surveillance after Gastric Resection
    Surgical Trials for Gastric Cancer
    Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Treatment
    Strategies and Clinical Trials
    Western Perspective
    Adjuvant and Neoadjuvant Treatment: Standard Treatment and Clinical Trials in the East
    Radiation Treatment for Gastric Cancer
    Targeted Therapy and Novel Agents for the Treatment of Gastric Cancer: A View towards the Future.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giovanni de Manzoni, Franco Roviello, editors.
    Summary: Twenty-five years ago, a monograph on gastric cancer was published by the Italian Society of Surgery: that book is recognized as a milestone in the management of these tumors in Italy. Oncological and surgical knowledge in the field of gastric cancer have changed dramatically over the last 25 years. The aim of this book is to offer an essential update on current diagnostic approaches and optimal treatment strategies. It gives comprehensive information on gastric cancer not neglecting the basic sciences, which can shed light on the carcinogenesis mechanisms involved in this pathology. The principles of tailored and multimodal treatment are examined according to the latest guidelines with the aim of providing a valuable synopsis for clinicians. The book not only reviews what has changed in the field of gastric cancer over the past quarter century but also offers the reader a glimpse of the future by describing the ongoing surgical and oncological trials which focus on new treatment frontiers such as immunotherapy and target therapy. It also seeks to incorporate the latest discoveries based on molecular classifications. Further, the book reflects the findings and experiences of Italian experts belonging to the GIRCG (Italian Research Group for Gastric Cancer) and will offer an excellent guide for oncological surgeons in their daily practice of caring for patients affected by gastric cancer.

    Contents:
    PART I. Epidemiology, Pathology and Diagnosis
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology and risk stratification as a guide for an effective screening strategy in the west
    Chapter 2. Carcinogenesis in the Era of Molecular Classifications
    Chapter 3. Carcinogenesis in the Era of Molecular Classifications
    Chapter 4. The new field of view of endoscopy and histological diagnosis
    Chapter 5. Hereditary gastric cancer
    Part II. Staging
    Chapter 6. EGDS and EUS
    Chapter 7. CT scan and PET/CT scan
    Chapter 8. CT scan and PET/CT scan
    Part III. Treatment
    Chapter 9. Early Gastric Cancer
    Chapter 10. Locally Advanced Gastric Cancer
    Chapter 11. The uncertainty of real life
    Chapter 12. Stage IV
    Chapter 13. Synopsis of Treatment Indications
    Part IV. New frontiers to improve prognosis
    Chapter 14. Tailored Treatment strategies based on new molecular classifications
    Chapter 15. Focus on Poorly Cohesive Gastric Cancer
    Chapter 16. Target Therapy and Immunotherapy
    Part V. Perioperative-management and Follow-up
    Chapter 17. The weight of nutrition in the therapeutic course
    Chapter 18. ERAS protocols
    Chapter 19. Complications after gastrectomy
    Chapter 20. Long-term outcome and follow-up
    Part VI. Technical notes in gastric surgery (Video Content)
    Chapter 21. Laparoscopic D2 dissection
    Chapter 22. D3 open dissection
    Chapter 23. Minimally invasive reconstruction in subtotal gastrectomy
    Chapter 24. Minimally invasive reconstruction total gastrectomy
    Chapter 25. PIPAC
    Chapter 26. Indocyanine green fluorescence
    Chapter 27. ESD.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Vincenzo Canzonieri, Antonio Giordano, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Introduction; References; Contributors; Part I: Gastric Tumorigenesis;
    1: Gastric Tumorigenesis: Role of Inflammation and Helicobacter pylori;
    2: Genetic and Epigenetic Mechanisms in Gastric Cancer; Part II: Clinical and Pathological Characteristics;
    3: Diagnosis and Surveillance: Endoscopic Hallmarks;
    4: Pathological Diagnosis and Classification of Gastric Epithelial Tumours;
    5: Diagnostic, Prognostic, Predictive and Therapeutic Tissue Biomarkers in Gastric Cancer;
    6: Serum Biomarkers in Gastric Cancer; Part III: Gastric Cancer Therapy: Multimodal Treatment Approach
    7: New Agents in the Treatment of Advanced Gastric Cancer: Targeted Therapy and Immunotherap
    y8: Combined Modality Treatment for Locally Advanced Gastric Cancer: Current Evidences and New Perspectives;
    9: Surgical Strategies in Gastric Cancer; Part IV: Evolving Treatment Landscape in Gastric Cancer;
    10: From Molecular Classification to Targeted Therapy for Gastric Cancer in the Precision Medicine Era; Part V: Future Medicine in Gastric Cancer;
    11: Noncoding RNA in Gastric Cancer with Potential Prognostic and Predictive Role;
    12: Immunomodulation and Immunotherapy for Gastric Cancer
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Qin Huang.
    Summary: This book is designed to present readers with comprehensive, high-quality research results on almost all aspects of this carcinoma in clinical management, from correct determination of the esophagogastric junction, issues on cardiac mucosa, epidemiology, and natural history, to clinical, endoscopic, and histopathologic features and diagnostic pitfalls of this carcinoma at both early and advanced stages. Once diagnosed and correctly staged, clinical management of this carcinoma at the early stage is addressed primarily with endoscopic therapy employing the latest endoscopic technology such as endoscopic submucosal dissection, in which detailed technical topics of the endoscopic therapy are written by experts in the field with sections from pre-resection staging and patient preparation to post-resection complications and management. Subsequently, clinical management of gastric cardiac carcinoma at advanced stages is discussed at length with a personalized, multidiscipline approach with strategies from surgical resections with various methods, to pre-, peri- and post-resection chemoradiation therapies as well as the most advanced immunotherapy. A state-of-art approach with the results of meta-analyses and large-scale randomized double-blinded clinical trials are employed throughout these chapters. For patients at the terminal ill stage, the appropriate palliative care plan is presented by experienced clinicians armed with the latest clinical practice guidelines to better manage and help those patients in the last period of their lives.

    Contents:
    Esophagogastric Junction
    Cardiac Mucosa
    Epidemiology and Risk Factors
    Natural History
    Clinical Molecular Pathology
    Pathology of Early Gastric Cardiac Cancer
    Pathology of Advanced Gastric Cardiac Cancer
    Gastric Lymphoma
    Diagnosis
    Prognosis and Staging
    Endoscopic Resection of Early Gastric Cardiac Carcinoma
    Pathologic Evaluation of Endoscopic Resection Specimens
    Surgical Therapy
    Chemical Therapy
    Radiotherapy and Chemoradiotherapy
    Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Gerhard Rogler, Peter Bauerfeind, Michael Fried, Christoph Gubler, Beat Müllhaupt.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Jeremy Woodward.
    Summary: In order to understand common conditions such as coeliac disease and Crohn's disease, one must view the gut in its evolutionary context. This is the novel approach to the gut and its diseases that is adopted in this book. The first part tells the story of the evolution of the gut itself - why it came about and how it has influenced the evolution of animals ever since. The second part focuses on the evolution of immunity and how the layers of immune mechanisms are retained in the gut, resembling the strata revealed in an archeological dig. The final part, 'The Gastro-Archeologist', ties the first two together and highlights how understanding the gut and immune system in their evolutionary context can help us understand diseases affecting them. Ambitious in its scope but telling a unique story from a refreshingly novel perspective, the book offers an informative and enjoyable read. As the story of the gut, immunity and disease unfolds, the author aims to endow readers with the same sense of awe and excitement that the subject evokes in him. Difficult concepts are illustrated using simple and colourful analogies, and the main content is supplemented with anecdotes and unusual and amusing facts throughout the book. The book is intended for anyone with an interest in the gut, its immunity and diseases, ranging from school and college biology and biomedical students, to professionals working in the field, and to patients suffering from intestinal diseases who want to understand more about their conditions.

    Contents:
    Selection of the Fattest: The Invention of Eating
    The Gut Revolution
    The Bowels of Existence. The Intestinal Palimpsest: The Rules of Social Engagement
    The Orchestra of Life
    The Layers of Time. The Gastro-Archeologist: 'What is Food to One is Rank Poison to Another': food allergy and Intolerances
    The Evil bread: Coeliac disease and gluten related disorders
    Back to the very Beginning: The Inflammatory Bowel Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Josef Neu, Brenda Poindexter ; consulting editor Richard A. Polin.
    Summary: "Dr. Richard Polin's Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the most challenging aspects of neonatal care, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today's practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Maturation of motor function in the preterm infant and gastroesophageal reflux / Anna Maria Hibbs
    Development of gastrointestinal motility reflexes / Sreekanth Viswanathan, Sudarshan R. Jadcherla
    Lipid and fatty acid delivery in the preterm infant : challenges and lessons learned from other critically ill populations / Camilia R. Martin, Steven D. Freedman
    Human milk oligosaccharide / Ardythe L. Morrow, David S. Newburg
    Donor milk trials / Sharon L. Unger, Julia B. Ewaschuk, Deborah L. O'Connor
    Neonatal necrotizing enterocolitis : neonatology questions and controversies / Lauren Astrug, Erika Claud
    Nutrition for the surgical neonate / Holly J. Engelstad, and Brad W. Warner
    Controversies in short bowel syndrome / Jacqueline J. Wessel
    New lipid strategies to prevent/treat neonatal cholestasis / Kathleen M. Gura
    Neonatal gastrointestinal tract as a conduit to systemic inflammation / Mary W. Lenfestey, Josef Neu
    Adult consequences of neonatal and fetal nutrition : mechanisms / Lisa A. Joss-Moore, Cheri Bantilan, Kjersti Aagaard-Tillery, Nicole Mitchell, Clotilde desRoberts, Robert H. Lane
    What are the controversies, and where will the field be moving in the future? / Brenda Poindexter, Josef Neu.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    43
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    36
  • Digital
    Matthias W. Wichmann, Timothy K. McCullough, Ian C. Roberts-Thomson, Guy J. Maddern, editors.
    Summary: This book fills a void in the market for specialists who are working in areas without the support of gastroenterologists. Due to a lack of local expertise, treatment decisions in the field of gastroenterology frequently have to be made by non-gastroenterologists. The book addresses this problem by providing clear instructions on the diagnosis, medical management and on-going treatment of the most common disease patterns encountered in gastroenterology. Written by leading experts in their respective fields, it offers up-to-date evidence and insights into these conditions to enable adequate decision-making and safe management of these conditions. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yvan Vandenplas, editor.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition of this essential work provides a comprehensive overview of Gastroesophageal Reflux (GER) in children. It contains detailed insight into the epidemiology and pathophysiology of the condition. Relevant diagnostic methods and treatment techniques are also covered. Heavily revised chapters discuss issues associated with GER in special patient populations and current approaches to GER diagnosis and management. New chapters cover relevant aspects of the microbiome, how nutrition can be key to successful treatment and the adverse effects of the latest therapeutic drugs presently available. The first part of the book is dedicated to introducing the condition, discussing epidemiology, symptoms and diagnosis. This is followed by addressing issues of the condition encountered in special patient populations such as in preterm infants, apnea, neulorogic patients and cystic fibrosis, among others. The final part of the book is dedicated to therapeutic approaches from medication to surgery and alternative approaches such as complementary medicine and hypnotherapy. The approaches and challenges in endoscopy are also detailed. Gastroesophageal Reflux in Children, Second Edition is edited by a leading world expert in the topic and written by a global team of authors from a range of associated disciplines, making the work a critical resource for pediatricians, gastroenterologists to pulmonologists, otolaryngologists and neurologists.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology--Gut brain communication
    Pathophysiology--Esophageal clearance
    Symptoms
    Quality of life
    Prognosis of GER
    Diagnosis History
    DiagnosisRadiology
    DiagnosisEndoscopy / histology
    Diagnosis--pH metry impedance
    Diagnosismanometry
    Diagnosis--Ultrasound and other techniques
    GER in cystic fibrosis
    GER in neurologically impaired
    GER after esophageal surgery
    GER in preterm
    GER and allergy
    GER and esonsophilic esophagitis
    GER and dysphagia
    GER and BRUE
    ER and respiratory symptoms
    GER and helicobacter
    GER and duodeno-gastric reflux
    Management of GER in infants
    Management of GER in older children
    Acid secretor blockers and adverse effects
    GER and hypnotherapy
    GER and complementary medicine
    GER and GI microbiome
    GER and surgery
    GER and endoscopic procedures
    Treatment nutrition
    Adverse effects of drugs. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Hiromasa Ohira, Kiyoshi Migita, editors.
    Summary: This book presents research outcomes, providing a big picture of rheumatic diseases as systemic conditions, and exploring the correlation between liver dysfunction and gastrointestinal lesions. Each chapter presents the association between major rheumatic diseases and hepato-gastrointestinal lesions, including liver and gastrointestinal involvement in lupus erythematosus, dermatomyositis, systemic sclerosis, Bechet's disease, and IgG4-related disease. The chapters on PBC-CREST syndrome and immunosuppressive agents broaden readers understanding and enable them to view the diseases from a systematic perspective. Although the disease is rare, it has attracted considerable attention as an intractable disease, and despite the severity of the symptoms, little has been written on the topic. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, this comprehensive volume thoroughly prepares readers for research in the field of systemic diseases. Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Manifestations of Rheumatic Diseases is a valuable resource not only for hepatologists and rheumatologists, but also clinical residents and medical students.

    Contents:
    1. Liver involvement in rheumatic diseases
    2. Primary biliary cholangitis is associated with CREST syndrome
    3. De novo hepatitis B virus infection
    4. Dermatomyositis and gastrointestinal cancer
    5. Portal hypertension in rheumatic diseases
    6. Gastrointestinal manifestations of systemic lupus erythematosus
    7. Rheumatoid Arthritis and Gastrointestinal Tract Lesions (NSAID ulcers, amyloidosis)
    8. Gastrointestinal involvement of systemic sclerosis
    9. Gastrointestinal involvement of systemic vasculitis
    10. Gastrointestinal involvement of Behçet’s disease
    11. Gastrointestinal involvement in IgG4-related disease
    12. Immunosuppressive agents and intestinal involvement.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Poonam Beniwal-Patel, Reza Shaker, editors.
    Summary: This guide provides the answers to patient questions that are frequently posed to practitioners who care for pregnant and non-pregnant women with GI and liver disorders. The first part of the text outlines gender-based differences in GI disorders, including GERD, liver disease, pancreatic disease, IBD, and IBS. The second part of the text reviews common GI and liver diseases that occur during pregnancy, while guiding clinicians through various diagnostic and therapeutic/management approaches. GI and liver diseases that are covered in this section include nausea and vomiting, viral hepatitis, and pregnancy-specific liver disorders such as preeclampsia, HELLP syndrome, and intrahepatic cholestasis. The text concludes with a chapter on the safety of GI procedures for the pregnant patient. Written by experts in the field, Gastrointestinal and Liver Disorders in Women's Health: A Point of Care Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for the busy clinician who needs the best evidence-based answers to patient questions at their fingertips. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Gender-based differences in gastrointestinal disorders: 1. Differential diagnosis between primary eating disorders and disordered eating secondary to a primary gastrointestinal disorder / Jennifer Heinemann and Courtney Barry
    2. Functional swallowing disorders / Livia A. Guadagnoli, John E. Pandolfino, and Rena Yadlapati
    3. Gastroesophageal reflux disease / Rena Yadlapati and Abraham Khan
    4. Cyclic vomiting syndrome : does gender matter? How does it affect the health of women? / Vishnu Charan Suresh Kumar and Thangam Venkatesan
    5. Idiopathic gastroparesis / Dariush Shahsavari and Henry P. Parkman
    6. Autoimmune hepatitis / Margarita N. German and Adnan Said
    7. Diseases of the liver : primary biliary cholangitis / Paulina K. Phillips and Adnan Said
    8. Diseases of the liver : liver masses (hemangioma, focal nodular hyperplasia, hepatic adenoma) / Parul D. Agarwal and Adnan Said
    9. Pancreatic cystic neoplasms in women : mucinous cystic neoplasms, serous cystadenomas, and solid pseudopapillary neoplasms / Harkirat Singh and Asif Khalid
    10. Obesity and bariatric surgery / Semeret Munie and Tammy Kindel
    11. Celiac disease / Marium Khan and Daniel Stein
    12. Inflammatory bowel disease : fertility, menses, and contraception / Reezwana Chowdhury and Sunanda V. Kane
    13. Irritable bowel syndrome in women / Shanti Eswaran and Laura O'Donohue
    14. Chronic constipation / Arnold Wald
    15. Colorectal cancer screening and women / Katherine Hu and Carrie Y. Peterson. Part II: Gastrointestinal/liver diseases during pregnancy: 16. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy and hyperemesis gravidarum / Sumona Saha
    17. Viral hepatitis : hepatitis B, D, and E viruses / Aiman Ghufran
    18. Pregnancy-specific liver disorders : preeclampsia and HELLP syndrome / Ashina Singh
    19. Pregnancy-specific liver disorders : acute fatty liver / Archita Desai and Deeksha Seth
    20. Intrahepatic cholestasis of pregnancy / Sheila Eswaran, Dharani Guttikonda, and Nancy Reau
    21. Inflammatory bowel disease and pregnancy / Nedhi Patel and Andres Yarur
    22. Gallstone and biliary disease / Gillian L. Fell and David Brooks
    23. Safety of procedures during pregnancy / Bahar Adeli, Erkanda Ikonomi, and Asyia Ahmad.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by, Amitabh Srivastava, Daniela S. Allende ; series editor, John R. Goldblum.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Pier Alberto Testoni, Haruhiro Inoue, Michael B. Wallace, editors.
    Summary: This unique book is the first to focus on diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopy in gastrointestinal and pancreatico-biliary diseases. It provides an in-depth overview of the state of the art in diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopy of both the digestive tract and the pancreatico-biliary ductal system, and documents the latest innovations in the field. The first part of the book addresses advanced diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopy of the digestive tract, discussing bariatric endoscopic surgery, and the treatment of neoplasia and precancerous lesions of the upper and lower GI tract, motor disorders, GERD, strictures, fistulae and bleeding. The second part of the book is explores ERCP and EUS procedures, covering the diagnosis and therapy of biliary ductal system and pancreatic diseases. Each chapter includes an abundance of color images that document in detail the devices, operative techniques and outcomes. Written by leading internationally renowned experts, the book is a valuable resource for both specialists and residents in gastroenterology and surgery.

    Contents:
    Advanced imaging techniques and in vivo histology: current status and future perspectives (upper G.I.)
    Endoscopic ultrasonography for preoperative staging upper G.I. tract lesions
    Esophageal Neoplasia: Endoscopic Diagnosis and Treatment
    Endoscopic resection of squamous cell carcinoma: techniques and outcomes
    Management of Barretts Esophagus: State of the Art
    Radiofrequency Ablation of Barretts Epithelium
    Cryotherapy and argon ablation of Barretts epithelium
    Resection techniques in Barretts esophagus
    Endoscopic characterization of gastric and duodenal lesions and resection strategy
    Endoscopic submucosal dissection of gastric lesions
    Endoscopic Resection of Submucosal Lesions of the Upper GI Tract: Full-Thickness Resection (EFTR) and Submucosal Tunneling Resection (STER)
    POET and CLEAN-NET for Submucosal Tumor
    Vaters papilla neoplasia: endoscopic ultrasonography for preoperative staging
    Endoscopic Snare Papillectomy
    Endoscopic diagnosis of early duodenal epithelial neoplasias and therapeutic strategy
    Enteroscopy: Techniques and Small Bowel Therapy
    Advanced imaging techniques and in vivo histology: current status and future perspectives (lower G.I.)
    Endoscopic characterization of colorectal lesions and resection strategy
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection of Colorectal Lesions
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection of Colorectal Lesions
    Hybrid technique for difficult colorectal lesions
    Piecemeal EMR Versus ESD for Large Colorectal Lesions: Pros and Cons
    Resection of submucosal lesions of the lower GI tract: full-thickness resection (EFTR), OVESCO
    Endoscopic ultrasonography for preoperative staging of rectal lesions
    Colonoscopy surveillance after adenoma removal: current guidelines
    Management of colonic neoplasia: cost-effectiveness and outcomes of endoscopic therapy
    Advanced techniques in colonoscopy in inherited cancer conditions
    Advanced technique in colonoscopy in inflammatory bowel diseases
    Future technologies for treatment of G.I. tract lesions
    Artificial intelligence for diagnosing G.I. tract lesions
    Endoscopic myotomy and septotomy for Zenkers diverticulum (Z-POEM)
    Peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for achalasia: indications, techniques and outcomes
    Stenting and techniques alternative to POEM for achalasia
    Peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for esophageal motility disorders: indications, techniques and outcomes
    Peroral endoscopic pyloro myotomy (G-POEM)
    Per-rectal endoscopic myotomy
    Transoral fundoplication for treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease
    Antireflux mucosectomy (ARMS and ARMA): techniques and outcomes
    Endoscopic radiofrequency (Stretta)
    Endoscopic Treatment for Obesity and Weight Management: State of the Art
    Intragastric occupying space devices
    Endoscopic sleeve gastroplasty
    Aspiration therapy for obesity
    Duodenal resurfacing for treatment of type 2 diabetes
    Endoscopic Management of Complications of Bariatric Therapy
    Endoscopic Management of Weight Regain
    Self expanding stents: present and future
    Endoscopic management of malignant esophageal strictures
    Endoscopic management of strictures of cervical esophagus
    Endoscopic management of benign esophageal strictures
    Biodegradable self-expandable stents for benign strictures: indications and outcomes
    Endoscopic stenting for gastric outlet obstruction
    Endoscopic Ultrasound (EUS)-Guided Gastroenterostomy (EUS-GE)
    Enteroscope-assisted small bowel stenting
    Endoscopic Management of Malignant Colorectal Strictures
    Colorectal Stenting as Bridge to Surgery
    Endoscopic Management of Benign Colorectal Strictures
    Techniques for fistula repair in the G.I. tract
    Stem Cells for Tissue Repair of the GI Tract
    Endoscopic management of acute G.I. non variceal bleeding
    Endoscopic Management of Variceal Bleeding
    Endoscopic management of colonic angiodysplasias
    Full-thickness closure of iatrogenic or post-interventional gastrointestinal defect by the use of flexible endoluminal suturing device
    Difficult biliary cannulation and sphincterotomy: what to do
    Pancreatic Sphincterotomy
    Minor papilla cannulation and sphincterotomy
    Biliary balloon sphincteroplasty
    Prevention of Post-Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography Pancreatitis
    ERCP in Surgically Altered Anatomy
    EUS- and enteroscopy-assisted ERCP
    EUS-Guided Pancreatic Duct Cannulation
    Choledochoscopy: techniques and innovation
    Pancreatoscopy: techniques and innovations
    Advanced Intraductal Biliary Imaging
    Treatment of sphincter of Oddi dysfunction
    Treatment of benign biliary strictures
    Treatment of Post-liver Transplant Strictures
    Endoscopic Management of Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
    Treatment of Malignant Hilar Strictures
    Treatment of malignant distal biliary strictures
    Treatment of Concomitant Malignant Biliary Stricture and Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    Treatment of biliary leaks and fistulae
    Management of Complications of Biliary Stenting
    Intraductal Ablation Therapy in the Biliary Ductal System
    EUS-guided biliary drainage
    EUS-guided bilio-enteric anastomosis
    Advanced intraductal pancreatic imaging
    Treatment of Acute Biliary Pancreatitis
    Treatment of symptomatic pancreas divisum
    Treatment of Pancreatic Leaks and Fistulae
    Trans-papillary drainage of fluid collections
    EUS-Guided Drainage of Fluid Collections
    Treatment of Walled-Off Necrosis
    Treatment of Chronic Obstructive Pancreatitis
    Treatment of Pancreatic Intraductal Stones
    Complications of Pancreatic Stents
    Treatment of pancreatic cancer
    Innovation in Pancreatic Stents
    EUS-guided pancreatico-digestive anastomosis
    Innovation in Lumen Apposing Metal Stents
    Endoscopic Management and Follow-Up of Intraductal Papillary Mucinous Neoplasia (IPMN)
    EUS-Guided Pancreatic Sampling
    EUS Characterization of Focal Pancreatic Masses
    EUS-Guided Thermal Ablation of Pancreatic Neoplasia
    EUS-guided crio-thermal ablation of pancreatic neoplasia
    EUS-guided celiac plexus neurolysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Pier Alberto Testoni, Haruhiro Inoue, Michael B. Wallace.
    Springer Nature Living Reference.
    Summary: This unique book is the first to focus on diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopy in gastrointestinal and pancreatico-biliary diseases. It provides an in-depth overview of the state of the art in diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopy of both the digestive tract and the pancreatico-biliary ductal system, and documents the latest innovations in the field. The first part of the book addresses advanced diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopy of the digestive tract, discussing bariatric endoscopic surgery, and the treatment of neoplasia and precancerous lesions of the upper and lower GI tract, motor disorders, GERD, strictures, fistulae and bleeding. The second part of the book is explores ERCP and EUS procedures, covering the diagnosis and therapy of biliary ductal system and pancreatic diseases. Each chapter includes an abundance of color images that document in detail the devices, operative techniques and outcomes. Written by leading internationally renowned experts, the book is a valuable resource for both specialists and residents in gastroenterology and surgery.

    Contents:
    PART 1: DISEASES OF GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT: Diagnosis and therapy of upper G.I. neoplasia and pre-cancerous conditions: Advanced imaging techniques and in vivo histology: current status and future perspectives. Endoscopic ultrasonography for preoperative staging upper G.I. tract lesions. Endoscopic characterization of esophageal lesions and resection strategy. Endoscopic management of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma. Endoscopic resection of squamous cell carcinoma: techniques. Management of Barrett's esophagus. Radiofrequency ablation of Barrett's epithelium. Cryotherapy and argon ablation of Barrett's epithelium. Resection techniques in Barrett's esophagus. Endoscopic characterization of gastric and duodenal lesions and resection strategy. Endoscopic mucosal resection of gastric and duodenal lesions. Endoscopic submucosal dissection of gastric lesions. Resection of submucosal lesions of the stomach and duodenum: full-thickness resection (EFTR), submucosal tunneling resection (STER), and Ovesco. Vater's papilla neoplasia: endoscopic ultrasonography for preoperative staging. Papillectomy and ampullectomy
    Diagnosis and therapy of lower G.I. neoplasia and pre-cancerous conditions: Enteroscopy: devices and techniques. Endoscopic therapy of small bowel lesions. Advanced imaging techniques and in vivo histology: current status and future perspectives. Innovations in colonoscopy. Endoscopic characterization of colorectal lesions and resection strategy. Endoscopic mucosal resection of colorectal lesions. Endoscopic submucosal dissection of colorectal lesions. Hybrid technique for difficult colorectal lesions. Endoscopic ultrasonography for preoperative staging of rectal lesions. Endoscopic resection of large rectal lesions: ESD vs TEM. Full-thickness resection of colo-rectal lesions: indications, techniques and outcomes. Piecemeal EMR vs ESD for large colo-rectal lesions; pros and cons. Colonoscopy surveillance after adenoma removal: current guidelines. Management of colonic neoplasia: cost-effectiveness and outcomes of endoscopic therapy. Endoscopic repair after resection and treatment of complications. Future technologies for treatment of G.I. tract lesions
    Therapy of motor disorders of gastrointestinal tract: Endoscopic myotomy and septotomy for Zenker's diverticulum (Z-POEM). Peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for achalasia: indications, techniques and outcomes. Stenting and techniques alternative to POEM for achalasia. Peroral endoscopic myotomy (POEM) for esophageal motility disorders: indications, techniques and outcomes. Endoscopic pyloromiotomy (G-POEM): indications, techniques and outcomes
    Therapy of gastro-esophageal reflux disease: Transoral incisionless fundoplication. Antireflux mucosectomy: techniques and outcomes. Endoscopic augmentation of G-E junction by full-thickness suturing device. Stretta procedure
    Bariatric endotherapy: Endoscopic treatment for obesity and weight management: state of the art. Intragastric ballons. Endoscopic sleeve gastroplasty. Endoscopic gastroplasty techniques. Aspiration therapy. Endoscopic duodenal techniques for treatment of obesity and type 2 diabetes. Endoscopic management of complications of bariatric therapy. Endoscopic management of weight regain. Therapy of gastrointestinal strictures: Self expanding stents: present and future. Endoscopic management of malignant esophageal strictures. Endoscopic management of cervical esophageal strictures. Endoscopic management of benign esophageal strictures. Biodegradable self-expandable stents for benign strictures: indications and outcomes. Endoscopic stenting for gastric outlet obstruction. Endoscopic ultrasound (EUS)-guided gastroenterostomy (EUS-GE). Enteroscope-assisted small bowel stenting. EUS-guided intestinal by-pass procedures. Endoscopic management of malignant colorectal strictures. Colorectal stenting as bridge to surgery. Endoscopic management of benign colorectal strictures
    Therapy of fistulae and bleeding: Techniques for fistula repair in the G.I. tract. Stem cells for tissue repair in the G.I. tract. Techniques for management of acute G.I. non variceal bleeding. Stenting for variceal bleeding
    PART 2: DISEASES OF PANCREAS AND BILIARY DUCTAL SYSTEM: Diagnosis and therapy of biliary ductal system diseases: Difficult biliary cannulation: definition and therapeutic algorithym. Precutting and septotomy techniques. ERCP in surgical altered anatomy. EUS- and enteroscopy-assisted ERCP. ERCP in childhood. Advanced intraductal biliary imaging: OCT, confocal endomicroscopy. Choledochoscopy: imaging, techniques and innovation. Treatment of sphincter of Oddi dysfunction. Treatment of difficult bile duct stones. Treatment of benign biliary strictures. Endoscopic management of primary sclerosing cholangitis. Stenting of malignant biliary strictures. Innovation in biliary stents. Intraductal radiofrequency (RFA) therapy in biliary neoplasia. Intraductal photodynamic therapy in biliary neoplasia. EUS-guided biliary drainage. EUS-guided bilio-enteric anastomosis. Treatment of biliary leaks and fistulae. Diagnosis and therapy of pancreatic diseases: Pancreatic sphincterotomy: technique. Minor papilla cannulation and sphincterotomy: technique. EUS-guided pancreatic duct cannulation. Advanced pancreatic intraductal imaging. Pancreatoscopy: imaging, techniques and innovations. Endoscopic management of acute recurrent pancreatitis. Endoscopic therapy of pancreas divisum. Endoscopic therapy of chronic pancreatitis. Innovation in pancreatic stents. Trans-papillary drainage of pseudocysts. EUS-guided drainage of pseudocysts. Endoscopic management of complications of acute pancreatitis. Endoscopic treatment of pancreatic leaks and fistulae. EUS-guided gastro-pancreatic anastomosis. Endoscopic treatment of "walled off" necrosis. EUS-guided management of pancreatic IPMN. US characterization of pancreatic masses. Endoscopic treatment of pancreatic cancer. EUS-guided termal ablation of pancreatic masses. EUS-guided crio-termal ablation of pancreatic masses.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2020-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Aurora D. Pryor, Theodore N. Pappas, M. Stanley Branch, editors.
    Contents:
    Stabilization of Patients Presenting with Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Urgent Workup for Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Management of Esophageal Variceal Bleeding
    Management of Dieulafoy?s Lesions
    Management of Bleeding Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Management of Unusual Sources of Upper GI Bleeding
    Mallory?Weiss Syndrome
    Diagnosis and Management of Bleeding Small Bowel Tumors
    Management of Bleeding from the Bile Duct
    Management of Bleeding from the Pancreas
    Urgent Workup of Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Bleeding Hemorrhoids
    Management of Colonic Diverticular Bleeding and Bleeding Colitis
    Colonic Arteriovenous Malformations
    Bleeding Colorectal Tumors
    Evaluation of the Guaiac Positive Patient
    Endoscopic Techniques for Evaluating Small Bowel Blood Loss: Video Capsule and Device-Assisted Enteroscopy
    Provocative Angiography
    The Unstable Patient with Obscure Gastrointestinal Bleeding: Surgical and Non-surgical Management. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Marko Duvnjak, Lea Smirčić-Duvnjak, editors.
    Summary: This text provides a state-of-the art review of the gastrointestinal complications of diabetes, their pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, diagnostic evaluation and management. Divided into six sections, the volume shows how diabetes affects the entire GI tract, from the oral cavity and esophagus to the large bowel and anorectal region. By offering a detailed diagnostic approach and featuring therapeutic algorithms at the end of each chapter, the text is a useful guideline and reference point for every day practice, specifically in recognizing and diagnosing patients with gastrointestinal complications of diabetes in a timely fashion. Written by experts in the field, Gastrointestinal Complications of Diabetes: A Comprehensive Guide is a valuable resource for physicians dealing with diabetes mellitus or gastrointestinal disorders, and researchers interested in this multidisciplinary problem.

    Contents:
    Diabetes Mellitus
    Chronic Complications of Diabetes
    Summary
    Esophageal and Gastric Function
    Clinical Manifestations
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Intestinal Function
    Clinical Manifestations
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Anorectal Function
    Clinical Manifestations
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment
    Exocrine Pancreatic Function in Diabetes
    Clinical Manifestation
    Diagnostic Approach
    Treatment of Pancreatic Diseases
    Liver Function
    Clinical Manifestations of Liver Disease in Diabetes Mellitus
    Diagnostic Approach
    Nonalchoholic Fatty Liver Disease Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Autumn Graham, David J. Carlberg, editors.
    Summary: This book answers key questions asked by emergency clinicians faced with complex gastrointestinal and abdominal pain presentations. Instead of a traditional format that includes epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment options, this book takes an approach that mirrors the way clinicians interact with patients – by asking and answering specific clinical care questions. The book is organized into sections by presentation – gastrointestinal bleeding, for example – each of which contains chapters on specific questions, such as “What is the best clinical risk score for low risk GIB patients?” Each clinical question comes with a detailed, evidence-based response and a summary that gives best practices, recommendations, and references. Additionally, at the end of each section is a chapter titled “Expert Corner,” which asks the same clinical questions to a surgical or gastrointestinal specialist and includes key pearls these experts have for emergency medicine practitioners. Gastrointestinal Emergencies: Evidence-Based Answers to Key Clinical Questions is an essential guide for emergency medicine physicians, residents, and medical students who want to review and improve their care of acute gastrointestinal emergencies.

    Contents:
    General Approach to Management of Acute Abdominal Pain
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Abdominal Pain in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
    Colitis/Diverticulitis
    Appendicitis
    Abdominal Pain in Immunocompromised Patients
    Abdominal Pain in the Pregnant Patient
    Pancreatitis
    IBD
    Vomiting
    Bowl Obstruction
    Gallbladder
    Liver
    Mesenteric Ischemia
    AAA/Dissection.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sreenivasa S. Jonnalagadda, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive treatise on cutting edge tools and research provides a fascinating insight into the rapidly evolving field of diagnostic and therapeutic endoscopy. Accomplished international researchers and clinicians discuss the latest endoscopic advances in diverse areas including obesity and associated metabolic syndromes, management of peripancreatic fluid collections, endoluminal suturing techniques, fistula closure, management of Barrettℓ́ℓs epithelium, cholangioscopy, chromoendoscopy, high resolution manometry and endoscopic ultrasonography. Gastrointestinal Endoscopy: New Technologies and Changing Paradigms is a valuable resource on the evolving role of endoscopic management of gastrointestinal diseases and is a tremendous resource for gastroenterologists, endoscopists, GI surgeons, and medical residents.

    Contents:
    Barrett?s Esophagus
    Cholangioscopy
    Endoscopic Management of Peripancreatic Fluid Collections and Walled-Off Pancreatic Necrosis
    Bariatric Endoscopy
    Advances in Imaging and Evaluation of the Small Bowel and Colon
    High-Resolution Manometry
    Endoluminal Fistula and Perforation Closure
    Advances in EUS
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
    Colon Widefield EMR.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    editors, Wendy C. Hsu, MD, Co-Director, Diagnostic Radiology Residency, Teaching Coordinator ; Gastrointestinal Imaging, Department of Radiology, Virginia Mason Medical Center, Seattle, Washington, Felicia P. Cummings, MD, Section Chief, General Radiology, Department of Radiology, Virginia Mason Medical Center, Seattle, Washington.
    Contents:
    Pharynx and esophagus
    Stomach
    Small bowel
    Colon and appendix
    Pancreas
    Liver
    Spleen
    Bile ducts and gallbladder
    Peritoneum and retroperitoneum
    Multisystem and miscellaneous.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC804.R6 G365 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Mihir S. Wagh, Sachin B. Wani, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of advanced techniques in interventional endoscopy beyond ERCP and EUS. Comprised of sections on endoscopic resection (including EMR, ESD, STER and EFTR), bariatric endoscopy, endoscopic myotomy (POEM, GPOEM, ZPOEM and PREM), endoscopic anti-reflux therapies, endoscopic tissue apposition, and advances in interventional EUS, the text highlights indications and technical details, assesses safety and efficacy, and provides quality metrics and training pathways for these endoscopic procedures. The book is also accompanied by multiple photos and videos illustrating these endoscopic techniques. Written by world renowned experts in the field, Gastrointestinal Interventional Endoscopy: Advanced Techniques is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists and surgeons interested in the latest advances in interventional endoscopy.

    Contents:
    Part I Endoscopic Resection 1 Endoscopic Lesion Recognition and Advanced Imaging ModalitiesJorge D. Machicado, Jennifer Kolb, Sachin B. Wani 2 Endoscopic Mucosal Resection of the EsophagusSamuel Han, Hazem Hammad 3 Gastric and Duodenal Endoscopic Mucosal ResectionRommel Romano, Pradermchai Kongkam 4 A Pragmatic Approach to Complex Colon PolypsMichael X. Ma, Michael J. Bourke 5 Endoscopic Tools and Accessories for ESD Calvin J. Koh, Dennis Yang, Peter V. Draganov 6 Esophageal ESD Lady Katherine Mejía Pérez, Seiichiro Abe, Raja Siva, John Vargo, Amit Bhatt 7 Gastric ESDTakuji Gotoda 8 Colonic ESDVikneswaran Namasivayam, Yutaka Saito 9 Endoscopic Full Thickness Resection (EFTR) and Submucosal Endoscopic Resection (STER)Mingyan Cai, Marie Ooi, Pinghong Zhou 10 EMR Versus ESD: Pros and ConsVijay Kanakadandi, Mojtaba Olyaee, Amit Rastogi 11 Training and Competency in Endoscopic ResectionDaniel S. Strand, Andrew Y. Wang Part II Bariatric Endoscopy 12 Intra-gastric Balloons and Aspiration TherapyChetan Mittal, Shelby Sullivan 13 Endoscopic Sleeve Gastroplasty (ESG)Gontrand Lopez-Nava, Inmaculada Bautista-Castaño 14 Emerging Endoscopic Therapies for Weight Loss Thomas J. Wang, Marvin Ryou 15 Endoscopic Therapy of Post-Bariatric Surgery Strictures, Leaks and FistulasFilippo Filicori, Lee L. Swanström 16 Endoscopic Management of Weight RegainEric J. Vargas, Andrew C. Storm, Fateh Bazerbachi, Barham K. Abu Dayyeh Part III Endoscopic Myotomy 17 POEM: Pre-procedural work-up and IndicationsJoseph Rayfield Triggs, John E. Pandolfino 18 Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy: Endoscopic TechniquesChetan Mittal, Mihir S. Wagh 19 POEM: Efficacy, Safety, Training and Competency Juergen Hochberger, Volker Meves 20 Endoscopic Myotomy for Zenker's Diverticulum (Z-POEM) Alessandro Fugazza, Roberta Maselli, Alessandro Repici 21 Per-oral Endoscopic Pyloromyotomy (G-POEM) and Per-rectal Endoscopic Myotomy (PREM) Amol Bapaye, Amit Maydeo Part IV Endoscopic Anti-Reflux Therapies 22 History of Endoscopic Anti-reflux Therapies
    Lessons Learned Zaheer Nabi, D. Nageshwar Reddy 23 Transoral Fundoplication for Treatment of Gastroesophageal Reflux DiseasePier Alberto Testoni, Sabrina Gloria Giulia Testoni, Giorgia Mazzoleni, Lorella Fanti 24 Radiofrequency Ablation and Anti-Reflux Mucosectomy for Gastroesophageal Reflux DiseaseBryan Brimhall, Amit Maydeo, Mihir S. Wagh, Hazem Hammad Part V Endoscopic Tissue Apposition 25 Techniques for Endoscopic Suturing Olaya I. Brewer Gutierrez, Stuart K. Amateau 26 Endoscopic Clips and GluesRoupen Djinbachian, Daniel von Renteln Part VI Advances in Interventional EUS 27 Interventional EUS: PancreasVinay Dhir, Ankit Dalal, Carmen Chu 28 Interventional EUS: Bile Duct and GallbladderAnthony Yuen Bun Teoh, Kenjiro Yamamoto, Takao Itoi 29 Interventional Vascular EUSJason B. Samarasena, Kyle J. Fortinsky, Kenneth J. Chang.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital/Print
    edited by David Bentrem, Al B. Benson.
    Contents:
    Gastric and small bowel tumors / L. Mark Knab, Anthony Yang
    Pathologic features of esophageal and gastric malignancies / Eduard Matkovic, Michael Schwalbe, Kristina A. Matkowskyj
    Pathologic features of miscellaneous foregut malignancies / Eduard Matkovic, Michael Schwalbe, Kristina A. Matkowskyj
    Management controversies and treatment strategies for borderline resectable pancreatic cancer / Mark S. Talamonti
    Pathologic features of primmary pancreatic malignancies / Ashley M. Cunningham, Patrick S. Rush, Kristina A. Matkowskyj
    Gall bladder cancer / Audrey E. Ertel, David Bentrem, Daniel E. Abbott
    Diagnosis and management of intrahepatic and extrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma / Jason Ho, Steven A. Curley
    Hepatocellular carcinoma: surgical management and evolving therapies / Olga Kantor, Marshall S. Baker
    Clinical features of metastatic hepatic malignancies / Ramiro Fernandez, Sam G. Pappas, David J. Bentrem
    Repeat hepatectomy for colorectal liver metastases / Vikrom Dhar, Ryan M. Thomas, Syed A. Ahmad
    Minimally invasive surgery of the liver / Michael White, Yuman Fong, Laleh Melstrom
    Locoregional therapies for primary and secondary hepatic malignancies / Ahsun Riaz, Robert J. Lewandowski, Riad Salem
    Pathologic features of primary and metastatic hepatic malignancies / Kristina A. Matkowskyj, M. Sambasiva Rao, Guang-Yu Yang
    Robotic rectal cancer surgery / Kurt Melstrom
    Pathologic features of primary colon, rectal, and anal malignancies / Kaitlin E. Sundling, Ranran Zhang, Kristina Matkowskyj
    Importance of adequate lymphadenectomy in gastrointestinal cancer / Andrew Benjami, Ryan P. Merkow
    Circulating tumor cells in gastrointestinal cancer: current practices anbd future directions / Colin M. Court, Jacob S. Ankeny, Shonan Sho, James S. Tomlinson
    Cost-effectiveness analysis in cancer care / Alex Chang, Daniel E. Abbott
    Gastrointestinal malignancy: genetic implications to clinical applications / Nicole E. Lopez, Jen Jen Yeh.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.D5 G378 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Michael Korenkov, Christoph-Thomas Germer, Hauke Lang, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Gregory Y. Lauwers, Michael B. Wallace ; associate editor, Till Sebastian Clauditz.
    Summary: "This book is intended to help with the microscopic evaluation and the formulation of a differential diagnosis when interpreting gastrointestinal (GI) biopsies (including methods of cytologic acquisition) in the context of the clinical and endoscopic presentation. It is also intended to help gastroenterologists optimize the acquision, and initial handling of biopsy specimens to facilitate an informative diagnosis The goal is to provide a companion to the diagnostic pathologists and to teach pathology residents /fellows, as well as gastroenterologists, the importance of correlating clinical impression, endoscopic findings and microscopic interpretation (with an emphasis on inflammatory and infectious lesions, rather than neoplasms). To assure that the presentation of the material matches "real-life" a standardized format is used for each major entity reported: Clinical presentation, endoscopic appearance and expectations by the gastroenterologist; specific methods, locations, and numbers of biopsy samples needed for specific conditions, and specific handling requirements for specific conditions; the pathologic part of the text will be classic with description of significant architectural changes, but with emphasis on "pathognomonic" characteristics and secondary features; differential diagnosis presented sequentially presented on a) clinical presentation; b) microscopic appearance and c) results of ancillary studies (when performed); suggestions for reporting (i.e., key elements to include in the pathology reports) are offered where appropriate; simple clinical management clues based on the pathologic will conclude each section"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PRINCIPAL of BIOSPYDIAGNOSI
    ESOPHAGUS-Inflammatory Conditions
    ESOPHAGUS-Neopastic Conditions
    STOMACH- Inflammatory Conditions
    STOMACH-Polypoid Lesions
    STOMACH- Neoplastic Conditions
    DUODENUM- Inflammatory Conditions
    SMALL INTESTINE-Inflammatory Conditions
    SMALL INTESTINE- Neoplastic Conditions
    COLON Inflammatory Conditions
    COLON-Polypoid Lesions
    COLON-Neoplastic Conditions
    ANUS Inflammatory Conditions
    ANUS- Neoplastic Conditions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Print
    Leonard R. Johnson.
    Summary: Gastrointestinal Physiology, a volume in the Mosby Physiology Monograph Series, explains the fundamentals of gastrointestinal physiology in a clear and concise manner. Ideal for your systems-based curriculum, this fully updated medical textbook provides you with a basic understanding of how the GI system functions in both health and disease. New to this edition: Stay abreast of the latest research and findings in physiology with coverage of the physiological significance of gastrointestinal peptides; the regulation of mucosal growth and cancer; details surrounding acid secretion and peptic ulcers; and more. Access new gastrointestinal information on the regulation of pancreatic secretion and gallbladder contraction; the transport processes for the absorption of nutrients; facts about fat absorption; and the regulation of food intake.

    Contents:
    Regulation : peptides of the gastrointestinal tract
    Regulation : nerves and smooth muscle
    Swallowing
    Gastric emptying
    Motility of the small intestine
    Motility of the large intestine
    Salivary secretion
    Gastric secretion
    Pancreatic secretion
    Bile secretion and gallbladder function
    Digestions and absorption
    Fluid and electrolyte absorption
    Regulation of food intake.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP145 .G27 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Kim E. Barrett.
    Summary: Gastrointestinal Physiology explains the operation and performance of one of the body's most crucial systems. Using clear, compelling language, the book's presentation makes it easy to absorb the content and integrate it as you learn the physiology of other bodily systems. Written to help you understand essential concepts rather than merely memorize facts, this unique text examines many medically relevant facets of this important body system, including anatomy, pathophysiology, and therapeutics, in concert with physiological information.

    Contents:
    Functional anatomy of the GI tract and organs draining into it
    Neurohumoral regulation of gastrointestinal function
    Gastric secretion
    Pancreatic and salivary secretion
    Water and electrolyte absorption and secretion
    Intestinal mucosal immunology and ecology
    Esophageal motility
    Gastric motility
    Intestinal motility
    Functional anatomy of the liver and biliary system
    Bile formation and secretion
    Gallbladder function
    Bilirubin formation and excretion by the liver
    Ammonia and urea
    Carbohydrate, protein and water soluble vitamin assimilation
    Lipid assimilation.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    Leonard R. Johnson.
    Contents:
    Regulation : peptides of the gastrointestinal tract
    Regulation : nerves and smooth muscle
    Swallowing
    Gastric emptying
    Motility of the small intestine
    Motility of the large intestine
    Salivary secretion
    Gastric secretion
    Pancreatic secretion
    Bile secretion and gallbladder function
    Digestion and absorption
    Regulation of food intake.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Eugene Trowers, Marc Tischler.
    Summary: This volume provides a practical hands on guide to gastrointestinal physiology. The book emphasizes an appreciation of basic physiological concepts and their application to novel clinical situations. It exposes the physician-in-training to fundamental principles that are useful in treating patients and lays the groundwork for more advanced study in the future. The authors present relevant cases which incorporate newer adult learning strategies in medical education. These cases provide a forum in which the student can apply acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes. Connections are made to reader's life, whether in the classroom, on the wards or out and about town. Designed for medical students who are studying gastrointestinal physiology for the first time, Gastrointestinal Physiology: A Clinical Approach provides a superb review for upper level medical students and house officers. Nursing and allied health professions students will also find this text to be a useful guide. GI fellows and attending physicians in need of a concise review of fundamental GI physiology principles will also benefit from reading this book.

    Contents:
    Clinical Gastrointestinal Physiology: A Systems Approach
    Form and Function: The Physiological Implications of the Anatomy of the Gastrointestinal System
    Brain-Gut Axis and Regional Gastrointestinal Tract Motility
    Gastrointestinal Secretion: Aids in Digestion and Absorption
    Physiology of the Liver, Gallbladder and Pancreas: "Getting By" with Some Help from Your Friends
    Nutrient Exchange: Matching Digestion and Absorption
    Salt and Water: Intestinal Water and Electrolyte Transport
    Gastrointestinal Manometry: Tales of the Intrepid Transducer.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Menizibeya Osain Welcome.
    Summary: This book offers one of the most comprehensive reviews in the field of gastrointestinal (GI) physiology, guiding readers on a journey through the complete digestive tract, while also highlighting related organs and glandular systems. It is not solely limited to organ system physiology, and related disciplines like anatomy and histology, but also examines the molecular and cellular processes that keep the digestive system running. As such, the book provides extensive information on the molecular, cellular, tissue, organ, and system levels of functions in the GI system. Chapters on the roles of the gut as an endocrine, exocrine and neural organ, as well as its microbiome functions, broaden readers' understanding of the multi-organ networks in the human body. To help illustrate the interconnections between the physiological concepts, principles and clinical presentations, it outlines clinical examples such as pathologies that link basic science with clinical practice in special "clinical correlates" sections. Covering both traditional and contemporary topics, it is a valuable resource for biomedical students, as well as healthcare and scientific professionals.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Key Features; Target Groups; Contents; About the Author; 1 History of Development of Gastrointestinal Physiology: From Antiquity to Modern Period and the Birth of Modern Digestive Physiology; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Organization of the GI System, Periods of Development of Knowledge on the Digestive Physiology; 1.3 Evolutionary Emergence of the Gastrointestinal System; 1.4 Digestive Physiology in Antiquity; 1.5 Digestive Physiology During the Renaissance; 1.6 Digestive Physiology in Modern History; 1.7 The Beginning of Modern Digestive Physiology. 1.8 Current and Emerging Trends in the Study of Physiology1.8.1 The Pendulum of Investigation of Physiological Systems Is Swinging Toward Integrative Approach. The Physiome and Giome Projects; 1.8.2 Bedside-to-Bench or Bench-to-Bedside Physiology-The Cornerstone of Translational Physiology or Medicine; 1.9 Conclusion; Bibliography; 2 Structural and Functional Organization of the Gastrointestinal Tract; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Structural Architecture of the Gastrointestinal Tract; 2.2.1 Regions of the Gastrointestinal Tract; 2.2.2 Layers of the Gastrointestinal Tract. 2.4.2 Anatomical Architecture of the Lymphatic System2.4.3 Pattern of Lymphatic Drainage of the Gut; Characteristics and Composition of Chyle; Chyle Flow Rate and the Lymphatic Pump; 2.5 Nerve Supply of the Gastrointestinal Tract; 2.6 Functions of the Gastrointestinal Tract; 2.7 Conclusion; Bibliography; 3 Cellular Organization of the Gastrointestinal Tract; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Brief Historical Background; 3.3 Types of Gastrointestinal Tract Cells; 3.3.1 Muscle Cells of the Gut; 3.3.2 Neurons and Glial Cells of the Gut; 3.3.3 Connective Tissue Cells. 3.3.4 Accessory Cells of the Gastrointestinal Tract3.3.5 Cells of the Accessory Organs of the Digestive System; 3.3.6 Major Types of Gastrointestinal Epithelial Cells; Absorptive Columnar Enterocytes; Mucin-Secreting Cells; Enzyme-Secreting Cells; Acid-Secreting Cells; Neuro-(Entero)endocrine Cells; Gastrointestinal Opioid-Secreting Cells; Gastrointestinal Epithelial Immune Sensor Cell: Paneth Cell; Metaplasia and Dysplasia; 3.4 Structural Composition and Functions of the Cell; 3.4.1 Plasma Membrane; Components of the Plasma Membrane; Lipids; Proteins; Carbohydrates. Tunica Mucosa (Mucous Layer)Tunica Submucosa (Submucous Layer); Tunica Muscularis (Muscle Layer); Tunica Serosa/Adventitia (Serous/Adventitial Layer); 2.2.3 Epithelium of the Gastrointestinal Tract; 2.2.4 Microarchitecture of the Mucosa; 2.2.5 Accessory Organs of Digestion; 2.3 Gastrointestinal Circulation; 2.3.1 Gastrointestinal Venous Circulation; 2.3.2 Gastrointestinal Blood (Arterial) Supply; 2.3.3 Gastrointestinal Perfusion; Regulation of Gastrointestinal Perfusion; Factors Affecting Gastrointestinal Perfusion; 2.4 Gastrointestinal Lymphatic Drainage; 2.4.1 Brief Historical Background.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors: Yukinori Kurokawa and Yoshito Komatsu.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GISTs). GISTs represent the most common mesenchymal neoplasms arising within the gastrointestinal tract. The causative gene of this disease was originally discovered in Japan by Prof. Seichi Hirota in 1998, and since then numerous important advances – from basic to clinical aspects – have been reported from Japan. Professionals involved in the management of GISTs inevitably cite significant evidence and the state-of-the-art treatments from the Asian region, where has there is and inherently high prevalence of gastrointestinal cancers. Each expert author elucidates the cutting-edge knowledge on pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of GISTs, especially focusing on the highly valuable data from Japan. This attractive collection benefits not only oncologists but also basic researchers, general physicians and surgeons, as well as paramedical staff and medical students who are dealing with GISTs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Charles R. Scoggins, Chandrajit P. Raut, John T. Mullen, editors.
    Contents:
    Etiology/Epidemiology
    Pathology
    Molecular Genetics of GIST
    Pediatric GIST/Inheritable Disease
    Natural History
    Radiographic Imaging
    Endoscopic Evaluation
    Prognostic Factors for Localized Disease
    Management of Localized GIST: Non-Surgical Approaches-Surveillance and Endoscopic Resection
    Surgery for Localized GIST
    Minimally Invasive Surgery for GIST
    Neoadjuvant Rx and Surgical Consolidation
    Imatinib
    Management of Locally Advanced GIST
    Prognostic Factors for Advanced GIST
    Concepts of Targeted Therapy Management, Dose Escalation, Tailoring Therapy Based on Specific Mutations, Second Line Therapy
    Surgical Debulking of Metastatic GIST
    Liver Resection/Ablation of Metastatic GIST
    Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Pawlik, Shishir K. Maithel, Nipun B. Merchant, editors.
    Contents:
    Tracheo-esophageal Fistula
    Esophageal strictures refractory to endoscopic dilatation
    Esophgeal anastomotic leak
    Transhiatal esophagectomy: intraoperative disasters
    Chyle leak after esophageal surgery
    Management of airway, hoarseness and vocal cord dysfunction after esophagectomy
    Severe reflux induced esophagitis
    Introperative solutions for gastric conduit that will not reach
    Injury to the right gastroepiploic artery
    Intraoperative solutions for ischemic gastric conduit
    Jejunal feeding tube complications
    Bile reflux and gastroparesis
    Gastric surgery: dealing with dumping syndrome
    Afferent loop syndrome
    Duodenal stump blowout
    Postoperative complications after surgery for gastric cancer: Anastomotic leakage
    Hepatobiliary and pancreatic surgery: postoperative hepatic insufficiency
    Biliary leaks and thoracobiliary fistula
    Contralateral bile duct injury during hepatic resection
    Massive Intra-operative Hemorrhage During Hepato-Biliary and Pancreatic Surgery
    Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Surgery: Intraoperative injury to Hepatic Arterial Structures
    Hepatobiliary and pancreatic surgery: hepatic abscess
    Hepaticojejunostomy anastomotic strictures
    Stricture at Pancreatico-Jejunostomy or Pancreatico-Gastrostomy
    Postoperative Portal, Mesenteric and Splenic Vein Thrombosis
    Post-pancreatectomy Hemorrhage: Early and Late
    Major Disruptions of Pancreaticojejunostomy
    Persistent Pancreatic Fistula
    Management of Chyle Leaks Following Pancreatic Resection
    Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Surgery: Preventing Pancreatic Fistula following Distal Pancreatectomy
    Pearls for the Small Bowel and Colon That Will Not Reach
    Anastomotic Leak / Pelvic Abscess
    Management of Anastomotic Stricture
    Colorectal Surgery: Intraoperative Ureteral Injury
    Colorectal surgery: Prostatic Urethral Injury
    Vaginal Injury During Stapled
    Anastomosis
    Management of rectovaginal fistula
    Management of Presacral / Pelvic Bleeding
    Breakdown / Nonhealing of Perineal Wound
    Complications after TEM (Transanal Endoscopic Microsurgery) and TAMIS Maria
    Parastomal hernia
    Stoma Retraction/Ischemia/Stenosis
    Incontinence after Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy/ Fistulotomy
    Anal Stenosis after Hemorrhoidectomy: Avoidance and Management
    Delivering Bad News: Conversations with My Surgeon.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Anna Ibele, Jon Gould, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive approach to the diagnostic evaluation of gastroparesis and the medical and surgical treatment options available for this disorder. The initial chapters address the different etiologies, pathophysiology and diagnostic evaluation of this disease. Medical management, nutritional support and co-morbid conditions are also discussed. Subsequent chapters focus on endoscopic and surgical options for management and the current outcomes data for these procedures. A brief review of the existing literature addressing the particular topic is included in each section. Written by experts in the field, Gastroparesis covers each of these treatment sections that address patient selection, technical conduct and complications of the most common endoscopic procedures and operations, and anticipated outcomes of therapy. .

    Contents:
    Normal Gastric Motility
    Etiology and Clinical Presentation of Gastroparesis
    Diagnostic Evaluation of Gastroparesis
    Medical Management of Gastroparesis
    Endoluminal Management of Gastroparesis
    Gastric Electrical Stimulation
    Laparoscopic Pyloroplasty
    Post-Surgical Gastroparesis
    Management of Gastroparesis in the setting of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Managing Gastroparesis in the Setting of Obesity.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Richard McCallum, Henry Parkman, John Clarke, Braden Kuo.
    Contents:
    Historical perspectives on gastric motility and gastroparesis
    Epidemiology of gastroparesis
    Clinical presentations of gastroparesis
    Natural history of patients with gastroparesis
    Gastric dysmotility at the organ level in gastroparesis
    Cellular pathogenesis of gastroparesis
    Sensory dysfunction in gastroparesis
    Pathology of gastroparesis: ICC, enteric neurons and fibrosis
    Gastroparesis and the brain-gut axis
    Autonomic neuropathies and gastroparesis
    Gastric emptying scintigraphy
    The use of wireless motility capsule in the diagnosis and monitoring of gastroparesis
    Breath tests for the assessment of gastroparesis
    Magnetic resonance imaging for gastric motility and function
    Electrogastrography for suspected gastroparesis
    Antroduodenal manometry for the evaluation of patients with suspected gastroparesis
    Ancillary testing including barostat, SPECT, and satiety testing
    Diabetic gastroparesis
    Postsurgical gastroparesis
    Idiopathic gastroparesis
    Gastroparesis from other causes
    Pediatric gastroparesis
    Dietary therapy for gastroparesis
    Prokinetic agents for gastroparesis
    Antiemetic therapy for gastroparesis
    Abdominal pain in gastroparesis: Prevalence, potential causes and management
    Psychiatric aspects of gastroparesis
    Alternative, complementary medicine and cannabinoids for gastroparesis
    Enteric tube placement for gastroparesis: Gastrostomy, gastrojejunostomy and jejunostomy
    Gastric electrical stimulation for gastroparesis
    Surgical management of gastroparesis
    Studies from the NIH Gastroparesis Clinical Research Consortium: Towards improving our understanding and treatment of gastroparesis
    Evaluating response in gastroparesis: Patient reported outcome measures and survey instruments
    The pyloric revolution: Patient selection
    Endoscopic full-thickness gastric biopsy: Ready for prime time?
    Distinguishing between functional dyspepsia and gastroparesis: Does it matter?
    Female predominance in gastroparesis
    A brief history and future directions of permanent, temporary, and endoscopic GES
    Cell transplantation for gastroparesis
    A vision of the future for gastroparesis
    Resources for the gastroparesis patient.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by W. Curt LaFrance Jr., Steven C. Schachter.
    Summary: "The first edition of Non-Epileptic Seizures was published in 1993 and edited by Drs. A. James Rowan and John R. Gates. Based on a 1990 symposium called "The Dilemma of Non-Epileptic (Pseudoepileptic) Seizures," this instant classic synthesized the available knowledge and hypotheses regarding all facets of nonepileptic seizures into four sections: neurological, psychiatric and neuropsychological aspects, and fundamentals of treatment. The second edition was published in 2000 and reflected the continued outgrowth of the 1993 symposium as well as a second conference - "Non-Epileptic Seizures: A Consensus Conference on Diagnosis and Treatment - held in Bethesda in 1996. A third conference, "The 2005 Psychogenic Nonepileptic Seizures (PNES) Treatment Workshop, sponsored by the NINDS, the NIMH, and the American Epilepsy Society and organized by W. Curt LaFrance, Jr., brought together experts from around the world, representing many disciplines. The enthusiasm emanating from that landmark meeting reverberated widely amongst professionals interested in the evaluation and treatment of persons with PNES. Sadly, the field soon afterwards lost its pioneers: John Gates on September 28, 2005 and Jim Rowan on August 27, 2006"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Vijaya B. Reddy, Odile David, Daniel J. Spitz, Meryl H. Haber.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    R. Vinoth Kumar, editor.
    Summary: This book provides in-depth information on all key aspects of geminivirus biology, e.g. the genetics and evolution, global diversity and spread of these plant pathogens, as well as the molecular mechanisms underlying their virulence. Geminiviridae is one of the largest viral families, comprising numerous plant-infecting viruses that cause diseases in crops and weeds. These diseases have been reported from nearly all continents, in particular Asia, Europe, Africa and America. The book summarizes the current state of knowledge on the interactions between plant host and virus. In addition, it discusses advances regarding the trans-replication of satellite molecules and its effect on geminiviral pathogenesis, as well as pest management strategies to combat these diseases in the field. Given its scope, the book is a must-read reference guide for all researchers and advanced students working in virology, agriculture and plant biotechnology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; List of Contributors; Classification, Taxonomy and Gene Function of Geminiviruses and Their Satellites; 1 Family: Geminiviridae; 1.1 Geminivirus Taxonomy; 1.1.1 Genus: Becurtovirus; 1.1.2 Genus: Begomovirus; 1.1.3 Genus: Capulavirus; 1.1.4 Genus: Curtovirus; 1.1.5 Genus: Eragrovirus; 1.1.6 Genus: Grablovirus; 1.1.7 Genus: Mastrevirus; 1.1.8 Genus: Topocuvirus; 1.1.9 Genus: Turncurtovirus; 1.2 Biological Functions of Geminivirus Components; 1.2.1 DNA-A Component; 1.2.2 DNA-B Component; 1.2.3 Betasatellites; 1.2.4 Alphasatellites; 1.2.5 Deltasatellites; References 1.1 Geminiviruses1.2 Geminivirus Evolution; 1.3 Disease Symptoms; 2 Geminiviruses Occurrence in Australia, China, Europe, and the Middle East Countries; 2.1 Geminiviruses in Australia; 2.2 Geminiviruses in China; 2.3 Geminiviruses in Europe; 2.4 Geminiviruses in the Middle East Countries; 3 Future Aspects; References; Mastreviruses in the African World: Harbouring Both Monocot and Dicot Species; 1 Introduction; 2 Mastreviruses: Distribution and Diversity; 2.1 Maize Streak Virus; 2.2 Panicum Streak Virus; 2.3 Chickpea Chlorotic Dwarf Virus; 2.4 Urochloa Streak Virus; 2.5 Sugarcane Streak Virus 3 Geminivirus Transcription4 Transcript Mapping in Geminiviruses; 5 Geminiviruses Promoter; 5.1 Early Promoter; 5.2 Late Promoters; 6 Transactivator C2/AC2 Regulation; 7 Concluding Remarks; References; Distribution of Geminivirus in the Indian Subcontinent; 1 Introduction; 2 Family Geminiviridae; 3 Geminiviruses in Indian Subcontinent; 4 Genus Capulavirus (Type Species: Caput-Medusae Latent Virus, CMLV); 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Important Capulavirus in Indian Subcontinent; 4.2.1 French Bean Severe Leaf Curl Virus; 5 Genus Mastrevirus (Type Species: Maize Streak Virus, MSV); 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Important Mastreviruses of the Indian Subcontinent5.2.1 Wheat Dwarf India Virus; 5.2.2 Chickpea Chlorotic Dwarf Virus; 5.2.3 Sugarcane Streak Virus; 6 Genus Begomovirus (Type Species: Bean Golden Mosaic Virus, BGMV); 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Important Crops Affected by Begomovirus in the Indian Subcontinent; 6.2.1 Tomato; 6.2.2 Okra; 6.2.3 Legumes; 6.2.4 Chilli; 6.2.5 Cassava; 6.2.6 Cucurbits; 6.2.7 Cotton; 6.2.8 Papaya; 6.2.9 Mesta; 6.2.10 Radish; 6.2.11 Jatropha; 7 Conclusion; References; Geminivirus Occurrence in Australia, China, Europe, and the Middle Eastern Countries; 1 Introduction Rolling Circle Replication and Transcription Processes in Geminiviruses1 Geminivirus Replication; 1.1 Rolling Circle Replication; 1.1.1 Viral Proteins Involved in Replication Process; 1.2 Recombination-Dependent Replication; 2 Interactions with Rep Protein and Its Implication on Viral DNA Accumulation; 2.1 Plant Retinoblastoma-Related Proteins (RBR); 2.2 Proliferating Cell Nuclear Antigen (PCNA); 2.3 Replication Factor C (RFC); 2.4 Replication Protein A-32 (RPA-32); 2.5 Recombination Enzymes; 2.6 Sumoylation-Conjugating Enzyme-1; 2.7 Histones; 2.8 NAC Domain-Containing Proteins
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Roberta Katz, Sarah Ogilvie, Jane Shaw & Linda Woodhead.
    Summary: "Our newest generation, Generation Z, or Zoomers, are coming of age in a world rife with amazing new opportunities and unprecedented challenges. Born around the time the World Wide Web made its public debut in 1995, they are "digital natives," the first generation never to know the world without the Internet. They have grown up alongside powerful global networks that offer endless information and connectivity. They have also had the clear realization that their elders know no better than they do how to navigate ongoing crises; that they and their planet have been badly betrayed by decisions which preceded them. In Gen Z, Explained, a team of social scientists set out to take a comprehensive look at this generation, drawing on wide and lively interviews, surveys, and comprehensive linguistic analysis (deploying the authors' proprietary iGen Corpus, a 70-million word collection of Gen-Z-specific English language scraped from social media, time-aligned video transcriptions, and memes). It paints a portrait of an extraordinarily challenged, thoughtful, and promising generation--while sounding a warning to their elders. The authors show that despite all the seemingly insurmountable difficulties they face, this generation continues to be idealistic about the future and highly motivated to make change"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Technology shapes postmillenial life
    Fine-grained identity
    Being authentic
    Finding my fam
    OK Boomer
    The difficulty of being a Gen Zer
    Conclusion : the art of living in a digital age.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Digital: Document
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HQ799.5 .K37 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Anna R. Hemnes, editor.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    1.Sex Differences in Normal Pulmonary Structure and Function at Rest and during Exercise
    2.Sex Hormone Signaling In The Lung In Health And Disease: Airways, Parenchyma And Pulmonary Vasculature
    3.Women and COPD
    4.Sex, gender, and asthma
    5.Sex hormones, sex, gender and pulmonary hypertension
    6.Pulmonary Fibrosis
    7.Sex-Specific Differences in Lung Cancer
    8.Lymphangioleiomyomatosis
    9.Developmental Lung Disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher J. Salgado, Stan J. Monstrey, Miroslav L. Djordjevic ; assistant editor Harvey W. Chim.
    Contents:
    Facial feminization surgery : a global approach / Luis Capitan, Daniel Simon
    Speech modification / James P. Thomas
    Top surgery / Britt Colebunders, Salvatore D'Arpa, Stan J. Monstrey
    Combined hysterectomy, oophorectomy, and chest reconstruction in the female-to male transgender patient / Christopher J. Salgado, Renee Gasgarth, Lydia A. Fein, Christopher Estes
    Male-to-female gender affirmation skin-flap vaginoplasty / Miroslav L. Djordjevic, Dusan Stanojevic, Marta Bizic
    Male-to-female gender affirmation colon vaginoplasty : total laparoscopic
    Sigmoid vaginoplasty / Mark-Bram Bouman, Wouter B. van der Sluis, Marlon E. Buncamper, Wilhelmus J.H.J. Meijerink
    Female-to-male gender affirmation metoidioplasty / Marci L. Bowers, Borko Stojanovic, Marta Bizic
    Female-to-male gender affirmation phalloplasty : radial forearm flap / Christopher J. Salgado, Harvey Chim, Varsha R. Sinha, Piet Hoebeke, Stan J. Monstrey
    Anterolateral thigh flap phalloplasty / Stan J. Monstrey, Salvatore D'Arpa, Britt Colebunders, Nicolaas Lumen, Piet Hoebeke
    Expert commentary / Curtis Crane, Klara Sputova
    Female-to-male gender affirmation phalloplasty : latissimus dorsi flap / Miroslav L. Djordjevic, Sinisa Kojic, Borko Stojanovic
    Testicular and erectile implants in transmen after phalloplasty / Piet Hoebeke, Nicolaas Lumen
    Management of unfavorable urologic sequelae following phalloplasty in
    Transgender patients / Yuka Yamaguchi, Jamie P. Levine, Lee C. Zhao
    Unfavorable results in phalloplasty surgery / Salvatore D'Arpa, Nicolaas Lumen, Piet Hoebeke, Christopher J. Salgado, Vishal K. Sinha, Natalie Joumblat, Stan J. Monstrey
    Medical treatment of the adolescent transgender patient / Daniel E. Shumer, Norman P. Spack
    Adult hormonal therapy in the transsexual patient / Melany Castillo, Roy E. Weiss
    Mental health care for transgender and gender-nonconforming children, adolescents, and adults / Walter O. Bockting, Amir Adam Tarsha, Yasmina Zoghbi, Clara Alvarez-Villalba
    Sexual health issues following surgery for transgender individuals / Marilyn K. Volker, Lydia A. Fein
    Gender expression and image / Michelle Horne, Lydia A. Fein.
  • Digital
    Ethel Tur, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the characteristics of the body reflected in the skin due to differences in gender. It investigates the genetic and hormonal differences that can affect skin structure and function, and resulting in variations between women and men. The aging process and exogenous factors that differ according to differences in lifestyle between the sexes are also covered. Gender and Dermatology comprehensively outlines the various aspects of physiological differences between the skin of women and men using practical examples and review of the basic science. It is therefore an important clinically-relevant review for both the trainee and experienced practitioner in dermatology, primary care, geriatrics and immunology, while also being of interest to researchers in genetics and metabolic medicine. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Antoinette Maassen van den Brink, E. Anne MacGregor, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the influence of sex and gender in migraine, presenting new insights in basic science as well as their clinical relevance. As migraine is roughly three times more common in women than in men, and also highly depends on hormonal milestones – such as menarche, menstruation, pregnancy and menopause – particular attention is devoted to the role of female sex hormones in this disease. The first chapters present general data on gender-related differences in migraine such as epidemiology, comorbidities and related risks. Furthermore, while several chapters focus on the role of female sex hormones in migraine-triggering mechanisms at a basic scientific level (e.g. cranial circulation), ample attention is also paid to the clinical relevance of such mechanisms and to the best clinical treatment for migraine patients. As the first book entirely devoted to this topic, it will be of interest to researchers and practitioners in the fields of neurology, internal medicine, endocrinology, physiology and pharmacology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Epidemiology of Migraine in Men and Women; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Prevalence of Migraine; 1.2.1 Subtypes of Migraine; 1.2.2 Incidence and Age at Onset; 1.3 Natural History/Prognosis; 1.4 Phenotype; 1.5 The Impact of Migraine; 1.5.1 Individual Burden; 1.5.2 Societal Burden; References;
    Chapter 2: Cardiovascular Risk of Migraine in Men and Women; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Epidemiological Outcomes of Cardiovascular Risks in Migraineurs; 2.3 Pathophysiological Mechanisms of Migraine and Cardiovascular Disease; 2.3.1 Endothelial Dysfunction 2.3.2 Platelet Abnormalities2.3.3 Microemboli; 2.3.4 Shared Genetic Markers; 2.4 Gender Differences in Migraine and Cardiovascular Risk; 2.4.1 The Role of Hormones; 2.5 Biomarkers and Markers of Subclinical Vascular Disease; 2.6 Consequences for the Clinical Practice and for Healthcare Professionals; 2.7 Gaps and Future Research; 2.8 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Sex- and Gender-Specific Aspects of Migraine Treatment; 3.1 Gender Differences in Migraine Prevalence; 3.2 Female-Specific Migraine Subtypes; 3.2.1 Migraine During Perimenopause and Postmenopause 3.3 Hormonal Fluctuations Throughout the Menstrual Cycle3.3.1 Role for Hormonal Fluctuations in Migraine; 3.3.2 Current Knowledge on Sex Hormone Levels in Women with Migraine; 3.4 Female-Specific Migraine Treatments; 3.4.1 Acute Migraine Treatment Options in PMM and MRM; 3.4.1.1 Acute Non-migraine-Specific Treatments; 3.4.1.2 Acute Migraine-Specific Treatments; 3.4.2 Short-Term Prophylactic Treatment Options in PMM and MRM; 3.4.2.1 Short-Term Non-migraine-Specific Treatments; 3.4.2.2 Short-Term Migraine-Specific Treatments; 3.4.3 Female-Specific Prophylactic Treatment Options 3.4.3.1 Oral Contraceptives3.4.3.2 Other Female-Specific Prophylactic Migraine Treatments; 3.4.4 Migraine Treatment in Perimenopausal and Postmenopausal Women; 3.5 Summary and Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Headache and Pregnancy; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Clinical Headache Phenotypes and Observational Studies in Pregnancy; 4.2.1 Primary Headaches; 4.2.1.1 Migraine; 4.2.1.2 Tension-Type Headache; 4.2.1.3 Cluster Headache; 4.2.2 Secondary Headaches; 4.2.2.1 Preeclampsia and Eclampsia; 4.2.2.2 Cerebral Venous Thrombosis; 4.2.2.3 Ischemic Stroke; 4.2.2.4 Subarachnoid Hemorrhage 4.2.2.5 Arterial Dissection4.2.2.6 Reversible Cerebral Vasoconstriction Syndrome; 4.2.2.7 Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome; 4.2.2.8 Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension; 4.2.2.9 Pituitary Apoplexy; 4.3 Treatment of Headaches in Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Women; 4.3.1 Non-pharmacological Treatment; 4.3.2 Symptomatic Treatment; 4.3.2.1 Paracetamol/Acetaminophen; 4.3.2.2 Aspirin; 4.3.2.3 Caffeine; 4.3.2.4 Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs; 4.3.2.5 Triptans; 4.3.2.6 Oxygen; 4.3.2.7 Lidocaine; 4.3.2.8 Corticosteroids; 4.3.2.9 Opioids; 4.3.2.10 Ergots and Ergots Alkaloids
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Loren S. Schechter, editor.
    Summary: Gender confirming surgery represents one of many therapies for individuals with gender dysphoria and can be pivotal in allowing individuals to become their true selves. An emerging field, this text represents a continuing evolution of surgical techniques, as well as a framework around which surgical therapies are based. Providing a fundamental understanding of the surgical principles while also recognizing the fast-paced nature of the advances in technique, Gender Confirmation Surgery touches upon the challenges and complexities in the surgical care of transgender individuals, featuring detailed sections for transwomen and transmen surgeries, non-surgical options, and establishing educational programs. Written as a guide primarily for surgeons in plastics, urology, and gynecology, this book can also appeal to primary care practitioners, mental health professionals, and endocrinologists. By representing an evolution of technique and advances in the field, Gender Confirmation Surgery offers a framework around which practitioners can familiarize themselves with gender surgery.

    Contents:
    CH 1 History, Societal Attitudes, Contexts
    CH 2 Etiology of Gender Dysphoria
    CH 3 The Mental Health Assessment for Surgery
    CH 4 Primary Care for the Transgender and Gender Nonconforming Patient
    CH 5 Hormone Therapy for Transgender Women
    CH 6 Hormone Therapy for Transgender Men
    CH 7 Medical Management of the Adolescent Individual with Gender Dysphoria
    Ch 8 Establishment of a Gender Confirmation Program
    CH 9 Male-to-Female Breast Augmentation and Body Contouring
    CH 10 The Importance of Facial Gender Confirmation Surgery
    CH 11 Facial Gender Confirmation Surgery: Facial Feminization Surgery and Facial Masculinization Surgery
    CH 12 Fertility Preservation Options for Transgender Men Planning Hysterectomy
    CH 13 Penile Inversion Vaginoplasty
    CH 14 Intestinal Vaginoplasty
    CH 15 Female-to-Male Chest Reconstruction
    CH 16 Urethral Anatomy, Urethral Construction in Phalloplasty and Metoidioplasty
    CH 17 MLD Musculo-Cutaneous Latissimus Dorsi) Phalloplasty
    CH 18 Radial Forearm (RF) and Anterolateral Thigh (ALT) Phalloplasty Reconstruction
    CH 19 Management of Urethral Complications Following Metoidioplasty and Phalloplasty
    CH 20 Strategies to Optomize Sexual Function After Genital Gender Affirming Surgery
    CH 21 Post Operative Care from the Primary Care Perspective
    CH 22 Religious Attitudes Toward Gender Confirmation Surgery
    CH 23 History of Gender Identity and Surgical Alteration of the Genitalia
    CH 24 Terminology, Spectrum of Gender Identity and Expression.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jawahar L. Mehta, Jean McSweeney, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews all aspects of the diagnosis and management of heart disease in women, covering areas such as gender differences in metabolic syndrome, hypertension and atherogenesis. Gender differences in cardiovascular diseases are widespread, but while gender medicine takes into account the effects of sex and gender on the health of women and men, traditionally, women have been underrepresented in cardiovascular clinical trials, in management of different cardiac diseases and drug use. Gender Differences in the Pathogenesis and Management of Heart Disease deals with the gender-specific differences in cardiac physiology and diseases and brings into perspective the critical significance of gender in management of cardiovascular disease presentations and management. As such it is of enormous use to all clinical staff who manage women with cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    by Maia Kobabe ; colors by Phoebe Kobabe.
    Summary: "In 2014, Maia Kobabe, who uses e/em/eir pronouns, thought that a comic of reading statistics would be the last autobiographical comic e would ever write. At the time, it was the only thing e felt comfortable with strangers knowing about em. Now, Gender Queer is here. Maia's intensely cathartic autobiography charts eir journey of self-identity, which includes the mortification and confusion of adolescent crushes, grappling with how to come out to family and society, bonding with friends over erotic gay fanfiction, and facing the trauma and fundamental violation of pap smears. Started as a way to explain to eir family what it means to be nonbinary and asexual, Gender Queer is more than a personal story: it is a useful and touching guide on gender identity--what it means and how to think about it--for advocates, friends, and humans everywhere."--Amazon.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ77.8.K628 A3 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Rylan Jay Testa, PhD, Deborah Coolhart, PhD, Jayme Peta, MA.
    Summary: "This one-of-a-kind, comprehensive workbook will help you navigate your gender identity and expression at home, in school, and with peers, "--Amazon.com.

    Contents:
    Gender identity
    Gender expression
    Family
    School and work
    Friends and other peers
    Dating and sex
    Balancing multiple identities
    Dealing with the hard stuff.
  • Digital
    Siddhartha Mukherjee.
    Summary: The Pulitzer Prize-winning author draws on his scientific knowledge and research to describe the magisterial history of a scientific idea, the quest to decipher the master-code of instructions that makes and defines humans; that governs our form, function, and fate; and that determines the future of our children. The story of the gene begins in earnest in an obscure Augustinian abbey in Moravia in 1856 where Gregor Mendel, a monk working with pea plants, stumbles on the idea of a "unit of heredity." It intersects with Darwin's theory of evolution, and collides with the horrors of Nazi eugenics in the 1940s. The gene transforms postwar biology. It invades discourses concerning race and identity and provides startling answers to some of the most potent questions coursing through our political and cultural realms. It reorganizes our understanding of sexuality, gender identity, sexual orientation, temperament, choice, and free will, thus raising the most urgent questions affecting our personal realms. Above all, the story of the gene is driven by human ingenuity and obsessive minds--from Mendel and Darwin to Francis Crick, James Watson, and Rosalind Franklin to the thousands of scientists working today to understand the code of codes. Woven through the book is the story of Mukherjee's own family and its recurring pattern of schizophrenia, a haunting reminder that the science of genetics is not confined to the laboratory but is vitally relevant to everyday lives. The moral complexity of genetics reverberates even more urgently today as we learn to "read" and "write" the human genome--unleashing the potential to change the fates and identities of our children and our children's children.--Adapted from dust jacket.

    Contents:
    Prologue: Families
    "The missing science of heredity" 1865-1935
    "In the sum of the parts, there are only the parts" 1930-1970
    "The dreams of geneticists" 1970-2001
    "The proper study of mankind is man" 1970-2005
    Through the looking glass 2001-2015
    Post-genome 2015-...
    Epilogue: Bheda, Abheda.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Elizabeth P. Rakoczy, editor.
    Summary: In this book, leading experts provide detailed descriptions of the exciting treatments that are expected to become part of the ophthalmologist?s arsenal within the next 10?20 years. The treatments discussed relate to a wide variety of conditions, including macular degeneration, Leber?s congenital amaurosis, retinitis pigmentosa and choroideremia. The authors explain clearly how different gene and cell therapies work and provide first-hand accounts of the difficulties that they have faced in bringing these technologies to clinical trial, such as issues relating to funding and ownership. Results achieved to date are presented, and the further steps required before the treatment in question can become a routine option are considered. Gene- and Cell-Based Treatment Strategies for the Eye is unique in showing the organic development of cutting-edge science into potential treatments for eye disease without compromising on accurate reporting of scientific facts. It will persuade the average practitioner or researcher ? whether ophthalmologist, health worker, or scientist ? that change is indeed coming and is not just a hollow promise of the tabloid media.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Gene Therapy for Leber?s Congenital Amaurosis due to RPE65 Mutations
    Gene Therapy for Choroideremia
    Gene Therapy for Dominantly Inherited Retinal Degeneration
    Age-Related Macular Degeneration: The Challenges
    Neovascular Age Related Macular Degeneration: Secretion Gene Therapy
    Transplantation of Human Embryonic Stem Cell-Derived Retinal Pigment Epithelium for the Treatment of Macular Degeneration
    Restoring Physiologic Barriers Against Neovascular Invasion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Punam Malik, John Tisdale, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical features of β-thalassemia and sickle cell disease
    2. Genetic basis and genetic modifiers of β-thalassemia and sickle cell disease
    3. Current standards of care and long term outcomes for thalassemia and sickle cell disease
    4. Allogeneic/matched related transplantation for β-thalassemia and sickle cell anemia
    5. Alternative donor/unrelated donor transplants for the β-thalassemia and sickle cell disease
    6. Gene addition strategies for β-thalassemia and sickle cell anemia
    7. Reactivation of fetal hemoglobin for treating β-thalassemia and sickle cell disease
    8. Genome editing for β-hemoglobinopathies
    9. Gene and cell therapy for β-thalassemia and sickle cell disease with induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs): the next frontier
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Giridhara R. Jayandharan, editor.
    Summary: Recent advances in stem cell biology, nanotechnology and gene therapy have opened new avenues for therapeutics. The availability of molecular therapeutics that rely on the delivery of DNA, RNA or proteins, harnessing enhanced delivery with nanoparticles, and the regenerative potential of stem cells (adult, embryonic or induced pluripotent stem cells) has had a tremendous impact on translational medicine. The chapters in this book cover a range of strategies for molecular and cellular therapies for human disease, their advantages, and central challenges to their widespread application. Potential solutions to these issues are also discussed in detail. Further, the book addresses numerous advances in the field of molecular therapeutics that will be of interest to the general scientific community. Lastly, the book provides specific examples of disease conditions for which these strategies have been transferred to the clinic. As such, it will be extremely useful for all students, researchers and clinicians working in the field of translational medicine and molecular therapeutics.

    Contents:
    Part I: Gene Therapy
    Part II: Cell Therapy - "With emphasis on gene modified cell therapies."
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Armin Ghobadi, John F. DiPersio, editors.
    Summary: Clinical and preclinical exploration of gene and cellular immunotherapy have seen rapid growth and interest with the development and approval of five Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-cell (CAR-T) products for lymphoma and myeloma and one Bispecific T-Cell Engager (BiTE) for acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). These advances have dramatically improved the management of patients with relapsed refractory lymphoma, myeloma and leukemia. Gene and Cellular Immunotherapy for Cancer offers readers a comprehensive review of current cellular and gene-based immunotherapies. Divided into eighteen cohesive chapters, this book provides an in-depth and detailed look into cellular-based immunotherapies including CAR-T, TCR-T, TIL, Viral CTLs, NK cells in addition to T/NK cell engagers, focusing on their historical perspectives, biology, development and manufacturing, toxicities and more. Edited by two leading experts on gene and cellular immunotherapy, the book will feature chapters written by a diverse collection of recognized and up-and-coming experts and researchers in the field, providing oncologists, immunologists, researchers and clinical and basic science trainees with a bench to bedside view of the latest developments in the field.

    Contents:
    The History of Cellular Therapies
    Basics of Immunity
    Biology of CAR T cells
    Cell types used for CAR generation
    Combination therapeutics with CART cell therapy
    Safety switches used for cellular therapies
    Off-the-shelf CAR-T
    Manufacturing of CAR-T Cells: the Assembly Line
    Navigating Regulations in Gene and Cell Immunotherapy
    Bringing CAR-T to the Clinic
    CAR T-Cell Complications
    Mechanisms of Resistance and Relapse after CAR T cell therapy
    Tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TIL): from bench to bedside
    T-cell Receptor (TCR) Engineered Cells and Their Transition to Clinic
    Viral Cytotoxic T Lymphocytes (CTLs): from Bench to Bedside
    Biology of NK cells and NK cells in clinic
    Biology and Clinical Evaluation of T/NK Cell Engagers
    Roadmap for Starting an Outpatient Cellular Therapy Program.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Francesca Storici.
    Contents:
    RecTEPsy-mediated recombineering in Pseudomonas syringae / Bryan Swingle - Genome manipulations with bacterial recombineering and site-specific integration in Drosophila / Yi Zhang, William Schreiner, and Yikang S. Rong
    Multiple genetic manipulations of DT40 cell line / Akira Motegi and Minoru Takata
    Gene targeting of human pluripotent stem cells by homologous recombination / Sara E. Howden and James A. Thomson
    Methods for the assessment of ssODN-mediated gene correction frequencies in muscle cells / Carmen Bertoni
    Small fragment homologous replacement (SFHR) : sequence-specific modification of genomic DNA in eukaryotic cells by small DNA fragments/ Andrea Luchetti, Arianna Malgieri, and Federica Sangiuolo
    Preparation and application of triple helix forming oligonucleotides and single strand oligonucleotide donors for gene correction / Md. Rowshon Alam ... [et al.]
    Triplex-mediated genome targeting and editing / Faisal Reza and Peter M. Glazer
    Targeting piggyBac transposon integrations in the human genome / Daniel L. Galvan, Claudia S. Kettlun, and Matthew H. Wilson
    Gene targeting in human-induced pluripotent stem cells with adenoviral vectors / Kohnosuke Mitani
    Enhanced gene targeting of adult and pluripotent stem cells using evolved adeno-associated virus / Melissa A. Bartel and David V. Schaffer
    Lentiviral vectors encoding zinc-finger nucleases specific for the model target locus HPRT1 / Laetitia P.L. Pelascini and Manuel A.F.V. Gonçalves
    Designing and testing the activities of TAL effector nucleases / Yanni Lin, Thomas J. Cradick, and Gang Bao
    Bacterial one-hybrid system to isolate homing endonuclease variants with altered DNA target specificities / Rakesh Joshi and Frederick S. Gimble
    Design and analysis of site-specific single-strand nicking endonucleases for gene correction / Michael J. Metzger and Michael T. Certo
    CRISPR-Cas-mediated targeted genome editing in human cells / Luhan Yang ... [et al.]
    RNA-guided genome editing of mammalian cells / Neena K. Pyzocha ... [et al.]
    Nuclease-mediated double-strand break (DSB) enhancement of small fragment homologous recombination (SFHR) gene modification in human- induced pluripotent stem cells (hiPSCs) / R. Geoffrey Sargent, Shingo Suzuki, and Dieter C. Gruenert
    AAV-mediated gene editing via double-strand break repair / Matthew L. Hirsch and R. Jude Samulski
    Genetic modification stimulated by the induction of a site- specific break distant from the locus of correction in haploid and diploid yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae / Samantha Stuckey and Francesca Storici
    Southern blot protocol to detect chimeric nuclease- mediated gene repair / Céline J. Rocca ... [et al.]
    High-throughput cellular screening of engineered nuclease activity using the single-strand annealing assay and luciferase reporter / Thomas J. Cradick, Christopher J. Antico, and Gang Bao
    Unbiased method for detection of genome-wide off- target effects in cell lines treated with zinc finger nucleases / Cory R. Lindsay and David B. Roth
    Identification of off-target cleavage sites of zinc finger nucleases and TAL effector nucleases using predictive models / Eli J. Fine, Thomas J. Cradick, and Gang Bao
    Method for retinal gene repair in neonatal mouse / Marilyn Dernigoghossian ... [et al.]
    In utero delivery of oligodeoxynucleotides for gene correction / Lingzhi Cai ... [et al.]
    Portal vein delivery of viral vectors for gene therapy for hemophilia / Alexandra Sherman ... [et al.]
    Gene correction of induced pluripotent stem cells derived from a murine model of x-linked chronic granulomatous disorder / Sayandip Mukherjee and Adrian J. Thrasher
    Efficient transduction of hematopoietic stem cells and its potential for gene correction of hematopoietic diseases / Dolly Thomas and Gustavo Mostoslavsky.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Xuenong Bo, Joost Verhaagen.
    Contents:
    Adeno-Associated Viral Vectors for Gene Delivery to the Nervous System
    Lentiviral Vectors for Gene Delivery to the Nervous System
    Gene Therapy for Parkinson's Disease: AAV-5-Mediated Delivery of Glial Cell Line-Derived Neurotrophic Factor (GDNF)
    Gene Delivery and Gene Therapy for Alzheimer's Disease
    Gene Therapy for Huntington's Disease
    Gene Therapy Approaches to Promoting Axonal Regeneration After Spinal Cord Injury
    Gene Delivery to Neurons of the Dorsal Root Ganglia Using Adeno-Associated Viral Vectors
    Targeted Gene Therapy for Ischemic Stroke
    Adeno-Associated Viral Gene Therapy for Retinal Disorders
    Gene Therapy for Epilepsies
    AAV Gene Therapy Strategies for Lysosomal Storage Disorders with Central Nervous System Involvement
    Gene Therapy in Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA) Models Using Intracerebroventricular Injection into Neonatal Mice
    Gene Therapy for Chronic Pain: How to Manipulate and Unravel Pain Control Circuits from the Brain?
    Gene Therapy Approaches Using Reproducible and Fully Penetrant Lentivirus-Mediated Endogenous Glioma Models
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Long Jason Lu.
    Contents:
    Microarray Transposon Tracking for the Mapping of Conditionally Essential Genes in Campylobacter jejuni
    Identifying Essential Streptococcus sanguinis Genes Using Genome-Wide Deletion Mutation
    Defining Essential Genes and Identifying Virulence Factors of Porphyromonas gingivalis by Massively-Parallel Sequencing of Transposon Libraries (Tn-seq)
    Identification of Essential Genes and Synthetic Lethal Gene Combinations in Escherichia coli K-12
    Identification of Genes Essential for Leptospirosis
    Identifying Essential Genes in Mycobacterium tuberculosis by Global Phenotypic Profiling
    Essential Genes in the Infection Model of Pseudomonas aeruginosa-PCR-Based Signature-Tagged Mutagenesis
    Genome-Wide Synthetic Genetic Screening by Transposon Mutagenesis in Candida albicans
    An Integrated Machine-Learning Model to Predict Prokaryotic Essential Genes
    A Statistical Framework for Improving Genomic Annotations of Transposon Mutagenesis (TM) Assigned Essential Genes
    A Proposed Essential Gene Discovery Pipeline: A Campylobacter jejuni Case Study
    Computational Prediction of Essential Metabolic Genes Using Constraint-Based Approaches
    Three Computational Tools for Predicting Bacterial Essential Genes
    Gene Essentiality Analysis Based on DEG 10, an Updated Database of Essential Genes
    Discovering Essential Domains in Essential Genes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Benjamin Lewin.
    Contents:
    --
    v. 2. Eucaryotic chromosomes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH450 .L481
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Michael F. Ochs, Department of Mathematics & Statistics, the College of New Jersey, Wing, NJ, USA.
    Contents:
    The Present State and Future Direction of Integrated Gene Function Analysis
    Performing Integrative Functional Genomics Analysis in GeneWeaver.org
    Functional Annotation of Differentially Regulated Gene Set Using WebGestalt: A Gene Set Predictive of Response to Ipilimumab in Tumor Biopsies
    Integrative Data-Mining Tools to Link Gene and Function
    Detection of Driver Protein Complexes in Breast Cancer Metastasis by Large-Scale Transcriptome-Interactome Integration
    Pattern Identification in Time-Course Gene Expression Data with the CoGAPS Matrix Factorization
    Statistical Tools and R Software for Cancer Driver Probabilities
    Predicting the Functional Consequences of Somatic Missense Mutations Found in Tumors
    Determining the Effect of DNA Methylation on Gene Expression in Cancer Cells
    Reverse Engineering Transcriptional Gene Networks
    Integrating In Silico Resources to Map a Signaling Network
    A Method for Inducible Gene Over-Expression and Down-Regulation in Emerging Model Species Using Pogostick
    Construction and Application of Site-Specific Artificial Nucleases for Targeted Gene Editing
    Selection of Recombinant Antibodies from Antibody Gene Libraries
    Construction of Simple and Efficient siRNA Validation Systems for Screening and Identification of Effective RNAi-Targeted Sequences from Mammalian Genes
    Rapid Genetic Modification of Mouse Embryonic Stem Cells by Inducible Cassette Exchange Recombination
    In Ovo Electroporation of miRNA-Based-Plasmids to Investigate Gene Function in the Developing Neural Tube
    Proteomic Strategies: SILAC and 2D-DIGE--Powerful Tool to Investigate Cellular Alterations
    Conditional Gene-Trap Mutagenesis in Zebrafish.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Subhrangsu S. Mandal.
    Summary: The first of its kind, this reference gives a comprehensive but concise introduction to epigenetics before covering the many interactions between hormone regulation and epigenetics at all levels. The contents are very well structured with no overlaps between chapters, and each one features supplementary material for use in presentations. Throughout, major emphasis is placed on pathological conditions, aiming at the many physiologists and developmental biologists who are familiar with the importance and mechanisms of hormone regulation but have a limited background in epigenetics.

    Contents:
    Eukaryotic Gene Expression by RNA Polymerase II / Geetha Durairaj, Shivani Malik, Sukesh R Bhaumik*
    Epigenetic Code / Arunoday Bhan, Paromita Deb, Subhrangsu S Mandal
    Histone Lysine Methylation, Demethylation, and Hormonal Gene Regulation / Yaling Huang, Briana Dennehey, Xiaobing Shi
    The Role of HATs and HDACs in Cell Physiology and Disease / Irene Santos-Barriopedro, Helena Raurell-Vila, Alejandro Vaquero
    The Short and Medium Stories of Noncoding RNAs: microRNA and siRNA / Arunoday Bhan, Paromita Deb, Milad Soleimani, Subhrangsu S Mandal
    Long Noncoding RNA (lncRNA): Functions in Health and Disease / Arunoday Bhan, Milad Soleimani, Subhrangsu S Mandal
    Histone Variants: Structure, Function, and Implication in Diseases / Francisca Alvarez, Alejandra Loyola
    Genomic Imprinting in Mammals: Origin and Complexity of an Epigenetically Regulated Phenomenon / Elena de la Casa-Esperón
    Centromere and Kinetochore: Essential Components for Chromosome Segregation / Shreyas Sridhar, Arti Dumbrepatil, Lakshmi Sreekumar, Sundar Ram Sankaranarayanan, Krishnendu Guin, Kaustuv Sanyal
    Nuclear Receptors and NR-coregulators: Mechanism of Action and Cell Signaling / Arunoday Bhan, Subhrangsu S Mandal
    Estrogen and Progesterone Receptor Signaling and Action / Linda I Perrotti
    Gonadal Steroid Hormones and Brain Protection / Meharvan Singh, Courtney Brock, Rebecca Cunningham, Chang Su
    Glucocorticoid Receptor-Mediated Signaling and Stress Metabolism / Rosalie M Uht, Shreyas A Bhave
    Targeting Androgen Signaling in Prostate Cancer / Paul H Chung, Preethi Ravindranathan, Bishoy A Gayed, Ganesh V Raj
    Role of Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors in Inflammation and Angiogenesis / Suchismita Acharya
    RAR/RXR-Mediated Signaling / Jörg Mey
    On the Trail of Thyroid Hormone Receptor Epigenetics / Pradip K Sarkar
    Insulin Signaling, Epigenetics, and Human Diseases / Ragitha Chruvattil, Muskaan Belani, Tushar P Patel, Sarita Gupta
    Endocrine Disruptors and Epigenetics / John D Bowman, Shaikh Mizanoor Rahman, Mahua Choudhury
    Endocrine Disruptors / Paromita Deb, Subhrangsu S Mandal.
    Digital Access Wiley v. 1-2=, 2017
  • Digital
    Shuji Terai, Takeshi Suda, editors.
    Summary: This book reports the recent progress in gene and cell therapy through the liver and aims to facilitate a comprehensive understanding of the current aspects and future prospects from basic research to clinical therapies. Edited by pioneering researchers, this volume presents extensive information to principal investigators, researchers, postdocs, and clinicians for examining the wide varieties of pathological conditions both inside and outside the liver. Providing not only the basic and clinical aspects of therapy, this volume is special in that it focuses on the administrative and regulatory difficulties of actual clinical application and legal regulations in different parts of the globe. By indicating the advantages and limitations of the most promising gene and cell therapies targeting the liver, this book will inspire readers to develop a feasible treatment in the next generation.

    Contents:
    1. Liver-Targeted Gene and Cell Therapies: An Overview
    Part I. Cell Therapy
    2. Macrophage Therapy for Liver Fibrosis and Regeneration
    3. Liver Regeneration Therapy Using Autologous Bone Marrow-Derived Cells for Cirrhotic Patients
    4. Novel Immunotherapy Using Liver Natural Killer Cells for Preventing Recurrence of Hepatocellular Carcinoma in Liver Transplantation
    5. Cell-Based Immunotherapy for HCC: Our Experiences and Future Directions
    Part II. Gene Therapy
    6. AAV Vector-Mediated Liver Gene Therapy and Its Implementation for Hemophilia
    7. Potential Usage of Human Artificial Chromosome for Regenerative Medicine
    8. Image-Guided Hydrodynamic Gene Delivery to the Liver: Toward Clinical Applications
    Part III. Legal Regulation 9. The Way to Clinical Applications of Human Pluripotent Stem Cells
    10. Regulation for Gene and Cell Therapy Medicinal Products in Europe
    11. IPSC-Derived Products: Current Regulations.- 12. Critical Path Initiative for Regenerative Medicine in Japan
    13. Aseptic Manufacturing of Regenerative Medicine Products Using Isolator Technology
    14. Cell and Vector Production Facility for Gene Therapy and Cell Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Ben Berkhout, Hildegund C.J. Ertl, Marc S. Weinberg, editors.
    Contents:
    Gene therapies for hepatitis C virus / Monique M.A. Verstegen, Qiuwei Pan, and Luc J.W. van der Laan
    Recent advances in use of gene therapy to treat hepatitis B virus infection / Kristie Bloom, Abdullah Ely, and Patrick Arbuthnot
    U1interference (U1i) for antiviral approaches / Lorea Blázquez and Puri Fortes
    Gene therapy strategies to block HIV-1 replication by RNA interference / Elena Herrera-Carrillo and Ben Berkhout
    HIV and ribozymes / Robert J. Scarborough and Anne Gatignol
    Editing CCR5: a novel approach to HIV gene therapy / Tatjana I. Cornu, Claudio Mussolino, Kristie Bloom, and Toni Cathomen
    Synthetic DNA approach to cytomegalovirus vaccine/immune therapy / Stephan J. Wu, Daniel O. Villarreal, Devon J. Shedlock, and David B. Weiner
    Vector-mediated antibody gene transfer for infectious diseases / Bruce C. Schnepp and Philip R. Johnson
    HIV latency and the non-coding RNA therapeutic landscape / Sheena Saayman, Thomas C. Roberts, Kevin V. Morris, and Marc S. Weinberg
    C peptides as entry inhibitors for gene therapy / Lisa Egerer, Hans-Peter Kiem, and Dorothee von Laer
    Aptamer-siRNA chimeras for HIV / Mayumi Takahashi, John C. Burnett, and John J. Rossi
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Patrick Arbuthnot, Wits and South African Medical Research Council, Antiviral Gene Therapy Research Unit, School of Pathology, Faculty of Health Sciences, University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa.
    Contents:
    Essentials of viruses and their suitability for treatment ssing gene therapy
    Harnessing RNAi to silence viral gene expression
    Engineering sequence-specific DNA binding proteins for antiviral gene editing
    Viral vectors for delivery of antiviral sequences
    Delivery of antiviral nucleic acids with nonviral vectors
    Gene therapy for chronic hepatitis B virus infection
    Gene therapy for hepatitis C virus infection
    Gene therapy for HIV-1 infection
    Gene therapy for respiratory viral infections
    Gene therapy for infection with hemorrhagic fever viruses
    Gene transfer for prophylaxis and therapy of viral infections
    Antiviral gene therapy : summary and perspectives.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mingjie Li and B. Joy Snider.
    Summary: Gene therapy has tremendous potential for the treatment of neurological disorders. There has been substantial progress in the development of gene therapy strategies for neurological disorders over the last two decades. Gene Therapy in Neurological Disorders thoroughly reviews currently available gene therapy tools and presents examples of their application in a variety of neurological diseases. The book begins with general reviews of gene therapy strategies with a focus on neurological disorders. The remainder of the chapters present approaches to specific neurological disorders. Each chapter gives an in-depth introduction to the relevant field before diving into the specific tool or application. The book aims to help investigators, students and research staff better understand the principles of gene therapy and its application in the nervous system.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Giorgio Giatsidis, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an updated overview of the most recent research advances in the field, a comparison of established techniques and methods, a discussion on current experimental and translational challenges, and a commentary on potential opportunities and future directions. Dedicated chapters address and review the preclinical and clinical state-of-the-art of gene therapies for the reconstructive and regenerative surgery of skin and wounds, pathological scars, cartilage, tendons, skeletal muscles, and bio-engineered flaps. A brief guide to developing gene therapy clinical trials in the context of reconstructive and regenerative surgery is also provided. Biomedical and technological innovations are transforming our capacity to use gene therapies to safely and effectively repair, reconstruct, and regenerate tissues that are deficient or have been damaged by trauma and diseases. The targeted and controlled modulation of gene expression in tissues represents a game-changing, next-generation therapeutic tool for the modern reconstructive surgeon, expanding the horizon of regenerative surgery and tissue engineering. Through gene therapies, surgeons can direct (stem) cell differentiation and cell function, modulate the release of growth/transcriptional factors, affect the biological properties of regenerative scaffolds, control tissue inflammation, or induce immune-suppression in composite tissue allotransplants and xenotransplants. Written by renowned reconstructive surgeons and leading experts in each of these fields - from top academic institutions around the globe, the book provides an initial practical guide for veteran and newcomer surgeons alike, as well as for researchers interested in exploring the latest gene-based therapeutic strategies for reconstructive and regenerative surgery.

    Contents:
    Principles of gene therapy in reconstructive and regenerative surgery
    Gene therapy in skin and wound healing
    Gene therapy in pathologic scars
    Gene therapy in skeletal muscle repair and regeneration
    Gene therapy in cartilage repair and regeneration
    Gene therapy in tendon repair and regeneration
    Gene therapy and free flaps for therapeutic reconstructive surgery-- Developing a gene therapy clinical trial : tips and tricks
    Future directions in reconstructive and regenerative surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Wolfgang Walther and Ulrike Stein.
    Contents:
    Aptamer targeting the ERBB2 receptor tyrosine kinase for applications in tumor therapy / Georg Mahlknecht, Michael Sela, and Yosef Yarden
    Gene gun her2/neu DNA vaccination : evaluation of vaccine efficacy in a syngeneic her2/neu mouse tumor model / Tam Nguyen-Hoai, Antonio Pezzutto, and Jörg Westermann
    MIDGE technology for the production of a fourfold gene-modified, allogenic cell-based vaccine for cancer therapy / Manuel Schmidt, Barbara Volz, Patrick Grossmann, Kerstin Heinrich, and Burghardt Wittig
    Evaluation of bystander cell killing effects in suicide gene therapy of cancer : engineered thymidylate kinase (TMPK)/AZT enzyme-prodrug axis / Takeya Sato, Anton Neschadim, Ryo Nakagawa, Teruyuki Yanagisawa, and Jeffrey A. Medin
    Oncoleaking : use of the pore-forming Clostridium perfringens enterotoxin (CPE) for suicide gene therapy / Jessica Pahle, Jutta Aumann, Dennis Kobelt, and Wolfgang Walther
    iCaspase 9 suicide gene system / Xiaoou Zhou, Antonio Di Stasi, and Malcolm K. Brenner
    p53-encoding pDNA purification by affinity chromatography for cancer therapy / Ângela Sousa, João A. Queiroz, and Fani Sousa
    Phase 2, open-label, randomized study of pexa-vec (JX-594) administered by intratumoral injection in patients with unresectable primary hepatocellular carcinoma / Caroline J. Breitbach, Anne Moon, James Burke, Tae-Ho Hwang, and David H. Kirn
    Antiangiogenic metargidin peptide (AMEP) tene therapy in disseminated melanoma / Iben Spanggaard and Julie Gehl
    Clinical evaluation of ErbB-targeted CAR T-cells, rollowing intracavity delivery in patients with ErbB-expressing solid tumors / Sophie Papa, May van Schalkwyk, and John Maher.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph Ledoux.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Production and in vivo applications of gene transfer vectors. Preparation and quantification of pseudotyped retroviral vector / Hong Yu and Young Jik Kwon. Production of retroviral vectors for clinical use / Kenneth Cornetta, Lilith Reeves, and Scott Cross. Methods for the production of helper-dependent adenoviral vectors / Donna J. Palmer and Philip Ng. Methods for the production of first generation adenoviral vectors / Donna J. Palmer and Philip Ng. Large-scale production of recombinant adeno-associated viral vectors / Alejandro Negrete and Robert M. Kotin. Construction and production of recombinant herpes simplex virus vectors / William F. Goins ... [et al.] Plasmid-based gene transfer in mouse skeletal muscle by electroporation / Jonathan D. Schertzer and Goron S. Lynch. Chitosan nanoparticle-mediated gene transfer / Dongwon Lee and Shyam S. Mohapatra. PEG-PEI copolymers for oligonucleotide delivery to cells and tissues / Gordon J. Lutz, Shashank R. Sirsi, and Jason H. Williams. Non-viral gene delivery with cationic liposome-DNA complexes / Kai K. Ewert ... [et al.] Applications of lentiviral vectors in noninvasive molecular imaging / Abhijit De ... [et al.] Retroviral modification of mesenchymal stem cells for gene therapy of hemophilia A / Christopher B. Doering. Transduction of murine hematopoietic stem cells and in vivo selection of gene-modified cells / Lucienne M. Ide, Elisabeth Javazon, and H. Trent Spencer. Assessment of CFTR function after gene transfer in vitro and in vivo / Uta Griesenbach ... [et al.] Oncolytic adenoviruses for cancer gene therapy / Ta-Chiang Liu, Stephen H. Thorne, and David H. Kirn. Design of trans-splicing adeno-associated viral vectors for Duchenne muscular dystrophy gene therapy / Yi Lai ... [et al.] Prevention of type 1 diabetes in NOD mice by genetic engineering of hematopoietic stem cells / Jessamyn Bagley, Charoui Tian, and John Iacomini. Lentiviral vector delivery of siRNA and shRNA encoding genes into cultured and primary hematopoietic cells / Mingjie Li and John J. Rossi. Nanoparticle-mediated gene delivery to the lung / Rajagopal Ramesh. Retroviral-mediated gene therapy for the differentiation of primary cells into a mineralizing osteoblastic phenotype / Jennifer E. Phillips and Andrés J. García. In vivo siRNA delivery to the mouse hypothalamus shows a role of the co-chaperone XAP2 in regulating TRH transcription / Stéphanie Decherf, Zahra Hassani, and Barbara A. Demeneix. Efficient retroviral gene transfer to epidermal stem cells / Pedro Lei and Stelios T. Andreadis.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 2008-
  • Digital
    Myles W. Jackson.
    Summary: In The Genealogy of a Gene, Myles Jackson uses the story of the CCR5 gene to investigate the interrelationships among science, technology, and society. Mapping the varied "genealogy" of CCR5 -- intellectual property, natural selection, Big and Small Pharma, human diversity studies, personalized medicine, ancestry studies, and race and genomics -- Jackson links a myriad of diverse topics. The history of CCR5 from the 1990s to the present offers a vivid illustration of how intellectual property law has changed the conduct and content of scientific knowledge, and the social, political, and ethical implications of such a transformation. The CCR5 gene began as a small sequence of DNA, became a patented product of a corporation, and then, when it was found to be an AIDS virus co-receptor with a key role in the immune system, it became part of the biomedical research world -- and a potential moneymaker for the pharmaceutical industry. When it was further discovered that a mutation of the gene found in certain populations conferred near-immunity to the AIDS virus, questions about race and genetics arose. Jackson describes these developments in the context of larger issues, including the rise of "biocapitalism," the patentability of products of nature, the difference between U.S. and European patenting approaches, and the relevance of race and ethnicity to medical research.

    Contents:
    The story of the CCR5 gene
    The CCR5 patent(s)
    Gene patenting and the product-of-nature doctrine
    The CCR5 patent and intellectual property law
    The European response to the CCR5 patent
    CCR5 and HIV/AIDS diagnostics and therapeutics
    Race, place, and pathogens
    Race, difference, and genes
    Epilogue: the end of an error?
    Digital Access 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Panayiotis Vlamos, Athanasios Alexiou, editors.
    Summary: The 1st World Congress on Geriatrics and Neurodegenerative Disease Research (GeNeDis 2014) focused on recent advances in geriatrics and neurodegeneration, ranging from basic science to clinical and pharmaceutical developments providing an international forum for the latest scientific discoveries, medical practices and care initiatives. This volume focuses on the bioinformatics and computational biology-related sessions

    Contents:
    1. Optoacoustics as a Bioengineering Model for Neuroscience Discovery / Vasilis Ntziachristos
    2. Respiratory Particle Deposition Probability Due to Sedimentation with Variable Gravity and Electrostatic Forces / Ioannis Haranas, Ioannis Gkigkitzis, George D. Zouganelis, Maria K. Haranas, and Samantha Kirk
    3. Sequence Patterns Mediating Functions of Disordered Proteins / Konstantinos P. Exarchos, Konstantina Kourou, Themis P. Exarchos, Costas Papaloukas, Michalis V. Karamouzis, and Dimitrios I. Fotiadis
    4. Management and Modeling of Balance Disorders Using Decision Support Systems: The EMBALANCE Project / Themis P. Exarchos, Christos Bellos, Iliana Bakola, Dimitris Kikidis, Athanasios Bibas, Dimitrios Koutsouris, and Dimitrios I. Fotiadis
    5. A Computer-Aided Diagnosis System for Geriatrics Assessment and Frailty Evaluation / Charalampos Vairaktarakis, Vasilis Tsiamis, Georgia Soursou, Filippos Lekkas, Markella Nikolopoulou, Emmanouilia Vasileiadou, Konstantinos Premtsis, and Athanasios Alexiou
    6. Exploiting Expert Systems in Cardiology: A Comparative Study / George-Peter K. Economou, Efrosini Sourla, Konstantina-Maria Stamatopoulou, Vasileios Syrimpeis, Spyros Sioutas, Athanasios Tsakalidis, and Giannis Tzimas
    7. Modeling Protein Misfolding in Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease / Georgia Theocharopoulou and Panayiotis Vlamos
    8. The Effect of the Shape and Size of Gold Seeds Irradiated with Ultrasound on the Bio-Heat Transfer in Tissue / Ioannis Gkigkitzis, Carlos Austerlitz, Ioannis Haranas, and Diana Campos
    9. Clinical Decision Support System for the Diagnosis of Adolescence Health / Irene Moutsouri, Amalia Nikou, Machi Pampalou, Maria Lentza, Paulos Spyridakis, Natassa Mathiopoulou, Dimitris Konsoulas, Marianna Lampou, and Athanasios Alexiou
    10. Mitochondrial Fusion Through Membrane Automata / Konstantinos Giannakis and Theodore Andronikos
    11. A Mathematical Model for the Blood Plasma Flow Around Two Aggregated Low-Density Lipoproteins / Maria Hadjinicolaou
    12. Translation of Two Aggregated Low-Density Lipoproteins Within Blood Plasma: A Mathematical Model / Maria Hadjinicolaou and Eleftherios Protopapas
    13. Chaotic Attractors in Tumor Growth and Decay: A Differential Equation Model / Michael Harney and Wen-sau Yim
    14. Modeling k-Noncrossing Closed RNA Secondary Structures via Meandric Compression / Antonios Panayotopoulos and Panayiotis Vlamos
    15. Exploring the Online Satisfaction Gap of Medical Doctors: An Expectation-Confirmation Investigation of Information Needs / Panos E. Kourouthanassis, Patrick Mikalef, Margarita Ioannidou, and Adamantia Pateli
    16. A Cloud-Based Data Network Approach for Translational Cancer Research / Wei Xing, Dimitrios Tsoumakos, and Moustafa Ghanem.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Panayiotis Vlamos, Athanasios Alexiou, editors.
    Summary: The 1st World Congress on Geriatrics and Neurodegenerative Disease Research (GeNeDis 2014), will focus on recent advances in geriatrics and neurodegeneration, ranging from basic science to clinical and pharmaceutical developments and will provide an international forum for the latest scientific discoveries, medical practices and care initiatives. Advances information technologies will be discussed along with their implications for various research, implementation and policy concerns. In addition, the conference will address European and global issues in the funding of long-term care and medico-social policies regarding elderly people. GeNeDis 2014 takes place in Corfu, Greece, 10-13 April 2014. This volume focuses on the sessions that address geriatrics.

    Contents:
    Geriatrics
    Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Geriatric Psychiatry
    Mechanisms of Aging
    Metabolic Aging
    Cognititon and Aging
    Immunity and Aging
    End-of-Life Care
    Aging and Enviornmental Interaction.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Panayiotis Vlamos, Athanasios Alexiou, editors.
    Summary: The 1st World Congress on Geriatrics and Neurodegenerative Disease Research (GeNeDis 2014) focused on recent advances in geriatrics and neurodegeneration, ranging from basic science to clinical and pharmaceutical developments providing an international forum for the latest scientific discoveries, medical practices and care initiatives. Advanced information technologies were discussed along with their implications for various research, implementation and policy concerns. This volume focuses on neurodegenerative disease sessions.

    Contents:
    Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Brain Disorders
    Preclinical and Clinical Studies
    Diagnostic Protocols and Tests
    Drug Discoveries
    Neuropharmacology
    Neuroimaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Panayiotis Vlamos, editor.
    Summary: The 3rd World Congress on Genetics, Geriatrics, and Neurodegenerative Disease Research (GeNeDis 2018), focuses on recent advances in genetics, geriatrics, and neurodegeneration, ranging from basic science to clinical and pharmaceutical developments. It also provides an international forum for the latest scientific discoveries, medical practices, and care initiatives. Advanced information technologies are discussed, including the basic research, implementation of medico-social policies, and the European and global issues in the funding of long-term care for elderly people.

    Contents:
    Sis and Validation of Publications in Bioinformatics ation of new technologies in the production of pharmaceutical olive oil
    A survey of evolutionary games in biology
    DTCo: An ensemble SSL algorithm for X-rays classification
    Cognitive Enhancement and Brain-Computer Interfaces. Potential Boundaries and Risks
    Informatics and cognitive assessment: a RUDAS scale paradigm
    Effective stochastic algorithm in disease prediction
    A Systems Biology Approach for the Identification of Active Molecular Pathways during the Progression of Alzheimers Disease
    A brief survey of the Prisoners' Dilemma game and its potential use in biology
    Validation of modeling and simulation methods in computational biology
    An improved self-labeled algorithm for cancer prediction
    eHealth application for e-bloodanalysis, e-diagnosis and digital diet guidance
    Modeling the critical activation of chaperone machinery in protein folding
    ANTISOMA: A computational pipeline for the reduction of the aggregation propensity of monoclonal antibodies
    A microscale mathematical blood flow model for understanding cardiovascular diseases
    Blockchain For Mobile Health Applications Acceleration With GPU Computing
    Finite Size Effects in Networks of Coupled Neurons
    Detecting common pathways and key molecules of Neurodegenerative Diseases from the topology of molecular networks
    Robotic Systems involved in the diagnosis of Neurodegenerative diseases
    Undergraduate Students Brain Activity in Visual and Textual Programming
    Fuzzy logic Systems and Medical Applications
    Apache Spark Implementations for String Patterns in DNA Sequences
    Big Data Analysis and Genetic Liability to Neuropsychiatric Disease
    Mathematical models and computer simulation of chemical carninogenesis process and its inhibition by antocarcinogenic substances
    Transitioning knowledge levels through problem-solving methods
    Cellular phone users age or the duration of calls moderate autonomic nervous system? A meta-analysis
    Logical Analy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Panayiotis Vlamos, editor.
    Summary: The 3rd World Congress on Genetics, Geriatrics, and Neurodegenerative Disease Research (GeNeDis 2018), focuses on recent advances in genetics, geriatrics, and neurodegeneration, ranging from basic science to clinical and pharmaceutical developments. It also provides an international forum for the latest scientific discoveries, medical practices, and care initiatives. Advanced information technologies are discussed, including the basic research, implementation of medico-social policies, and the European and global issues in the funding of long-term care for elderly people.

    Contents:
    In Silico and In Vivo Studies on Quercetin as Potential Anti- Parkinson Agent
    Exhaled Breath Condensate (EBC). Is it a viable source of biomarkers for lung diseases?
    Treatment development for Alzheimer's disease: how are we doing?
    Microbiome hijacking towards an integrative pest management pipeline
    Regulation and roles of autophagy in the brain
    Three-dimensional models for studying neurodegenerative and neurodevelopmental diseases
    Assessment of factors contributing to the enhancement of memory and cognitive abilities in the context of neurosciences
    Buccal Mucosa Biomarkers in Alzheimers Disease
    Engaging social interest and creating awareness for the behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia
    Structural study of the DNA
    Clock/Bmal1 complex provides insights for the role of cortisol, hGR and HPA axis in stress management and sleep disorders
    The Effects of Quantum Entanglement on Chromatin and Gene Expression
    Olive Oil Polyphenols in Neurodegenerative Pathologies
    Human pluripotent stem cells as in vitro models of neurodegenerative diseases
    Nutritional Lipidomics in Alzheimer's Disease
    Alzeheimers Disease Therapeutic Approaches
    Stress and Wellbeing of Psychiatry Trainees: A Literature Review
    Brief Cognitive Tests in the case of Dementia and Alzheimers Disease Early Diagnosis
    Synthesis, Molecular Docking studies and Biological Evaluation of N-Acylarylhydrazones as Anti-inflammatory agents
    Exosome biomarkers revolutionize preclinical diagnosis of neurodegenerative diseases and assessment of treatment responses in clinical trials
    Biomarkers as a different approach in prevention and treatment of drug addiction (preliminary study)
    Sleep disorders and Restless Leg Syndrome in hemodialysis patients in Greece: a cross-sectional study
    Craniofacial and neurological phenotype in a patient with de novo 18q microdeletion and 18p microduplication
    What do recent clinical trials teach us about the et iology of AD
    Developmental Biology and Transgenic Avian Embryology: Body Alterity Bioart Wet Lab
    Gene editing, sexual reproduction and the arts: the present, the future and the imagined
    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis: Current status in diagnostic biomarkers
    Synthesis and Characterization of Biologically Significant, 5-[N,N-dialkylamino alkoxy] azaindole 2-one,3- thiosemicarbazones and 5-[N,N-dialkylamino alkoxy] azaindole 3-hydrazone, 2-ones
    Genetic counseling for adult-onset spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy (Kennedy syndrome). Multiple cases of prenatal testing in a family
    Transcriptomics and Metabolomics in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Ocimum Sanctum Linn: A Potential Adjunct Therapy for Hyperhomocysteinemia
    Induced Vascular Dementia
    Alzheimer's disease: The role of mutations in protein folding.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Panayiotis Vlamos, editor.
    Summary: The 3rd World Congress on Genetics, Geriatrics, and Neurodegenerative Disease Research (GeNeDis 2018), focuses on recent advances in genetics, geriatrics, and neurodegeneration, ranging from basic science to clinical and pharmaceutical developments. It also provides an international forum for the latest scientific discoveries, medical practices, and care initiatives. Advanced information technologies are discussed, including the basic research, implementation of medico-social policies, and the European and global issues in the funding of long-term care for elderly people.

    Contents:
    A hypothesis of circulated microRnas implication in high incidence of atrial fibrillation and other electrocardiographic abnormalities in cancer patients
    Central Line-associated Bloodstream Infections (CLABSI) Incidence and the role of obesity: a prospective, observational study in Greece
    Number of brain states in an N-body dynamical scenario according to the universal Bekenstein entropy bound
    Burden and sleeping disorders of family caregivers of Hemodialysis patients with Chronic Kidney Disease-End Stage. A cross-sectional study
    Quality of life in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients with neuropsychological deficits
    A framework for assessing the impact of information seeking behavior on cancer patients long-term prognosis
    Sleeping Disorders and Health Related Quality of Life in Hemodialysis patients with Chronic Renal Disease in Greece
    Subjective Quality of Life, Religiousness and Spiritual Experience in Greek Orthodox Christians: Data from Healthy Aging and Patients with Cardiovascular Disease
    Mini-Mental State Examination: Greek normative data stratified by age and education in a large sample of 925 community-dwelling healthy participants
    The role of the family in the care of Alzheimer patients
    Prevalence of Stroke Cases in Warangal, Telangana Region, India: A Hospital-Based Case Study
    Compliance of Patients with Acute Coronary Syndrome with treatment following their hospitalization from the Cardiac Coronary Unit
    Using a Virtual Reality Serious Game to Assess the Performance of Older Adults with Frailty
    Characteristics and survival rates in ward patients requiring evaluation by Intensivist in Greece.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Panayiotis Vlamos, editor.
    Summary: The 4th World Congress on Genetics, Geriatrics and Neurodegenerative Diseases Research (GeNeDis 2020) focuses on the latest major challenges in scientific research, new drug targets, the development of novel biomarkers, new imaging techniques, novel protocols for early diagnosis of neurodegenerative diseases, and several other scientific advances, with the aim of better, safer, and healthier aging. Computational methodologies for implementation on the discovery of biomarkers for neurodegenerative diseases are extensively discussed. This volume focuses on the sessions from the conference regarding computational biology and bioinformatics.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Panayiotis Vlamos, editor.
    Summary: The 4th World Congress on Genetics, Geriatrics, and Neurodegenerative Diseases Research (GeNeDis 2020) focuses on the latest major challenges in scientific research, new drug targets, the development of novel biomarkers, new imaging techniques, novel protocols for early diagnosis of neurodegenerative diseases, and several other scientific advances, with the aim of better, safer, and healthier aging. The relation between genetics and its effect on several diseases are thoroughly examined in this volume. This volume focuses on the sessions from the conference on Genetics and Neurodegenerative Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Panayiotis Vlamos, editor.
    Summary: The 4th World Congress on Genetics, Geriatrics and Neurodegenerative Diseases Research (GeNeDis 2020) focuses on the latest major challenges in scientific research, new drug targets, the development of novel biomarkers, new imaging techniques, novel protocols for early diagnosis of neurodegenerative diseases, and several other scientific advances, with the aim of better, safer, and healthier aging. The increase in the average length of life leads to the development of various diseases in the elderly population. This volume focuses on the sessions from the conference on Geriatrics.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mark Greenwood, John G. Meechan.
    Summary: Aimed at the practising clinician, this book, now in its third edition, provides a welcome detailed overview of the medical and surgical conditions that affect patients seen in everyday dental practice. With patients surviving longer due to medical advances, dentists are increasingly faced with complex conditions and possibly some that they have not previously encountered. Here, treatment advice, drug interactions, and the impact of general medical and surgical conditions on treatment planning in the dental context are all covered with a comprehensive but practical approach. In addition to chapters on the implications for dental practice of disorders of each of the different body systems and immunological and infectious diseases, important aspects in particular patient groups, including cancer patients, the elderly, and the paediatric population, are identified. Overall, this book provides dentists with a practical, logical, and convenient guide of great value, helping to update knowledge and foster improved patient care.

    Contents:
    History and Examination in the Clothed Patient in the Dental Surgery
    The Cardiovascular System and Dental Practice
    The Respiratory System and Dental Practice
    The Gastrointestinal System and Dental Practice
    Neurological Disorders and Dental Practice
    Liver Disease and Dental Practice
    The Endocrine System and Dental Practice
    Renal Disorders and Dental Practice
    The Musculoskeletal System and Dental Practice
    Haematology and Patients with Bleeding Problems and Dental Practice
    Metabolic Disorders and Dental Practice
    Skin Disorders and Dental Practice
    Psychiatry and Dental Practice
    Cancer, Radiotherapy and Chemotherapy and Dental Practice
    The Paediatric Patient and Dental Practice
    The Older Patient and Dental Practice
    Medical Emergencies in Dentistry
    Infections and Infection Control in Dental Practice
    Immunology and the Dental Practitioner.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Asbury, Taylor; Augsburger, James J.; Cunningham, Emmett T.; Riordan-Eva, Paul; Vaughan, Daniel; Whitcher, John.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RE46 .V366
    4
  • Digital
    Nikolaos K. Paschos, George Bentley, editors.
    Summary: This volume of the Orthopaedic Study Guide Series provides the foundation of general orthopedic and basic science. Chapters of this book cohere around three aspects of the musculoskeletal system, anatomy, physiology, and pathology. Next to basic principles, case reports underline key information relating to disorders, diagnosis, and treatment options. Written by leading experts, this volume is a concise guide designed as quick reference, thereby it presents a useful resource for orthopedic residents and fellows. .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, K. Mohan Iyer and Wasim S. Khan.
    Summary: The second edition of this book concisely covers the most recent developments in orthopedics and trauma. It features detailed descriptions, x rays, clinical and therapeutic pathway diagrams for a number of commonly encountered disorders including fractures, metabolic disorders, bone tumors, and amputations enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of the latest information on how to successfully diagnose and treat these patients. General Principles of Orthopedics and Trauma is an ideal resource for trainees and junior surgeons seeking an easy to follow clinical guide on how to successfully diagnose and treat patients with orthopedic and trauma disorders. It is also of use to the experienced practitioner seeking a practically applicable text on the latest advances in the field.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Lotte Hartmann-Kottek.
    Summary: This book highlights common similarities between the various schools of psychotherapy. It provides psychotherapists with the underlying neurophysiological, developmental psychological and relationship-oriented matrix (basic needs and their regulation, deficits, trauma and conflict processing patterns, including accompanying exercises) as well as opportunities for healing correction and stabilisation - and the ways in which to apply these methods in a therapeutically mindful way for the benefit of the patient. The new university-based psychotherapy training covers the four fundamental schools of psychotherapy, i.e. the previous standard approaches plus the systemic and humanistic ones. Focusing on the common ground builds bridges of understanding and encourages collaboration. This expanded, new range of methods to access patients constitutes a substantial development in the field of psychotherapy and will also influence the psychotherapy practice of experienced colleagues. Written for medical and psychological psychotherapists, psychosomatic doctors, psychiatrists and other specialists with additional psychotherapeutic qualifications, and for students of psychotherapy. .

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Acknowledgements
    General Psychotherapy
    1: Psychotherapy Between Tradition and Awakening and Between Multiplicity and Integrity
    1.1 Psychotherapy as Science During a Period of Upheaval and the Search for Common Ground
    1.1.1 What Is Psychotherapy and Where Does It Belong as a Field?
    1.1.2 The Multiplicity of Our Psychotherapeutic Approaches - Confusion or Abundance?
    1.1.3 The Risk: When Research Turns into the Plaything of Competing Associations
    1.1.4 Are There Any Interdisciplinary Common Factors? 1.2 "Objectivity" - The Uncontroversial Main Feature of "Scientific Character"
    1.2.1 The Belief in Reason - A Gift from the Enlightenment
    1.2.2 The Drawback of Bias
    1.2.3 The Temptation to Define "Science" Using Currently Available Measurement Tools
    1.3 The "Necessary" Rediscovery of Subjectivity and Its Stake with Regard to Healing Therapy
    1.3.1 The Lack of Emotion Creates a New Abundance
    1.3.2 In Praise of Setting Limits: Crisis Intervention for Traumatic Inundation
    1.3.3 The Birth of Resource Perception, Encounters and Searching for Meaning 1.3.4 The Acceptance of Creativity, Physical Comfort and Role Play
    1.3.5 Simultaneous Fascination and Anti-establishment Sentiment: The Humanist Wave Hits Germany
    1.3.6 The Convincing Triumph of Empathy and Its Social Commitment
    1.4 The Discovery of the Abundance of Interspaces and Interpersonal Multi-person Structures
    1.4.1 The Apparent "Gaps" in Relationships
    1.4.2 The Pioneering Spirit of the First Generation of Couple, Family Therapy and Organisational Counsellors 1.5 The Unconscious - A Treasure Trove or an Unpredictable Sphinx? Discoveries in the Depths and Distance of Consciousness
    1.5.1 The Multifaceted Nature of the Unconscious
    1.5.2 Historical Milestones
    1.5.3 Hypnosis, Trance and Hypnotherapy
    1.6 "Artificial Intelligence" and the Complexity of Natural Brain Activity
    1.7 Mindfulness - The Borderline Impact of Transcendental Spaces
    1.7.1 Historical Waves of Encounters Between the "West" and the "Far East"
    1.7.2 Current Interest in "Mindfulness-Based" Therapy Approaches
    1.8 The "New Science of Psychotherapy" 1.8.1 Diversity with Common Reference Sciences
    1.8.2 General Development Trends
    1.8.3 Abandoned Aspects of Therapy
    1.8.4 The Zeitgeist in Upheaval
    1.8.5 Opportunities for Synopsis
    Literature
    2: Efficacies and Common Factors
    2.1 Mindful Awareness: As an Organ of Perception and as a Creative Force
    2.1.1 Two Consciousness-Modifying Forms of Being from One Basic Substance: The Focusing-Separating "Materialising-Locating" Pole - and the Interconnected-Oscillating, Non-local, Potentially Information-Receiving Pole with Floating Mixed States of Di
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    editors, Shelby Reiter, Danielle Hayes.
    Summary: "Each year, general surgery residents across the county spend hundreds of hours studying for the American Board of Surgery certifying exam, also known as general surgery oral boards. This test is the final obstacle for general surgery residents on their journey to become board certified, practicing general surgeons in an easy to reference study guide with information covering the most commonly tested topics. This book is compiled based on ACS curriculum outlie making it helpful for medical students interested in surgery, general surgery residents, and practicing general surgeons. For each disease process, we include the relevant points of the history and physical, work-up, staging, treatment options, key surgical steps, and post-operative care. The unique format we use makes this book optimal for quick referencing and self-study. While this book was initially designed as a tool to study for the oral boards, it will also be extremely useful for residents and practicing surgeons as a quick reference guide in daily practice to brush up on procedural steps or the work up of complex conditions"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery c2024
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert Lim, Daniel B. Jones.
    Contents:
    Sleep apnea / Ashley Willoughby
    Malignant hypertension / Harry Aubin
    FUSE : fire during temporal artery biopsy / Paul Wetstein
    Argon gas embolism / Roger Eduardo
    FLS : aortic trocar perforation / Megan Bowen
    Advanced laparascopy notes / Mark A. Gromski and Kai Matthes
    Robotic-assisted surgery / Brenda Schmidt and Gordon Wisbach
    Single incision and troubleshooting robotic surgery / Shah and Kudsi
    Ethical/legal issues, decision making / Steve Alcazar and Shawn Tsuda
    End of life care / Lam and Tsuda
    Skin cancer / Jigesh A. Shah and Omar Yusef Kudsi
    Decubitus ulcers / Pamela C. Masella and Mark K. Markarian
    Melanoma / Amber E. Ritenour
    Sarcoma and lymphoma / Joshua S. Ritenour
    Thoracic surgery, lung cancer, cough / Ashraf A. Sabe
    Abdominal wall reconstruction / Terri L. Carlson
    Hernia, umbilical/ventral with cirrhosis / Richard M. Peterson
    Asymptomatic inguinal hernia / Anez-Bustillos
    Femoral hernia / Harry T. Aubin
    Postoperative inguinal pain / Harry Aubin and Eric Balent
    Inguinal neuralgia / Aubin and Balent.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2017
  • Digital
    Brendon J. Coventry, editor.
    Summary: Written by internationally acclaimed specialists, General Surgery Risk Reduction expands on complications associated with surgery and how to reduce them, the availability of relevant information and the rapid advancements of surgical technology. Chapters provide pertinent and concise procedure descriptions creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem. The text is illustrated throughout by line drawings and photographs that depict anatomic or technical principles. Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume General Surgery Risk Reduction provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. General Peri-operative Complications
    3. Surgical Infection
    4. Pre-Operative Risk Assessment and Intra-Operative Monitoring
    5. Anaesthesia Complications
    6. Intensive Care Complications
    7. Acute Peri-Operative Pain: Mechanisms and Management
    8. Systems, Safety and Quality : Harm, Error and Litigation
    9. Risk Management and Human Factors
    10. Medico-Legal Risk Management in Surgery
    11. Evaluation of Surgical Safety and Efficacy
    12. Accreditation, Credentialing, Scope of Practice and Outcome Evaluation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Hans-Jörg Oestern, Otmar Trentz, Selman Uranues, editors.
    Summary: All European countries, including those that have recently joined the European Union or are candidates for membership, currently show a clear trend towards an increasing number of accidental injuries. This holds true for a range of injuries, including accidents among the elderly, sports injuries, and trauma due to traffic accidents. The increase in the number of injuries is accompanied by rising expectations among patients, who anticipate good functional results even after serious injuries. Despite these developments, trauma surgery is not yet established as an independent field in all European countries. Against this background, there is a clear need for a book that covers the state of the art in trauma surgery. This volume, which focuses on basics in trauma surgery is intended to help to meet this need. It will also serve to harmonize the practice of trauma surgery within the European Union and to prepare for the UEMS EBSQ trauma surgery.

    Contents:
    Trauma Care Systems
    Prehospital Trauma Care
    Trauma Scores
    Response to Major Incidents and Disasters: An Important Part of Trauma Management
    Polytrauma: Pathophysiology, Priorities, and Management
    Anesthesia and Pain Relief in Trauma Patients
    Contemporary Intensive Care Treatment for Patients with Severe Multiple Trauma
    Systemic Infections and Sepsis
    Necrotizing Soft-Tissue Infections
    Soft-Tissue Trauma
    Compartment Syndrome
    Plastic Surgery in Trauma
    Burn Injury
    Thromboembolism
    Muscle Injuries
    Tendon Injuries
    Treatment Principles of Nonunion
    Osteitis
    Pathologic Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Kaplan, Jerry.
    Summary: Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ? equips readers with the knowledge to answer pressing questions about the impact of generative artificial intelligence on every facet of society.

    Contents:
    Cover
    Generative Artificial Intelligence
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction
    1 The History of Artificial Intelligence
    What is Artificial Intelligence?
    Where did the term "Artificial Intelligence" originate?
    What were the Dartmouth conference participants hoping to accomplish?
    How did early AI researchers approach the problem?
    What is the "physical symbol system hypothesis"?
    What is Machine Learning?
    How did Machine Learning arise?
    What are some notable historical milestones in AI?
    2 Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) What are Large Language Models (LLMs)?
    How do Large Language Models work?
    What are "embeddings"?
    How do word embeddings represent meaning?
    What are Artificial Neural Networks?
    What is a Transformer?
    How do Transformers use word embeddings to express complex ideas?
    What are "tokens"?
    How are LLMs applied to non-​linguistic problems?
    What are "emergent properties" and do LLMs exhibit them?
    What is "jailbreaking" and why is it a difficult problem?
    What is "hallucination" and why do LLMs have them?
    What other techniques are used for GAI? How will future GAIs communicate with each other?
    What are some potential future proficiencies of GAIs?
    3 Likely Impact
    What historical precedents are benchmarks for the impact of GAI?
    How will GAI change healthcare?
    How will GAI change the legal system?
    How will GAI change education?
    How will GAI change software engineering?
    How will GAI change creative arts and industries?
    4 Future of Work
    Will GAI increase unemployment?
    How does automation affect labor markets?
    Which jobs are likely to fade away?
    Which jobs will not be affected? Which jobs will thrive and grow?
    What new industries and professions are likely to arise?
    What is "technological unemployment"?
    5 Risks and Dangers
    How will GAI be used to promote disinformation and propaganda?
    What is "algorithmic bias"?
    Will people turn from humans to machines for emotional support?
    How will GAIs impact the way we communicate?
    What is the "alignment problem"?
    Are "killer robots" just around the corner?
    Should we be concerned about "superintelligence" and the "singularity"?
    6 The Legal Status of GAIs Can a computer program enter into agreements and contracts?
    Should people bear full responsibility for their intelligent agents' actions?
    Should a GAI be granted legal rights, such as to own property?
    Can a GAI commit a crime?
    How can a GAI be held accountable for criminal acts?
    Why can't we just program GAIs to obey the law and other rules?
    7 Regulation, Public Policy, Global Competition
    Are GAIs protected by free-​speech laws?
    Can the output of a GAI be copyrighted?
    What regulatory schemes are being considered? What new laws and regulations are appropriate for GAIs?
    8 Philosophical Issues and Implications
    What is philosophy of Artificial Intelligence?
    Can a computer think?
    Can a computer be creative?
    Can a computer have free will?
    Can a computer be conscious?
    Can a computer feel?
    9 Outroduction
    Notes
    Index
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Q334.7 K37 2024
    1
  • Print
    Jeremy A. Greene.
    Summary: Generic drugs are now familiar objects in clinics, drugstores, and households around the world. We like to think of these tablets, capsules, patches, and ointments as interchangeable with their brand-name counterparts: why pay more for the same? And yet they are not quite the same. They differ in price, in place of origin, in color, shape, and size, in the dyes, binders, fillers, and coatings used, and in a host of other ways. Claims of generic equivalence, as physician-historian Jeremy Greene reveals, are never based on being identical to the original drug in all respects, but in being the same in all ways that matter. How do we know what parts of a pill really matter? Decisions about which differences are significant and which are trivial in the world of therapeutics are not resolved by simple chemical or biological assays alone. Questions of therapeutic similarity and difference are also always questions of pharmacology and physiology, of economics and politics, of morality and belief. Greene chronicles the social, political, and cultural history of generic drugs, narrating the evolution of the generic drug industry from a set of mid-twentieth-century "schlock houses" and "counterfeiters" into an agile and surprisingly powerful set of multinational corporations in the early twenty-first century. The substitution of bioequivalent generic drugs for more expensive brand-name products is a rare success story in a field of failed attempts to deliver equivalent value in health care for a lower price. Greene's history sheds light on the controversies shadowing the success of generics: problems with the generalizability of medical knowledge, the fragile role of science in public policy, and the increasing role of industry, marketing, and consumer logics in late-twentieth-century and early twenty-first century health care.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The same but not the same
    What's in a name?
    No such thing as a generic drug?
    The sciences of similarity
    Laws of substitution
    Paradoxes of generic consumption
    The generic alternative.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM301 .G74 2014
    1
  • Print
    Donald O. Beers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    KF3894.G45 B44
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Sabrina Tosi, Alistair Reid.
    Contents:
    Molecular genetics of the myeloproliferative neoplasms / Philip A Beer
    Acute myeloid leukaemia / Dr Matthew L. Smith & Dr Thomas McKerrell
    Molecular genetics of pediatric acute myeloid leukemia (AML) / M.M. van den Heuvel-Eibrink, J.D.E. de Rooij, and C.M. Zwaan
    Acute lymphoblastic leukemia / Anna Andersson, Anthony V. Moorman, Christine J. Harrison and Charles Mullighan
    The genetics of mature b-cell malignancies / Jonathan C. Strefford, Jude Fitzgibbon, Matthew J.J. Rose-Zerilli and Csaba Bödör
    The genetics of chronic myelogenous leukaemia / Philippa C. May, Jamshid S. Khorashad, Mary Alikian, Danilo Perrotti and Alistair G. Reid.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Alexandre Rezende Vieira.
    Summary: This book explains the genetic basis of a wide range of dental disorders, including dental caries, periodontitis, congenital anomalies, malocclusions, orofacial pain, dental implant failure, and cancer. Such conditions are typically multifactorial or complex, with involvement of more than one gene as well as environmental influences. A sound grasp of this framework is ever more important, given the emergence of consumer genomics, including direct-to-consumer genetic testing. Dental professionals now need to understand why one person is susceptible to a particular oral health condition while a first-degree relative either does not develop the condition or does so in a less severe form. Knowledge of how genes operate in the susceptible host is essential if patients are to be offered accurate advice about their risks. The information provided in this book will assist in the delivery of effective personalized dental care through optimization of preventive strategies. It will enable the practitioner to explain the extent to which a patients condition is pure "bad luck", whether that bad luck can be changed by behavioral choices, and how many of our behaviors are influenced by genes.

    Contents:
    Complex Inheritance in Oral Health Conditions
    Genetic Basis of Enamel and Dentin Defects
    Genetic Basis of Tooth Agenesis, Supernumerary Teeth, and Other Dental Abnormalities
    Genetic Basis of Dental Caries and Periapical Pathology
    Genetic Basis of Periodontitis and Tooth Loss
    Genetic Basis of Dental Implant Failure and Alveolar Ridge Resorption
    Genetic Basis of Craniofacial Deformities and Malocclusion, Oral Clefts, and Craniosynostosis
    Genetic Basis of Lichen Planus and Oral Cancer
    Genetic Basis of Orofacial Pain and Temporomandibular Joint Dysfunction
    Genetic Influence on Behavior and the Impact on Oral Health Conditions.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jeanette Erdmann, Alessandra Moretti, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive summary of the latest developments in the field of the genomics of cardiac disease. Written and edited by leading clinicians and scientists involved in the analysis and therapy of genetic cardiac disorders, it discusses the genetic causes of a variety of cardiac diseases, such as the complex genetics and etiology of congenital heart diseases. It also explores sex differences in prevalent diseases, genetics-based therapeutic strategies and the use of various animal models and alternatives. The book is intended for research scientists and clinical scientists in the cardiovascular field, human geneticists and cardiologists.

    Contents:
    Genetics of adult and fetal forms of Long QT Syndrome
    The genetic landscape of cardiomyopathies. Genetic basis of mitochondrial cardiomyopathy
    The Genetics of Coronary Heart Disease
    Complex genetics and the etiology of human congenital heart disease-Familial Hypercholesterolemia
    Long non-codingRNAs in cardiovascular disease
    Mouse models to study inherited cardiomyopathy
    Interrogating cardiovascular genetics in zebrafish
    Human induced pluripotent stem cells as a platform for functional examination of cardiovascular genetics in a dish
    Systems medicine as a transforming tool for cardiovascular genetics
    Sex differences in prevalent cardiovascular disease in the general population.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Laura Hercher, Sarah Lawrence College, Barbara Biesecker, RTI International, Jehannine C. Austin, University of British Columbia.
    Summary: "Genetic counseling is poised to play an increasingly important role in society as genome sequencing becomes a routine aspect of clinical assessment of both infants and adults. This volume examines the changing role of genetic counselors in the genomic age and the ways in which genetic counseling can be integrated into modern medicine"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Jill S. Goldman, editor.
    Summary: Will I end up just like my parent? Will the children get it too? Why is this happening to me? The adult patient diagnosed with or at risk for a neurogenetic disease has many questions and concerns for the genetic counselor, the neurologist, and other practitioners. Because of the emotional and potentially life-altering impact of these diseases on the patient and family, counseling can be especially challenging. A rare hands-on guide to the subject, Genetic Counseling for Adult Neurogenetic Disease deals with core issues that differentiate adult neurogenetic counseling from its more familiar pediatric counterpart. This innovative book with accompanying videos is designed to fill in deficits in this area typical of training programs in genetic counseling (which have pediatrics and prenatal concentrations) and neurology (which rarely cover genetic counseling). For each condition featured, chapters include a detailed overview of genetic symptoms, diagnostic criteria, and management, plus guidelines for asking, and answering, pertinent questions. The major concentration, however, is on genetic counseling issues and case histories illustrating these issues. As an added dimension, the accompanying videos depict representative issues and challenges in genetic counseling for specific diseases in addition to the basics of a neurological examination. Among the conditions discussed: Movement disorders, including Parkinson's disease. Dementias, including Alzheimer's disease. Stroke. Motor neuron diseases. Neuropathies and channelopathies. Adult muscular dystrophies. Neurocutaneous syndromes. Plus a section on neurological and neuropsychological evaluation. This is information that will stay relevant as technologies change and genetic understanding evolves. Genetic Counseling for Adult Neurogenetic Disease offers advanced clinical wisdom for genetic counselors as well as neurologists, neuropsychologists, and other referring clinicians.

    Contents:
    Part 1:The Movement Disorders
    1. Overview
    2. Huntington Disease
    3. Parkinson Disease
    4. Dystonia
    5. Ataxia
    Part 2:The Dementias
    6. Overview
    7. Alzheimer?s Disease
    8. Frontotemporal Degeneration
    9. Prion Diseases
    Part 3:Stroke
    10. Overview of Cerebrovascular Disease and Stroke Risk Factors
    11. CADASIL
    Part 4:The Motor Neuron Diseases
    12. Overview
    13. Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    14. Spinal Bulbar Muscular Atrophy: Kennedy?s Disease
    15. Hereditary Spastic Paraplegia
    Part 5:The Neuropathies and Channelopathies
    16. Charcot Marie Tooth
    17. Channelopathies
    18. Overview
    19. The Myopathies
    20. The Muscular Dystrophies
    21. The Myotonic Dystrophies
    Part 7:Neurocutaneous Syndromes
    22. Overview
    23. Neurofibromatosis
    24. Tuberous sclerosis
    Part 8:The Clinical Evaluation
    25. The Neurological Examination and Testing
    26. The Neuropsychological Evaluation.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Bonnie S. LeRoy, Patricia McCarthy Veach, Nancy P. Callanan.
    Summary: "Rapid increases in tests and technologies, media attention, and the expansion of genetic medicine and testing beyond conditions that are exclusively genetic in nature to common chronic illnesses with both genetic and environmental components (e.g., diabetes, heart disease, cancer), have raised demand for genetic counselling services and changing the scope of practice. Genetic counselors help individuals and families understand complex medical information, including diagnosis, prognosis, management options, risk, and heredity issues. They aid patients in decision-making while respecting ethical, familial, and cultural standards"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Bonnie S. LeRoy, Patricia Mccarthy Veach, and Nancy P. Callanan
    Complicated shadows : the limitations of autonomy in genetic counseling / Robert G. Resta
    Actively engaging with patients in decision-making / Andrea Shugar and Cheryl Shuman
    Risk assessment and communication : a complex process / Shannan Delany Dixon, MaryAnn W. Campion, and Claire N. Singletary
    A genetic counselor's guide to understanding grief / Nadia Ali and Cecelia Bellcross
    Patient anger : insights and strategies / Lynn Schema
    Resistance and adherence : understanding the patient's perspective / Krista Redlinger-Grosse
    Countertransference : making the unconscious conscious / Krista Redlinger-Grosse
    Supporting family communication about genetic conditions / Marion Mcallister, Rhona Macleod, and Alison Metcalfe
    Developmentally-based approaches for counseling children and adolescents / Stephanie Austin and Kelly Schoch
    Cultural competency and genetic counseling : key concepts / Nancy Steinberg Warren
    Cultural competency : application to genetic counseling / Nancy Steinberg Warren
    Education in genetic counseling : the impacts of genetic literacy and adult learning / Andrea L. Durst and Rachel Mills
    Adapting genetic counseling practice to different models of service delivery / Angela Trepanier and Dawn C. Allain
    "Oh the places you'll go!" The genetic counselor professional development journey / Catherine A. Reiser
    Development of the genetic counseling profession : a professionalization process / Bonnie Jeanne Baty
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Ian M. MacFarlane, Patricia McCarthy Veach, Bonnie S. LeRoy.
    Contents:
    Developing research questions
    Finding sources
    Writing a review of literature
    Ethics in research
    Choosing a paradigm
    Designing a quantitative study
    Quantitative data analysis : I've got data, how do I get answers?
    Conducting qualitative genetic counseling research
    Preparing a manuscript for publication
    Guidelines for directing research.
    Digital Access Oxford 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Elisabetta Baldi, Monica Muratori, editors.
    Summary: There are several types of damage that can be found in the male gamete. Genetic damage in spermatozoa can originate during spermatogenesis, or it can originate during transit in both male and female genital tracts. Damage can also be due to aging, environmental or iatrogenic conditions, as well as to the protocols to cryopreserve and to select spermatozoa in assisted reproduction techniques. This book provides a comprehensive resource for all possible DNA damages in sperm, the relation to fertility and infertility, and possible transgenerational heritable effects.

    Contents:
    Structure of chromatin in spermatozoa
    Genomic changes in spermatozoa of aging male
    Chromosomal aberrations and aneuploidies of spermatozoa
    The sperm epigenome: implications for the embryo
    Environmental epigenetics and effects on male fertility
    Protamine alterations in human spermatozoa
    Sperm DNA fragmentation and base oxidation
    Iatrogenic enetic damage of spermatozoa
    Sperm cryopreservation: effect on chromatin structure
    Sperm selection: effect on sperm DNA quality
    Effect of antioxidant on sperm genetic damage.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Elisabetta Baldi, Monica Muratori.
    Summary: There are several types of damage that can be found in the male gamete. This book covers the genetic damage in spermatozoa that can originate during spermatogenesis, or during transit in both male and female genital tracts. Damage can also be due to ageing, environmental or iatrogenic conditions, as well as to the protocols to cryopreserve and to select spermatozoa in assisted reproduction techniques. The purpose of this book is to provide a comprehensive resource for all possible DNA damages in sperm, the relation to fertility and infertility, and possible transgenerational heritable effects.

    Contents:
    Genetic factors affecting sperm chromatin structure
    Mechanisms of origin of chromosome deletions and rearrangements in spermatozoa
    The sperm epigenome: implications for ART outcomes
    Epigenetic transgenerational inheritance
    Environmental genetic and epigenetic sperm alterations
    Sperm DNA fragmentation: mechanisms of origin
    Sperm DNA fragmentation: consequences for reproduction
    Oxidative damage to sperm DNA: attack and defence
    Interventions to prevent sperm DNA damage effects on reproduction.-Cryopreservation of sperm: effects on chromatin and strategies to prevent them
    Effect on sperm DNA quality following sperm selection for ART: new insights
    Sperm DNA damage in cancer patients
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Roy E. Weiss, Samuel Refetoff.
    Contents:
    Mechanisms of mutation
    A clinical guide to monogenic diabetes
    Hypoglycemia
    Functioning pituitary adenomas
    Diabetes insipidus
    States of pituitary hypofunction
    Congenital defects of thyroid hormone synthesis
    Developmental abnormalities of the thyroid
    Syndromes of impaired sensitivity to thyroid hormone
    Molecular diagnosis of thyroid cancer
    Genetics of hyperparathyroidism including parathyroid cancer
    Genetic diagnosis of skeletal dysplasias
    Vitamin d disorders
    Congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Genetics of adrenocortical tumors (ACT) and hypersecretory syndromes
    Hereditary syndromes involving pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Genetic conditions associated with congenital adrenocortical insufficiency or glucocorticoid and/or mineralocorticoid resistance
    Genetic considerations in the evaluation of menstrual cycle irregularities
    Disorders of sex development
    Androgen insensitivity due to mutations of the androgen receptor
    Obesity
    Syndromes of severe insulin resistance and/or lipodystrophy
    Lipodystrophies
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1 (MEN1)
    Genetics of polyglandular failure
    Genetic diagnosis of growth failure
    Cost-effectiveness of genetic testing for monogenic diabetes
    Genetic counseling: the role of genetic counselors on healthcare provider and endocrinology teams
    Setting up a laboratory
    Introduction to applications of genomic sequencing.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Dilip Nandwani, editor.
    Summary: This book in the series "Sustainable Development and Biodiversity" contains peer-reviewed chapters from leading academicians and researchers around the world in the field of horticulture, plant taxonomy, plant biotechnology, genetics and related areas of biodiversity science centered on genetic diversity. This book includes original research reviews (national, regional and global) and case studies in genetic diversity in fruits and vegetables, horticulture, and ecology from sub-tropical and tropical regions. It is unique as it covers a wide array of topics covering global interests and will constitute valuable reference material for students, researchers, extension specialists, farmers and certification agencies who are concerned with biodiversity, ecology and sustainable development.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Biology and Phylogenetic Diversity
    1. Augmentation of Plant Genetic Diversity in Synecoculture: Theory and Practice in Temperate and Tropical Zones; Masatoshi Funabashi
    2. Amplified Fragment Length Polymorphism based Phylogenetic Relationships of Heirloom Tomato and Dark Green Vegetable Accessions; Ahmad Naseer Aziz
    3. Molecular and Quantitative Genetics of Stone Pine (Pinus pinea); Mutke Regneri Sven et al
    4. Sweetpotato Genetic Resources
    Today and Tomorrow; Robert L. Jarret et al
    Section 2: Genetic Diversity
    5. Genetic Diversity in Vegetable Crops; Dilip Nandwani et al
    6. The Genetic Diversity of Popular African Leafy Vegetables in Western Kenya; Christine Ndinya-Omboko
    7. Genetic Diversity in African Eggplant: A Key Resource for Improving the Crop; Michael Kwabena Osei
    8. Genetic Diversity in Nutritious Leafy Green Vegetable
    Chaya (Cnidoscolus aconitifolius); Roland Ebel et al
    9. Genetic Diversity in Taro (Colocasia esculenta); Susan C. Miyasaka et al
    10. Genetic Diversity in Pitaya; Aroldo Cisneros, Noemi Tel-Zur
    11. Genetic Diversity in Banana; Sanjit Debnath et al
    Section 3. Agrobiodiversity Utilization
    12. The role of agrobiodiversity in sustainable food systems design and management; Ciaccia Corrado et al
    13. Induced Genetic Diversity in Banana; Suprasanna Penna, Mohan Jain
    14. Exploration and Utilization of Genetic Diversity in Tomato; Michael Kwabena Osei et al
    15. Agro-biodiversity adaptation in India for resilience to climate change; Thomas Abraham et al
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Hollaender, Alexander; Setlow, Jane K.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH442 .G44
    28
  • Digital
    Vijay Rani Rajpal, Deepmala Sehgal, Avinash Kumar, S.N. Raina, editors.
    Summary: Genetic Enhancement of Crops for Tolerance to Abiotic Stress: Mechanisms and Approaches, Volume I provides a consolidated update of the approaches taken to deepen our understanding of plants' morphological, physiological and molecular responses to various abiotic stresses and progresses made in unraveling and understanding the regulatory mechanisms, signaling pathways and cross talk among mechanisms operating under abiotic stress situations in various crops. The book includes articles on the diverse tools and technological approaches the use of which has improved our understanding of the intricate mechanisms operating in crop plants under abiotic stress conditions. The chapters describe the use of various 'omics' platforms such as transcriptomics, metabolomics, proteomics, microRNA and heat shock proteins as molecular players, phytohormone (s) regulation of stress signalling pathways, and various functional genomics approaches adopted by scientists to collate a wealth of information to understand abiotic stress tolerance mechanisms for crop improvement. In addition, chapters have been contributed on the burning topic of the role of chromatin remodeling under stress conditions and on the epigenetic dynamics via histones modifications that can improve stress tolerance in crops by enhancing the stress memory. We are very hopeful that the topics will be useful to a broad community of scientists working in similar areas and the outcomes discussed can provide useful leads to build strategies to generate abiotic stress tolerant varieties.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    1. Functional Genomics Approach Towards Dissecting out Abiotic Stress Tolerance Trait in Plants; Sneh L. Singla-Pareek
    2. Plant miRNAome: Cross Talk in Abiotic Stressful Times; P. Suprasanna
    3. Epigenetic Response of Plants to Abiotic Stress: Nature, Consequences and Applications in Breeding; Manoj. K. Dhar
    4. Effect of Drought Stress and Utility of Transcriptomics in Identification of Drought Tolerance Mechanisms in Maize; T. Nepolean
    5. Physiological and Molecular Basis of Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Wheat; H.M. Mamrutha
    6. Molecular Chaperones: Key Players of Abiotic Stress Response in Plants; A. Pareek
    7. Role of Chromatin Assembly and Remodeling in Water Stress Responses in Plants; N. Asharaf
    8. The 'Omics' Approach for Crop Improvement Against Drought Stress; D. Jain
    9. Genomic Strategies for Improving Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crop Plants; N.R. Yadav
    10. Genomics of Arsenic Stress Tolerance in Plants; P.K. Trivedi
    11. Phytohormones Regulating the Master Regulators of CBF Dependent Cold Stress Signaling Pathway; R. Deswal
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey L. Bose.
    Contents:
    Understanding staphylococcal nomenclature / Christina N. Krute and Jeffrey L. Bose
    Restriction-modification systems as a barrier for genetic manipulation of Staphylococcus aureus / Marat R. Sadykov
    Complementation plasmids, inducible gene-expression systems, and reporters for Staphylococci / Ralph Bertram
    De novo assembly of plasmids using yeast recombinational cloning / Ameya A. Mashruwala and Jeffrey M. Boyd
    Splicing by overlap extension PCR to obtain hybrid DNA products / Justin A. Thornton
    Method for preparation and electroporation of S. aureus and S. epidermidis / Melinda R. Grosser and Anthony R. Richardson
    Rapid isolation of DNA from staphylococcus / Kelsey L. Krausz and Jeffrey L. Bose
    Bacteriophage transduction in Staphylococcus aureus : broth-based method / Kelsey L. Krausz and Jeffrey L. Bose
    Bacteriophage transduction in Staphylococcus aureus / Michael E. Olson
    Batch transduction of transposon mutant libraries for rapid phenotype screening in staphylococcus / Katherine L. Maliszewski
    Conjugative transfer in Staphylococcus aureus / Cortney R. Halsey and Paul D. Fey
    Allelic exchange / McKenzie K. Lehman, Jeffrey L. Bose, and Kenneth W. Bayles
    Creation of staphylococcal mutant libraries using transposon Tn917 / Kelly C. Rice
    Generation of a transposon mutant library in Staphylococcus aureus and staphylococcus epidermidis using bursa aurealis / Vijaya Kumar Yajjala ... [et al.]
    Chemical and UV mutagenesis / Jeffrey L. Bose
    Pulse field gel electrophoresis / Batu K. Sharma-Kuinkel, Thomas H. Rude, and Vance G. Fowler Jr.
    RNA-sequencing of Staphylococcus aureus messenger RNA / Ronan K. Carroll, Andy Weiss, and Lindsey N. Shaw
    Quantitative real-time PCR (qPCR) workflow for analyzing Staphylococcus aureus gene expression / April M. Lewis and Kelly C. Rice
    Electrophoretic mobility shiftaAssays / Sarah E. Rowe and James P. O'Gara
    Rapid amplification of cDNA ends for RNA transcript sequencing in staphylococcus / Eric Miller.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    N. Manikanda Boopathi.
    Summary: This book details basics in genetic linkage mapping, step-by-step procedures to perform marker assisted selection (MAS), achievements made so far in different crops, and the limitations and prospects of MAS in plant breeding.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface (Second Edition)
    Contents
    About the Author
    1: Genetic Mapping and Marker-Assisted Selection: Setting the Background
    1.1 Setting the Background
    1.2 Trends in Agricultural Product Demand: Functional Foods and Value-Added Products
    1.3 Evolving New Crop Cultivars: Promises of Conventional Plant Breeding Programs
    1.3.1 Achievements
    1.3.2 Conventional Plant Breeding: Obstacles and Challenges
    1.3.3 Germplasm Exchange: International Laws and Governance
    1.3.4 Biotech Crops and Biosafety Issues 1.3.4.1 Evolving New Cultivars Using Tools of Biotechnology
    1.3.4.2 Plant Tissue Culture-Based Approaches
    1.3.4.3 Genetic Engineering and Transgenic Plants
    1.3.4.4 Biosafety and Other Issues Related to Transgenic Crops
    1.4 Alternative Approach: MAS
    1.5 Scope of Genetic Mapping and Marker-Assisted Selection
    1.6 Need for This Book: What Can Be Expected?
    Critical Thinking Questions
    Bibliography
    Literature Cited
    Additional Readings
    2: Germplasm Characterization: Utilizing the Underexploited Resources
    2.1 Types of Plant Germplasm: Natural Versus Man-Made 2.1.1 Conservation of Naturally Prevailing Plant Germplasm
    2.1.1.1 In Situ Conservation
    2.1.1.2 Ex Situ Conservation
    2.1.2 Conservation of Man-Made Plant Germplasm
    2.1.2.1 Crop-Specific Germplasm Repository
    2.1.2.2 Mutagenized Population
    2.1.2.3 Global Germplasm Resources
    2.2 Germplasm Characterization: Phenotyping for Morphological and Agronomic Characters
    2.2.1 Conventional Methods of Phenotyping: Biotic and Abiotic Stress Resistance, Yield, and Quality Traits
    2.2.2 Recent Developments in Phenomics and Way Forward 2.2.3 Case Study in Rice Germplasm Characterization for Drought Resistance: Formation of the Fundamental Requirements
    2.2.4 Traits Useful for Germplasm Characterization in Rice
    2.3 Allele Mining
    2.3.1 Allele Mining: Basic Considerations
    2.3.2 Insertional Mutagenesis
    2.3.3 Genome Editing Tools and Induced Variations
    2.3.4 TILLING, EcoTILLING, and Self-EcoTILLING
    2.3.5 Mutant-Assisted Gene Identification and Characterization (MAGIC)
    2.3.6 Allele Mining: Challenges and Troubleshooting Perspectives
    2.4 Genetic Diversity and Clustering 2.4.1 Software for Genetic Diversity Analysis
    2.4.2 Principle Behind the Genetic Diversity Analysis
    2.4.3 Principle of Measuring Goodness-of-Fit of a Classification
    2.5 Issues in Genetic Diversity Analysis Using Molecular Markers
    2.5.1 Co-dominant Markers and Similarity Measures
    2.5.2 Dominant Markers and Similarity Measures
    2.6 Diversity and Phylogenetic Tree: Importance in Mapping Population Development
    2.7 DNA Barcoding and Its Utilization in Germplasm Exploitation
    2.8 Parental Selection
    Critical Thinking Questions
    Bibliography
    Literature Cited
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Anantha Shekhar.
    Summary: "Genetic Models and Molecular Pathways Underlying Autism Spectrum Disorders, Volume 241 provides the most recent information on the animal model systems that are available to study different forms of autism spectrum disorders. In addition to genetically engineered animals that uniquely model genetic forms of ASD, this volume also provides detailed chapters on a variety of specific topics, including an overview of genetic models of ASDs, phenotypic modeling of ASD symptoms, molecular mechanisms of NF1 model of ASD symptoms, ube3a gene dosage disorders, molecular and circuit mechanisms of ASD, circuit dysfunctions in ASD models, ERK signaling in genetic models of ASD, and more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Overview of genetic models of autism spectrum disorders / Jheel Patel, Jodi L. Lukkes, Anantha Shekhar
    Neurofibromatosis type 1 as a model system to study molecular mechanisms of autism spectrum disorder symptoms / Andrei I. Molosh, Anantha Shekhar
    ERK/MAPK signaling and autism spectrum disorders / Joseph Vithayathil, Joanna Pucilowska, Gary E. Landreth
    From bedside to bench and back: Translating ASD models / Hayley P. Drozd, Sotirios F. Karathanasis, Andrei I. Molosh, Jodi L. Lukkes, ... Anantha Shekhar
    Studying child development in genetic models of ASD / Shruti Garg, Jonathan Green
    Measurement considerations in pediatric research on autism spectrum disorders / Karin S. Walsh, Srishti Rau.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Corrado Angelini.
    Contents:
    Section 1 Muscular Dystrophies
    Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy
    Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy carrier
    Becker Muscular Dystrophy
    Emery-Dreifuss Muscular Dystrophy type 1
    Emery-Dreifuss Muscular Dystrophy type 2
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 1B
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 1C
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 1F
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2A
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2B
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2C
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2D
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2E
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2F
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2I
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2K
    Limb Girdle Muscular Dystrophy type 2N
    Congenital Muscular Dystrophy type 1A
    Congenital Muscular Dystrophy type 1C
    Congenital Muscular Dystrophy with rigid spine
    Congenital Muscular Dystrophy with integrin-alpha-7 deficiency
    Congenital Muscular Dystrophy, Ullrich type
    Bethlem myopathy
    Facio Scapulo Humeral Muscular Dystrophy type 1A
    Facio Scapulo Humeral Muscular Dystrophy type 2
    Section 2: Congenital Myopathies
    Congenital Multi-Mini-Core Myopathy
    Congenital Central-Core Myopathy with Malignant Hyperthermia
    Congenital Centronuclear Myopathy type 1
    Congenital Hyaline Body Myopathy
    Congenital Myotubular Myopathy
    Congenital Nemaline Myopathy type 2
    Congenital Fiber Type Disproportion type 1
    Congenital Fiber Type Disproportion
    Congenital Myofibrillar Myopathy type 1
    Congenital Myofibrillar Myopathy type 6
    Congenital Tubular Aggregate Myopathy
    Hereditary Inclusion Body Myopathy type 2
    Section 3: Ion Channel Disorders
    Myotonic Dystrophy type 1, Steinert Disease
    Congenital Myotonic Dystrophy
    Myotonic Dystrophy type 2, Proximal Myotonic Myopathy
    Congenital Myotonia, Thomsen Disease
    Hyperkalemic Periodic Paralysis
    Hypokalemic Periodic Paralysis type 1
    Slow-channel Congenital Myasthenic Syndrome
    Congenital Myasthenic Syndrome
    Brody Disease
    Section 4: Metabolic Myopathies
    Glycogenosis type 2, Pompe Disease
    Glycogenosis type 3, Cori-Forbes Disease
    Glycogenosis type 5, McArdle Disease
    Danon Disease
    Kearns-Sayre Syndrome
    Chronic Progressive External Ophthalmoplegia
    MELAS (Myopathy, Encephalopathy, Lactic Acidosis, Stroke-like)
    Leigh Syndrome due to COX Deficiency
    Mitochondrial Encephalopathy with COX Deficiency
    Coenzyme Q10 Deficiency
    Multiple Symmetrical Lipomatosis
    NARP (Neuropathy, Ataxia, Retinitis Pigmentosa)
    SANDO (Sensory Ataxic Neuropathy, Dysarthria, Ophthalmoparesis)
    Systemic Primary Carnitine Deficiency
    Neutral Lipid Storage Disease with Ichthyosis
    Neutral Lipid Storage Disease with Myopathy
    Multiple Acyl-CoA Dehydrogenase Deficiency
    Carnitine-Palmitoyl-Transferase-II Deficiency
    Niemann-Pick Disease type C1
    Section 5: Neurogenic Disorders
    Spinal Muscular Atrophy type 1, Werdnig-Hoffmann Disease
    Spinal Muscular Atrophy type 2
    Spinal Muscular Atrophy type 3, Kugelberg-Welander Disease
    Spinal Bulbar Muscular Atrophy, Kennedy Disease
    Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease type 1A
    Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease type 1B
    Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease neuronal type
    Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease type 4A
    Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease with pyramidal features
    Charcot-Marie-Tooth Disease type X1
    Distal Spinal Muscular Atrophy
    Hereditary Neuropathy with Pressure Palsies
    Friedreich Ataxia
    Spastic Ataxia, Charlevoix-Saguenay type
    Ataxia-Telangiectasia, Louis-Bar Syndrome
    Spastic Paraparesis type 4
    Spastic Paraparesis type 7
    Optic Atrophy Plus Syndrome
    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis type 1
    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Aga Syed Sameer, Mujeeb Zafar Banday, Saniya Nissar, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the role of genetic polymorphism in susceptibility to cancers. The book explores the understanding of differences between the genetic polymorphisms and mutations.It reviews the mechanisms underlying the effect of polymorphism in genes encoding proteins that play an essential role in metabolism, signal transduction, cell cycle, and DNA repair mechanisms. Further, it investigates various techniques that are used for analyzing the genetic polymorphisms. The book contains many chapters which summarize the importance of genetic information obtained from polymorphism-based pharmaco-genetic tests to predict better drug response and life-threatening adverse reactions to chemotherapeutic agents, help in understanding of the impact of SNPs on gene function, and gives overview of the different SNP databases for examination. This book, therefore, serves as an essential guidebook for independent researchers as well as institutions working in this specialised field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Polymorphisms and Mutation: What is difference?
    Chapter 2. Single nucleotide polymorphisms and pharmacogenomics
    Chapter 3. Impact of MicroRNA Polymorphisms on Breast Cancer Susceptibility
    Chapter 4. From inflammation to cancer: Role of genetic polymorphisms of Inflammatory Pathway Molecules in Gastric Cancer
    Chapter 5. Colorectal Cancer and genetic polymorphism in key regulatory low penetrance genes
    Chapter 6. Role of Genetic Polymorphisms in Breast Cancer
    Chapter 7. Genetic Polymorphisms of Essential Immune Pathogenic Response Genes and Risk of Cervical Cancer
    Chapter 8. Thyroid Cancer and genetic polymorphism
    Chapter 9. SNPs of TLRs and Bladder Cancer
    Chapter 10. Role of genetic polymorphisms in Lung Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Terman, Lewis Madison.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Mental and physical traits of a thousand gifted children / L.M. Terman, assisted by B.T. Baldwin, and others
    v. 2. The early mental traits of three hundred geniuses / C.M. Cox, assisted by L.O. Gillan and others
    v. 3. The promise of youth; follow-up studies of a thousand gifted children / B.S. Burks and others
    v. 4. The gifted child grows up; twenty-five years' follow-up of a superior group / L.M. Terman and M.H. Oden
    v. 5. The gifted group at mid-life; thirty-five years' follow-up of the superior child / L.M. Terman and M.H. Oden.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P499 .G32
    6
  • Digital
    P.B. Kavi Kishor, Manchikatla Venkat Rajam, T. Pullaiah, editors.
    Summary: Genetic transformation is a key technology, in which genes are transferred from one organism to another in order to improve agronomic traits and ultimately help humans. However, there is apprehension in some quarters that genetically modified crops may disturb the ecosystem. A number of non-governmental organizations continue to protest against GM crops and foods, despite the fact that many organisms are genetically modified naturally in the course of evolution. In this context, there is a need to educate the public about the importance of GM crops in terms of food and nutritional security. This book provides an overview of various crop plants where genetic transformation has been successfully implemented to improve their agronomically useful traits. It includes information on the gene(s) transferred, the method of gene transfer and the beneficial effects of these gene transfers and agronomic improvements compared to the wild plants. Further, it discusses the commercial prospects of these GM crops as well as the associated challenges. Given its scope, this book is a valuable resource for agricultural and horticultural scientists/experts wanting to explain to the public, politicians and non-governmental organizations the details of GM crops and how they can improve crops and the lives of farmers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1.Genetic tinkering of crops for sustainable development - 2020 and Beyond
    Chapter 2.Genetic improvement of rice for food and nutritional security 3.Improvement of wheat (Triticum spp.) through gene manipulation
    Chapter 4. Transgenic finger millet [Eleusine coracana (L.) Gaertn.] for crop improvement
    Chapter 5. Transgenic pigeon pea [Cajanus cajan (L). Millsp.]
    Chapter 6. Genetically engineered chickpea: Potential of an orphan legume to achieve food and nutritional security by 2050
    Chapter 7. Progress in genetic engineering of cowpea for insect pest and virus resistance
    Chapter 8. Peanut (Arachis hypogaea L.) transgenic plants for abiotic stress tolerance
    Chapter 9. Genetic engineering of sunflower (Helianthus annuus L.) for important agronomic traits
    Chapter 10. Genetic engineering in safflower (Carthamus tinctorius L.): Retrospect and prospect
    Chapter 11. Nutritional value, in vitro regeneration and development of transgenic Cucurbita pepo and C. maxima for stress tolerance: An overview
    Chapter 12. Sugarcane transgenics: Developments and opportunities .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    P.B. Kavi Kishor, Manchikatla Venkat Rajam, T. Pullaiah, editors.
    Summary: Genetic transformation is a key technology, in which genes are transferred from one organism to another in order to improve agronomic traits and ultimately help humans. However, there is concern in some quarters that genetically modified crops may disturb the ecosystem. A number of non-governmental organizations continue to protest against GM crops and foods, despite the fact that many organisms are genetically modified naturally in the course of evolution. In this context, there is a need to educate the public about the importance of GM crops in terms of food and nutritional security. This book provides an overview of various crop plants where genetic transformation has been successfully implemented to improve their agronomically useful traits. It includes information on the gene(s) transferred, the method of gene transfer and the beneficial effects of these gene transfers and the agronomic improvements compared to the wild plants. Further, it discusses the commercial prospects of these GM crops as well as the associated challenges. Given its scope, this book is a valuable resource for agricultural and horticultural scientists/experts wanting to explain to the public, politicians and non-governmental organizations the details of GM crops and how they can improve crops and the lives of farmers. It also appeals to researchers and postgraduate students. This volume focuses on the transgenics of mungbean, cowpea, chickpea, cotton, mulberrry, Jatropha, fingermillet, papaya, citrus plants and cassava. It also discusses CRISPR edited lines. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Transgenic tomatoes for abiotic stress tolerance and fruit traits: A review of progress and a preview of potential
    Chapter 2.Genetically modified brinjal (Solanum melongena L.) and Beyond
    Chapter 3. Biotechnology of red pepper
    Chapter 4. Non-host armor against insect: Characterization and application of Capsicum annuum protease inhibitors in developing insect tolerant plants
    Chapter 5. Transgenic banana: Current status, opportunities and challenges
    Chapter 6. Transgenic papaya
    Melaine Randle and Paula Tennant
    Chapter 7. Genetically modified citrus: Current status, prospects and future challenges
    Chapter 8. Genetically modified cassava; the last hope that could help to feed the world: Recent advances
    Chapter 9. Transgenics for targeted trait manipulation: The current status of genetically engineered mulberry crop
    Chapter 10. Genetically engineered Jatropha: A new bioenergy crop
    Chapter 11. GM crops for plant virus resistance: A review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Kenro Kusumi, Sally L. Dunwoodie, editors.
    Summary: Recent genetic studies of the spine has enhanced the understanding the genetic etiology of idiopathic, neuromuscular, and congenital forms of scoliosis. These findings are discussed in this timely review of scoliosis and developmental studies of the spine.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Developmental andFunctional Anatomy oftheSpine; Introduction; Embryonic Origins oftheSpine; Establishing theIntersomitic Boundary; Somite Epithelialization; Rostral/Caudal Polarity ofSomites; The Anatomy andDevelopment oftheVertebrae andIntervertebral Discs; Functional Anatomy oftheVertebrae andIV Discs; Development oftheVertebrae; Rostral/Caudal Patterning; Formation oftheIV Discs; The Anatomy andDevelopment ofSpinal Muscles; Functional Anatomy oftheSpinal Muscles; Development ofSpinal Muscles. Nongenetically Linked Conditions Characterized byAxial Skeletal DefectsSpina Bifida; The VATER Association; Environmental Factors That Cause Axial Skeletal Dysmorphogenesis; Valproic Acid; Hypoxia; Carbon Monoxide; Diabetes; Retinoic Acid; Hyperthermia; Arsenic; Ethanol; Methanol; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Congenital Scoliosis andSegmentation Defects oftheVertebrae intheGenetic Clinic; Introduction; Spondylocostal Dysostosis, Somitogenesis, andtheNotch Signalling Pathway; Varied Use ofClinical Terminology; Spondylocostal Dysostosis; Klippel-Feil Syndrome. Syndromes Containing CS PhenotypeAlagille Syndrome; VACTERL Association; Congenital NAD Deficiency Disorders; Facio-Auriculo-Vertebral Spectrum; Perspective; References;
    Chapter 5: Animal Models ofIdiopathic Scoliosis; Introduction; Normal Spine Function Requires theIntegration ofMultiple Musculoskeletal Tissues; Spine Form Follows Dysfunction; What Makes aGood Animal Model ofDisease?; Animal Models; Mechanical Models ofIS; Environmental Models; Genetic/Heritable Models ofIS; Aquatic Models ofIS; Mouse Models; Distinct Elements oftheMammalian Spine. Tendon DevelopmentSummary; References;
    Chapter 2: Environmental Factors andAxial Skeletal Dysmorphogenesis; Introduction; Vertebral Dysmorphogenesis inHuman Congenital Scoliosis; Normal Development oftheAxial Skeleton; Experimental Axial Skeletal Teratology; Pathogenesis ofAbnormal Axial Development; Overview ofAgents andConditions Associated withAxial Skeletal Teratogenesis; Recreational Teratogens; Pharmaceutical Teratogens; Industrial andEnvironmental Teratogens; Agricultural Teratogens; Infectious Diseases; Metabolic Conditions. The Genetics andClinical Description ofSCD SubtypesSCD1; SCD2; STD: Spondylothoracic Dysostosis; SCD3; SCD4; SCD5: Autosomal Dominant; SCD6; TBX6, Congenital Scoliosis, andMURCS; A New Classification andRadiological Reporting System forSDV; References;
    Chapter 4: The Genetics Contributing toDisorders Involving Congenital Scoliosis; Introduction; Background; Embryological Basis ofCS; Approaches inUnderstanding theGenetic Etiology ofCS; TBX6 Variants Contributing toCS; Syndromes andDisorders Associated withVMs; Spondylocostal Dysostosis; Klippel-Feil Syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Michel Tibayrenc.
    Contents:
    Recent developments in the definition and official names of virus species / M.H.V. Van Regenmortel
    A theory-based pragmatism for discovering and classifying newly divergent species of bacterial pathogens / F.M. Cohan, Sarah Kopac
    Population structure of pathogenic bacteria / C.P. Andam, L. Challagundla, T. Azarian, W.P. Hanage, D.A. Robinson
    Epidemiology and evolution of fungal pathogens in plants / P. Gladieux, E.J. Byrnes III, G. Aguileta, M. Fisher, R.B. Billmyre, J. Heitman, T. Giraud
    Clonal evolution / T. de Meeûs, F. Prugnolle
    Coevolution of host and pathogen / A.D. Morgan, B. Koskella
    Microbes as tracers of past human demography and migrations / J.-P. Rasigade, A. Gilabert, T. Wirth
    Phylogenetic analysis of pathogens / D.A. Morrison
    Evolutionary responses of infectous diseases / G. Cochran, H. Harpending
    Infectous disease genomics / Y.-T. Liu
    Proteomics and host-pathogen interactions / D.G. Biron, D. Nedelkov, D. Missé, P. Holzmuller
    The evolution of antibiotic resistance / F. González-Candelas, I. Comas, J.L. Martinez, J.C. Galán, F. Baquero
    Modern morphometrics of medically important anthropods / J.-P. Dujardin
    Evolution of resistance to insecticide in disease vectors / P. Labbé, J.-P. David, H. Alout, P. Milesi, L. Djogbénou, N. Pasteur, M. Weill
    Genetics of major insect vectors / P.L. Dorn, S. Justi, E.S. Krasfur, G.C. Lanzaro, A.J. Cornel, Y. Lee, C.A. Hill
    Multilocus sequence typing of pathogens / M. Pérez-Losada, M. Arenas, E. Castro-Nallar
    Next-generation sequencing, bioinformatics, and infectous diseases / R. van Aerle, M. van der Giezen
    Genomics of infectous diseases and private industry / G. Vernet
    Current progress in the pharmacogenetics of infectous disease tehrapy / E. Elliot, T. Mahungu, A. Owen
    Genetic exchange in trypanosomatids and its relevance to epidemiology / W. Gibson, M.D. Lewis, M. Yeo, M.A. Miles
    Genomic insights into the past, current, and future evolution of human parasites of the genus plasmodium / C.J. Sutherland, S.D. Polley
    Integrated genetic epidemiology of chagas disease / M. Tibayrenc, M.A. Shaw
    Adaptive evolution of the mycobacterium tuberculosis complex to different hosts / E. Broset, J. Gonzalo-Asensio
    The evolution and dynamics of methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus / M.M.H. Adelbary, P. Basset, D.S. Blanc, E.J. Feil
    Origin and emergence of HIV/AIDS / M. D'arc, L. Etienne, E. Delaporte, M. Peeters
    Evolution of SARS coronavirus and the relevance of modern molecular epidemiology / Z. Shi, L.-F. Wang
    Ecology and evolution of avian influenza viruses / A.C. Hurt, R.A.M. Fouchier, D. Vijaykrishna.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Tom Strachan, Judith Goodship, Patrick Chinnery.
    Summary: "Genetics and Genomics in Medicine is a new textbook written for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as medical researchers, which explains the science behind the uses of genetics and genomics in medicine today. It is not just about rare inherited and chromosomal disorders, but how genetics affects the whole spectrum of human health and disease. DNA technologies are explained, with emphasis on the modern techniques that have revolutionized the use of genetic information in medicine and are indicating the role of genetics in common complex diseases. The detailed, integrative coverage of genetic approaches to treatment and prevention includes pharmacogenomics and the prospects for personalized medicine. Cancers are essentially genetic diseases and are given a dedicated chapter that includes new insights from cancer genome sequencing. Clinical disorders are covered throughout and there are extensive end-of-chapter questions and problems"--Provided by publisher.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB155.5 .S77 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Tom Strachan and Anneke Lucassen.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Christopher A. Cullis, editor.
    Summary: Linum (flax) is a genus of about 200 species in the flowering plant family Linaceae. The genus includes common flax, which is one of the best fibers to produce linen, the seeds to produce linseed oil and has health-related properties of flax in human and animal nutrition. This book describes the genetics and genomics of Linum including the development of extensive experimental resources (e.g. whole genome sequence, efficient transformation methods, insertional mutant collections, large germplasm collections, resequenced genomes) that have led much progress and its economic importance. The methods and use of Linum to address a wide range of applications (e.g. disease resistance, cell wall composition, abiotic stress tolerance, floral development, natural diversity) is also discussed.

    Contents:
    Table of Contents (DRAFT) Preface 1. Taxonomy and Natural History of Linum Possible Authors: Axel Diederichsen and/or Yong Bi Fu 2. The gene pool of Linum usitatissimum and immediate progenitor Linum bienne Possible Authors: Axel Diederichsen and/or Yong Bi Fu (Flax variety descriptors Possible authors: L. Maggioni and/or M. Pavelek) 3. Flax breeding and variety release Possible Authors: Scott Duguid & /or Helen Booker 4. The flax genome sequence: a core resource for flax genomics Possible Author: Michael Deyholos<5. The assembly of the flax genomes into chromosomes Authors: Frank You & Sylvie Cloutier 6. Comparisons between oil-seed and fiber flax genomes Author: C. Cullis 7. The Linum transcriptome Possible author: R Datla 8. Mapping resources
    molecular markers, mapping populations Possible author: S. Cloutier 9. Flax transposable elements Possible author(s): L. Galindo and M Deyholos 10. Flax small RNAs Possible author(s): T.Y Moss and C. Cullis 11. Gene mutagenesis systems in the fatty acid pathway Possible Authors: Alan Green for fatty acid mutants 12. Gene mutagenesis systems and resources for the flax
    TILLING, transposons Possible Authors: M. Deyholos 13. QTL mapping Possible Authors: S. Cloutier 14. Flax cell walls and fiber Possible Authors: N. Carpita or M. Deyholos/Luca Comai 15. Flax transformation Authors: N. Bastaki and C Cullis 16. Linum Bioinformatics Resources Author: Deyholos and Cloutier 17. Flax disease resistance genes Possible author: Jeff Ellis 18. Genomic and phenotypic responses of flax to stress Author: C. Cullis 19. Flax secondary products Author: Selvaraj 20. Flax cyclic peptides Author: Datla 21. Medicinal uses of flax Possible author: Stephanie P.B. Caligiuri Author: Datla 22. Transgenic flax and the Triffid affair Possible author: J. Smyth 22. Fundamental insights into plant biology that might be offered by Linum Author: C. Cullis Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors Michael Posthumus, Malcolm Collins.
    Contents:
    Core concepts in human genetics : understanding the complex phenotype of sport performance and susceptibility to sport injury / Gibson, W.T
    Nature versus nurture in determining athletic ability / Yan, X., Papadimitriou, I., Lidor, R., Eynon, N
    Recent research in the genetics of exercise training adaptation / Venezia, A.C., Roth, S.M
    Genes and athletic performance : an update / Ahmetov, I.I., Egorova, E.S., Gabdrakhmanova, L.J., Fedotovskaya, O.N
    The future of genomic research in athletic performance and adaptation to training / Wang, G., Tanaka, M., Eynon, N., North, K.N., Williams, A.G., Collins, M., Moran, C.N., Britton, S.L., Fuku, N., Ashley, E.A., Klissouras, V., Lucia, A., Ahmetov, I.I., de Geus, E., Alsayrafi, M., Pitsiladis, Y.P
    Genetics of musculoskeletal exercise-related phenotypes / Collins, M., O'Connell, K., Posthumus, M
    Genes and musculoskeletal soft-tissue injuries / Rahim, M., Collins, M., September, A
    Genetic testing for sports performance, responses to training and injury risk : practical and ethical considerations / Williams, A.G., Wackerhage, H., Day, S.H.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Anna L. Gloyn, Oxford, Mark I. McCarthy, Oxford.
    Contents:
    Genome-wide association studies in type 2 diabetes / Beer, N.L.; McCarthy, M.I.
    Fine mapping type 2 diabetes susceptibility loci / Morris, A.P.
    Whole genome and exome sequencing of type 2 diabetes / Gaulton, K.; Flannick, J.; Fuchsberger, C.
    Genome-wide association studies of glycaemic traits : a magical journey / Florez, J.C.; Barroso, I.
    Genome-wide association studies of obesity and related traits / Mohlke, K.L.; Lindgren, C.M.
    Next-generation sequencing for the diagnosis of monogenic diabetes and discovery of novel aetiologies / Ellard, S.; De Franco, E.
    Whole-exome sequencing of patients with severe disorders of insulin action / Semple, R.; Barroso, I.
    Epigenetic modifications and type 2 diabetes in humans / Ling, C.
    Insights into ?-cell biology and type 2 diabetes pathogenesis from studies of the islet transcriptome / van de Bunt, M.; Morán, I.; FerrerJ.; McCarthy, M.I.
    Genomics of adipose tissue / Pinnick, K.E.; Karpe, F.
    Translating genetic association signals for diabetes and metabolic traits into molecular mechanisms for disease / Rees, M.G.; Gloyn, A.L.
    Understanding molecular mechanisms for diabetes and obesity through mouse models / Merkestein, M.; Cox, R.; Ashcroft, F.
    Genetics of drug response in diabetes / Pearson, E.R.; Florez, J.C.
    Translating advances in our understanding of the genetics of diabetes into the clinic / Gardner, D.S.; Owen, K.R.; Gloyn, A.L.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Muntaser Ibrahim, Charles Rotimi.
    Summary: "The birthplace of modern humans, Africa, has the highest genetic diversity in the world, yet it remains vastly understudied. With biomedical research increasingly focused on human variation, studying the large population size and number of mutations in African genomes could unravel the complexity of phenotypic traits underlying the biology of our species and hold huge potential for scientific and medical advances. An initial chapter 'conceptualizes Africa', providing relevant terminology. The first section covers genetic history and population structure. The next section looks at the genetic basis of common infectious diseases, such as leishmaniasis, malaria and tuberculosis, with a final part considering common non-communicable diseases, such as diabetes, hypertension, obesity, heart disease and cancer. Gene environment interaction under globalization and the burden of diseases of lifestyle are included. For researchers and graduate students in biological anthropology, genetic anthropology, human and population genetics, and public health"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1 Reflections on Conceptualizing Africa for Biological Studies with a Historical Component: A Small Essay
    1.1 Prolegomenon
    1.2 ''Blackness'' and Notions of Africa
    1.3 Raciotypological Thinking
    1.4 Africa: Evolution and Peopling
    1.5 Human Variation in Africa
    1.6 Defining versus Describing Africa/Africans
    1.7 Biological Variation and Social Organization
    1.8 Summary
    Acknowledgments
    References --2 History and Genetics in Africa: Multidisciplinary Efforts
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Genetics and Bantu Speakers
    2.3 Genes, Food Production, and Afrasan
    2.4 Genes, Ethno-Population Origins, and Identity
    2.5 Genetics and the Northern Nile Valley: Egypt
    2.6 The Case of the Nilotes/Nilotics: Considerations for Population History
    2.7 Brief Discussion and Conclusions
    Acknowledgments
    References 3 Disease, Selection, and Evolution in the African Landscape
    3.1 The Peculiarity of Genetic Structure In and Out of Africa
    3.2 Population Structure Drift and Culture3.3 Food Culture and Genetic Variation
    3.4 Inbreeding
    3.5 Natural Selection and Disease
    3.6 Biological Network and Genetic Borrowing
    3.7 Epigenetics, an Added Layer of Complexity in the Selection Plateau
    References
    4 Genetic Susceptibility to Visceral Leishmaniasis
    4.1 Leishmaniasis
    4.2 Genetic Susceptibility to Visceral Leishmaniasis
    4.3 Candidate Gene Studies
    4.3.1 SLC11A1 (Formerly NRAMP1)
    HLA as a Candidate Gene Region
    Chromosome 17q11.1-q12
    Chromosome 5q31-q33
    4.3.2 IFNG and IFNGR1
    4.3.3 IL2RB and IL1B
    4.3.4 CXCR1 and CXCR2
    4.4 Genome-Wide Linkage Studies
    4.5 Genome Wide Association Studies
    4.6 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
    References 5 Genetics of Infection in Sub-Saharan Africa: What Can the Study of Mendelian Immunodeficiency Disorders Contribute?
    5.1 Introduction: The Burden of Infectious Diseases in African Populations
    5.2 Genetic Susceptibility to Infectious Diseases: Historical Perspectives
    5.3 More Recent Approaches to Mapping TB Susceptibility Genes: What Have We Learned from Monogenic Disorders?
    5.4 Molecular Basis of Mendelian Susceptibility to Mycobacterial Disease in Humans
    5.4.1 Resistance to infection conferred by single-gene defects at the population level and the role of natural selection
    5.5 Future Directions
    References
    6 Pharmacogenomics and Infectious Diseases in Africa: An Evolutionary Perspective
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 The Burden of Infectious Diseases in Africa
    6.2.1 Malaria
    6.2.2 Human African Trypanosomiasis
    6.2.3 Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    6.2.4 Lassa Fever
    6.2.5 Tuberculosis
    6.3 Traditional Herbal Medicine
    6.4 Progressing Toward Genomic Medicine in Africa
    6.5 Conclusion
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Barbara Vona, Thomas Haaf.
    Contents:
    Genetics and deafness : a view from the inside / Blankmeyer Burke, T. Snoddon, K., Wilkinson, E.
    Hearing loss in older age and its effect on the individuals, their families, and the community / McMahon, C.M
    Audiological assessment and management in the era of precision medicine / Munro, K.J., Newton, V.E., Moore, D.R
    Next-generation newborn hearing screening / Shen, J., Morton, C.C
    Clinical challenges in diagnosing the genetic etiology of hearing loss / Birkeland, A.C., Lesperance, M.M.
    Genetic elucidation of nonsyndromic hearing loss in the high-throughput sequencing era / Vona, B., Hofrichter, M.A.H., Chioza, B.A., Crosby, A.H., Nanda, I., Haaf, T.
    Genetic modifiers of hearing loss / Yousaf, R., Friedman, T.B., Riazuddin, S.
    Genetics of age-related hearing loss / Dawes, P., Payton, A.
    Genetic modifiers of hearing loss in mice : the case of phenotypic modification in homozygous cdh23ahl age-related hearing loss / Kikkawa, Y., Miyasaka, Y.
    Using zebrafish to study human deafness and hearing regeneration / Varshney, G.K., Pei, W., Burgess, S.M.
    Current understanding and potential of gene therapy for hearing restoration in humans / Akil, O., Lustig, L.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Peter Igaz, Attila Patócs, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the genetic basis underlying endocrine diseases. It covers both the molecular and clinical consequences of these genetic defects, as well as the relevance for clinical care, highlighting issues of genetic counseling. Several endocrine diseases have a genetic background, and contemporary research in the field plays a crucial role in the clinical care of endocrine diseases. In recent years, there have been major developments in our understanding of the genetic basis of endocrine diseases. Several novel genes and mutations predisposing individuals to monogenic endocrine diseases have been discovered, and with the advent of next generation sequencing, a huge amount of new data has become available. Further, novel molecular mechanisms, such as genomic imprinting, have been implicated in the pathogenesis of endocrine diseases. A better understanding of the genetic background of these diseases is relevant not only from the research perspective, but also in terms of clinical care. As such, this book is an essential read for both researchers and clinicians working in the field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editors and Contributors; List of the Most Commonly Used Abbreviations; Part I: Basics of Genetics;
    Chapter 1: Basic Concepts of Genetics; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Basic Terms of Genetics; 1.3 Mutations; 1.4 Chromosomes; 1.5 Proto-oncogenes and Tumor Suppressors; 1.6 DNA Variations; 1.7 Epigenetics; References;
    Chapter 2: Brief Description of Inheritance Patterns; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Autosomal Dominant Inheritance; 2.3 Autosomal Recessive Inheritance; 2.4 X-Linked Dominant Inheritance; 2.5 X-Linked Recessive Inheritance; 2.6 Conclusions; References 6.3 The Glucocorticoid Signaling Pathway; 6.4 Primary Generalized Glucocorticoid Resistance (PGGR) or "Chrousos Syndrom"; 6.5 Beyond NR3C1 Genetic Defects; 6.6 NR3C1 Polymorphisms; 6.7 Concluding Remarks; References; Part III: Endocrine Diseases Inherited as Monogenic Traits: Hereditary Diseases Predisposing to Endocrine Tumors;
    Chapter 7: Overview of Genetically Determined Diseases/Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Syndromes Predisposing to Endocrine Tumors; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Syndromes; 7.2.1 Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 1
    Chapter 3: Family Screening and Genetic Counseling; References;
    Chapter 4: Brief Summary of the Most Important Molecular Genetic Methods (PCR, qPCR, Microarray, Next-Generation Sequencing, e ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 DNA Isolation and Quality Control; 4.3 Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR); 4.4 Multiplex Ligation-Dependent Probe Amplification (MLPA); 4.5 Sanger Sequencing; 4.6 Array-Based Methods; 4.7 Next-Generation Sequencing; 4.8 Conclusion; References; Part II: Endocrine Diseases Inherited as Monogenic Traits: Hormone Resistance Syndromes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ortrud K. Steinlein.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Chitra Kannabiran.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive information on the genetics of eye diseases affecting various parts of the eye, and addresses a range of genetic etiologies. These diseases include several hereditary disorders of anterior and posterior segment, and with different genetic etiologies. The genetics of eye diseases is a field that has been rapidly growing over the last two decades, and comprises a vast area with considerable clinical and genetic heterogeneity. The main goal of this work is to discuss the status quo of genetics for each of the disorders covered, and to highlight unusual or atypical patterns of inheritance and genetic associations. For each relevant gene, it describes the pathogenic associations and variants, genotype-phenotype correlations, and functions at the cellular and molecular level. Genetics of Eye Diseases offers a valuable reference guide for geneticists and clinicians alike, while also providing a comprehensive overview of the field for graduate and doctoral-level students. In addition to sharing essential information on the genetics of each disease, it highlights recent advances that are representative of the developments in the field as a whole.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editor, Peter Vogt.
    Contents:
    Genetic basis of male and female infertility / R. Mallepaly, P.R. Butler, A.S. Herati, D.J. Lamb
    Genetics of premature ovarian failure : new developments in etiology opportunity / Y. Qin, J.L. Simpson, Z.-J. Chen
    Genetics of Klinefelter syndrome : experimental exploration / J. Wistuba, C. Brand, M. Zitzmann, O.S. Damm
    Human Y chromosome and male infertility : forward and back from azoospermia factor chromatin structure to azoospermia factor gene function / P.H. Vogt, U. Bender, J. Zimmer, T. Strowitzki
    Genetics and pathophysiology of the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator in male reproduction : new evidence of a direct effect on the male germline / A. Touré
    The genetics of androgen receptor signalling in male fertility / L. O'Hara, L.B. Smith
    The genetics of postmeiotic male germ cell differentiation from round spermatids to mature sperm / T. Lehtiniemi, N. Kotaja
    The epigenetics of sperm chromatin / M.B. Shamsi, L. Simon, D.T. Carrell
    Characteristic features of male germline development in primates / R. Behr
    Genetic and epigenetic mouse models of human male infertility / M. Godmann, S. Zemter, C. Kosan
    In vitro spermatogenesis and its potential clinical implication for patients / J.-B. Stukenborg, K. Jahnukainen.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Mohamed Arafa, Haitham Elbardisi, Ahmad Majzoub, Ashok Agarwal.
    Summary: This unique, case-based guide provides a thoughtful and comprehensive overview of the genetic basis of male infertility for the practicing clinician. In addition to discussing the molecular foundations of sperm production and the consequences of genetic abnormalities on various stages of sperm development, it examines the clinical aspects of acknowledged genetic disorders and their implications on male fertility. In so doing, it offers the necessary tools required by the clinician for the diagnosis and treatment of infertile men with genetic abnormalities. Moreover, it provides essential algorithms that may aid in counseling patients in the clinic. The text is arranged in four thematic sections for easy reference. The genetic foundation of male reproduction is presented in part 1, including regulation of sperm production, the structure of sperm chromatin, and spermatogenesis. The impact of genetic abnormalities on male infertility is the subject of part 2, covering sperm defects, mitochondrial function and DNA fragmentation. The clinical case material in part 3 illustrates real-world examples of genetic etiologies and the current diagnostic and therapeutic strategies for conditions such as vas asplasia, cryptorchidism, immotile cilia syndrome, sperm aneuploidy and other challenging scenarios. Casting forward, the fourth and final section presents an overview of future possibilities for management of genetic causes of male infertility, including gene editing. Fully exploring the clinical context of these genetic conditions in a practical manner that appeals to the practicing clinician, Genetics of Male Infertility is an exciting and essential text for reproductive medicine specialists, andrologists, urologists, researchers and all other clinicians treating infertile patients.

    Contents:
    Part I: The Genetic Basis of Reproduction
    The Molecular Genetics of Testis Determination
    Molecular Regulation of Sperm Production Cascade
    Spermatozoal Chromatin Structure: Role in Sperm Functions and Fertilization
    Genetic Basis of Endocrine Regulation of Spermatogenesis
    Epidemiology of Genetic Disorders in Male Infertility
    Genetic Evaluation of Male Infertility
    Part II: Impact of Genetics on the Sperm Cell
    Genetic Basis of Sperm Morphologic Defects: Head Defects, Body and Tail Defects
    Mitochondrial Function and Male Infertility
    Sperm DNA Fragmentation and Male Infertility
    The Sperm Epigenome and Potential Implications for the Developing Embryo
    Part III: Clinical Case Scenarios
    Klinefelter Syndrome
    Chromosomal Translocations and Inversion in Male Infertility
    Genetics of Vas Aplasia
    Anomalies of the Y Chromosome
    Infertility and Cryptorchidism
    Kartagener and Immotile Cilia Syndrome
    Persistent Müllerian Duct Syndrome
    Disorders of Sex Determination
    Endocrine Genetic Defects
    Sperm Aneuploidy
    Part IV: Genetic Infertility: Is There Any Hope?- Sperm DNA Fragmentation
    The Potential of CRISPR/Cas Gene Editing to Correct Male Infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Struan F.A. Grant, editor.
    Summary: In the past four years, many genetic loci have been implicated for BMI from the outcomes of genome-wide association studies (GWAS), primarily in adults. Insulin-induced gene 2 (INSIG2) was the first locus to be reported by this method to have a role in obesity, but replication attempts have yielded inconsistent outcomes. The identification of the second locus, the fat mass- and obesity-associated gene (FTO), has been more robustly observed by others. Studies from both FTO knock out and FTO over expression mouse model support the fact that FTO is directly involved in the regulation of energy intake and metabolism in mice, where the lack of FTO expression leads to leanness while enhanced expression of FTO leads to obesity. Along with numerous other studies, a number of genetic variants have been established robustly in the context of obesity, giving us fresh insights into the pathogenesis of the disease. This book provides a comprehensive overview of efforts aimed at uncovering genetic variants associated with obesity, which have been particularly successful in the past 5 years with the advent of genome-wide association studies (GWAS). The Genetics of Obesity covers this state of the art technology and its application to obesity in great detail. Topics include genetics of childhood obesity, genetics of syndromic obesity, copy number variants and extreme obesity, co-morbidities of obesity genetics, and functional follow-up of genetic variants.

    Contents:
    Genetic Variation and Obesity Prior to the Era of Genome-Wide Association Studies
    Genetic Obesity Syndromes
    Genome-Wide Association Studies of Obesity
    Copy Number Variants and their Contribution to the Risk of Obesity
    Genetics of Childhood Obesity
    Genetic Pleiotropies of Obesity
    Functional Follow-up of Genetic Variants Using FTO as the Prime Example.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    H. V. Nema, Nitin Nema, editors.
    Summary: The book focuses on describing the importance of genetics in eye diseases in a comprehensive and concise manner. Mutations in different set of genes have been detected and incriminated in complex mechanisms of causing leading eye diseases such as cataract and glaucoma. This book written by well-established ophthalmologists and geneticists presents a complicated subject in simple and easy to understand manner. Chapters cover the concept of gene therapy which is an emerging subject with high potential. The book includes a separate chapter on genetic counseling, which has become an integral component of ophthalmology. The book will assist the practicing ophthalmologists in early diagnosis of genetic eye diseases as well as help the geneticists in understaning the basic concepts. It will also be useful for students who are preparing for MD, MS, DNB and FRCS examinations.

    Contents:
    A perspective of genes and genetics in ophthalmology
    Genetics of corneal dystrophies
    Genetics of keratoconus
    Genetics of cataract
    Genetics of congenital glaucoma
    Genetics of glaucoma
    Genetics of retinoblastoma
    Genetics of RP
    Genetics of AMD
    Genetics of high myopia
    Genetics of ROP
    Gene therapy in DR
    Genetics of RD
    Genetics of strabismus
    Genetics of dry eye disease
    Genetic counseling.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Javier Martín, Francisco David Carmona, editor.
    Summary: The main aim of this volume is to provide an updated overview of the genetic basis of a group of complex disorders that are considered rare individually, but show a relatively high prevalence on the whole in developed countries: the rare autoimmune diseases. These are chronic disorders that involve long and expensive treatments with considerable side effects that may dramatically reduce the quality of life of affected people. Therefore, shedding light into their pathologic mechanisms is a major concern given their growing social and economic awareness and impact. General sections include different chapters on single entities as systemic lupus and sclerosis, Behçets disease, Sjogrens syndrome and polymiositis, and sections devoted to autoimmune vasculitis, hepatic autoimmune conditions, as well as those affecting the nervous system, and a concluding chapter in which the shared predisposition amongst all diseases is discussed. All the chapters are given a homogeneous scheme in which the authors explain the clinical singularities of every disease and report the recent breakthrough discoveries related to them, giving a critical interpretation and suggesting future perspectives. All contributors are renowned researchers with high expertise in each disease. Due to the exponential increase in our understanding of the genetic causes of these complex diseases, a major advance in biomedical discovery is taking place. However, most of the achievements in this field are very recent and there is a lack of bibliography gathering them together. This book is thus filling a gap and will prove a useful companion to clinicians in the first place (internists, rheumatologists, clinical immunologists, and hematologists) but also to basic and applied researchers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    I Connective tissue diseases
    1 Systemic lupus erythematosus (Possible contributors: Maria Teruel & Marta Alarcón)
    2 Systemic sclerosis (Possible contributors: Elena Lopez-Isac & Marialbert Acosta)
    3 Behçets disease (Possible contributors: Lourdes Ortiz & Francisca Gonzalez-Ecribano)
    4 Sjogren's síndrome (Possible contributors: Pers JO, Renaudineau Y. & Xavier Marriet)
    5 Polymiositis/Dermatomyositis (Possible contributors: Ana Márquez & Albert Selva)
    II Autoimmune Vasculitis
    6 ANCA-associated Vasculitis (Possible contributors: Augusto Vaglio)
    7 Giant Cell Arteritis (Possible contributors: F. David Carmona & Miguel Ángel Gónzalez-Gay)
    8 Takayasus Arteritis (Possible contributors: Amr H. Sawalha)
    9 Kawasakis Disease (Possible contributors: David Burgner)
    III Gastrointestinal and Liver/hepatic Autoimmune Conditions
    10 Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, Sclerosing Cholangitis, and Autoimmune Hepatitis (Possible contributors: G.J. Webb & G.M. Hirschfield)
    IV Central and Peripheral Nervous System
    11 Multiple Sclerosis (Possible contributors: Antonio Alcina & Fuencisla Matesanz)
    12 Myastenia Gravis (Possible contributors: Güher Saruhan Direskeneli)
    V Shared Gentetic Component
    13 Common Genetic Component in Autoimmunity (Possible contributors: Alexandra Sasha)
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael M. Vanyukov, editor.
    Summary: The book illuminates the complex problems in genetic studies of substance use and addiction. It provides a comprehensive overview that fills the gap in the literature and points out future directions. The book includes three sections that apply to any complex traits and disorders, particularly psychological and psychiatric. The first section covers the traits and phenotypes that are the target of genetic research in substance use and addiction. Following this, the second section analyzes the methods and results of biometric genetic studies in this area. The third section reviews research in gene mapping and epigenetics. Genetics of Substance Use is a first-of-its-kind monograph that presents contemporary solutions and methods for a wide range of researchers and practitioners across disciplines.

    Contents:
    Substance use phenotyping
    Substance use: disorders and continuous traits
    Neurobiological systems in substance use
    Psychological mechanisms of substance use
    Biometric genetic studies in substance use
    Twin studies
    Family and adoption studies
    Genomic studies in substance use
    Gene mapping in complex disorders
    Linkage and association studies
    Epigenomic studies
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Libby Edwards, Peter J. Lynch.
    Contents:
    Genital anatomy / Libby Edwards
    Terminology and classification of genital disorders / Peter J Lynch
    General principles of diagnosis and therapy / Peter J Lynch
    Diagnostic and therapeutic procedures / Libby Edwards
    Skin colored lesions / Peter J. Lynch
    Red lesions: patches and plaques / Peter J Lynch, Libby Edwards
    Red papules and nodules / Peter J. Lynch
    White lesions / Libby Edwards
    Dark colored lesions : brown, blue, gray or black disorders / Peter J. Lynch
    Blistering and pustular diseases / Libby Edwards
    Erosions and ulcers / Libby Edwards, Peter J. Lynch
    Edema / Peter J. Lynch
    Pruritus / Peter J. Lynch
    Pediatric genital disease / Libby Edwards
    Vaginitis and balanitis / Libby Edwards
    Special issues in genital dermatology, psychosexual aspects, immunosuppression, and aging / Peter J. Lynch, Libby Edwards.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital/Print
    edited by David F. Paulson.
    Digital Access Springer 1982
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC280.G4 G47
    1
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Siamak Daneshmand, Kevin G. Chan.
    Summary: This book addresses the most pressing current questions in the management of urologic malignancies. Placing the rapid advances in imaging and molecular markers into a clinical context, it explains their effects on prognosis and treatment planning. Similarly, it carefully examines advances in immunotherapy, focusing in particular on the role of immune checkpoint inhibitors in both early- and late-stage urologic malignancies. Looking beyond the improvements in minimally invasive techniques for urologic cancers, it reviews the impacts of care coordination pathways and enhanced recovery after surgery protocols. Futher, the book includes an enlightening discussion of the decision algorithm for the treatment of early-stage, high-grade bladder cancer, taking into account evidence on the most advanced treatment options and the circumstances in which surgery may need to be expedited. The final two chapters are devoted to testicular cancer: the first discusses recent advances in prognostication, while the second elucidates contemporary medical and surgical management.

    Contents:
    New Imaging Techniques in Prostate Cancer
    Targeted ablative therapies for prostate cancer
    Prostate cancer markers
    Prognostic value of CTC's in urologic cancers
    Management of Small Renal Masses
    Advances in the Treatment of Metastatic Renal Cell Carcinoma.-Imaging in urologic cancers
    Molecular prognostication in Bladder cancer
    Early cystectomy for high risk non-muscle invasive disease
    Care-coordination pathway after radical cystectomy
    Current role of checkpoint inhibitors in urologic cancers
    ) The Cancer Genome Atlas Project
    Prognostic models in germ cell tumors
    Modern management of testicular cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC280.G4 G465 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Mukesh G. Harisinghani, Arumugam Rajesh.
    Summary: Covering all modalities currently used as well as emerging novel imaging tools, each chapter covers an aspect of Genitourinary Imaging with a comprehensive coverage of subspeciatlies. Genitourinary Imaging - A Case Based Approach closely mimics day to day clinical practice, and allows retention of pertinent practice information in an easy to understand format. Providing Genitourinary specific content in a portable form that can be used in close proximity to the PACS workstation, Genitourinary Imaging - A Case Based Approach is the perfect book for residents both in training and practicing as well as genitourinary radiologists worldwide.

    Contents:
    1. Adrenal Gland
    2. Kidneys
    3. Ureters
    4. Bladder and Urethra.-5. Retroperitoneum
    6. Female Pelvis
    7. Male Pelvis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Matthew S. Davenport, MD, Assistant Professor, Division of Abdominal Imaging, Department of Radiology, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
    Contents:
    Contrast media
    Kidneys (native and transplant)
    Adrenal glands
    Upper tract (pelvicalyceal system and ureter)
    Lower tract (bladder and urethra)
    Male genital (prostate, penis, scrotum)
    Female genital i (uterus and cervix)
    Female genital ii (ovary, fallopian tube, vagina, and vulva)
    Retroperitoneum
    Review and miscellaneous.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC874 .D38 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Ron Zagoria, Ray Dyer, Christopher Brady.
    Contents:
    An introduction to radiologic methods
    The kidney and retroperitoneum : anatomy and congenital abnormalities / Raymond Dyer
    Renal masses / Ronald Zagoria
    The kidney : the diffuse parenchymal abnormality / Raymond Dyer
    The renal sinus, pelvocalyceal system, and ureter / Ronald Zagoria
    The lower urinary tract / Christopher Brady
    The female genital tract / Christopher Brady
    The male genital tract / Raymond Dyer
    Imaging of the adrenal glands / Christopher Brady
    Interventional genitourinary radiology / Ronald Zagoria.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Ming Zhou, Cristina Magi-Galluzzi.
    Contents:
    Nonneoplastic diseases of the prostate / Kiril Trpkov
    Neoplastic diseases of the prostate / Ming Zhou, Cristina Magi-Galluzzi
    Nonneoplastic diseases of the urinary bladder / Fang-Ming Deng, Jonathan Melamed
    Neoplasms of the urinary bladder / Jesse K. McKenney, Ming Zhou, Cristina Magi-Galluzzi
    Nonneoplastic diseases of the kidney / Stephen M. Bonsib
    Neoplasms of the kidney / Ming Zhou, Eyas M. Hattab, John N. Eble, Liang Cheng
    Introduction to renal biopsy / Laura Barisoni, Lois J. Arend, David B. Thomas
    Diseases of the ureter and renal pelvis / Ximing J. Yang
    Diseases of penis, urethra, and scrotum / Rajal B. Shah
    Nonneoplastic diseases of the testis / Cristina Magi-Galluzzi, Howard S. Levin
    Neoplasms of the testis / Charles C. Guo.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Cristina Magi-Galluzzi, Christopher G. Przybycin, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of the genitourinary tumor pathology field and the most contemporary insights regarding specimen submission, histologic morphology, immunohistochemistry, and molecular studies useful in the diagnosis of genitourinary neoplasms. Discussion of the clinical implications of pathological findings is contributed by renowned clinicians in the field. This handsome volume guides the reader through the intricacies of genitourinary tumor pathology, diagnosis, reporting, and prognosis. Written by experts in the field, Genitourinary Pathology: Practical Advances is of great value to anatomic pathologists, urologists, fellows in genitourinary pathology, as well as upper level residents training in pathology .

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Prostate Revisited: Implications for Prostate Biopsy and Zonal Origins of Prostate Cancer
    Contemporary Gleason Grading System
    Contemporary Prostate Cancer Staging
    Prostate Cancer Reporting on Biopsy and Radical Prostatectomy Specimens
    Unusual Epithelial and Non-Epithelial Neoplasms of the Prostate
    Management Implications Associated with Unusal Morphologic Entities of the Prostate
    Nomograms for Prostate Cancer Decision-Making
    Genetic Determinants of Familial and Hereditary Prostate Cancer
    New Molecular Markers of Diagnosis and Prognosis in Prostate Cancer
    Intraoperative Consultation for Prostate Tumors: Challenges and Implications for Treatment
    Genomics and Epigenomics of Prostate Cancer
    Anatomy of the Urinary Bladder Revisited: Implications for Diagnosis and Staging of Bladder Cancer
    Classification and Histologic Grading of Urothelial Neoplasms by the WHO 2004 (ISUP 1998) Criteria
    Reporting of Bladder Cancer in TURBT and Cystectomy Specimens
    Urothelial Carcinoma Variants: Morphology and Association with Outcomes
    Independent Predictos of Clinical Outcomes and Prediction Models on Bladder and Upper Urinary Tract Cancer
    Familial Urothelial Carcinomas
    New Molecular Markers with Diagnostic and Prognostic Values in Bladder Cancer
    Intraoperative Consultation for Bladder Tumors: Challenges and Implications for Treatment
    Genetic and Epigenetic Alterations in Urothelial Carcinoma
    Urine Cytology
    Anatomy of the Kidney Revisited: Implications for Diagnosis and Staging of Renal Cell Carcinoma
    Classification of Adult Renal Tumors and Grading of Renal Cell Carcinoma
    Tumor Staging for Renal Pathology
    Surgical Pathology Reporting of Renal Cell Carcinomas
    Newly Described Entities in Renal Tumor Pathology
    Clinical and Management Implications Associated with Histologic Subtypes of Renal Cell Carcinomas
    Independent Predictors of Clinical Outcomes and Prediction Models for Renal Tumor Pathology
    Pathology of Inherited Forms of Renal Carcinoma
    The Utility of Immunohistochemistry in the Differential Diagnosis of Renal Cell Carcinomas
    Intraoperative Consultations for Renal Masses: Challenges and Implications for Treatment
    Genetic and Epigenetic Alterations in Renal Cell Carcinoma
    Role of Needle Biopsy in Renal Masses: Past, Present, Future
    Anatomy of the Testis and Staging of its Cancers: Implications for Diagnosis
    Classification of Testicular Tumors
    Testicular Cancer Reporting on Radical Orchiectomy and Retroperitoneal Lymph Node Dissection After Treatment
    Difficult or Newly Described Morphologic Entities in Testicular Neoplasia
    Clinical Implications of the Differnt Histologic Subtypes of Testicular Tumors
    Familial Syndromes Associated with Testicular Tumors
    Molecular and Immunohistochemical Markers of Diagnostic and Prognostic Value in Testicular Tumors
    Intraoperative Consultations for Testicular Tumors: Challenges and Implications for Treatment
    Genetic and Epigenetic Alterations in Testicular Tumors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    N. Reed Dunnick, Jeffrey H. Newhouse, Richard H. Cohan, Katherine E. Maturen.
    Contents:
    Congenital anomalies
    Functional renal anatomy, renal physiology, and contrast media
    The adrenal gland
    The retroperitoneum
    Renal cystic disease
    Renal tumors
    Renal inflammatory disease
    Renal failure
    Renal transplantation
    Vascular diseases
    Urolithiasis and nephrocalcinosis
    Pelvicalyceal system and ureter
    The urinary bladder
    Prostate and seminal vesicles
    Urethra and penis
    Scrotum and contents
    Ovaries and adnexae
    Uterus and cervix
    Female perineum and vagina
    Urinary tract trauma.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Christopher J. VanderBussche, Carla L. Ellis, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the full spectrum of benign and malignant conditions of the genitourinary tract with emphasis on common entities encountered in daily practice. The volume is heavily illustrated and contains useful algorithms that guide the reader through the differential diagnosis and cyto-histologic correlation of common and uncommon entities with appropriate clinical correlations. This book will serve as a valuable quick reference for pathologists, cytopathologists, cytotechnologists, fellows and residents in the field. Genitourinary system cytopathology specimens and small biopsies are common specimens, with a growing number of renal fine needle aspirations and core biopsy procedures being performed each year. Genitourinary System Cytology and Small Biopsy Specimens focuses on the correlation between urinary tract cytology and surgical pathology, including the evaluation of germ cell tumor metastasis to distant sites. Aspiration and exfoliative cytology samples obtained from all areas of and related to the genitourinary tract are highlighted in individualized chapters for these entities. The growing body of information in personalized medicine and molecular discoveries in the field of genitourinary pathology demands focus as well; hence an integrated approach to molecular diagnostics is presented in each chapter. In summary, this book will provide an illustrative and algorithmic approach to every day practice of genitourinary cytopathology and small biopsy material, using appropriate cytologic-histologic correlation format and incorporating recent updates in terminology, guidelines, and ancillary studies.

    Contents:
    Urinary Tract Exfoliative Cytology & Biopsy Specimens: Non-Neoplastic Findings
    Urinary Tract Exfoliative Cytology & Biopsy Specimens: Low Grade Urothelial Neoplasms
    Urinary Tract Exfoliative Cytology & Biopsy Specimens: High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma
    Urinary Tract Exfoliative Cytology & Biopsy Specimens: Other Urothelial Tract Neoplasms
    Renal Fine Needle Aspiration & Core Biopsy Specimens: Renal Cell Carcinomas
    Renal Fine Needle Aspiration & Core Biopsy Specimens: Urothelial Carcinoma and other Non-Renal Malignancies
    Renal Fine Needle Aspiration & Core Biopsy Specimens: Benign Entities and Non-Neoplastic Findings
    Adrenal Gland
    Fine Needle Aspiration & Core Biopsy Specimens: Germ Cell Neoplasms
    Miscellaneous Lesions of the Genitourinary System.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    volume editors, Bruce Birren ... [et al.].
    Contents:
    v. 1. Analyzing DNA
    v. 2. Detecting genes
    v. 3. Cloning systems
    v. 4. Mapping genomes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QH445.2 .G4645
    4
  • Digital
    K.V. Chaitanya.
    Summary: This book provides a detailed and up-to-dated information on the genomes belonging to three major life forms on Earth - archaea, prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Each section describes about the genome of a specific group of organisms, such as viruses, archaea, bacteria, eukaryotes and organellar genomes. Individual chapters provide details of their organization, structure, evolution, sequencing strategies and functions. Further, this book discusses the technologies that are applied for genome sequencing; assembly, annotation and gene prediction. Other topics include the genomes of important model organisms, mitochondria genome of Neanderthal fossil, etc. This book also examines the evolution of chloroplast and mitochondria genomes by comparing with bacteria, addresses the diseases that occur in humans due to the mutations in mitochondrial genome, gene therapy and engineering of chloroplast and mitochondrial genomes. Lastly, it features an overview of the role of proteomics, exposomics, connectomics, metabolomics, and microbiomics. This book is a fascinating read for students, lecturers and researchers in the field of genetics, genomics, microbiology and life sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Structure and Organization of Virus Genomes
    Chapter 2. Archaeal Genomics
    Chapter 3. Structure, Function, and Evolution of Bacterial Genomes
    Chapter 4. Organellar Genome Analysis
    Chapter 5. Eukaryotic Genome Organization, Regulation, Evolution, and Control
    Chapter 6. Genome sequencing, Assembly and Annotation
    Chapter 7. Other Omics Integrated into Biosciences
    Chapter 8.Application of genomics
    Chapter 9. Important Databases Related to the Genomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ju Han Kim.
    Summary: This textbook describes recent advances in genomics and bioinformatics and provides numerous examples of genome data analysis that illustrate its relevance to real world problems and will improve the reader's bioinformatics skills. Basic data preprocessing with normalization and filtering, primary pattern analysis, and machine learning algorithms using R and Python are demonstrated for gene-expression microarrays, genotyping microarrays, next-generation sequencing data, epigenomic data, and biological network and semantic analyses. In addition, detailed attention is devoted to integrative genomic data analysis, including multivariate data projection, gene-metabolic pathway mapping, automated biomolecular annotation, text mining of factual and literature databases, and integrated management of biomolecular databases. This textbook is primarily intended for life scientists, medical scientists, statisticians, data processing researchers, engineers, and other beginners in bioinformatics who are experiencing difficulty in approaching the field. However, it will also serve as a simple guideline for experts unfamiliar with the new, developing subfield of genomic analysis within bioinformatics.

    Contents:
    Part 1. BIOINFORMATICS FOR LIFE AND PERSONAL GENOME INTERPRETATION
    Chapter 1. Bioinformatics For Life
    Chapter 2. Next Generation Sequencing and Personal Genome Data Analysis
    Chapter 3. Personal Genome Data Analysis
    Chapter 4. Personal Genome Interpretation and Disease Risk Prediction
    Part 2. ADVANCED MICROARRAY DATA ANALYSIS
    Chapter 5. Advanced Microarray Data Analysis
    Chapter 6. Gene Expression Data Analysis
    Chapter 7. Gene Ontology and Biological Pathway-based Analysis
    Chapter 8. Gene-set Approaches and Prognostic Subgroup Prediction
    Chapter 9. MicroRNA Data Analysis
    Part 3. NETWORK BIOLOGY, SEQUENCE, PATHWAY AND ONTOLOGY INFORMATICS
    Chapter 10. Network Biology, Sequence, Pathway and Ontology Informatics
    Chapter 11. Motif and Regulatory Sequence Analysis
    Chapter 12. Molecular Pathways and Gene Ontology
    Chapter 13. Biological Network Analysis
    Part 4. SNPS, GWAS AND CNVS, INFORMATICS FOR GENOME VARIANTS
    Chapter 14. SNPs, GWAS, CNVs: Informatics for Human Genome Variations
    Chapter 15. SNP Data Analysis
    Chapter 16. GWAS Data Analysis
    Chapter 17. CNV Data Analysis
    Part 5. METAGENOME AND EPIGENOME, BASIC DATA ANALYSIS
    Chapter 18. Metagenome and Epigenome Data Analysis
    Chapter 19. Metagenome Data Analysis
    Chapter 20. Epigenome Databases and Tools
    Chapter 21. Epigenome Data Analysis
    Appendix A. BASIC PRACTICE USING R FOR DATA ANALYSIS
    Appendix B. APPLICATION PROGRAM FOR GENOME DATA ANALYSIS INSTALL GUIDE.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Toni Cathomen, Matthew Hirsch, Matthew Porteus, editors.
    Contents:
    Gene editing 20 years later
    The development and use of zinc-finger nucleases
    The use and development of TAL effector nucleases
    Genome editing for neuromuscular diseases
    Phage integrases for genome editing
    Precise genome modification using triplex forming oligonucleotides and peptide nucleic acids
    Genome editing by Aptamer-Guided Gene Targeting (AGT)
    Stimulation of AAV gene editing via DSB repair
    Engineered nucleases and trinucleotide repeat diseases
    Using engineered nucleases to create HIV-resistant cells
    Strategies to determine off-target effects of engineered nucleases
    Cellular engineering and disease modeling with gene-editing nucleases
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Krishnarao Appasani ; with a foreword by George M. Church.
    Summary: Recent advances in genome editing tools using endonucleases such as TALENs, ZFNs, and CRISPRs, combined with genomic engineering technologies, have opened up a wide range of opportunities from applications in the basic sciences and disease biology research, to the potential for clinical applications and the development of new diagnostic tools. This complete guide to endonuclease-based genomic engineering gives readers a thorough understanding of this rapidly expanding field. Chapters cover the discovery, basic science, and application of these techniques, focusing particularly on their potential relevance to the treatment of cancer, and cardiovascular and immunological disease. The final section discusses the legal and ethical issues which accompany the technology. Providing authoritative coverage of the potential that genome editing and engineering have, this is an ideal reference for researchers and graduate students and those working in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as in a clinical setting.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Bidyut Kumar Sarmah, Basanta Kumar Borah, editors.
    Summary: This book serves the teachers, researchers and the students as a handy and concise reference as well as guidebook while designing and planning for use of the advanced technologies for crop improvement. The content of the book is designed to cover the latest genome engineering techniques for crop improvement. The conventional breeding has got its limitations such as non-availability of desired genes within the genepool. In many cases, breeding has been highly used and it has nearly reached its highest limit so far as the productivity and production of crops are concerned. However, with increasing need of food and decreasing resources, including water, land, labour, etc., to feed the growing population, the alternative available ways of increasing crop productivity need to be explored and exploited. Genome engineering has a wide scope that includes technologies such as genetic engineering and transgenesis, RNA technologies, CRISPR, cisgenics and subgenics for better productivity and more efficient biotic and abiotic stress management. Therefore, the book is planned to enlighten the readers with the advanced technologies with examples and case studies, whenever possible. Efforts will be made to emphasize on general efforts on various major food crops; however, it would also be made clear that such efforts could be taken as proofs of concepts and that this could be extrapolated keeping the demand in mind.

    Contents:
    Source-Sink relationships and its effect on plant productivity: manipulation of primary carbon and starch metabolism
    Transgenic Approaches to Develop Virus Resistance in Rice
    Virus free improved food in the era of bacterial immunity
    Host-induced gene silencing (HIGS): An emerging strategy for the control of fungal plant diseases
    Genetic Engineering for Biotic Stress Management in Rice
    Genome improvement for rust disease resistance in wheat
    Novel technologies for transgenic management for plant virus resistance
    Cisgenesis: Engineering plant genomes by harnessing compatible gene pools
    Improving biotic and abiotic stress tolerance in plants: A CRISPR-Cas approach
    RNA interference (RNAi) in Functional Genomics of Wheat.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Euan Angus Ashley, M.D., Ph.D.
    Summary: "In The Genome Odyssey, Dr. Euan Ashley, Stanford professor of medicine and genetics, brings the breakthroughs of precision medicine to vivid life through the real diagnostic journeys of his patients and the tireless efforts of his fellow doctors and scientists as they hunt to prevent, predict, and beat disease. Since the Human Genome Project was completed in 2003, the price of genome sequencing has dropped at a staggering rate. It's as if the price of a Ferrari went from $350,000 to a mere forty cents. Through breakthroughs made by Dr. Ashley's team at Stanford and other dedicated groups around the world, analyzing the human genome has decreased from a heroic multibillion dollar effort to a single clinical test costing less than $1,000. For the first time we have within our grasp the ability to predict our genetic future, to diagnose and prevent disease before it begins, and to decode what it really means to be human. In The Genome Odyssey, Dr. Ashley details the medicine behind genome sequencing with clarity and accessibility. More than that, with passion for his subject and compassion for his patients, he introduces readers to the dynamic group of researchers and doctor detectives who hunt for answers, and to the pioneering patients who open up their lives to the medical community during their search for diagnoses and cures. He describes how he led the team that was the first to analyze and interpret a complete human genome, how they broke genome speed records to diagnose and treat a newborn baby girl whose heart stopped five times on the first day of her life, and how they found a boy with tumors growing inside his heart and traced the cause to a missing piece of his genome. These patients inspire Dr. Ashley and his team as they work to expand the boundaries of our medical capabilities and to envision a future where genome sequencing is available for all, where medicine can be tailored to treat specific diseases and to decode pathogens like viruses at the genomic level, and where our medical system as we know it has been completely revolutionized"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I: The early genomes. Patient Zero
    Team of teams
    Once removed
    Genome illumination
    First family
    Buffalo buffalo buffalo
    Starting up, reaching out
    Part II: Disease detectives. Undiagnosed
    The luck of the Irish
    Next-day delivery
    Hoofbeats in Central Park
    Part III: Affairs of the heart. Whisky à go-go
    How many genomes are you?
    Shake, rattle, and roll
    River of the land of pine trees
    Songs in the key of life
    Part IV: Precisely accurate medicine. Superhumans
    Precision medicine
    Genome surgery
    The road ahead.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH447 .A84 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Tatsuhiko Tsunoda, Toshihiro Tanaka, Yusuke Nakamura, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the utility of genome-wide association studies (GWAS) in the era of next-generation sequencing and big data, identifies limitations and potential means of overcoming them, and looks to the future of GWAS and what may lay beyond. GWAS are among the most powerful tools for elucidating the genetic aspects of human and disease diversity. In Genome-Wide Association Studies, experts in the field explore in depth the impacts of GWAS on genomic research into a variety of common diseases, including cardiovascular, autoimmune, diabetic, cancer, and infectious diseases. The book will equip readers with a sound understanding both of the types of disease and phenotypes that are suited for GWAS and of the ways in which a road map resulting from GWAS can lead to the realization of personalized/precision medicine: functional analysis, drug seeds, pathway analysis, disease mechanism, risk prediction, and diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Genotyping and Statistical Analysis
    Genetics of coronary artery disease
    Genetic and Functional Genetics of Autoimmune Diseases
    Genome-Wide Association Study for Type 2 diabetes
    The association of single nucleotide polymorphisms with cancer risk
    Genetics of Infectious Diseases
    Pharmacogenomics
    The Future of and Beyond GWAS.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Geoffrey S. Ginsburg, Huntington F. Willard.
    Contents:
    Family health history and health risk assessment for cardiovascular disease in health care
    Personalized lifestyle medicine
    Lipoprotein disorders
    Metabolic syndrome
    Hypertension
    Novel approaches to cardiovascular diagnostics : focus on coronary artery disease and myocardial infarction
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy in the era of genomic medicine
    Genomics to predict risk of coronary artery disease
    Genomics-guided antithrombotic therapy for acute coronary syndromes
    Heart failure : impact of genetics and genomics
    Arrhythmia genomics
    Genetics and genomics of peripheral arterial disease
    Genetic basis of congenital heart disease
    Perioperative genomics
    Genomics of ischemic stroke and prospects for clinical applications
    Cardiovascular pharmacogenetics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Geoffrey S. Ginsburg, Huntington F. Willard.
    Summary: "Genomic and Precision Medicine: Translation and Implementation highlights the various points along the continuum from health to disease where genomic information is impacting clinical decision-making and leading to more personalization of health care. The book pinpoints the challenges, barriers, and solutions that have been, or are being, brought forward to enable translation of genome based technologies into health care. A variety of infrastructure (data systems and EMRs), policy (regulatory, reimbursement, privacy), and research (comparative effectiveness research, learning health system approaches) strategies are also discussed. Readers will find this volume to be an invaluable resource for the translational genomics and implementation science that is required to fully realize personalized health care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Application of human genome information to clinical practice
    Genome sequencing: new technologies, approaches, applications
    Clinical applications of whole-genome chromosomal microarray analysis
    Transcriptomics in the age of ultra high-throughput sequencing
    Quantitative proteomics in genomic medicine
    Translating genome information into clinical practice and human health
    Big data and translational bioinformatics genomic and personalized medicine
    Biospecimen banking linked to phenotype data
    Electronic health records
    Data sharing and privacy
    Designing genome-based clinical studies
    Developing the evidence to support clinical use genomic biomarkers as diagnostics
    Strategies in the adoption of genome-based diagnostics
    Companion diagnostics
    Health risk assessment and family history
    Clinical decision support
    Implementation science and integration into healthcare systems
    Pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics
    Drug repurposing and repositioning
    Point of care devices
    Overview of policy, ethical and social considerations
    Educational issues and strategies for genomic medicine:
    For professionals
    For the public
    Regulation of genomic technologies
    Economic value of genomic medicine
    Reimbursement
    Impact of patents on genomic medicine.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    series editors: Geoffrey S. Ginsburg, Huntington F. Willard; volume editors: Ephraim L. Tsalik, Christopher W. Woods.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Sean P. David ; series editors, Geoffrey S. Ginsburd, Huntington F. Willard.
    Contents:
    Genomic medicine in primary care / Samuel G. Johnson
    Overview of policy, ethical, and social considerations in genomic and personalized medicine / Susanne B. Haga
    Educational issues and strategies for genomic medicine / Jean Jenkins and Laura Lyman Rodriguez
    Genetic testing for rare and undiagnosed diseases / Thomas Morgan
    Health risk assessments, family health history, and predictive genetic/pharmacogenetic testing / Maria Esperanza Bergendahl, Lori A. Orlando and Latha Palaniappan
    Pharmacogenetics and pharmcogenomics / J. Kevin Hicks and Howard L. McLeod
    Hypertension / Patricia B. Munroe and Helen R. Warren
    Coronary artery disease / Themistocles L. Assimes
    Lung cancer / Yaron B. Gesthalter, Ehab Billatos and Haseena Kathuria
    Breast cancer / Paul K. Marcom
    Colorectal cancer / Roland P. Kuiper, Robbert D.A. Weren and Ad Geurts van Kessel --Prostate cancer / Wennuan Liu, Rong Na, Carly Conran and Jianfeng Xu
    Asthma / Michael J. McGeachie, Damien C. Croteau-Chonka and Scott T. Weiss
    Diabetes / Miriam S. Udler and Jose C. Florez
    Metabolic syndrome / Matthew B. Lanktree and Robert A. Hegele
    Autism spectrum disorder / Akanaksha Saxena and Maria Chahrour
    Viral hepatitis / Thomas Tu, Keyur Patel and Nicholas A. Shackel.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB155 .G46 2017
    1
  • Digital
    George Jabboure Netto, Iris Schrijver, editor.
    Summary: Genomic Applications in Pathology provides a state-of-the art review of the scientific principles underlying next generation genomic technologies and the required bioinformatics approaches to analyses of the daunting amount of data generated by current and emerging genomic technologies. Implementation roadmaps for various clinical assays such as single gene, gene panels, whole exome and whole genome assays are discussed together with issues related to reporting, including the pathologist?s role in interpretation and clinical integration of genomic tests results. Genomic applications for site-specific solid tumors and hematologic neoplasms are detailed, as well as genomic applications in pharmacogenomics, inherited genetic diseases, and infectious diseases. The latest iteration of practice recommendations and guidelines in genomic testing, put forth by stakeholder professional organizations such as the Association for Molecular Pathology and the College of American Pathologists, are also discussed in the volume, as well as regulatory issues and laboratory accreditation related to genomic testing. Written by experts in the field, Genomic Applications in Pathology provides a comprehensive resource that is of great value to practicing molecular pathologists, hematopathologists, other subspecialized pathologists, general pathologists, pathology trainees, oncologists, and geneticists.

    Contents:
    Current Massively Parallel Sequencing Technologies: Platforms and Reporting Considerations
    Emerging Next Generation Sequencing Technologies
    Transcriptome Sequencing (RNA-Seq)
    miRNA Expression Assays
    Circulating Tumor Cells: Enrichment and Genomic Applications
    Circulating Cell-free DNA for Molecular Diagnostics and Therapeutic Monitoring
    Genomic Pathology: Training for New Technology
    Implementation of Genomic Sequencing Assays
    Regulatory and Reimbursement Issues in Genomic Testing
    Patents and Proprietary Assays
    Ethical Issues in Clinical Genetics and Genomics
    Transitioning Discoveries from Cancer Genomics Research Laboratories into Pathology Practice
    Bioinformatics Tools in Clinical Genomics
    Next Generation Sequencing for Single Gene Analysis
    Next Generation Sequencing for Gene Panels
    Implementation of Exome Sequencing Assays
    Implementation of Genome Sequencing Assays
    Clinical Information Systems in the Era of Personalized Medicine
    Reporting Clinical Genomic Assay Results and the Role of the Pathologist
    Genomic Applications in Hematologic Oncology
    Genomic Applications in Brain Tumors
    Genomic Applications in Head and Neck Cancers
    Genomic Applications in Breast Carcinoma
    Genomic Applications in Pulmonary Malignancies
    Genomic Applications in Colorectal and Pancreatic Tumors
    Molecular Pathology of Genitourinary Cancers: Translating the Cancer Genome to the Clinic
    Genomic Applications in Gynecologic Malignancies
    Genomic Applications in Epithelial Ovarian Malignancies
    Genomic Applications in Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    Genomic Applications in Inherited Genetic Disorders
    Genomic Applications in Pharmacogenomics
    Sequencing Cell Free DNA in the Maternal Circulation to Screen for Down Syndrome and Other Common Aneuploidies
    Genomic Applications in the Clinical Management of Infectious Diseases. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    George Jabboure Netto, Karen L. Kaul, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Yihong Yao, Bahija Jallal, Koustubh Ranade.
    Summary: Genomic Biomarkers for Pharmaceutical Development: Advancing Personalized Health Care provides an in-depth review of the state of translational science across all stages of pharmaceutical development with a special focus on personalized health care. This book provides a complete picture of biomarker development and validation in a pharmaceutical setting while addressing the inherent challenges of targeting the appropriate indications, biomarker robustness, regulatory hurdles, commercialization and much more. It features case studies devoted to the applications of pharmacogenomics, toxicogenomics, and other genetic technologies as they support drug discovery and development. With chapters written by international authorities in industry and academia, this work is a truly unique presentation of the thoughts and approaches that lead to the development of personalized medicine. Intended for all those involved in clinical translational research, this book is the ideal resource for scientists searching for the applications, strategies and successful approaches of translational science in pharmaceutical development. Provides case studies in applications of pharmacodynamic and predictive markers in drug development in oncology, autoimmunity, respiratory diseases and infectious diseases. Shows how to identify potential new therapeutic targets in different diseases and provides examples of potential new disease indications for life cycle management of drugs. Authored by leading international experts from industry and academia.

    Contents:
    1. Application of translational science to clinical development / Koustubh Ranade [and five others]
    2. Personalized health care (PHC) in cancer / Nicholas C. Dracopoli, Katie Streicher
    3. Personalized healthcare in autoimmune diseases / Cornelis L. Verweij, Brandon W. Higgs, Yihong Yao
    4. Molecular heterogeneity, biomarker discovery, and targeted therapy in asthma / Joseph R. Arron, Jeffrey M. Harris
    5. microRNA biomarkers as potential diagnostic markers for cancer / Elizabeth Mambo [and five others]
    6. Toxicogenomics
    a drug development perspective / Yuping Wang, Jurgen Borlak, Weida Tong
    7. Translating biomarker discovery into companion diagnostics through validation and regulatory consideration / Philip Brohawn [and four others].
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Chittaranjan Kole, editor.
    Summary: This book highlights modern methods and strategies to improve cereal crops in the era of climate change, presenting the latest advances in plant molecular mapping and genome sequencing. Spectacular achievements in the fields of molecular breeding, transgenics and genomics in the last three decades have facilitated revolutionary changes in cereal- crop-improvement strategies and techniques. Since the genome sequencing of rice in 2002, the genomes of over eight cereal crops have been sequenced and more are to follow. This has made it possible to decipher the exact nucleotide sequence and chromosomal positions of agroeconomic genes. Most importantly, comparative genomics and genotyping-by-sequencing have opened up new vistas for exploring available biodiversity, particularly of wild crop relatives, for identifying useful donor genes. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Genomics-assisted breeding of climate-smart inbred and hybrid rice varieties / Jauhar Ali, Anumalla Mahender, G. D. Prahalada, Ma. Anna Lynn Sevilla, Angelito Galang, Erik Jon De Asis et al.
    Advanced genomics and breeding tools to accelerate the development of climate resilient wheat / Yuanfeng Hao, Awais Rasheed, Robert Jackson, Yonggui Xiao, Yong Zhang, Xianchun Xia et al.
    Increasing genetic gains in maize in stress-prone environments of the tropics / B. M. Prasanna, Sudha K. Nair, Raman Babu, Manje Gowda, Xuecai Zhang, Yunbi Xu et al.
    Genomic approaches for climate resilience breeding in oats / Julio Isidro-Sánchez, Elena Prats, Catherine Howarth, Tim Langdon, Gracia Montilla-Bascón
    Genomic designing for climate smart sorghum / Ganapathy Kuyyamudi Nanaiah, Sujay Rakshit
    Genomic designing of pearl millet : a resilient crop for arid and semi-arid environments / Desalegn D. Serba, Rattan S. Yadav, Rajeev K. Varshney, S. K. Gupta, Govindaraj Mahalingam, Rakesh K. Srivastava et al.
    Genomic designing for climate smart finger millet / Damaris Achieng Odeny, Adnan Niazi, Kassahun Tesfaye, Dagnachew Lule, Solomon Wanyonyi, Josephine Sarah Kunguni.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chittaranjan Kole, editor.
    Summary: This edited book provides a comprehensive overview of modern strategies in fruit crop breeding in the era of climate change and global warming. It demonstrates how advances in plant molecular and genomics-assisted breeding can be utilized to produce improved fruit crops with climate-smart traits. Agriculture is facing a number of challenges in the 21st century, as it has to address food, nutritional, energy and environmental security. Future fruit varieties must be adaptive to the varying scenarios of climate change, produce higher yields of high-quality food, feed, and fuel and have multiple uses. To achieve these goals, it is imperative to employ modern tools of molecular breeding, genetic engineering and genomics for precise plant breeding to produce designed fruit crop varieties. This book is of interest to scientists working in the fields of plant genetics, genomics, breeding, biotechnology, and in the disciplines of agronomy and horticulture.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Abbreviations
    1 Genomic Designing for New Climate-Resilient Almond Varieties
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Designing Climate-Resilient Almond Varieties
    1.3 Prioritizing Climate-Smart (CS) Agronomic Traits
    1.3.1 Flowering Time
    1.3.2 Cold Tolerance
    1.3.3 Drought Resistance
    1.3.4 Chemical and Nutritional Values
    1.4 Marker-Assisted Breeding for CS Traits
    1.4.1 Development and Application of DNA Markers
    1.4.2 Development and Application of RNA Markers
    1.4.3 Development and Application of Epigenetic Marks 1.5 Concluding Remark and Future Prospects
    References
    2 Challenges and Strategies for Developing Climate-Smart Apple Varieties Through Genomic Approaches
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Impact of Climate Change on Apple
    2.3 Need for Adaptation to Climate Change
    2.4 Efforts to Develop Climate-Smart Apple Varieties
    2.4.1 Dormancy and Dormancy Release
    2.4.2 Abiotic Stress
    2.4.3 Biotic Stress
    2.4.4 Fruit Quality
    2.4.5 Root Stock Characterization
    2.5 Molecular Mapping of Genes/QTLs
    2.6 Digital Breeding for Development of Climate-Smart Apple Varieties 2.6.1 Apple Databases
    2.6.2 Other Digital Resources Available for the Apple Breeders
    2.6.3 Data Repositories for the Gene Banks
    2.6.4 Digital Image-Based Phenotyping
    2.7 Concluding Remark and Future Prospects
    References
    3 Genomic Designing for New Climate-Resilient Apricot Varieties in a Warming Context
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Design of New Climate-Resilient Apricot Varieties
    3.3 Prioritizing Climate-Smart (CS) Agronomic Traits
    3.3.1 Flowering Time
    3.3.2 Drought Resistance
    3.3.3 Fruit Quality and Nutritional Values
    3.4 Marker-Assisted Selection 3.4.1 Development and Application of DNA Markers
    3.4.2 Development and Application of RNA Markers
    3.4.3 Development and Application of Epigenetic Markers
    3.5 Concluding Remark and Future Prospects
    References
    4 Breeding Climate-Resilient Bananas
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 The Structure and Physiology of Banana
    4.3 Plant Physiological Responses to Water Deficit
    4.4 Molecular Approaches to Drought Stress in Banana
    4.5 Breeding
    4.5.1 Defining the Scope of the Breeding Program
    4.5.2 Challenges Specific to Banana Breeding
    4.5.3 Phenotyping 4.5.4 Defining the Appropriate Environment for Phenotyping
    4.6 Recommendations
    References
    5 Toward Development of Climate-Resilient Citrus
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Prioritizing Climate-Smart (CS) Traits
    5.2.1 Role of Exogenous and Endogenous Factors in Flowering
    5.2.2 An Insight into the Responses of Citrus to Different Abiotic Stresses
    5.2.3 Molecular Mechanism of Citrus-Xylella Fastidiosa Interactions Revealed by Transcriptome Characterization
    5.3 Linkage Mapping and Quantitative Trait Loci (QTL) Analysis
    5.3.1 Genomics-Aided Breeding for CS Traits
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chittaranjan Kole, editor.
    Summary: This book highlights modern strategies and methods to improve oilseed crops in the era of climate change, presenting the latest advances in plant molecular breeding and genomics-driven breeding. Spectacular achievements in the fields of molecular breeding, transgenics and genomics in the last three decades have facilitated revolutionary changes in oilseed- crop-improvement strategies and techniques. Since the genome sequencing of rice, as the first crop plant, in 2002, the genomes of about one dozen oilseed crops have been sequenced and more are to follow. This has made it possible to decipher the exact nucleotide sequence and chromosomal positions of agroeconomic genes. Most importantly, comparative genomics and genotyping-by-sequencing have opened up new vistas for exploring available biodiversity, particularly of wild crop relatives, for identifying useful donor genes.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Abbreviations; 1 Approaches, Applicability, and Challenges for Development of Climate-Smart Soybean; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Prioritizing Climate-Smart Traits; 1.2.1 Flowering Time and Maturity; 1.2.1.1 Overview of Flowering and Maturity Regulating Genes in Soybean; 1.2.1.2 Cloning Genes Underlying the Flowering and Maturity Traits; 1.2.1.3 Application of Classification of Maturity Group (MG) in Soybean; 1.2.2 Seed Composition; 1.2.2.1 Oil; Genetic Regulation of Seed Oil Production; Metabolic Engineering of Fatty Acid Composition 1.12.1 Achievements of Transgenic Approaches1.12.1.1 Insect Resistance; 1.12.1.2 Disease Resistance; 1.12.1.3 Abiotic Stress Resistance; 1.12.1.4 Herbicide Resistance; 1.12.1.5 Increased Oil Content; 1.13 Recent Concepts and Strategies Development; 1.13.1 Gene Editing; 1.13.1.1 Concerns and Compliances About Gene Editing and Genetically Modified Crops; 1.13.2 Nanotechnology; 1.14 Brief Account on the Role of Bioinformatics as a Tool; 1.14.1 Gene and Genome Databases; 1.14.1.1 Phytozome (http://www.phytozome.net/soybean); 1.14.1.2 SoyBase (http://soybase.org/index.php) 1.14.1.3 SoyGD (http://soybeangenome.siu.edu/)1.14.2 Soybean Omics Databases; 1.14.2.1 Gene Networks in Seed Development (http://estdb.biology.ucla.edu/seed/); 1.14.2.2 The Soybean Genomics and Microarray Database (SGMD) (http://psi081.ba.ars.usda.gov/SGMD/Default.htm); 1.14.2.3 SoyXpress (http://soyxpress.agrenv.mcgill.ca/); 1.14.2.4 The Soybean Proteome Database (SPD, http://proteome.dc.affrc.go.jp/soybean/); 1.14.2.5 Soybean Knowledge Base (SoyKB) (http://soykb.org/); References; 2 Genetic Solutions to Improve Resilience of Canola to Climate Change; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction 1.2.2.2 ProteinSeed Protein Composition; Genetic Regulation of Protein Content; 1.2.3 Abiotic Stress Tolerance; 1.2.3.1 Drought Tolerance; Root System Architectures and Anatomy; Water Use Efficiency and Canopy Wilting; Sustained N-Fixation Under Drought; 1.2.3.2 Waterlogging Tolerance; 1.2.3.3 Salt Tolerance; 1.2.3.4 Heat Tolerance; 1.2.3.5 Cold Tolerance; 1.2.4 Biotic Stress Tolerance; 1.2.4.1 Insect Resistance; 1.2.4.2 Disease Resistance; 1.2.5 Nutrient Use Efficiency; 1.3 Genetic Resources of Climate-Smart Genes; 1.4 Brief on Diversity Analysis 1.4.1 Phenotype-Based Diversity Analysis in Soybean Varieties1.4.2 Genotype-Based Diversity Analysis: Molecular Markers; 1.4.3 Relationship with Other Cultivated Species and Wild Relatives; 1.4.4 Relationship with Geographical Distribution; 1.5 Population Structures of Soybean in Nature; 1.6 Association Mapping Studies; 1.7 Brief Account of Molecular Mapping of CS Genes and QTLs; 1.8 Map-Based Cloning of CS Genes; 1.9 Marker-Assisted Breeding for CS Traits; 1.10 Genomic Resources; 1.11 Genomics-Assisted Breeding for CS Traits; 1.12 Brief on Genetic Engineering for CS Traits
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Chittaranjan Kole, editor.
    Summary: This book describes the concepts, strategies and techniques for pulse-crop improvement in the era of climate change, highlighting the latest advances in plant molecular mapping and genome sequencing. Genetic mapping of genes and QTLs has broadened the scope of marker-assisted breeding and map-based cloning in almost all major pulse crops. Genetic transformation, particularly using alien genes conferring resistance to herbicide, insects and diseases has facilitated the development of a huge number of genetically modified varieties of the major pulse crops. Since the genome sequencing of rice in 2002, genomes of over 7 pulse crops have been sequenced. This has resulted in the possibility of deciphering the exact nucleotide sequence and chromosomal positions of agroeconomic genes. Most importantly, comparative genomics and genotyping-by-sequencing has opened up a new vista for exploring wild crop relatives for identification of useful donor genes.

    Contents:
    Common bean
    Pigeonpea Genomic interventions to improve resilience of pigeonpea in changing climate
    Chickpea Breeding and genomic approaches for sustaining chickpea yield under changing climate
    Lentil Towards climate resilient lentils-advances in abiotic and biotic stress resistance
    MungbeanGenomic perspectives towards development of climate-smart mungbean: Perspective and future
    Pea Title: Pea and Climate Change: Possibilities of Adaptation through Genomic Selection and Breeding
    Faba Bean Genomics-aided breeding for CS traits in Faba bean
    Bambara Groundnut: An old crop for the climate change era
    Lathyrus "Grass pea: Remodelling an ancient insurance crop for the 21st century."
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Chittaranjan Kole, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews modern strategies in the breeding of vegetables in the era of global warming. Agriculture is facing numerous challenges in the 21st century, as it has to address food, nutritional, energy and environmental security. Future vegetable varieties must be adaptive to the varying scenarios of climate change, produce higher yields of high- quality food and feed and have multiple uses. To achieve these goals, it is imperative to employ modern tools of molecular breeding, genetic engineering and genomics for 'precise' plant breeding to produce 'designed' vegetable varieties adaptive to climate change. This book is of interest to scientists working in the fields of plant genetics, genomics, breeding, biotechnology, and in the disciplines of agronomy and horticulture.

    Contents:
    Climate-smart potato: An integrated breeding, genomics and phenomics approach
    Genomic designing for climate-smart tomato
    The importance of genetic and epigenetic research in the Brassica vegetables in the face of climate change
    Eggplant breeding and improvement for future climates.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Chris Maxwell, Cal Roskelley, editors.
    Summary: Metastasis is the primary cause of mortality associated with cancer, and tumor genomic heterogeneity is a likely source for the cells that support cancer progression, resistance to therapy, and disease relapse. This book connects cancer metastasis with genomic instability in a comprehensive manner. Section 1 outlines the fundamental mechanisms responsible for these cellular and tissue phenotypes. Section 2 discusses in silico, in vitro, and in vivo models used for the experimental study of these processes. Section 3 reviews emerging themes (ex., microenvironment, mechanotransduction, and immunomodulation), and Section 4 highlights new therapeutic approaches to overcome the unique challenges presented by the heterogeneous and metastatic tumor. This book is intended for undergraduates and postgraduates with an interest in the areas of medicine, oncology, and cancer biology as well as for the content expert searching for thorough reviews of current knowledge in these areas.

    Contents:
    Preface.- Cancer Metastasis: Tracking and Attacking a Moving Target.- The generation, detection, and prevention of genomic instability during cancer progression and metastasis.- DNA damage response pathways in cancer predisposition and progression.- Mathematical modeling for DNA repair, carcinogenesis and cancer detection.- Animal models of metastasis.- Microenvironmental Control Of Metastatic Progression.- 7 Mechanotransduction, metastasis and genomic instability
    8 Immunomodulation and Genomic Instability
    9 Synthetic Genetic Approaches in Colorectal Cancer: Exploiting and Targeting Genome Instability
    Nanomedicine ? Nanoparticles in Cancer Imaging and Therapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Laura J. Tafe, Maria E. Arcila, editors.
    Summary: The field of Molecular Diagnostics is rapidly evolving and molecular characterization of neoplasms is becoming an increasingly important part of the pathologic work up and diagnosis of many tumor types. This work provides a high-yield reference book that compiles critical information related to molecular biomarkers for various solid tumor and hematologic malignancy subtypes. It is succinct yet comprehensive enough to be suitable for fellows in training and medical professionals with an interest in molecular pathology and biomarkers. The book covers many aspects of molecular diagnostics, from techniques to applications and comprehensive summaries of the current molecular biomarkers of critical importance in solid and liquid tumors. Attention is also specifically devoted to bioinformatics and next generation sequencing, as well as pre-analytical issues that must be considered for accurate interpretation of molecular results in the context of overall patient care. This text focuses on clinical utility and validity and serves as an "owners manual" in Genomic Diagnostics for the practicing pathologist, pathology fellows and residents and other health care providers. Physicians will find this book invaluable as a quick reference for current molecular testing modalities and guidelines, tumor board preparation, deciding which test to order and interpreting genomic laboratory results. In addition, it is an accessible for trainees as a board review preparation reference.

    Contents:
    Pre-Analytics, Current Testing Technologies, and Limitations of Testing
    Next Generation Sequencing
    Cell Free DNA Testing
    Role of Bioinformatics in Molecular Medicine
    Interpreting Genomic Reports
    Lung Carcinoma
    GI including GIST
    Breast
    Genitourinary Tumors
    Gynecologic Malignancies
    Sarcomas
    Salivary Gland Carcinomas
    Sinonasal Carcinomas
    Acute Myeloid Neoplasms
    Chronic Myeloid Neoplasms
    Lymphomas.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Catalina Lopez-Correa, George P. Patrinos.
    Summary: Genomic Medicine in Resource-limited Countries: Genomics for Every Nation provides in-depth analysis and key examples of the implementation of medical genomics in low-income nations across the globe, demonstrating how this advancing medical science has not only transformed health systems, but also led to improved patient care in Indonesian, Nepalese, Chilean, Malaysian, Tanzanian, Argentinian, Chinese, Sri Lankan and Columbian populations, among others. In addition to defining tools, diagnostics and treatment pathways at the population-wide level for medical geneticists, genomic researchers and public health workers, this book offers a case-study based approach that helps users understand how genomic medicine is used in disease-management.

    Contents:
    Front matter
    Copyright
    Contributors
    Genomic Medicine in Developing and Emerging Economies: State-of-the-Art and Future Trends
    Taking Genomics From the Bench to the Bedside in Developing Countries
    Genomics and Public Health: China’s Perspective
    Leveraging International Collaborations to Advance Genomic Medicine in Colombia
    Screening for Hereditary Cancer in Latin America
    Implementing Genomics in the Care of Neuropsychiatric Patients in Latin America
    Experience in the Development of Genomics Companies During the Last 20 Years in Argentina
    Economic Evaluation and Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Genomic Medicine Interventions in Developing and Emerging Countries
    Raising Genomics Awareness Among the General Public and Educating Healthcare Professionals on Genomic Medicine
    The Genomic Medicine Alliance: A Global Effort to Facilitate the Introduction of Genomics into Healthcare in Developing Nations
    Index
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Joel Ira Weller.
    Contents:
    Historical overview
    Types of current genetic markers and genotyping methodologies
    Advanced animal breeding programs prior to genomic selection
    Economic evaluation of genetic breeding programs
    Least squares, maximum likelihood and Bayesian parameter estimation
    Trait-based genetic evaluation, the mixed model
    Maximum likelihood and Bayesian estimation of QTL parameters with random effects included in the model
    Maximum likelihood, restricted maximum likelihood and Bayesian estimation for mixed models
    Distribution of genetic effects, theory and results
    The multiple comparison problem
    Linkage mapping of QTL
    Linkage disequilibrium mapping of QTL
    Marker assisted selection, basic strategies
    Genetic evaluation based on dense marker maps, basic strategies
    Genetic evaluation based on analysis of genetic evaluations or daughter-yield evaluations
    Genomic evaluation based on analysis of production records
    Validation of methods for genomic estimated breeding values
    Byproducts of Genomic evaluation analysis: pedigree validation and determination
    Imputation of missing genotypes : methodologies, accuracies, and effects on genomic evaluations
    Detection and validation of quantitative trait nucleotides (QTN)
    Future directions and conclusions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Babak Arjmand, editor.
    Contents:

    Chapter 1: Trying to reveal the mysteries of stem cells using "omics" strategies.-
    Chapter 2: Genomics, Proteomics, and Metabolomics for Stem Cells Monitoring in Regenerative Medicine.-
    Chapter 3: Metabolic profiling of the Mesenchymal Stem Cells' Secretome.-
    Chapter 4: Different Gene Expression Profile of Mesenchymal Stem Cells from Various Sources.-
    Chapter 5: Genomic and Proteomic Monitoring of Stem Cell-Derived Exosomes.-
    Chapter 6: Proteomics Approaches Applied to Regenerative Medicine; Perspectives in stem cell Proteomics.-
    Chapter 7: Lipidomics of Adipogenic Differentiation of Mesenchymal Stem Cells.-
    Chapter 8: OMICs Profiling of Cancer Cells.-
    Chapter 9: Genomics, Proteomics and Metabolomics of Cancer Stem Cells (CSCs).-
    Chapter 10: From OMICs to Ethics, points to start the debate.- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    György Marko-Varga, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a valuable resource that allows students, researchers, educators and the general public to learn about proteomics and genomics. Chromosomes form the basis for our genetic heritage and are the code for protein synthesis. The Human Genome Map was presented in 2002, and the Proteome Sequence Map is currently being created by a global consortia initiative. Proteome and genome building blocks already form the basis of scientific research areas and shape major areas of the pharmaceutical and biomedical industries. The book provides background information on and our current understanding of these gene and protein areas, and explains in detail how cutting-edge science is using these resources to develop new medicines and new diagnostics for patient treatment and care. The book will benefit all students and researchers who need a good understanding of genomics and proteomics within the clinical field. Its content is also suitable for a broad readership, including those not specialized in this field. Dr. Marko-Varga is head of Div. Clinical Protein Science & Imaging at the Biomedical Center, Dept. of Measurement Technology and Industrial Electrical Engineering, Lund University. He's also Professor at the 1st Department of Surgery, Tokyo Medical University, Tokyo, Japan.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Unknown Proteins Coded by the Human Chromosome
    Chromosome Transcript Profiling
    Standardization of Proteome Annotations
    Mass Spectrometry Protein Sequencing Technology Platforms
    Post Translational Modifications within the Human Proteome
    NAPPA Array
    Protein Microarray Technology
    Clinical Bioinformatics
    A New Emerging Science
    Computational Science within Genomics and Proteomics
    Rapid Advances in the Field of Epigenetics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vijay Rani Rajpal, Deepmala Sehgal, Avinash Kumar, S.N. Raina, editors.
    Summary: Abiotic Stress Tolerance Related Genomics-assisted Breeding for Crop Improvement Volume 2 is a compilation of the status of genomics-assisted breeding in various crops in the era of high throughput genotyping and phenotyping platforms. How scientists have utilized these new platforms on their germplasm for identification of novel genes and alleles for abiotic stress tolerance is described. The articles in the book include topics specifically in the areas of genetics and genomics of stomatal traits for improving drought tolerance, genomics-based approaches for improving abiotic stress tolerance, quantitative trait loci (QTL) mapping and association mapping for abiotic stress tolerance related traits and candidate genes for abiotic stress tolerance. In addition, chapters have been included on innovative role of double haploids in genomics-assisted crop improvement for abiotic stress tolerance. Overall, the collation will be very useful to scientists working in similar areas as well as to graduate and undergraduate students who want to get information of QTLs, genes etc. for a particular crop at one place.

    Contents:
    1. Progress towards identification of candidate genes for abiotic stress tolerance in wheat
    2. Genomics and molecular breeding for improving tolerance to abiotic stress in barley
    3. Genomics-Assisted Selection for Drought Tolerance in Maize
    4. Genomics-assisted breeding for enhanced drought tolerance in chickpea (Cicer arietinum L.)
    5. Genomics assisted approaches for improving abiotic stress tolerance in forage grasses
    6. Genomics-Assisted Breeding for Drought Tolerance in Cowpea
    7. Hybrid wheat and abiotic stress tolerance
    8. Innovative role of DH breeding in genomics assisted-crop improvement: focus on drought tolerance in Wheat
    9. Field Phenotyping Strategies for Peanut to Drought and Molecular Markers for Crop Improvement
    10. Developing Climate Resilient Versions of Popular Rice Varieties by Genomics-Assisted Backcross Breeding
    11. Genomics based approaches for enhancing abiotic stress tolerance in rice
    12. QTLs for abiotic stress resistance and their effectiveness for breeding in rice
    13. Molecular aspects of responses to cold stress in temperate fruit crops with emphasis on Rosaceae species
    14. Genomics-assisted breeding of foxtail millet (Setaria italica)
    15. Genomics of abiotic stress tolerance in soybeans
    16. Genetics and Genomics of Stomatal and Epidermal Cell Traits for Improving Drought Tolerance in cereals
    17. Genomics of abiotic stress response and management in sugarcane.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Yashwant Pathak, editor.
    Summary: This book evaluates trends arising in "--Omics" sciences in terms of their current and potential future application to therapeutic design and understanding of disease. Chapters consider the impact of pharmacogenomics and bioinformatics on drug development, as well as trends in genomics, as applied to understanding of neurodegenerative and lung disease, psychiatry and oncology. Following the genome studies released in early part of this century, the advent of the -Omics sciences (genomics and pharmacogenomics, proteomics, metabolomics, transcriptomics) has seen the expansion of a vast knowledgebase with utility in preventing and treating disease, and improving health for all. Bioinformatics and improved pharmacogenetic understanding forge a path for improved drug discovery and design methods accounting for differences in delivery and disposition across populations.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Omics-Driven Trends in Disease Prevention and Better Healthcare; Contents; Contributors;
    1: Rethinking Drug Discovery and Targeting After the Genomic Revolution; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Genomic Revolution; 1.3 Changing Scenario in Drug Discovery and Targeting; 1.3.1 A New Pattern for Drug Development in the Form of Pharmacogenomics; 1.3.2 Personalized Medicine for Individual Genomes; 1.4 Paradigm Shift in the Treatment of Disease in the Postgenomic Era; 1.4.1 Shift in Treatment and Drug Development for Cancer 1.4.2 Shift in Treatment and Drug Development for Cardiovascular Disease1.4.3 Shift in Treatment and Drug Development for Tuberculosis; References;
    2: Living Between Sickness and Health: Where Is the Human Genome Leading Us?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Cancer; 2.2.1 Lung Cancer; 2.2.2 Breast Cancer; 2.2.3 Prostate Cancer; 2.2.4 Colorectal Cancer; 2.3 Cardiovascular System; 2.3.1 Coronary Heart Disease; 2.3.2 Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension; 2.3.3 Stroke; 2.3.4 Dyslipidemia; 2.4 Mental Illness; 2.4.1 Depression/Bipolar Disorder; 2.4.2 Parkinson's Disease; 2.4.3 Alzheimer's Disease 2.4.4 SchizophreniaReferences;
    3: Pharmacogenomics: Setting Newer Paradigms of Genetics in Therapy and Medicine; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Pharmacogenomics: Genetic Variability and Pharmacokinetics; 3.3 Pharmacogenetics and Drug Pharmacodynamics; 3.4 Different Types of Genetic Polymorphisms and Their Impact on Pharmacotherapy; 3.4.1 Single-Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs); 3.4.2 Noncoding Region Polymorphisms; 3.4.2.1 Promoter Polymorphism; 3.4.2.2 5' and 3' UTR Polymorphism; 3.4.2.3 Splice Site Polymorphism; 3.4.2.4 Short Tandem Repeat Polymorphism 3.4.2.5 Insertion/Deletion Polymorphism (Indels)3.5 Technologies of Pharmacogenomics; 3.6 Clinical Relevance of Pharmacogenomics; 3.6.1 Side Effects and Toxicity; 3.6.2 Therapeutic Efficacy; 3.7 Applications of Pharmacogenomics; 3.7.1 Pharmacogenomics: Improving Productivity of Drug Development Process; 3.7.2 Pharmacogenomics: Establishing Drug Safety; 3.7.3 Pharmacogenomics: Development of Molecular Diagnostics; 3.7.4 Pharmacogenomics: Application for Personalized Medicine; 3.8 Pharmacogenomics and Its Impact on Pharmaceutical Market; 3.8.1 Market Segmentation 3.8.2 Market Expansion3.9 Challenges of Pharmacogenomics; 3.9.1 Financing Personalized Healthcare; 3.9.2 Ethical and Legal Issues; 3.9.3 Scientific Uncertainty; 3.10 Future Prospects of Pharmacogenomics; References;
    4: Bioinformatics and Pharmacogenomics: Tools to Understand and Accelerate Infectious Disease Control; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Infectious Diseases Scenario in Developing Countries; 4.3 Need for Developing Bioinformatics Tools; 4.4 Clinical Bioinformatics; 4.5 Bioinformatics Tools for Population Science Study; 4.5.1 Google Trends
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Susan G. Dorsey, Angela R. Starkweather, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the field of pain genomics and the genomics of related, or co-occuring, symptoms, the current state-of-the-science, and challenges that remain. It brings differing views in the field together and provides examples of translational science from using cellular and rodent models to human clinical trials. This book's structure leads the reader through the physiology of pain and genomics into how pain is studied, mechanisms of acute and chronic pain, various protocols that are used throughout the field along with the pros/cons of the current methods used, and project into the future of pain genomics. This work is intended for classroom teaching, for nurses, for novice researchers in symptom science and pain research as well as students and postdoctoral fellows.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: History of Integrating Genomics in Nursing Research: The Importance of Omics in Symptom Science
    1.1 The Unique Perspective Nurse Scientists Bring to Symptom Science Research
    1.2 The History of Promoting Precision Health Research at NINR
    1.2.1 Harnessing the Future with Genetics and Genomics: Education and Funding Initiatives
    1.3 Efforts to Develop Nursing Research Expertise in Genomics and Symptom Science
    1.4 NIH Symptom Science Model
    1.5 NINR's Division of Intramural Research and Symptom Science 1.6 NINR's Support of Symptom Science and Omics Research
    1.6.1 Extramural Symptom Science and Omics Research Training
    1.7 Trans-NIH Initiatives
    1.7.1 The NIH Pain Consortium
    1.7.2 The All of Us Research Program
    1.7.3 Common Data Elements
    1.7.4 Repurposing Omics Data
    1.8 Conclusion
    References
    2: Introduction to Omics Approaches in Symptom Science
    2.1 Genomics
    2.2 Transcriptomics
    2.3 Epigenomics
    2.4 Proteomics
    2.5 Metabolomics
    2.6 Microbiomics
    2.7 Overall Omics Study Design Considerations and Challenges
    References 3: Pain Physiology and the Neurobiology of Nociception
    3.1 Pain Defined
    3.2 Categories of Pain
    3.2.1 Ascending Pain Pathway
    3.2.2 Descending Pain Modulation
    References
    4: Pre-Clinical Models of Pain
    4.1 Reflexive Pain Testing
    4.2 Non-reflexive Pain Testing
    4.3 Disease- or Injury-Specific Pain Models
    4.4 Conclusions
    References
    5: Clinical Pain Phenotyping for Omics Studies
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Special Considerations for Omics Studies
    5.3 Pain Phenotyping
    5.3.1 Demographic and Environmental Characteristics
    5.4 Clinical Pain Phenotyping 5.4.1 Diagnostic Criteria
    5.4.2 Self-report Measures
    5.4.3 Controls
    5.5 Psychosocial Phenotyping
    5.5.1 Anxiety
    5.5.2 Depression
    5.5.3 Stress and Mood
    5.5.4 General Symptoms and Somatization
    5.5.5 Catastrophizing and Coping
    5.5.6 Fatigue and Sleep
    5.6 Experimental Pain Phenotyping
    5.6.1 Best Practices for QST Experiments
    5.6.2 Tests of Thermal Sensitivity
    5.6.3 Tests of Mechanical Sensitivity
    5.6.4 Dynamic QST Measures
    5.7 Electronic Phenotyping
    5.8 Summary
    References 6: Genomics of Breast Cancer and Treatment-Related Pain and Comorbid Symptoms
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Theoretical Models Used in Cancer Symptom Research
    6.3 Incorporation of Salient Factors in Cancer Symptoms Research
    6.4 Genotypic Studies in Breast Cancer Populations: Focus on Pain
    6.5 Focus on the Psychoneurological Symptom Cluster
    6.6 Additional Considerations of Sex, Race, Ethnicity, and Social Determinants of Health
    6.7 Capturing Changes Over Time: Gene Expression and Epigenomics
    6.8 Conclusions
    References
    7: Low Back Pain
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Muscles of the Lower Back.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by L. María Sierra, Isabel Gaivão.
    Summary: Genotoxicity and DNA Repair: A Practical Approach provides a key reference for determining how to analyze the genotoxic activity of molecules or materials and, at the same time, serves as a useful tool for researchers in the Environmental Mutagenesis and DNA Repair fields. Focused on genotoxicity assays recommended by the "OECD guidelines for the testing of chemicals", this volume also covers other useful assays, such as some gene mutation assays, the comet assay in different species and applications, and the SMART assays of Drosophila. For all the assays, the book presents brief theoretical introductions to the topics and updated standard and modified step-by-step protocols to perform them. Special emphasis is placed on the analysis of nanoparticles, including an integrative approach analysis. The DNA Repair section includes several assays that provide information on repair activity in vitro and in vivo, as well as recent applications to study DNA repair in humans, cell cultures, and animal models. As a volume in the Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology series, the chapters contain the kind of detail and key implementation advice that ensures reproducible results in the lab.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by K. N. Nair.
    Contents:
    Taxonomy of Syzygium / Wuu Kuang Soh
    Phylogeny of Syzygium / K.N. Nair and T.S. Rana
    The genus Syzygium in western Ghats / P. Sujanapal and C. Kunhikannan
    Diversity, distribution and life history of Syzygium cumini / Arun Kumar Kushwaha and Lal Babu Chaudhary
    Syzygium cumini in Ayurveda and other traditional medicare systems in India / S. Rajasekharan and Vinodkumar T.G. Nair
    Chemistry of Syzygium cumini / Sudhir Kumar and Rakesh Maurya
    Pharmacognosy and pharmacopoeial standards for Syzygium cumini / Madan Mohan Pandey and Aks Rawat
    Biological activities of Syzygium cumini and allied species / Varughese George and Palpu Pushpangadan
    Cancer immunology of Syzygium cumini / Sabira Mohammed and K.B. Harikumar
    The use of Syzygium cumini in nanotechnology / Avnesh Kumari, Vineet Kumar and Sudesh Kumar Yadav
    Genetic resources of Syzygium cumini in India: present status and management / S.K. Malik, Sanjay Singh, Rekha Chaudhury and Vartika Srivastava
    Horticultural management of Syzygium cumini / S.K. Tewari, Devendra Singh and R.C. Nainwal
    Potential of Syzygium cumini for biocontrol and phytoremediation / S.K. Tewari, R.C. Nainwal and Devendra Singh
    The usage of selected Syzygium species / Roland Hardman.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Olivier Walusinski.
    Contents:
    Origins and family life
    Education, medical studies, medical practice
    Secretary, colleague, and friend of Jean-Martin Charcot
    The assassination attempt
    Glimpses of Gilles de la Tourette's personality : hospital life and the driout scandal
    Gilles de la Tourette, chief physician for the 1900 World's Fair in Paris
    A sad end : eclipse, twilight, and death
    Doctoral thesis
    Gilles de la Tourette syndrome
    Vibratory medicine and therapeutic suspension techniques
    L'hypnotisme et les états analogues (hypnotism and analogous states)
    Clinical and therapeutic treatise on hysteria : 'hystérie normale'
    Clinical and therapeutic treatise on hysteria : 'paroxysmic hysteria'
    Soeur Jeanne des Anges, supérieure des Ursulines de Loudun (Sister Jeanne of the angels, superior of the Ursuline Convent in Loudun)
    Théophraste Renaudot (1586-1653), Gilles de la Tourette's hero
    Gilles de la Tourette, commentator for la Revue Hebdomadaire, 1892-1900
    Correspondence between Octave Lebesgue, known as Georges Montorgueil, and Gilles de la Tourette
    Gilles de la Tourette, a poet
    Recapitulative list of all Gilles de la Tourette's publications.
    Digital Access Oxford 2019
  • Digital
    David Berrigan, Nathan A. Berger, editors.
    Summary: This volume familiarizes readers with what has now become a very specific research endeavor, Geospatial Factors Impacting Breast Cancer. Cancer occurs in specific places and spaces, each of which have identifiable geographic coordinates, characterized by unique natural, built and social characteristics. These factors contribute significantly to cancer across the spectrum, from etiology through diagnosis, treatment, and outcomes. The book provides important insights into this relatively new and rapidly developing field as a wide-ranging introduction to problems in cancer prevention and control for geographers, demographers and other researchers with a geospatial perspective. Experts share important information for all oncologists, endocrinologists, and behavioral modification professionals to better understand their patients in the context of their environment. The book also outlines important considerations for physicians, scientists, public health professionals and disparity investigators planning clinical trials, community interventions, and community planning.

    Contents:
    Part One
    Overview and Spatial Methods
    Chapter 1: Connecting Population, Health and Place (With Geospatial Tools and Data)
    Chapter 2: Analyzing cancer and breast cancer in space and time
    Chapter 3: Creating Maps and Mapping Systems for Cancer Control and Prevention
    Chapter 4: Physical Activity and Exposure in Breast Cancer Survivors Using GPS, GIS, and Accelerometry
    Chapter 5: Towards Systematic Methods in an Era of Big Data: Neighborhood Wide Association Studies
    Chapter 6: Geospatial Approaches to Environmental Determinants of Breast Cancer in the California Teachers Study
    Chapter 7: Systematic Review of Geospatial Approaches to Breast Cancer Epidemiology
    Part Two
    Environment and Context
    Chapter 8: Studying the Influence of the Neighborhood Obesogenic Environment on Breast Cancer in Epidemiological Cohorts: the Multiethnic Cohort
    Chapter 9: Spatial analyses of Environmental Exposures and Breast Cancer: Natural Vegetation, Ambient Air Pollution and Outdoor Light at Night as Examples
    Chapter 10: Neighborhoods and Breast Cancer Survival: The Case for an Archetype Approach
    Chapter 11: Environmental Modification of Adult Weight Loss, Physical Activity, and Diet Intervention Effects
    Part Three
    Screening, Diagnosis and Beyond
    Chapter 12: Geographic Influences on Screening Mammography
    Chapter 13: Spatial and Contextual Analyses of Stage at Diagnosis
    Chapter 14: Geographic Variation in Medical Neighborhoods for Breast Cancer Care: Diagnosis and Beyond
    Part Four
    Cross-cutting Topics
    Chapter 15: Persistent racial disparities in breast cancer mortality between Black and White women: what SR
    Chapter 16: Rural-Urban Disparities in Breast Cancer: Six Suppositions and Future Directions
    Chapter 17: Microenvironmental Influences on Team Performance in Cancer Care
    Chapter 18: Opportunities and Challenges in Geospatial Approaches to Breast Cancer Prevention and Control
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Parakrama T. Chandrasoma.
    Summary: GERD: A New Understanding of Pathology, Pathophysiology, and Treatment transforms the assessment of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) from its present state, which is largely dependent on clinical definition and management, to a more objective scientific basis that depends on pathologic assessment. Sequential chapters in this single-author book describe the fetal development of the esophagus, the normal adult state, and the way exposure to gastric juice causes epithelial and lower esophageal sphincter damage at a cellular level. It allows recognition of the pathologic manifestations of lower esophageal sphincter damage and develops new histopathologic criteria for quantitating such damage. This understanding provides new pathologic criteria for definition and diagnosis of GERD from its earliest cellular stage. Algorithms based on measurement of sphincter damage can identify, even before the onset of clinical GERD, persons who will never develop GERD during life, those who develop GERD but remain with mild and easily controlled disease, and those who will progress to severe GERD with failure to control symptoms, Barrett esophagus and adenocarcinoma. Aggressive early intervention in the last group with the objective of preventing disease progression to its end points of uncontrolled symptoms and adenocarcinoma becomes feasible.

    Contents:
    Definition of gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Present diagnosis and management of gastroesophageal and reflux disease
    Fetal and postnatal development of the esophagus and proximal stomach
    Histologic definition and diagnosis of epithelia in the esophagus and proximal stomach
    Definition of the normal state
    Definition of the gastroesophageal junction
    The normal lower esophageal sphincter
    The pathogenesis of early GERD
    Correlation of LES damage and GERD
    The effect of damage to the abdominal segement of the LES
    Columnar-lined esophagus
    Esophageal adenocarcinoma
    Progression of GERD at the clinical level
    Progression of GERD at a pathological level
    Molecular evolution of esophageal epithelial metaplasia
    Progression of GERD from the perspective of LES damage
    New pathologic test of LES damage
    New method of functional assessment of the LES
    Prediction of future progression of LES damage
    Proof of cencept of the new diagnostic method
    Application of the new method to present and future management of GERD.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Nages Nagaratnam, Kujan Nagaratnam, Gary Cheuk.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the unique clinical entities of diseases in older patients. The book arranges the organ systems in 21 sections, which include over 100 collective chapters on various age-related diseases in these organ systems. The text is specifically designed for ease-of-use and include learning tools that include multiple choice, short answer, and extended matching questions, case vignettes, self-assessments, and rich tables and illustrations. Each section includes a review of the anatomy, physiology and pathology that are specific to aging patients. The text covers the complex factors that present diagnosis challenges, including the interaction of the disease process with co-existing morbidities, aged- related physiological changes and pre-existing functional challenges and psychosocial circumstances. The text also works with the previously published text Diseases in the Elderly: Age-Related Changes and Pathophysiology, which is tailored to complement this resource. Written by experts in the field, Geriatric Diseases: Clinical Expression, Management and Impact is the ultimate guide on clinical expression and management of diseases in the elderly for medical students, residents, fellows, geriatricians, gerontologists, primary care physicians, internal medicine specialists, emergency room physicians, specialist nurses, and all other physicians and medical professionals treating older patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction to cardiovascular disease
    Cardiac failure in the elderly
    Cardiac arrhythmias in the elderly
    Infective endocarditis in the elderly
    Coronary heart disease in the elderly
    Valvular heart disease in the elderly
    Hypertension in the elderly
    Peripheral arterial disease in the elderly
    Introduction to respiratory diseases
    Pneumonia in the elderly
    Chronic obstructive airway disease
    Chronic asthma
    Carcinoma of the lung
    Pulmonary embolism
    Introduction to the gastrointestinal system
    Oesophagus and oesophageal disorders
    Peptic ulcer
    Colorectal cancer
    Inflammatory bowel disease in older adults
    Introduction to the hepato-biliary system
    Viral hepatitis in the elderly
    Chronic liver disease in the elderly
    Ascites in the elderly
    Obstructive jaundice in the elderly
    Introduction to blood disorders
    The Anaemias
    Haematological neoplastic disorders
    Introduction to renal and lower urinary tract disorders
    Glomerular disease in the elderly
    Renovascular disease
    Acute renal failure
    Chronic renal failure
    Prostate gland and related disorders
    Sexuality sexual dysfunction in the elderly
    Introduction to chronic neurological disorders
    Pasrkinson’s disease,Secondary Parkinsons and Parkinson plus syndromes
    Multisystem atrophy
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
    Multiple sclerosis
    Polyneuropathy
    Epilepsy in the elderly
    Disorders in neuromuscular transmission
    Introduction to metabolic bone disorders
    Osteoporosis
    Osteomalacia
    Osteoporotic fractures and management
    Paget’s disease
    Introduction to endocrine disorders
    Diabetes Mellitus
    Thyroid disorders
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Introduction to electrolyte and mineral metabolism disorders
    Sodium metabolism
    Potassium metabolism
    Calcium metabolism
    Introduction to the musculo-skeletal system
    Neck pain (Cervical)
    Low back pain (Lumbosacral)
    Shoulder pain
    Hip pain
    Knee pain
    Introduction to arthritides
    Rheumatoid Arthritis
    Polymyalgia Rheumatica
    Psoriatic arthropathy
    Osteoarthritis
    Crystal induced arthritis
    Vasculitis
    General considerations
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Systemic sclerosis
    Sjogren’s syndrome
    Overlap syndromes
    Introduction to organic brain disorders
    Anatomical and physiological changes with aging-Brain
    Acute confusional state
    Chronic organic disorders-Dementias
    General considerations
    Neurodegenerative dementias
    Vascular dementias
    Symptomatic dementias
    Behavioural and psychological symptoms of demented (BPSD)
    Drug management of dementias
    Mild Cognitive Impairment
    Introduction to psychiatry and functional disorders
    Mood disorders (Major depression, bipolar disorders)
    Anxiety and Anxiety disorders
    Paranoia in the elderly
    Substance abuse
    Suicide in the elderly
    Introduction to cerebrovascular disease
    Stroke in the elderly
    Diagnosis management and complications
    Transient Ischaemic Attack (TIA)
    Long term sequel post-stroke
    Prevention of stroke
    General considerations
    Anatomy of the ear
    Common ear problems in the elderly
    Vertigo/dizziness in the elderly
    Tinnitus
    Introduction to vision care
    Anatomy of the eye
    Common eye problems in the elderly
    Blurred vision
    Dry eye
    Red eye
    Introduction to skin diseases
    Anatomy and physiology of the skin
    Common skin diseases in the elderly
    Parasitosis
    Pruritis in the elderly
    Introduction to oral care
    Anatomy of the tooth
    Oral issues in the elderly
    Related disorders
    Oral manifestations of system disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Iona Murdoch, Sarah Turpin, Bree Johnston, Alasdair MacLullich, Eve Losman.
    Contents:
    Introduction to geriatric emergency medicine
    Essentials of assessment and management in geriatric emergency medicine
    Special skills in geriatric emergency medicine
    Vulnerable adults and elder abuse
    Chest pain and atrial fibrillation
    Dyspnoea
    Infection and sepsis
    Falls and immobility
    Syncope
    Dizziness
    Major trauma
    Fractures and back pain
    Skin trauma
    Head injury
    Abdominal emergencies
    Diabetic and environmental emergencies
    Acute kidney injury and metabolic emergencies
    Delirium
    Stroke and transient ischaemic attack.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Lee A. Lindquist, Scott M. Dresden, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces the unique medical needs of aging patients in the emergency department and outlines the challenges that leave many clinicians struggling to adequately care for this demographic, including limited resources, management concerns, and other barriers. The text presents strategies for screening, diagnosing, and treating geriatric syndromes seen in the emergency care of the older adult patient. Topics include pharmacological interventions, transitioning care, and sustainability. The text includes complex cases that demonstrate the caution necessary to treat this delicate patient group. Each case concludes with a set of concise "take-home points" to make the guidelines easy to remember and/or reference. Geriatric Emergencies: A Case-Based Approach to Improving the Acute Care of Seniors is an excellent resource for geriatricians, emergency medicine specialists, internal medicine physicians, hospitalists, nurses, social workers, students, residents, trainees, and all medical professionals working with older patients in an emergency setting.

    Contents:
    Growing Older in the Emergency Department
    Components of an effective Geriatric Emergency Department
    Cognitive Impairment in the ED
    Syncope in a rural emergency department setting
    ER referrals and hospitalizations from Post-Acute and Long-Term Care Facilities
    Can Home Visits Make a Difference to Emergency Department Visits? "I will just stop by his place on the way home: Who knew it would be a journey?"
    Medication Errors in Aging Adults: A Case-Based Approach to Medication Management
    Pain, Opioid Use, and Palliative Care of Older Adults in the Emergency Department
    Acute Mental Status Changes and Over-the-Counter Medications in Older Adults
    Identifying fall risk in the Emergency Department
    Capacity, Advanced Planning, and Buying Time.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Amal Mattu, Shamai A. Grossman, Peter L. Rosen.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Kim A. Collins, Roger W. Byard.
    Summary: "A major historical impediment to the study of the diseases of the elderly has been the relative lack of elderly patients. For much of our history, human populations have been characterized by high fertility and high infant and child mortality. Those who did survive to adulthood died at high rates (compared to modern standards) of either natural disease or violence. Reaching old age was considered an achievement. Displayed graphically, this population dynamic resulted in a characteristic bottom-heavy population pyramid with lots of infants born, lots of infants and children dying, and a sharp taper to a narrow peak of the very elderly"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    A history of geriatric medicine and geriatric path / Sanchez
    Pathophysiology of ageing / Ibrahim
    Medicolegal investigation of elder maltreatment and deaths / Howe
    The autopsy / Schandl
    Fatal & non-fatal accidents / Payne-James
    Euthanasia / Stephen Cordner
    Starvation, dehydration, malnutrition, and neglect / Burkhard Madea, Elke Doberentz
    Physical abuse and elder homicide / Kim A. Collins and Rebekah Jaques
    The ageing foot
    forensic considerations / Jones
    Forensic entomology / Jeffery K. Tomberlin, Jonathan A. Cammack, Lauren M. Weidner, and Robert T. Puckett
    Non-lethal elder abuse / Alex K Williamson
    Sexual assault in the elderly / Dayman
    Hypothermia and Hyperthermia in the Geriatric Population / Christopher M. Milroy and Jacqueline L. Parai
    Suicide and social isolation In elders / Roger W. Byard
    Cardiovascular diseases in the elderly / Stephen D Cohle and Dylan V. Miller-Lungs / Anja C. Roden
    Infectious conditions and the immune system in elderly / Warner
    Neurodegenerative diseases in the elder / Ross R. Reichard, Barbara J. Crain, and Linda Iles
    Other neurological conditions and age-related changes / Iles and Crain
    Genitourinary conditions / Georgia Aitken, Noha Ferrah, Janaka Lovell, Tamsin Santos, Nicola Cunningham, and Joseph Elias Ibrahim
    The elder organ and tissue donor / Kim A. Collins, Dilhani Amarasinghe, and Muditha Amarasinghe
    Conditions in gastrointestinal tract / Xuchen Zhang and Dhanpat Jain
    Hematologic conditions / R.M. Wright, M.F. Cole-Sinclair, and J.E. Ibrahim
    The oral cavity of the elder / Kim A. Collins and Paige J. Collins
    The anthropology of aging / S. Blau
    Endocrinology and diabetes / David Levy
    Geriatric toxicology / Laura M. Labay
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation related injuries in elders / Kim A. Collins
    Imaging of elders / Amma N. Maurer, Anousheh Sayah, Juan M. Coca Guzman, and Angela D. Levy
    The 'virtual autopsy' and special radiographic applications / Noel Woodford, Chris O'Donnell, Matthew Lynch
    Iatrogenic deaths / Joseph A. Prahlow
    Residential care facility deaths / Joyce Lynn deJong-Monroe
    Morbid obesity and frailty / Roger W. Byard
    Ancillary testing and special dissections / Mary Ann Sens and Richard Conran
    The legal regulation of the consequences of aging / Freckelton
    Death certification / Cynthia A. Schandl.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    C.S. Pitchumoni, T.S. Dharmarajan, editors.
    Summary: Aging trends in the United States and Europe continue to demonstrate an increasingly older society, a trend that is unlikely to change for decades to come. This trend renders it prudent for health care providers to better prepare for the changes in society and their health needs. The current number of older adults (aged over 65), about 13% of the U.S. population, is expected to grow to over 20% in the next 20 years. Preparation for the changes in society involves provision of training for current and future generations of physicians to deal with health problems of older adults. Training programs in internal medicine and gastroenterology are required to deal with disorders of aging in the present day hospitalized, long-term care and community older adults. Physiological changes and disease processes in older adults differ significantly from those of the young; these are aspects that trainees and practicing physicians need to have an understanding of. Yet texts devoted to gastrointestinal illness in the elderly are scant at this stage and are clearly in demand. This text provides a comprehensive overview of gastrointestinal disease and disorders in older adults. Divided into sixteen sections, this major reference work covers all aspects of gastroenterology as it pertains to older adults, including epidemiology, gastrointestinal physiology, motility disorders, luminal disorders, hepatobiliary disease, systemic manifestations, neoplastic disorders, gastrointestinal bleeding, and gastrointestinal cancer. In addition to fully revised chapters from the previous edition of Geriatric Gastroenterology, the latest edition features new chapters on drug injury to the GI tract, gut microbiota and aging, dysphagia, diabetes and its manifestations, and nursing for GI disorders. Nutrition and related disorders, as well as capsule endoscopy and its utility in the geriatric population, are also highlighted in the text. Presented in a simple, easy to read format, the volume includes numerous figures, tables, and key points to enable ease of understanding.

    Contents:
    Geriatric Gastroenterology: the Geriatrician's Perspective
    Geriatric Gastroenterology: The gastroenterologist's perspective
    Geriatric gastroenterology: future trends
    The Physiology of Aging
    The Gastrointestinal System and Aging
    Epidemiology of Gastrointestinal disease
    Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment
    Drug effects on the gastrointestinal tract
    Pharmacokinetics of aging
    Drug-nutrient interactions
    Probiotics
    Geriatric Nutritional assessment
    Tube feeding: techniques and procedure
    Enteral and Parenteral nutrition
    Ethical aspects, expectations and outcomes associated with PEG in Dementia
    Water, Potassium, Sodium, and Chloride in Nutrition
    Intravenous Fluid Administration
    B12 and Folic acid
    Iron, copper and zinc
    Vitamin D and calcium
    Dietary Fiber in Health and Disease
    Healthy Diet for the Older adult
    Endoscopy in Older Adults: Risks, benefits, considerations
    Wireless capsule endoscopy
    Gastrointestinal Radiology
    Advanced Imaging of Geriatric Gastrointestinal Pathology
    Laboratory tests in Older Adults: Indications, Interpretations, Issues
    Gastrointestinal Pathology in the Older Adult
    Dysphagia
    Gastroparesis in older adults
    Esophageal Reflux disease and its Complications
    Abdominal pain
    Intestinal Gas
    Constipation
    Diarrhea
    Upper and Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Liver function tests and interpretation
    Viral Liver Diseases
    Tumors of the liver
    Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD) and Non-alcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH)
    Drug induced liver injury
    Gall bladder disease
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Chronic Pancreatitis
    Oral health in Older Adults
    Small intestinal bacterial overgrowth syndrome
    Peptic ulcer
    Irritable bowel syndrome
    Intestinal ischemia
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Non-IBD and Non-Infectious colitis
    Celiac disease
    Diverticular disease
    Clostridium Difficile Associated Diseases
    Gastrointestinal Infections
    Anal Incontinence
    Rectal prolapse
    Colorectal Cancer Screening In The Older Adult: A Case Based Approach
    Gastrointestinal polyps
    Gastric neoplasms
    Esophageal cancer
    Pancreatic cancer
    Colorectal cancer
    Palliative Care of GI issues at the End of Life
    The Surgical Abdomen
    Colostomy and Ileostomy care
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
    Abdominal aortic aneurysm
    Rheumatological manifestations of Gastrointestinal Disease
    Mucocutaneous manifestations with Gastrointestinal disease
    HIV disease
    Gastrointestinal Disorders in the Older Adult: the Psychiatrist's Role
    Nursing aspects for GI disorders
    Diabetes and manifestations in the old
    Imaging of GI disorders, case based
    Anemia of GI origin
    Mesenteric ischemia
    Anticoagulation in relation to GI disorders
    Gut microbiota and aging
    Drug injury to the gastrointestinal tract
    NPO: benefits and consequences
    Dysphagia
    Anorexia of aging
    Colonic pseudo-obstruction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nicholas C. Danford, Justin K. Greisberg, Charles M. Jobin, Melvin P. Rosenwasser, Marcella D. Walker, editors.
    Summary: The global burden of geriatric hip fractures is enormous. From both the patient's and physician's perspective, the injury is complex. A hip fracture often changes a patient's life and/or the life of the patient's family permanently. From the physician's perspective, care of geriatric hip fracture patients requires a multidisciplinary team, which is led by the surgeon and which includes internists and other subspecialists within internal medicine, anesthesiologists, nurses, operating room technicians, social workers, physical therapists, and rehabilitation center coordinators and staff. Nowhere in the orthopedic literature is there a text that guides care for these complex patients from injury through recovery. This text is the first to do so by organizing and synthesizing a large body of literature. Its main themes include pre-operative, operative, and post-operative care of the patient who sustains a geriatric hip fracture. Its main objective is to organize the current body of literature into a cohesive whole so that the busy orthopedic surgeon does not have to undertake a literature search each time he or she wants an answer to the myriad questions that characterize a patient's injury, treatment, and recovery course. With regard to pedagogy, because orthopedic surgeons in training will utilize this book, and because the case study is the central pedagogical tool in the field of orthopedic surgery, this book includes case studies within each chapter, with the author's preferred treatment and decision-making rationale for each case. Selected video supplements reinforce real-world application of knowledge. Practicing orthopedic surgeons, as well as orthopedic residents and fellows in training, will find Geriatric Hip Fractures: A Practical Approach a highly useful and informative resource.

    Contents:
    Introduction: History of Geriatric Hip Fracture Treatment
    Initial Workup, Diagnosis, and Fracture Classification for Geriatric Hip Fractures
    Peri-operative Medical Co-management of Patients with Geriatric Hip Fractures
    Applied Anatomy for Treatment of Geriatric Hip Fractures
    Surgical Treatment of Peritrochanteric Hip Fractures
    Surgical Treatment of Femoral Neck Fractures
    Periprosthetic Femur Fractures after Total Hip Arthroplasty
    Pathologic Hip Fractures in the Geriatric Patient
    Outcome Assessment and Quality Improvement for Geriatric Hip Fractures
    Rehabilitation After Geriatric Hip Fractures
    Post-Operative Bone Mineral Health Optimization in the Geriatric Patient
    Geriatric Hip Fracture Care in Low- and Middle-Income Countries
    Geriatric Hip Fractures: Economics of Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jennifer L. Hayashi, Bruce Leff, editors ; Linda DeCherrie, Theresa A. Soriano, associate editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical reference for any clinician who has struggled to care for an older adult in a home setting. The volume is written by experts in the field who describe fundamental principles and clinical approaches of geriatric home-based care and their application to specific diseases and conditions, including delirium, incontinence, falls, and chronic pain and disability. The book also details house calls for special populations, from the developmentally disabled to those afflicted with neurologic or psychiatric diseases. The volume explores house calls within the context of the US healthcare system. Geriatric Home-Based Medical Care: Principles and Practice is a valuable resource for geriatricians, geriatric nurses, primary care physicians, social workers, public health officials, and all medical professions who need tools to provide timely, compassionate, and high-quality care for their older adult patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Why house calls medicine?
    Myths and pitfalls
    Getting started with house calls (with reference to AAHCM guide)
    How to make a house call
    Handling common clinical situations in the home
    House calls for special populations
    Advance care planning for house calls patients
    Locations
    Working with community resources critical to house calls
    Conclusion: rationale, scope, impact of house calls.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Robert P. Roca, Micheline Dugué, Maria D. Llorente.
    Summary: "Geriatric Mental Health Care addresses the disproportionate impact that the COVID-19 pandemic has had on older adults with mental illness. Topics covered include inpatient geriatric psychiatry during a pandemic, telehealth models of care, health care staff concerns, and social determinants of health. The authors also explore the pandemic's effects on research and the economy, analyzing the impact of nonclinical factors on the broader clinical care effort. Geriatric Mental Health Care provides techniques that health care providers can use to overcome the challenges of the current pandemic and prepare for the next one"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pandemics and Mental Health : Epidemiology and Public Health. / Joshua C. Morganstein, M.D., Holly B. Herberman Mash, Ph.D., Madeline B. Teisberg, D.O., Shannon C. Ford, M.D., Carol S. Fullerton, Ph.D., Robert J. Ursano, M.D.
    Historical Overview of Pandemics / Matthew Louis Edwards, M.D., Yolonda Pickett, M.D., Maria D. Llorente, M.D., FAPA
    Emergency Psychiatric Care for Older Adults During the COVID-19 Pandemic : Workflow, Common Presentations, and Overall Trends / Dwight Kemp, M.D., M.S., Neha N. Sharma, M.D., Alan Akira, M.D., Eitan Z. Kimchi, M.D.
    Inpatient Geriatric Psychiatry During a Global Pandemic. / Antoinette M. Valenti, M.D., Ebony Dix, M.D., Col. (Ret.) Elspeth Cameron Ritchie, M.D., M.P.H.,
    Geriatric Mental Health Care : Lessons From a Pandemic / Marc Agronin, M.D., DFAPA, DFAAGP
    Dementia Care and the COVID-19 Pandemic / Mari Umpierre, Ph.D., LCSW, Shehan Chin, LMSW, Karla Steinberg, LMSW, Micheline Dugué, M.D.
    Telehealth Models of Care for Geriatric Behavioral Health During a Pandemic / Magdalena Bednarczyk, M.D., Donald M. Hilty, M.D., M.B.A.
    Shilpa Srinavasan, M.D., DFAPA, DFAAGP, Sandra Swantek, M.D., FAPA
    Managing Health Care Staff Concerns During Pandemics : Acute Phase and Recovery Phase / Jonathan M. DePierro, Ph.D., Laura Bevilacqua, M.D., Ph.D.
    Geriatric Psychiatry Among Older Adults From Diverse Backgrounds in the Age of COVID-19 / Rita Hargrave, M.D., FAPA, Sharwat Jahan, M.D., Kanya Nesbeth, M.D., Yee Xiong, M.D., Maria D. Llorente, M.D., FAPA
    Social Determinants of COVID-19 Morbidity and Mortality / Linda Nix, M.D, M.P.H., Emily Tan, B.A., Nhi-Ha Trinh, M.D., M.P.H., Iqbal "Ike" Ahmed, M.D., FRCPsych (UK)
    The Effect of COVID-19 on Research : Tales From a Pandemic / Maria Loizos, Ph.D., Judith Neugroschl, M.D.
    Social Isolation and Loneliness in Older Adults During the COVID-19 Pandemic ./ Susan W. Lehmann, M.D., Mari Umpierre, Ph.D., LCSW, Shehan Chin, LMSW, Janet Baek, M.D.
    The COVID-19 Economy : Mental Health Impact on Older Adults / Sarah E. LaFave, Ph.D., M.P.H., R.N., Robert P. Roca, M.D., M.P.H., M.B.A.
    Ethical Dilemmas and Resource Scarcities During Pandemics : Geriatric Mental Health Care : Lessons From a Pandemic. / Marilyn Price, M.D., Donna M. Norris, M.D., Samara E. Rainey, B.A., Raya E. Kheirbek, M.D., M.P.H.
    Neuropsychiatric Manifestations of COVID-19 / Rebecca Grossman-Kahn, M.D., O. Joseph Bienvenu, M.D., Ph.D.
    Psychopharmacological Challenges of Treating Older Adults With COVID-19 / Badr Ratnakaran, M.B.B.S., Daniel C. Dahl, M.D.
    Challenging Times : Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry in the Era of COVID-19 / Farah Tabaja, M.D., Paul B. Hill, M.D.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    PsychiatryOnline
    ProQuest Ebook Central
  • Digital
    edited by Anil K. Nair and Marwan N. Sabbagh.
    Contents:
    Part 1. The aging brain in neurology
    part 2. Assessment of the geriatric neurology patient
    part 3. Neurologic conditions in the elderly
    part 4. Therapeutics for the geriatric neurology patient
    part 5. Important management issues beyond therapeutics in the geriatric neurology patient.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Steven T. Dekosky, Sanjay Asthana.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Jamie W. Smith, Bradley J. Goad.
    Summary: "Geriatric Notes is an essential quick reference for the advanced practice provider (APP) who provides care to elders in the outpatient setting, such as nursing homes, family practice, or home health. With a practical, accessible, and concise approach, it offers an easy to understand overview of the most common diagnoses, topics, and symptoms encountered in the aging population. Designed to offer access to the basics, this guide provides tables and bullet points for easy reference. Sections include health promotion, neurology and psychiatry, cardiovascular, pulmonary, gastroenterology, genitourinary, rheumatology, dermatology, endocrinology, labs and imagery, Beers list, and common presentations"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Section I Prevention & health promotion
    Section II Neurology & psychiatry
    SectionIII Cardiovascular
    Section IV Pulmonary
    Section V Gastroenterology
    Section VI Genitourinary
    Section VII Rheumatology
    Section VIII Dermatology
    Section IX Endocrinology
    Section X Labs and imaging
    Section XI Beers list
    Section XII Common presentations
    Section XIII Topics of discussion.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
  • Digital
    Martine Extermann, editor.
    Summary: This book is intended as a comprehensive resource for clinicians and researchers seeking in-depth information on geriatric oncology. The coverage encompasses epidemiology, the biology and (patho)physiology of aging and cancer, geriatric assessment and management, hematologic malignancies, solid tumors, issues in patient care, and research methods. Since cancer is a disease of aging and people are living longer, most cancer patients are now aged 70 and older. Yet the more we age, the more diverse we become in terms of our health, biologic fitness, and cancer behavior. Typically, however, general oncology clinical trials address only a selected healthier and younger population of patients. Geriatric oncology is the area of oncology that addresses these issues but while a wealth of knowledge has been accumulated, information is often difficult to retrieve or insufficiently detailed. The SpringerReference program, in which this book is published, offers an ideal format for overcoming these limitations since it combines thorough coverage with access to living editions constantly updated chapter by chapter via a dynamic peer-review process, ensuring that information remains current and pertinent.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hilary A. Beaver, Andrew G. Lee, editors.
    Summary: Geriatric patients have unique responses to treatment and disease, often harboring co-morbidities that can impact evaluation, treatment, and prognosis, which can require specialized expertise or experience. Geriatric Ophthalmology, Second Edition draws upon the successful first edition by applying a competency-based approach to these patients, improving awareness, increasing understanding, and encouraging expertise about geriatric issues among eye care professionals. These intersecting conditions and their treatment are comprehensively discussed in this fully updated second edition, complete with additional high-quality illustrations and photos. Each chapter utilizes illustrative cases to exemplify the points of care encompassed by the competencies. Topics of special interest are included, such as diabetic retinopathy, age-related macular degeneration, cataracts, glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, low vision, all diseases of aging, and the effect of vision loss on the geriatric patient’s quality of life. Medical students, residents, fellows, clinicians, and allied health personnel alike will find this to be a comprehensive resource and exceptional guide to the care of older patients with geriatric ophthalmology problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert T. Sataloff, Michael M. Johns III, Karen M. Kost.
    Contents:
    The science of aging / Alessandro Bitto, Chad A. Lerner, and Christian Sell
    Geriatric otolaryngology : an overview / Karen M. Kost
    Understanding geriatric syndromes, the geriatric interdisciplinary team, and resources to optimize care for older patients / Sarah H. Kagan
    Evaluation of the outpatient geriatric patient / David Eibling
    Operative evaluation of the geriatric patient / Natalie Justicz and Jeanne Hatcher
    Age-related hearing loss / Kourosh Parham, Frank R. Lin, and Brian W. Blakley
    Regenerative therapies for sensorineural hearing loss : current research implications for future treatment / Cynthia L. Chow and Samuel P. Gubbels
    Hearing aids : considerations in the geriatric population / Amanda Kantor, Erica Miele, John Luckhurst, Mary Hawkshaw, and Robert T. Sataloff
    Cochlear implantation in the elderly / Daniel H. Coelho and Brian J. McKinnon
    Subjective idiopathic tinnitus in the geriatric population / Paul F. Shea and Brian J. McKinnon
    Dizziness, imbalance, and age-related vestibular loss in the geriatric population / Yuri Agrawal, Allan Rubin, and Stephen J. Wetmore
    Sinonasal disease in the elderly / David R. Edelstein
    Taste and smell in the elderly / Richard L. Doty and Hussam Tallab
    Inhalant allergies and asthma in the geriatric population / Karen H. Calhoun
    Voice disorders in the elderly / Robert T. Sataloff and Karen M. Kost
    Swallowing disorders in the elderly / Ozlem E. Tulunay-Ugur
    Sleep disturbance in the geriatric population / Christopher G. Larsen and M. Boyd Gillespie
    Facial plastic surgery in geriatric patients / J. Regan Thomas
    Oral cavity disorders in geriatric patients / Elliot Regenbogen and Denise A. Trochesset
    Advanced cutaneous malignancies in the elderly / Kelly Michele Malloy and Chaz L. Stucken
    Head and neck cancer in the elderly / Mihir R. Patel, Raymond L. Chai, and Ara A. Chalian
    The role of neuropsychology in the evaluation and treatment of geriatric patients / Thomas Swirsky-Sacchetti and Caterina B. Mosti.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    editor, William Staples.
    Summary: The most definitive, balanced case-based guide to effectively managing geriatric disorders. The definitive case-based guide to effectively managing geriatric disorders Geriatric Physical Therapy provides the most authoritative overview available on managing the special needs of the elderly in all health care settings. Through nearly 200 cases, the text offers a skill-building balance of theory and clinical application of knowledge in caring for the older adult population. This timely book addresses and incorporates aspects of prevention, fitness, and wellness into the rehabilitative model of care for elders with and without pathological conditions. Features:Nearly 200 cases examine both acute and chronic stage settings, and provides suggested tests and measures. Cases focus on orthopedics and neurology for consistency with board exams, which concentrate in these therapeutic areas Tables and boxes organize and summarize important information and highlight key points for quick reference A well-referenced and scientific approach provides the depth to understand integral processes and procedures Each case in Geriatric Physical Therapy is designed to help you learn how to apply geriatric physical therapy concepts to specific patient situations. The cases are presented in a consistent manner?similar to what you would see in a clinical setting?and focus on one primary topic or problem. Chapters open with a brief overview of the topic, which reviews basic information on that topic, followed by related cases. Excellent pedagogy includes board-type review questions and chapter summaries that conclude each chapter.

    Contents:
    Musculoskeletal cases
    Neuromuscular cases
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary cases
    Integumentary cases
    Medically complex cases
    Other geriatric issues.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2016
  • Digital
    editor, William H. Staples ; section editors, Jill Heitzman, Meri Goehring, Deborah A. Kegelmeyer, William H. Staples.
    Summary: "This text is designed to be utilized as an adjunct throughout a doctor of physical therapy curriculum. The cases have all been updated with additional questions and references added. Many new cases have also been added. This text can be used with a general pathology course; an aging, lifespan, or gerontology (geriatric physical therapy) course. This text can also be a helpful study guide for the licensing examination, and even the geriatric specialty examination." -- Preface

    Contents:
    Introduction to geriatric physical therapy
    Musculoskeletal cases
    Neuromuscular cases
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary cases
    Integumentary cases
    Complex medical problems in the older adult
    Other important issues for the aging adult.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    edited by Audrey Chun.
    Summary: This book serves as a comprehensive reference for the basic principles of caring for older adults, directly corresponding to the key competencies for medical student and residents. These competencies are covered in 10 sections, each with chapters that target the skills and knowledge necessary for achieving competency. Each of the 45 chapters follow a consistent format for ease of use, beginning with an introduction to the associated competency and concluding with the most salient points for mastery. Chapters also includes brief cases to provide context to the clinical reasoning behind the competency, strengthening the core understanding necessary to physicians of the future. Written by expert educators and clinicians in geriatric medicine, Geriatric Practice is key resource for students in geriatric medicine, family and internal medicine, specialties, hospice and nursing home training, and all clinicians studying to work with aging patients.

    Contents:
    History and Trends
    Identifying the Unique Needs of the Aging Population
    Education of Current and Future Providers
    Physiology of Aging
    Normal vs. Abnormal Physical Exam
    Testing in the Elderly
    Differential Diagnoses in the Setting of Advanced Age and Multiple Conditions
    Common Acute Illness
    Patient-Centered Care for Persons with Multiple Conditions
    Geriatric Pre-Operative Evaluation of the Older Adult
    Common Chronic Conditions
    Geriatric Considerations in Common Surgical Conditions
    Prescription Selection and Dosing
    High-Risk Prescriptions for Aging Patients
    Dietary Botanicals and Supplements
    Understanding the Medication List and Addressing Polypharmacy in Older Adults
    Depression in Older Adults: Principles of Diagnosis and Management
    Behavioral and Psychiatric Symptoms in Dementia (BPSD)
    Diagnosis and Management of Delirium
    Assessment of Memory and Function
    Non-pharmacologic Management of BPSD: Agitation and Behavioral Problems in Dementia
    Assessment of Capability and Capacit
    Developing a Management Plan Safety and Risk Assessment
    Falls Screening, Differential Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Treatment
    Driving
    Individualized Decision-Making for Preventive Medicine in Older Adults
    Advance Care Planning for Older Adults
    Patient Preference, Prognosis, and Decision-Making in Screening and Treatment
    Sites of Care for the Older Adult
    Hospice, Clinic and Home-based Care
    Acute Care in the Home Setting: Hospital at Home
    Hazards of Hospitalization
    Prevention of the Hazards of Hospitalization
    Managing Medications and Addressing Polypharmacy
    Foley Catheter Use and Management of Urinary Symptoms
    High-Risk Pressure Ulcers
    Discharge Planning
    Interprofessional Care: Why Teamwork Matters
    Chronic Care Management
    Registries/Data in Population Health Management
    Management of Pain Symptoms
    Non-Pain Symptoms
    Psychosocial, Social, and Spiritual Needs of Geriatric Patients
    Introduction to Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ana Hategan, James A. Bourgeois, Calvin H. Hirsch, Caroline Giroux, editors.
    Contents:
    I: Principles in the Assessment and Treatment of Late-Life Neuropsychiatric Syndromes
    Physiology and Pathology of Aging / Calvin H. Hirsh and Ana Hategan
    Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment / Calvin H. Hirsh and Tricia K. W. Woo
    Neuroimaging in Clinical Geriatric Psychiatry / Amer M. Burhan, Udunna C. Anazodo and Jean-Paul Soucy
    Neuropsychology in Late Life / Heather E. McNeely and Jelena P. King
    Pharmacotherapy: Safe Prescribing and Adverse Druge Events / Calvin H. Hirsch, Shyam Maharaj and James A. Bourgeois
    Somatic Therapies: Electroconvulsive Therapy / Carole Lazaro, Lisa A. McMurray, Milena Rogan Ducic and Timothy E. Lau
    Somatic Therapies: Repetitive Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (rTMS) and Deep Brain Stimulation (DBS)
    Psychotherapy in Late Life / Caroline Giroux and W. Edwin Smith
    Ethics, Mental Health Law, and Aging / Daniel L. Ambrosini, Calvin H. Hirsch and Ana Hategan. II: Common Clinical Psychiatric Diagnoses in Late Life
    Late-Life Depression / Tracy Cheng
    Late-Life Bipolar Disorders / Tracy Cheng and Karen Saperson
    Late-Life Anxiety Disorders / Sachin Sarin and Zainab Samaan
    Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders in Older Age / Shannon Suo and Puja Chadha
    Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders in Late Life / Caroline Giroux and Andrés F. Sciolla
    Late-Life Psychosis / Jessica E. Waserman and Karen Saperson
    Substance Use Disorders in Late Life / Jeffrey DeVido, Calvin H. Hirsch, Nitika Sanger, Tea Rosic, Zainab Samaan and James A. Bourgeois
    Delirium in Older Adults / Ana Hategan, Calvin H. Hirsch, Deborah Francis and James A. Bourgeois
    Major or Mild Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Alzheimer Disease / Ana Hategan and Glen L. Xiong
    Major or Mild Frontotemporl Neurocognitive Disorder / Ana Hategan, James A. Bourgeois and Calvin H. Hirsch
    Major or Mild Neurocognitive Disorders wit Lewy Bodies / Poh Choo How, Pachida Lo and Glen X. Xiong
    Major or Mild Vascular Neurocognitive Disorder / Amer M. Burnham, Manoosh Moradizadeh and Nicole E. Marlatt
    Neuropsychiatric Symptoms of Major or Mild Neurocognitive Disorders / Amer M. Burnham, Calvin H. Hirsch and Nicole E. Marlatt
    Neuropsychiatric Manifestations of Systemic Medical Conditions / Mariam Abdurrahman
    Sleep Wake Disorders in Late Life / Zahida Maghji, Ana Hategan and Akua Amoako-Tuffour
    Personality Disorders in Late Life / Caroline Giroux and W. Edwin Smith III: Special Topics
    Psychosomatic Medicine/Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry in Late Life / James A. Bourgeois and Caroline Giroux
    Aging with Intellectual and Development Diabilities / Kerry Boyd and Veronique Baril
    Psychoatric Emergencies in Older Adults / Timothy E. Lau, Sarah Russell, Elizabeth Kozyra and Sophiya Benjamin
    Geriatric Forensic Psychiatry: Risk Assessment and Management / Joseph C. Ferencz, Gary A. Chaimowitz and Caroline Giroux
    Marginalized Geriatric Patients / Albina Veltman and Tara La Rose
    Sexuality and Sexual Dysfunction in Later Life / Daniel L. Ambrosini, rosemary Chackery and Ana Hategan
    Againg and Mental Health in the Era of Globalization / Mariam Abdurrahman
    Palliative Care for Geriatric Psychiatric Patients with Life-Limiting Illness / Margaret W. Leung, Lawrence E. Kaplan and James A. Bourgeois
    Caregiver Burnout / Kurtis S. Kaminishi, Reza Safavi and Calvin H. Hirsch
    Geriatric Telepsychiatry: Opportunities, Models and Outcomes / Donald M. Hilty, Shilpa Srinivasan amd Terry Rabinowitz.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ana Hategan, James A. Bourgeois, Tracy Cheng, Julie Young.
    Summary: This book features approximately 300 short-answer questions on geriatric psychiatry topics, each comprising the stem of a brief clinical scenario or concise question with expected number of answers. The book also features detailed teaching notes, graphics, and the respective source references. The format is consistently structured from chapter to chapter, practical and concise, and designed to enhance the reader's diagnostic and management ability and clinical understanding. Each answer includes a concise discussion, pertinent illustrations, and source references. This text is a valuable reference and teaching tool that provides an opportunity for learning across a rapidly growing field. The material covered matches the existing postgraduate curricula in geriatric psychiatry and helps prepare candidates for their specialty and subspecialty certification examinations. The cases map well to both the American Geriatric Psychiatry Association and Canadian Academy of Geriatric Psychiatry as well as other international postgraduate curricula. Geriatric Psychiatry Study Guide is the ultimate resource for students, residents, fellows, psychiatrists, psychologists, family practitioners, nurses, social workers, and all clinicians rising to the challenges of the mental health segment of the geriatric workforce.

    Contents:
    Physiology and Pathology of Aging
    Neuropsychology and Neuroimaging in Clinical Geriatric Psychiatry
    Pharmacotherapy, Somatic Therapies, and Psychotherapy in Late Life
    Ethics and Law
    Late-life Depressive Disorders, Bipolar Disorders, and Psychotic Disorders
    Late-life Anxiety Disorders, Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders, and Trauma- and Stressor-Related Disorders
    Substance Use Disorders in Older Adults
    Comorbid Systemic Medical and Psychiatric Illness in Older Adults
    Common Major and Mild Neurocognitive Disorders: Alzheimer Disease, Frontotemporal, Lewy Body, and Vascular Types
    Other Major and Mild Neurocognitive Disorders: Parkinson Disease, Atypical Parkinsonism, and Traumatic Brain Injury Types
    Neuropsychiatric Symptoms due to Major and Mild Neurocognitive Disorders
    Sleep-Wake Disorders in Late Life
    Personality Disorders in Late Life
    Aging with Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Intellectual Disability and Autism Spectrum Disorder
    Emergencies in Geriatric Psychiatry
    Sexuality and Sexual Dysfunctions in Later Life
    Elder Abuse and Neglect
    End-of-Life Care
    Caregiver Burnout
    Physicians as Leaders in Improving Health Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    K. Rao Poduri.
    Contents:
    Section I. Basics of aging
    section II. Geriatric syndromes
    section III. Systemic disorders in geriatric rehabilitation
    section IV. Health maintenance, caregiving, and postacute rehabilitation : bedside to curbside.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Shilpa Srinivasan, Juliet Glover, James G. Bouknight, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Aurelio Rodriguez, Robert D. Barraco, Rao R. Ivatury, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to give providers of all levels a simple and essential source of practical information in treating the elderly trauma and emergency surgery patient. The Introduction instructs practitioners how to evaluate and assess risk including frailty and use this information in Goals of Care discussions to facilitate shared decision making so crucial to this population. The individual chapters consist of best practices and care guidelines from some of the most well-known thought leaders and best trauma centers in the country across the spectrum from geriatricians to trauma and acute care surgeons and nurses. Each chapter contains easy-to-read algorithms and references that the readers can use and adapt for their own setting. Chapters on Pre-hospital care will help guide EMS organizations and even systems in the right care and triage of the elderly. Each chapter also contains a Nursing Focus section for helpful nursing tips in caring for the eld erly with those injuries and problems. These sections make this book a must-have for any center looking to improve its care of the elderly patient or just trying to be sure its care is already the best it can be. A special section on Post Acute Care will introduce the provider to the common issues surrounding particular disposition destinations for the elderly patient. This will facilitate discussions with families, case managers and facilities to help improve time to disposition.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction
    Rationale
    Systems Impact
    Comorbidities
    Goals of Care
    Section II: Trauma
    Introduction
    Trauma
    Prehospital Care
    Head Injury
    Spine Injury
    Orthopedic Injury
    Cardiothoracic Injury
    Abdominal Injury
    Urologic Injury
    Plastics/Skin and Soft Tissue Injury
    Thermal Injury
    Section III: Acute Care Surgery
    Background
    Common Abdominal Emergencies
    Section IV: Post-Acute Care
    Considerations in Disposition.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Jay A. Yelon, Fred A. Luchette.
    Summary: Geriatric Trauma and Critical Care provides a multidisciplinary overview of the assessment and management of the elderly patient presenting with surgical pathology. By utilizing current literature and evidence-based resources, the textbook elucidates the unique nature of caring for the elderly population. The structure of the volume provides the reader with an overview of the physiologic and psychological changes, as well as the impact on the healthcare system, associated with the aging process. Emphasis is placed on the impact of aging, pre-existing medical problems, effects of polypharmacy, advanced directives and end-of-life wishes on acute surgical problems, including trauma and surgical critical care. Special attention is given to the ethical implications of management of the aged. The multidisciplinary contributors provide a unique point of view not common to surgical texts. The textbook is the definitive resource for practicing surgeons, emergency medicine physicians, intensivists, anesthesiologists, hospitalists, geriatricians, as well as surgical residents, nurses and therapists, all who care for elderly patients with surgical emergencies.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: IMPACT OF AGING ON HEALTH
    1. Changing Demographics of the American Population
    2. Cardiovascular Physiology
    3. Pulmonary Artery
    4. Renal Function in the Elderly
    5. Skin, Soft Tissue, and Wound Healing in the Elderly
    6. Immunologic
    7. Hematological Changes with Aging
    8. Geriatric Psychology and the Injured Elderly
    9. Health Care Economics and the Impact of Aging on Rising Health Care Costs
    10. Operative Risk Stratification
    SECTION II: SURGICAL EMERGENCIES IN THE ELDERLY
    11. Appendicitis
    12. Biliary
    13. Diverticulitis
    14. Intestinal Obstruction
    15. Intestinal Hemorrhage in the Elderly
    16. Acute Abdomen
    17. Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections
    18. Acute Vascular Insufficiency in the Elderly
    19. Thoracic Diseases in the Elderly
    SECTION III: TRAUMATIC INJURY IN THE ELDERLY
    20. Epidemiology of Injury in the Elderly
    21. Geriatric Trauma and Injury Prevention
    22. Outcomes for Surgical Care in the Elderly
    23. Geriatric Neurotrauma
    24. Chest Wall Injury
    25. Thoracic
    26. Pelvic Fracture
    27. Extremity Injury
    28. Penetrating Injury in the Elderly
    29. Critical Care Epidemiology and Outcomes/Resource Use in the Elderly
    30. Cardiovascular/Invasive Monitoring
    SECTION IV: CRITICAL CARE MANAGEMENT OF THE ELDERLY PATIENT
    31. Pulmonary Critical Care and Mechanical Ventilation
    32. Renal Replacement Therapy (RRT)
    33. Nutrition Support
    34. Pharmacology
    35. Rehabilitation Concerns in Geriatric Trauma
    36. End-of-Life Care
    37. Ethics in Geriatric Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tomas Lindor Griebling, editor.
    Summary: Geriatric urology represents one of the largest overall sectors of care provided within the specialty of urology. As the incidence and prevalence of many clinical urologic conditions increase significantly in older adults, the practice of urology involves a need for advanced knowledge of the basic principles of geriatrics. Geriatric Urology outlines important topics in the care of elderly urology patients. The first section covers the biology of aging, changes in the genitourinary system, and common diseases including urologic conditions that may serve as warning signs of other disorders. Section two covers geriatric syndromes and implications for urologic care including frailty, polypharmacy, dementia, , and wound healing. Urologic conditions in older adults are explored in detail including urinary incontinence, pelvic organ prolapse, urinary tract infection, nocturia, and benign prostate diseases. Other topics covered include obtaining informed consent, development of advance directives, palliative medicine and care of the dying patient. Geriatric Urology is of great value to urologists, geriatricians, internists, residents and family practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    John R. Burton, Andrew G. Lee, Jane F. Potter, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the circumstances that lead to the marked increased vulnerability of seniors and are most challenging to clinicians including the presence of multiple chronic medical conditions, variable losses of physiological function, and heterogeneity among individuals. Written by the experts who lead the initiative to deliver high quality surgical and medical care to the elderly, Geriatrics for Specialists is the first book of its kind to provide the comprehensive knowledge specialists and associated generalists need to deliver quality health care to seniors. With topics on important cross cutting issues like frailty, delirium and polypharmacy and specialty chapters on emergency medicine, anesthesia, many surgical and medical disciplines and rehabilitation, this book provides clinicians the knowledge and tools needed to evaluate, treat and manage the unique needs of seniors. Geriatrics for Specialists was created as a resource for specialist, generalists and allied health professionals and their students and trainees who care for elderly patients.

    Contents:
    Frailty
    Delirium
    Emergency Medicine
    Anesthesiology
    General and Trauma Surgery
    Ophthalmology
    Otolaryngology
    Urology
    Orthopedic Surgery
    Vascular Surgery
    Cardiovascular/Thoracic Surgery
    Gynecology
    Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation
    The Specialties of Internal Medicine
    Cardiology
    Nephrology
    Gastroenterology
    Endocrinology
    Rheumatology
    Pulmonary Medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Andrew G. Lee, Jane F. Potter, G. Michael Harper, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to be a single point of reference for advances in the care of geriatric populations across medical and surgical specialties. The aging population is a unique demographic with its own health challenges. Geriatricians are specifically trained to address these challenges but few medical students or residents enter geriatrics, even as the demand for geriatric expertise increases. The practices of many medical and surgical specialists are dominated by older patients who may themselves see many specialists but rarely visit geriatricians. This updated edition elucidates the most common medical conditions seen in aging patients and translates approaches to those conditions for physicians across specialties. Divided into three sections that assemble crosscutting issues, medical specialties, and surgical and related specialties, this book serves as a guide for clinicians of all backgrounds who will work with older patients as the demographic ages further. This second edition of Geriatrics for Specialists expands the number of specialist chapters to reflect growth in research in aging and clinical care for older people in dermatology, plastic surgery, and behavioral neurology. All original chapters from the first edition are extensively revised and updated to reflect the rapid growth of new knowledge in the field.

    Contents:
    Frailty
    Delirium
    Preoperative Evaluation
    Psychiatric Disorders in Older Adults
    Medication Management
    Palliative Care and End-of-Life Issues
    Hospital Medicine
    Screening Tools for Geriatric Assessment by Specialists
    Cardiothoracic Surgery
    Emergency Medicine
    Geriatric Trauma and Emergency General Surgery
    Special Evidence-Based Considerations in Geriatric Gynecologic Care: Pelvic Floor Disorders
    Geriatric Cross-Cutting Issues in Ophthalmology
    Geriatric Orthopaedic Surgery
    Rehabilitation
    Urology
    Vascular Surgery
    Rheumatology
    Cardiovascular Disease
    Endocrinology
    Gastroenterology
    Infection and Immunity in Older Adults
    Kidney Disease
    A Geriatric Perspective on Oncology Care
    Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine
    Behavioral Neurology
    Geriatric Dermatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michael L. Malone, Elizabeth A. Capezuti, Robert M. Palmer, editors.
    Contents:
    Section One: Hospital-based models of care:1. Acute Care for Elders
    2. Hospital Elder Life Program
    3. The ACE Consult program
    4.The Advanced Dementia Consult program
    5. Acute Care for Elders (ACE) Tracker and "e-Geriatrician" telemedicine program
    6. The NICHE program to prepare the workforce to address the needs of older patients
    Section Two: Models to address the needs of seniors in transition from hospital to home: 7. Care Transitions Intervention.-8. The Mary Naylor Advanced Practice Nurse model
    9. Project BOOST
    Section Three: Outpatient-based models of care: 10. The GRACE model. 11. The Guided Care model
    12. The Stanford Chronic Disease Self-Management program
    13. Patient Centered Medical Home
    14. Hospital at Home model
    15. The Physician Home Visit program.-16. Geriatrics Evaluation and Management (GEM) program
    Section Four: Emergency Department models of care: 17. Geriatrics Emergency Department
    the GEDI WISE program
    Section Five: Models which address the needs of vulnerable populations: 18. The Evercare program to care for vulnerable elders in skilled nursing facilities
    19. The UCLA Dementia coordinator program
    20. The Wisconsin Alzheimer's Institute memory assessment program. 21. Memory Care Connections and LEEPS program for early memory assessment
    Section Six: Community related- models of care: 22. Stepping On-falls prevention program
    23. Program of All-Inclusive Care of Elders (PACE model)
    24. Wisconsin Family Care social model to support seniors in their homes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Anastassia Kossioni, editor.
    Summary: This book provides basic knowledge and skills for non-dental healthcare practitioners, helping them recognize the importance of oral health, perform initial oral health assessments, consult dentists when necessary, and offer preventive advice and counseling. As people age, they tend to refrain from routine dental care, while the number of consultations with non-dental healthcare providers (physicians, nurses, pharmacists, physician assistants, physical therapists, occupational therapists etc.) increases. However, few healthcare providers are adequately trained to assess oral problems. The relevance of this book is underscored by the recently published European policy recommendations on oral health in older adults by the European College of Gerodontology and the European Geriatric Medicine Society, which highlight the importance of the active involvement of non-dental primary care practitioners in oral health assessment and promotion. These two respected European Societies have identified a significant gap in education, practice and health policies and described the necessary action plans. This book helps to fill the educational gap identified in the recommendations and will be an invaluable tool for all healthcare providers working with older people.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1: Introduction to Gerodontology: Demography, Epidemiology, and Access to Dental Care
    1.1 The Demography of Ageing
    1.2 Healthy Life Expectancy and Healthy Ageing
    1.3 Oral Health: An Important Element of Healthy Ageing
    1.4 Barriers and Enablers to Oral Health and Care in Old Age
    1.4.1 Barriers to Oral Health
    1.4.1.1 Personal Barriers
    1.4.1.2 Lack of Professional Support
    Dental Professionals
    Non-dental Healthcare Professionals
    1.4.1.3 Lack of Appropriate Health Policies and Legislations 1.4.2 Enablers to Oral Health Promotion in Older Adults
    1.4.2.1 Gerodontology Education and Research
    Education for Dental Professionals
    Education for Non-dental Healthcare Professionals
    Education for Formal Caregivers
    Interprofessional Education and Collaborative Practice
    Research and Development of Good Practice Guidelines for the Dental Management of Older People
    1.4.2.2 Health Policy Actions
    1.5 Conclusion
    References
    2: The Ageing Mouth
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Normal Anatomy and Physiologic Age-Related Changes in the Oro-Facial System
    2.2.1 Teeth 2.2.2 Periodontium and Alveolar Bone
    2.2.3 Oral Mucosa
    2.2.4 Salivary Glands
    2.2.5 Oral Function
    2.3 Common Oral Diseases in the Elderly
    2.3.1 Caries and Pulpitis
    2.3.2 Gingivitis and Periodontitis
    2.3.3 Replacement of Lost Teeth with Dental Prostheses
    2.3.4 Pathologies of the Oral Mucosa
    2.3.5 Xerostomia and Hyposalivation
    2.3.6 Impairment of Oral Food Processing, Dysphagia
    2.3.6.1 Oral Phase
    2.3.6.2 Pharyngeal Phase
    2.3.6.3 Evaluation of Oral Function
    2.4 Conclusion
    References
    3: The Association Between Oral and General Health 3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Association Between Oral Health and Pneumonia
    3.3 Oral Health and Cardiovascular Disorders
    3.4 Oral Health and Diabetes Mellitus (DM)
    3.5 Oral Health and Dementia
    3.6 Oral Health and Nutrition
    3.7 Oral Health and Other Disorders
    3.8 Oral Health and Frailty
    3.9 Conclusion
    References
    4: Medications and Oral Health: Points to Consider in Older People
    4.1 Polypharmacy and Medication-Related Problems in Older People
    4.2 Medication-Related Oral Health Problems
    4.2.1 Dry Mouth
    4.2.2 Mucosal Lesions
    4.2.3 Oral Lichen Planus 4.2.4 Taste Alteration-Dysgeusia
    4.2.5 Angioedema
    4.2.6 Gingival Enlargement
    4.2.7 Altered Haemostasis
    4.2.8 Altered Alveolar Bone
    4.2.9 Medication-Related Osteonecrosis of the Jaw
    4.2.10 Oral Pigmentation
    4.2.11 Points to Consider when Prescribing Medications in Older People
    4.2.12 Approaches to Optimize Medication Use
    4.2.13 Medication Reconciliation and Medication Review
    4.2.14 Criteria to Assess Quality of Prescribing
    4.2.14.1 Explicit Tools
    4.2.14.2 Implicit Tools
    4.2.15 Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment (CGA) and Tailored Care
    4.3 Conclusion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    José García-Alonso, César Fonseca, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers revised selected papers from the 3rd International Workshop on Gerontechnology, IWoG 2020, held on October 5-6, 2020, in Évora, Portugal. They reports on cutting-edge technologies and optimized workflows for promoting active aging and assisting and elderly people at home, as well as in healthcare centers. It discusses the main challenges in the development, use and delivery of health care services and technologies. Not only they proposes solutions for improving in practice the monitoring and management of health parameters and age-related diseases, yet they also describes improved approaches for helping seniors in their daily tasks and facilitating their communication and integration with assistive technologies, thus improving their quality of life, as well as their social integration. The book provides health professionals, researchers, and service providers with extensive information on the latest trends in the development and practical application of gerontechnology in elderly care.

    Contents:
    Smarts technologies and algorithms for Health
    Detecting and Monitoring Depression Symptoms According to People’s Behaviour Through Mobile Devices
    Time series forecasting to predict the evolution of the functional profile of the elderly persons
    The Role of the Blockchain Technology in the Elderly Care Solutions: a Systematic Mapping Study
    MoRES: A mobile app to help elderly people grasp and comply with COVID-19 restrictions
    Qualitative research in evaluation. An usability evaluation protocol for the Assistant on Care and Health Offline (ACHO)
    Technologies to increase the quality of life of the elderly population
    A self-sustainable DTN solution for isolation monitoring in remote areas
    Training Proposal for the Elderly with Changes in Self Care and for their Caregiver: Rehabilitation Nursing Care Contributions
    PSIQUE: A computerised neuropsychological assessment App
    Indicators sensitive to rehabilitation nursing care: a functional and technological respiratory rehabilitation program for elderly people
    Experiences and definitivions of loneliness. The use of technology for anthropological analyses.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Sue E. Meiner, Jennifer J. Yeager.
    Summary: This disorder-focused gerontologic nursing text features an enhanced focus on nursing management and care coordination across health care delivery settings. It emphasizes topics such as nutrition, chronic illness, emergency treatment, patient teaching, home care, and end-of-life care -- and includes the latest guidelines for mammograms, colonoscopies, pneumonia, and shingles vaccinations--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Overview of gerontologic nursing / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Theories related to care of the older adult / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Legal and ethical issues / Carol Ann Amann
    Assessment of the older adult / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Cultural influences / Carol Ann Amann
    Family influences / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Socioeconomic and environmental influences / Colleen Steinhauser
    Health promotion and illnesses/disability prevention / Ashley N. Davis
    Nutrition / Neva L. Crogan
    Sleep and activity / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Safety / Debra L. Sanders
    Sexuality and aging / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Pain / Joanne Alderman
    Infection and inflammation / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Laboratory and diagnostic tests / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Drugs and aging / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Integumentary function / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Sensory function / Beth Culross
    Cardiovascular function / Mary B. Winton
    Respiratory function in aging / Debra L. Sanders
    Gastrointestinal function / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Urinary function / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Musculoskeletal function / Laurie Kennedy-Malone
    Cognitive and neurologic function / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Endocrine function / Mary B. Winton
    Health care delivery settings and older adults / Linda Bub
    Chronic illness and rehabilitation / Beth Culross
    Cancer / Jennifer J. Yeager
    Loss and end-of-life issues / Linda Bub
    Appendix A: Values history form
    Appendix B: U.S. advocacy organizations for older adults
    Appendix C: Chronic illness and rehabilitation resources.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kristen L. Mauk.
    Summary: "Gerontological Nursing takes a holistic, interdisciplinary approach, arming pre-licensure nursing students with the essential competencies required to provide quality patient care for the older adult. As the older adult population grows, gerontological nursing remains a critical specialty area for nursing, and this text prepares students to effectively care for this population. Following the framework laid out by the AACN's Recommended Baccalaureate Competencies and Curricular Guidelines for the Nursing Care of Older Adults, the current edition leads nursing students through the core foundations of gerontological nursing as a specialty and emphasizes essential competencies alongside management of geriatric syndromes - such as falls, sleep disorders and depression/anxiety - and various issues affecting gerontological care, ranging from cultural to spiritual to elder abuse. Research highlights, critical thinking/personal reflection exercises and case studies introduce real-world examples that help students fully grasp the material"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Gerontological Nursing
    The Aging Population
    Theories of Aging
    Review of the Aging of Physiological Systems
    Therapeutic Communication with Older Adults, Families and Caregivers
    Comprehensive Assessment of the Older Adult
    Promoting Healthy Aging, Independence and Quality of Life
    Identifying and Preventing Common Risk Factors
    Review of the Management of Common Illnesses, Diseases, or Health Conditions
    Nursing Management of Dementia
    Polypharmacy
    Falls in Older Adults
    Delirium
    Anxiety and Depression in the Older Adult
    Urinary Incontinence
    Sleep Disorders
    Dysphagia and Malnutrition
    Pressure Ulcers
    The Interdisciplinary Team
    Culture and Spirituality
    Sexuality
    Elder Abuse and Mistreatment
    Pain Management and Alterative Health Modalities
    Disaster Preparation, Response and Recovery
    End-of-Life Care
    Care Transitions, System Models, and Health Policy in Aging.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
  • Digital
    Patricia A. Tabloski.
    Summary: "Are you looking into how to advance your professional development through certification? Need a reliable and credible reference resource? No matter where you are in the process, make sure you have the most valuable review and resource tool at your disposal. The Gerontological Nursing Review and Resource Manual, 4th Edition is a must-have tool for nurses planning to take the American Nurses Credentialing Center's (ANCC's) Gerontological Nursing certification exam. Based on the official ANCC certification exam test content outline, this review and resource manual will help you: Study and analyze comprehensive material and concepts written by nursing experts. Develop a recommended seven-step plan to equip you for the exam and map out what to do on the day of the exam. Prepare for and familiarize yourself with gerontological nursing standards of practice. And much more ... Make the Gerontological Nursing Review and Resource Manual a key resource in your certification preparation"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Preparing for the Certification Examination
    The Older Adult
    Development of Gerontological Nursing Practice
    Theories of Aging
    Gerontological Nursing Issues
    Mental Health
    Medications
    Nutrition
    Health Promotion and Wellness
    Lifestyle, End of Life Care, and Recognizing Vulnerability in the Older Adult
    Chronic Illness and Pain
    Assessment of Laboratory Values
    Cardiovascular Disease
    Respiratory Diseases
    Gastrointestinal Diseases
    Urinary and Reproductive Diseases
    Chronic and End-Stage Kidney Disease, Hematology, Sexually Transmitted Infections, and Immunologic Disorders
    Musculoskeletal Diseases
    Disorders of the Integumentary System
    Sleep Disorders/Sensory Disorders.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital
    Jozef Rovensky, editor.
    Contents:
    Pathogenesis, clinical symptoms and therapy of rheumatoid arthritis
    Osteoporosis in rheumatoid arthritis in elderly patients
    Biological therapy of rheumatoid arthritis
    Systemic lupus erythematosus
    Sjogren's syndrome
    Systemic scleroderma
    Vasculitis
    Polymyalgia rheumatic and giant cell arteritis
    Aortic aneurysm as a cause of death in giant cell arteritis
    Relapsing polychondritis
    RS3PE : a disease or a syndrome?
    Clinical and laboratory features of paraneoplastic rheumatic syndromes
    Osteoarthritis
    Arthropathy in hemochromatosis
    Diabetic Charcot's neurogenic osteoarthropathy
    Changes of musculoskeletal system in metabolic syndrome
    Clinical symptoms in gouty arthritis
    X-ray and ultrasound picture of chondrocalcinosis
    Alkaptonuria and ochronosis
    Metabolic osteopathy in celiac disease manifested in elderly patients
    Celiac disease in elderly patients
    Bone and joint involvement in celiac disease
    Diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis
    Senile osteoporosis
    Nutrition and osteoporosis
    Neck and shoulder pain
    Vertebrogenic diseases
    Pain
    Pharmacological treatment of rheumatic diseases
    Drug-induced rheumatic syndromes
    Rehabilitation in rheumatic diseases
    Surgical treatment of the consequences of rheumatic diseases
    Paget's disease of bone
    Involutional osteoporosis: sarcopenia, frailty syndrome and falls
    Systemic enzyme therapy in complex treatment of degenerative rheumatic diseases in the elderly patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Neuburger, Max.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R131 .N479
    2
  • Print
    ... von Dozent Dr. Wilhelm Thomsen ... ; mit einem Geleitwort von Prof. Dr. Georg Hohmann ...
    Contents:
    I. T. Die Ideen Hermann von Meyer's über die Schuhfrage auf Grund seiner Originalschriften.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    M781 .T41 1940
    1
  • Digital
    volume editors, Annunziata Lapolla, Boyd E. Metzger.
    Summary: "Diabetes mellitus, one of the most important complications of pregnancy, can cause a wide range of problems during pregnancy for women and their developing babies. This book is published with the objective of providing a comprehensive overview of the clinical characteristics/features of types 1 and 2 diabetes in pregnancy as well as gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM). To reach this aim, the focus is on up-to-date information on physiopathology, diagnosis, autoimmunity, genetic, omics, management, and treatment"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    Bhagyalaxm Nayak, Uma Singh, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the entire spectrum of gestational trophoblastic disease from the most benign to the most malignant form. It addresses etiopathogenesis, molecular basis of the disease, risk assessment, management and follow-up. Management in the form of surgical, medical and supportive care is discussed in detail to help the practitioner in making treatment decisions. Special and rare varieties of the disease are dealt separately. A separate section in each chapter covers critical conditions arising from the disease. Case based discussions make the chapters more lively and interesting. The recent trials and studies are also covered in the book. Topics such as fertility preservation, gestational trophoblastic diseases registry and development of voluntary organizations for supporting patients are value additions to this book. This book is meant for the general obstetrician and gynecologist and for the gynecologic oncologist as well.

    Contents:
    Introduction or overview of Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Epidemiology of Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Genetics and Pathogenesis : A recent update
    Human chorionic Gonadotropin
    Molecular markers in Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Imaging in Gestational Trophoblastic Disease and Implication of uterine artery Doppler study
    Hydatidiform mole with coexisting with live foetus : management guidelines
    Management of low risk Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia
    High risk Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia
    Ultrahigh-risk Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia
    The dynamic scoring system and staging
    Surgical mnagement of Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Placental site and epithelioid trophoblastic tomours: rare varieties of Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia
    Critical conditions in Gestational Trophoblastic Diseases
    Recurrent Molar Pregnancy
    Fertility preservation in Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasia (GTN)
    Follow up Gestational Trophoblastic Disease: how often and how long?
    Establishment of regional centers for Gestational Trophoblastic Disease follow up and Referral and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease registry.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1894-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I776 .G37 1899
    1
  • Digital
    Michael Sabel.
    Contents:
    Planning a procedure : the importance of visualization
    The craniotomy
    Working with the microscope
    Removing a gyrus : the principle of subpial resection
    Removing an artificial brain tumor
    Microsurgical training : the chicken wing model.
  • Digital
    Margaret L. Andersen.
    Summary: "The purpose of this book is to provide an accessible introduction to understanding racial inequality-and to do so with the hope that a more informed understanding will help readers know what to do about it"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Race
    Feeling race in everyday life
    Who, me?
    What did you say?
    But that was then-I didn't have anything to do with it
    Getting smart about race, then doing something about it
    Appendix A Finding common ground: questions for conversation
    Appendix B Further resources
    Notes
    Index
    About the author.
    Digital Access 2020
  • Digital
    Arthur L. Caplan, Barbara K. Redman, editors.
    Summary: This book represents the first comprehensive, gold standard reader on research integrity in the biomedical sciences. Now more than ever, the responsible conduct of research (RCR) has become critically important as new technologies affect research practices in both positive and negative ways. Since learning to do science and practicing it brings researchers into contact with a vast array of ethical issues, it is critical to know the standards and how they are evolving. Indeed, research integrity requires scientists at all levels to operate ethically in a system that supports ethical practice. This unique, foundational text covers all the relevant areas -- subject protection, research misconduct and conflict of interest as well as newly quantified concerns about research bias and non-reproducibility, as well as other unique issues. Developed by renowned experts, this compelling title discusses the full range of practices and policies that should support research that is honestly produced and disseminated. It also specifically incorporates topics noted by the National Institutes of Health as essential and required for training in RCR. Getting to Good - Research Integrity in the Biomedical Sciences is a major contribution to the literature on bioethics and will serve as an invaluable resource for all researchers, students, administrators and professionals interested in research ethics and integrity.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Methodology
    Chapter 2. Policy
    Chapter 3. Reproducibility
    Chapter 4. Human Subjects Proction
    Chapter 5. Responsible Authorship
    Chapter 6. Mentor-Mentee Responsibilities and Relationships
    Chapter 7. Plagarism
    Chapter 8. Peer Review
    Chapter 9. Research Misconduct
    Chapter 10. Whistleblowing
    Chapter 11. Confict of Interest
    Chapter 12. Date Acquisition, Management and Transparency
    Chapter 13. International Research Involving Resource-Constrained Countries
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Louis M. Wong kee Song, Emmanuel C. Gorospe, Todd H. Baron, editors.
    Contents:
    Triage Sedation and Monitoring
    Peri-procedural Management of Antithrombotic Agents
    Suspected Non-variceal Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Approach to Suspected Acute Variceal Bleeding
    Suspected Small Intestinal Hemorrhage
    Suspected Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Approach to Foreign Body Ingestion, Food Impaction and Caustic Injury
    Non-endoscopic Management of Acute Mechanical Colonic Obstruction and Pseudo-obstruction
    Approach to Acute Cholangitis
    Approach to Endoscopic Adverse Events
    Endoscopic Hemostasis of Acute Non-Variceal Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Hemostasis of Acute Esophageal Variceal Bleeding
    Hemostasis of Acute Gastric Variceal Bleeding
    Hemostasis of Acute Small Intestinal Bleeding
    Hemostasis of Acute Lower GI Bleeding
    Endoscopic Management of Food Impaction and Foreign Bodies
    Endoscopic Management of Acute Colonic Obstruction and Pseudo-obstruction
    Endoscopic Management of Pancreaticobiliary Emergencies
    Endoscopic Management of Procedure-related Bleeding and Perforation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter R. McNally.
    Contents:
    Swallowing disorders and dysphagia
    Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Esophageal causes of chest pain
    Achalasia
    Esophageal cancer
    Esophageal anomalies, infections, and nonacid injuries
    Barrett's esophagus
    Esophageal and stomach pathology
    Gastritis, peptic ulcer disease, NSAIDs, and Helicobacter pylori infection
    Gastric cancer
    Thickened gastric folds
    Gastroparesis
    Evaluation of abnormal liver tests
    General concepts on viral hepatitis
    Antiviral therapy for hepatitis C
    Antiviral therapy for hepatitis B
    Autoimmune hepatitis : diagnosis
    Autoimmune hepatitis : treatment
    Primary biliary cirrhosis and primary sclerosing cholangitis
    Vaccinations and immunoprophylaxis in gastrointestinal and liver disorders
    Pregnancy and liver disease
    Rheumatologic manifestations of hepatobiliary diseases
    Evaluation of focal liver masses
    Drug-induced liver disease
    Alcoholic liver disease, alcoholism, and alcohol withdrawal syndrome
    Vascular liver disease
    Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis
    Liver transplantation
    Ascites
    Liver abscess
    Inheritable forms of liver disease
    Liver histopathology
    Hepatobiliary cystic disease
    Gallbladder disease : stones, crystals, and sludge
    ERCP plus sphincter of Oddi dysfunction
    Acute pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Pancreatic cancer
    Cystic lesions of the pancreas
    Celiac disease
    Crohn's disease
    Ulcerative colitis
    Eosinophilic gastrointestinal disease and eosinophilic esophagitis
    Small intestinal bacterial overgrowth
    Colon disorders and colon cancer
    Constipation and fecal incontinence
    Diverticulitis
    Diseases of the appendix
    Colitis : pseudomembranous, microscopic, and radiation
    Upper gastrointestinal hemorrhage
    Lower gastrointestinal tract bleeding
    Occult and obscure gastrointestinal bleeding
    Evaluation of acute abdominal pain
    Evaluation of acute infectious diarrhea
    Chronic diarrhea
    Aids and the gastrointestinal tract
    Ischemic bowel disease
    Nutrition, malnutrition, and probiotics
    Small bowel and colon pathology
    Foreign bodies and the gastrointestinal tract
    Functional gastrointestinal disorders and irritable bowel
    Endoscopic cancer screening and surveillance
    Rheumatologic manifestations of gastrointestinal diseases
    Dermatologic manifestations of gastrointestinal disease
    Endocrine aspects of gastrointestinal system
    Plain film, barium, and virtual radiography
    Interventional radiology I : cross-sectional imaging procedures
    Interventional radiology II : fluoroscopic and angiographic procedures
    Noninvasive GI imaging : ultrasound, computed tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging
    Nuclear imaging
    Endoscopic ultrasound
    Advanced therapeutic endoscopy
    Esophageal surgery
    Surgery for peptic ulcer disease
    Surgical approach to the acute abdomen
    Colorectal surgery : polyposis syndromes and inflammatory bowel disease
    Obesity and surgical weight loss
    Minimally invasive surgery
    Clinical vignettes.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    T.K. Chattopadhyay, editor-in-chief ; Peush Sahni, Sujoy Pal, editors.
    Summary: The 24th volume of this highly successful series includes new contemporary topics such as corrosive injuries of the oesophagus, post-gastrectomy complications, advances in imaging of inflammatory bowel disease, unusual presentations of gallstones, gall bladder cancer with jaundice, minimally invasive pancreatic surgery, and enhanced recovery after surgery. Finally, the chapter on advances in GI surgery, like in each past volume, reviews important new developments in the field. The GI Surgery Annual 24th Volume provides an overall roundup of selected topics that were deemed particularly relevant and topical by the series editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    T.K. Chattopadhyay, editor-in-chief ; Peush Sahni, Sujoy Pal, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peush Sahni, Sujoy Pal, editors ; Editor-in-Chief T. K. Chattopadhyay.
    Summary: The twenty-sixth volume of GI Surgery Annual includes chapters on current and upcoming topics in gastrointestinal surgery pertaining to cholangiopancreatoscopy, robotic liver resections and transplants, primary familial intrahepatic cholestasis, managing a patient after total pancreatectomy, transplant immunology and immunosuppression as well as the chapter on advances in gastrointestinal surgery. The authors have expertise and excellent academic track record in the relevant subspecialties. Marrying academic excellence with publishing expertise is going to be the new mantra for the present as well as the upcoming issues of GI Surgery Annual. .

    Contents:
    1 Total Pancreatectomy and Islet Auto-Transplantation for Chronic Painful Pancreatitis
    2 Cholangiopancreaticoscopy: A distinct diagnostic and therapeutic tool in the current era
    3 Non Cirrhotic Portal Fibrosis
    4 Recent advances in Benign anorectal disorders
    5 Progressive familial intrahepatic cholestasis
    6 Training and Credentialing in Multi-organ retrieval: Indian perspective
    7 Robotic Surgery in Living Donor Liver Transplantation.-8 Assessing of Tumour Response to Neoadjuvant Therapy for the Treatment of Oesophageal Cancer
    9 PROTON BEAM THERAPY IN GASTROINTESTINAL CANCERS: A paradigm shift in radiotherapy
    10 IMMUNOSUPPRESSION IN LIVER TRANSPLANTATION
    11 Advances in Gastrointestinal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Naci Kocer.
    Summary: This atlas focuses on the imaging and treatment options available for giant intracranial aneurysms since 1990s in the beginning of the so-called modern endovascular era. During this period, there were significant advances made in the therapy of small intracranial aneurysms though the treatment of giant aneurysms continued to pose an insurmountable challenge. At the turn of this century, this grim scenario gradually improved with better understanding of the pathophysiology of giant intracranial aneurysms. This changed scenario in giant intracranial aneurysm therapy has been illustrated with the aid of informative clinical case studies. The clinical presentation of giant aneurysms in adults and children is described as are the merits of different imaging modalities explained and illustrated. Extensive consideration has been given to modern fusion imaging that has improved our insight into the nature of the disease. Endovascular treatment approaches (including illustrative open surgical approaches) and reconstructive and deconstructive strategies are fully documented, with careful attention given to factors that influence management strategies, treatment choice and complications.The atlas will be a valuable reference and practical aid for neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, neurologists, fellowship trainees, postgraduate & graduate students.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Adrian Kasaj editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to serve as a clear and concise clinical manual that covers all aspects of the current management of gingival recession, with a particular focus on surgical techniques with the adjunctive use of autogenous tissues or soft tissue substitutes for recession coverage. A structured overview of the various surgical techniques is provided with the aid of high-quality illustrations, delivering an evidence-based clinical treatment guideline. In addition, individual chapters are dedicated to the classification of gingival recession, etiology and prevalence, clinical examination and diagnosis, decision making, potential complications, and postsurgical care. Gingival recession is a common condition in the adult population and is related to several undesirable conditions such as unaesthetic appearance, root caries, and hypersensitivity. Periodontal plastic surgery is now an important tool in the armamentarium of the clinician treating gingival recessions, and practitioners at all levels will find this book to be an invaluable source of guidance.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents;
    1: Definition of Gingival Recession and Anatomical Considerations; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Definition of Gingival Recession; 1.1.2 Clinical Features of Healthy Human Gingiva; 1.1.2.1 Free Gingiva; 1.1.2.2 Attached Gingiva; 1.1.2.3 Interdental Gingiva; 1.1.3 Periodontal Biotype; 1.1.4 Microstructural Anatomy; 1.1.4.1 Oral Epithelium; 1.1.4.2 Sulcular Epithelium; 1.1.4.3 Junctional Epithelium; 1.1.4.4 Gingival Connective Tissue; 1.1.5 How Much Gingival Tissue Do We Need?; References;
    2: Classification of Gingival Recession; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Classifications of Gingival Recession; References;
    3: Etiology and Prevalence of Gingival Recession; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Predisposing Factors for Gingival Recession; 3.2.1 Bone Dehiscence/Fenestration Defects; 3.2.2 Dimensions of Gingiva; 3.2.3 Aberrant Frenal Attachment; 3.3 Precipitating Factors for Gingival Recession; 3.3.1 Toothbrushing Trauma; 3.3.2 Oral Piercings; 3.3.3 Subgingival Restorations/Partial Dentures; 3.3.4 Deep Traumatic Overbite; 3.3.5 Self-Inflicted Injuries; 3.3.6 Orthodontic Therapy; 3.3.7 Plaque-Induced Periodontal Inflammation; 3.3.8 Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV) Infection; 3.3.9 Smoking; 3.4 Prevalence of Gingival Recession; References;
    4: Gingival Recession: Clinical Examination and Diagnostics; 4.1 Chief Complaint, Specific Reason for the Visit or Referral; 4.1.1 Medical History; 4.1.2 Dental History; 4.2 Clinical Examination; 4.2.1 Aesthetic Assessment; 4.2.2 Mucosa; 4.2.3 Gingiva; 4.2.4 Periodontal Assessment; 4.2.5 Teeth; 4.2.6 Restorations/Appliances; 4.3 Radiographic Assessment; 4.3.1 Periapical Radiograph; 4.3.2 Bitewing Radiograph; 4.3.3 Panoramic Radiograph; 4.3.4 Cone Beam Computed Tomography; 4.4 Data Collection and Documentation; References;
    5: Nonsurgical Management of Gingival Recession and Associated Tooth Hypersensitivity; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Prevalence and Etiology; 5.1.1.1 Aggressive Toothbrushing; 5.1.1.2 Toothpaste: Relative Dentin Abrasivity; 5.1.1.3 Plaque Control; 5.1.1.4 Periodontal Disease; 5.1.1.5 Facial and Oral Piercings; 5.1.1.6 Orthodontic Treatment; 5.1.2 Toothpastes/Dentifrice; 5.1.2.1 Potassium Nitrate; 5.1.2.2 Strontium; 5.1.2.3 Arginine and Calcium Carbonate; 5.1.2.4 Calcium Sodium Phosphosilicate; 5.1.2.5 High Fluoride Concentration; 5.1.2.6 Fluoride; 5.1.2.7 Hydroxyethyl Methacrylate and Glutaraldehyde; 5.1.2.8 Oxalate; 5.1.2.9 Root Canal Treatment; 5.1.2.10 Surgery; 5.1.2.11 Laser; References;
    6: Basic Principles of Periodontal Plastic Surgery; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Primary Intention Healing; 6.2.1 Systemic Factors; 6.2.2 Blood Supply of the Wound; 6.2.3 Flap Preparation; 6.2.4 Flap Mobilization; 6.2.5 Measures to Reduce Tissue Trauma; 6.2.5.1 Magnification Methods; 6.2.5.2 Microsurgical Instruments; 6.2.5.3 Suture Material; 6.3 Wound Stability.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors: Pingya Li, Jinping Liu.
    Summary: Panax ginseng C.A.Mey. is an Araliaceae Panax plant. Along with mink and antler, ginseng is one of the three treasures of Northeast of China, and is a valuable medicine and health care product. The "King of Herbs" is known around the globe; however, a comprehensive source of information on its use is needed. This book is based on a study of 45 samples of ginseng collected from Jilin Province, Heilongjiang Province, Liaoning Province and Korea. These samples, which included 3, 4 and 5-year-old ginseng, were analyzed for various constituents, such as ginsenosides and polysaccharides, providing extensive scientific data. This book not only focuses on the methods of analyzing the nutritional content and functional factors in ginseng, but also presents the findings of these analyses. Uncovering the mysteries of ginseng, offering scientific-technological insights and comparing domestic and foreign ginseng, it is a valuable reference resource for researchers and consumers alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    1: Analysis of Amino Acids in Ginseng
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Materials and Instruments
    1.2.1 Materials
    1.2.2 Instruments
    1.3 Experimental Methods
    1.3.1 Preparation of Reference Solution
    1.3.2 Preparation of Test Solution
    1.3.3 Chromatographic Conditions
    1.3.4 Drawing Standard Curve
    1.3.5 Determination of Test Sample
    1.4 Results and Discussion
    1.4.1 The Contents of Amino Acids in Ginseng from Different Regions with Different Cultivation Ages 1.4.2 Analysis of Amino Acid Contents in Ginseng from Same Regions with Different Cultivation Years
    1.4.3 Analysis of Essential Amino Acids in Ginseng from Same Regions with Different Cultivation Ages
    1.4.4 Analysis of Total Amino Acids in Ginseng from Different Regions with Same Cultivation Ages
    1.4.5 Analysis of Essential Amino Acids in Ginseng from Different Regions with Same Cultivation Ages
    1.4.6 Analysis of Acidic Amino Acid and Basic Amino Acid in Ginseng from Different Regions with Same Cultivation Ages 1.4.7 Analysis of Hydrolyzed Amino Acids in Ginseng from Different Regions with Same Cultivation Ages
    1.4.8 Cluster Analysis of Amino Acids in Ginseng from Different Regions with Different Cultivation Ages
    References
    2: Analysis of Proteins in Ginseng
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Materials and Instruments
    2.2.1 Materials
    2.2.2 Instruments
    2.3 Experimental Methods
    2.3.1 Preparation of Test Solution
    2.3.2 Preparation of Reference Solution
    2.3.3 Drawing Standard Curve
    2.3.4 Determination of Test Samples
    2.4 Results and Discussion 2.4.1 Protein Contents in Ginseng from Different Regions with Different Cultivation Ages
    2.4.2 Analysis of Protein Content in Ginsengs from Same Regions with Different Cultivation Years
    2.4.3 Analysis of Protein Contents in Ginseng with Same Cultivation Years from Different Regions
    References
    3: Analysis of Saccharides in Ginseng
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Materials and Instruments
    3.2.1 Materials
    3.2.2 Instruments
    3.3 Experimental Methods
    3.3.1 Assay of Total Saccharides in Ginseng
    3.3.1.1 Preparation of the Reference Solution 3.3.1.2 Preparation of the Total Saccharides Test Solution
    3.3.1.3 Preparation of DNS Chromogenic Agent
    3.3.1.4 Preparation of Iodine-Potassium Iodide Test Solution
    3.3.1.5 Drawing Standard Curve
    3.3.1.6 Determination of Total Saccharide Content
    3.3.2 Assay of Polysaccharides in Ginseng
    3.3.2.1 Preparation of Polysaccharides in Ginseng
    3.3.2.2 Preparation of the Reference Solution
    3.3.2.3 Preparation of the Test Solution
    3.3.2.4 Drawing Standard Curve
    3.3.2.5 Determination of Polysaccharide Contents
    3.3.3 Assay of Reducing Saccharides in Ginseng
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Clemantine Wamariya and Elizabeth Weil.
    Summary: Clemantine Wamariya was six years old when her mother and father began to speak in whispers, when neighbors began to disappear, and when she heard the loud, ugly sounds her brother said were thunder. In 1994, she and her fifteen-year-old sister, Claire, fled the Rwandan massacre and spent the next six years migrating through seven African countries, searching for safety -- perpetually hungry, imprisoned, and abused, enduring and escaping refugee camps, finding unexpected kindness, witnessing inhuman cruelty. They did not know whether their parents were dead or alive. When Clemantine was twelve, she and her sister were granted refugee status in the United States; there, in Chicago, their lives diverged. Though their bond remained unbreakable, Claire, who had for so long protected and provided for Clemantine, was a single mother struggling to make ends meet, while Clemantine was taken in by a family who raised her as their own. She seemed to live the American dream: attending private school, taking up cheerleading, and, ultimately, graduating from Yale. Yet the years of being treated as less than human, of going hungry and seeing death, could not be erased. She felt at the same time six years old and one hundred years old. In this memoir, Clemantine provokes us to look beyond the label of "victim" and recognize the power of the imagination to transcend even the most profound injuries and aftershocks.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    DT450.437.W36 A3 2019
    1
  • Print
    Abi Daré.
    Summary: "A powerful, emotional debut novel told in the unforgettable voice of a young Nigerian woman who is trapped in a life of servitude but determined to get an education so that she can escape and choose her own future. Adunni is a fourteen-year-old Nigerian girl who knows what she wants: an education. This, her mother has told her, is the only way to get a "louding voice"--the ability to speak for herself and decide her own future. But instead, Adunni's father sells her to be the third wife of a local man who is eager for her to bear him a son and heir. When Adunni runs away to the city, hoping to make a better life, she finds that the only other option before her is servitude to a wealthy family. As a yielding daughter, a subservient wife, and a powerless slave, Adunni is told, by words and deeds, that she is nothing. But while misfortunes might muffle her voice for a time, they cannot mute it. And when she realizes that she must stand up not only for herself, but for other girls, for the ones who came before her and were lost, and for the next girls, who will inevitably follow; she finds the resolve to speak, however she can--in a whisper, in song, in broken English--until she is heard"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PR6104.A83298 G57 2020
    1
  • Print
    John B. Nanninga, M.D.
    Summary: "Testosterone and estrogen treatments are common today but centuries ago the discovery of sex gland secretions led both physicians and the public to believe they had found the secret to bodily rejuvenation. This book explores the early history and practices of "organotherapy" and how it provided important scientific insights despite its pseudoscientific nature"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RM284 .N36 2017
    1
  • Digital
    M. Boyd Gillespie, Rohan R. Walvekar, Barry M. Schaitkin, David W. Eisele, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rosemary H. Tambouret, David C. Wilbur.
    Summary: This volume provides a compact, concise and up-to-date resource for pathologists and clinicians who are involved in women's health. The book summarizes the incidence, epidemiology and risk factors for cervical adenocarcinoma, while reviewing the normal histology of the cervix and glandular lesions of the cervix. The cytological appearance of glandular lesions of the cervix and their mimics is amply illustrated and discussed. Management of glandular lesions is also outlined. Written by authorities in the field, Glandular Lesions of the Uterine Cervix: Cytopathology with Histologic Correlates is of great value to cytopathologists, surgical pathologists, gynecologic oncologists and surgeons.

    Contents:
    Introduction to endocervical glandular lesions
    Processing, Reporting and Sensitivity of Cervical Cytology with an Emphasis on Glandular Lesions
    Normal Histology and Cytology of the Endocervix and Endometrium
    Cytology of endocervical glandular neoplasia
    Cytologic mimics of endocervical glandular neoplasia
    Cytology of endometrial cells and lesions
    Cytology of extracervical adenocarcinoma
    Management of glandular lesions identified on cervical cytology and histology with suggestions for continuous quality improvement in the cytology laboratory.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michele G. Curtis, MD, MPH, MML, CEO and President, CeeShell Healthcare Consulting, Houston, Texas, Silvia T. Linares, MD, Assistant Professor, Department of Obstettrics & Gynecology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas, Leah Antoniewicz, MD, Obstetrical gynecological Associates, Houston, Texas.
    Contents:
    Section I: Common gynecologic conditions
    Contraception / Leah Antoniewicz
    Uterine abnormalities / Lubna Chohan
    Hyperandrogenism / Robert L. Barbieri
    Vulvovaginitis / Irene E. Aga, Jenny J. Duret, and Silvia T. Linares
    Abnormal cervical cytology and human papillomavirus / Saketh R. Guntupalli and David G. Mutch
    Sexually transmitted infections and pelvic inflammatory disease / Philippe G. Judlin
    Chronic pelvic pain / John F. Steege
    Premenstrual syndromes / Meir Steiner and Tina Li
    Women and sexuality / Marianne Brandon
    Office management of endometriosis / Jennifer F. Knudtson and Robert S. Schenken
    Infertility and recurrent pregnancy loss / Alexander M. Quaas
    Early pregnancy failure and ectopic pregnancy / Charlie C. Kilpatrick and George Verghese
    Surgical and medical abortion / Danielle M. Roncari and Phillip G. Stubblefield
    Benign disorders of the vulva and vagina / Colleen Kennedy Stockdale and Lori A. Boardman
    Urogynecology and pelvic floor dysfunction / Thomas M. Julian
    Section II: Common nongynecologic conditions
    Breast disorders / Junko Ozao-Choy, Farin Amersi, and Armando E. Giuliano
    Psychiatric disorders / Laura J. Miller, Orit Avni-Barron, Joji Suzuki, Ellen B. Astrachan-Fletcher, Florina Haimovici, Jennifer Boisture, and Leena Mittal
    Intimate partner violence / Ann L. Coker, Corrine M. Williams, and James E. Ferguson, II
    Lifestyle modification / Catherine Takacs Witkop
    Complementary and integrative medicine / Juliet M. Mckee
    Diagnosis and management of hereditary cancer / Monique A. Spillman and Andrew Berchuck
    Occupational and environmental exposures / Patrice Sutton, Joanne L. Perron, Linda C. Giudice, and Tracey J. Woodruff
    Section III: Special populations
    Pediatric and adolescent gynecology / Mariel A. Focseneanu and Diane F. Merritt
    Care of perimenopausal and postmenopausal women / Ann Honebrink and Kurt T. Barnhart
    Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender women's health / Kirsten M. Smith and Olivia Bolles
    Office evaluation of women with disabilities / Caroline Signore
    Management of the HIV-infected woman / Rupa Kanapathipillai and Michelle L. Giles
    Section IV: Office procedures
    Office-based procedures / Silvia T. Linares and Jenny J. Duret
    Section V: Office management issues
    Patient safety in ambulatory gynecology / Tejal Gandhi and Roxane Gardner
    Medical-legal issues in office gynecology / Bruce Patsner and Susan Raine.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    [editors] Tarek M. Shaarawy, Mark B. Sherwood, Roger A. Hitchings, Jonathan G. Crowston.
    Summary: As the irreversible effects of glaucoma can lead to blindness, there is high demand for early diagnosis and an ongoing need for practitioners to adopt new and evolving medical and surgical treatment options to improve patient outcomes. Glaucoma, Second Edition is the most comprehensive text and online resource in the field delivering expert guidance for the most timely and effective diagnosis and treatment of glaucoma - aimed at specialists, fellows and general ophthalmologists. More than 300 contributors from six continents provide a truly global perspective and explore new approaches in this user friendly reference which has been updated with enhanced images, more spotlights, new videos, and more.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    editor, Douglas J. Rhee.
    Contents:
    I: Glaucoma diagnosis
    Introduction to glaucoma diagnosis
    Basics of aqueous flow and the optic nerve
    Tonometry
    Gonioscopy
    Anterior segment imaging
    Optic nerve imaging
    Glaucoma imaging: optic nerve head, peripapillary, and macular regions
    Psychophysical testing
    Blood flow in glaucoma
    II: Clinical syndromes
    Introduction to clinical syndromes
    Childhood glaucomas (Congenital glaucomas)
    Primary open-angle glaucoma
    Secondary open-angle glaucoma
    Uveitic glaucomas
    Lens-associated open-angle glaucomas
    Traumatic glaucoma
    Primary acute angle-closure and chronic angle-closure glaucoma
    Secondary angle-closure glaucoma
    Glaucoma secondary to elevated venous pressure
    III: Glaucoma management
    Introduction to glaucoma management
    Medical management
    Laser trabeculoplasty
    Deep sclerectomy surgery for glaucoma
    Trabeculectomy, the Ex-PRESS mini glaucoma shunt, and the xen gel
    Glaucoma drainage devices
    Schlemm canal-based surgery
    Cyclodestructive procedures for glaucoma
    Late complications of glaucoma surgery
    Supraciliary microstent surgery
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Parul Ichhpujani, editor.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Giacinto Bagetta, Carlo Nucci.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Monica Gandhi, Shibal Bhartiya, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to the use of glaucoma drainage devices (GDDs) in various clinical settings, and covers aspects ranging from the basics to managing complications. The aim of this work is to provide readers with a practical go-to desktop book to assist in and enhance their surgical competence with glaucoma drainage devices. Starting with the history of GDDs, it addresses various devices, their models and modifications, and highlights their advantages and disadvantages through numerous illustrations. The indications for the drainage devices are discussed in detail, using patient cases with photographs. The book describes the techniques for all devices in detail, which are explained further in accompanying videos. After covering the basic techniques, the book provides extensive notes on modifications that may be required in various case presentations such as congenital glaucoma, post-penetrating keratoplasty with extensive peripheral synechiae, and procedure through pars plans etc. Complications and their management are subsequently addressed. The book is an essential guide to help surgeons match patients to the most suitable device, and to support patients from preparation through post-operative care. Primarily intended for glaucoma surgeons, it offers a valuable resource for fellows in training, and all who have an interest in glaucoma surgery.

    Contents:
    Glaucoma
    Basic understanding an management choices
    Indicators of glaucoma drainage devices
    Contraindicators for glaucoma drainage devices
    The glaucoma drainage devices
    types and models
    Preparing the patients for glaucoma drainage devices surgery
    The ideal glaucoma drainage devices for patient
    which one to choose
    Surgical techniques for Ahmed Glaucoma valve
    the limbal approach
    Surgical techniques for Ahmed Glaucoma valve
    the pars plana approach
    Surgical techniques for Bearveldt glaucoma devices
    Surgical technique aravind aqueous drainage devices
    Glaucoma drainage devices in special cases
    Combined surgeries: Glaucoma drainage devices and cataract
    Combined surgeries: Glaucoma drainage devices and penetrating kerotoplasty
    Combined surgeries: Glaucoma drainage devices and vitrectomy
    Combined surgeries: Glaucoma drainage devices in pediatric glaucoma
    Modifications of surgical techniques in glaucoma drainage devices
    Complications associated with glaucoma drainage devices surgeries and their management
    Post operative care and followup of the patient with glaucoma drainage device
    Histological considerations of glaucoma drainage devices
    Quality of life considerations of glaucoma drainage device
    Important clinical trials: Glaucoma drainage devices
    Newer glaucoma drainage devices.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Ferreras, editor.
    Contents:
    Standard Automated Perimetry
    Gonioscopy
    Measurement of Intraocular Pressure
    Clinical Applications of Ultrasound Biomicroscopy in Glaucoma
    Retrobulbar Ocular Blood Flow Evaluation in Open Angle Glaucoma
    Optic Nerve Head Assessment and Retinal Nerve Fiber Layer Evaluation
    Confocal Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscopy (HRT)
    Detection of Glaucoma Using Scanning Laser Polarimetry
    Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT)
    Measuring Hemoglobin Levels in the Optic Nerve Head for Glaucoma Management
    Structure & Function Relationship in Glaucoma
    Assessment of Structural Glaucoma Progression.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors Paolo Bettin, Peng Tee Khaw.
    Contents:
    Achievements and limits of current medical therapy of glaucoma / Kalouda, P., Keskini, C., Anastasopoulos, E., Topouzis, F
    Enhanced trabeculectomy : the moorfields safer surgery system / Khaw, P.T., Chiang, M., Shah, P., Sii, F., Lockwood, A., Khalili, A
    Deep sclerectomy / Roy, S., Mermoud, A
    Glaucoma drainage implant surgery / Aref, A.A., Gedde, S.J., Budenz, D.J
    Postoperative management of penetrating and nonpenetrating external filtering procedures / Bettin, P., Di Matteo, F
    Ocular surface and external filtration surgery : mutual relationships / Baudouin. C
    Wound healing and glaucoma surgery : modulating the scarring process with conventional antimetabolites and new molecules / Hollc, G
    Mini drainage devices for anterior and intermediate filtration / Nardi, M., Posarelli, C., Nasini, F., Figus, M
    Laser-assisted techniques for penetrating and nonpenetrating glaucoma surgery / Geffen, N., Assia, E.I., Melamed, S
    Ab externo Schlemm's canal surgery : viscocanalostomy and canaloplasty / Grieshaber, M.C
    Ab interno Schlemm's canal surgery : trabectomy and iStent / Francis, B.A, Akil, H., Bert, B.B
    Surgical treatment of angle-closure glaucoma / Lim, D., Aquino, M.C., Chew, P
    Management of concomitant cataract and glaucoma / Marchini, G., Ceruti, P., Vizzari, G., Berzaghi, D., Zampieri, A
    Surgical management of pediatric glaucoma / Chang, I., Caprioli, J., Ou, Y
    When should we give up filtration surgery : indications, techniques and results of cyclodestruction / Masis Solano, M., Huang, G., Lin, S.C.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Roberto Sampaolesi, Juan Roberto Sampaolesi, Jorge Zarate.
    Summary: This second volume in a short series on the glaucomas is devoted to the two main types of the disease, open angle glaucoma and angle closure glaucoma. The contents are based on observations and experience gained during the management of more than 40,000 hospital and 7,000 private patients, with follow-up of 10 to 50 years. The book is comprehensive in scope. All aspects of diagnosis are carefully examined, surgical indications and techniques are explained, and the role of medical treatment is evaluated. Importantly, chapters are included on topics that are frequently overlooked in other books but are important to early diagnosis, such as diurnal pressure curve, HRT, and non-conventional perimetry.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Thomas E. Keane, Sam D. Graham, Jr. ; associate editors, Marc Goldstein [and 7 others].
    Contents:
    Section I. Adrenal, renal, ureter, pelvis / Jerome P. Richie
    section II. Bladder / Stephen J. Savage
    section III. Prostate / Sandip M. Prasad
    section IV. Urethra / Eric S. Rovner
    section V. Testis, epididymis, vas deferens, and seminal vesicles / Marc Goldstein
    section VI. Penis and scrotum / Ramon Virasoro
    section VII. Urinary diversion / Urs E. Studer
    section VIII. Pediatrics / H. Gil Rushton.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    Brian M. Grawe, J. Gabriel Horneff III, Joseph A. Abboud, editors.
    Summary: The management of glenohumeral arthritis in the young patient remains a challenging problem for the treating clinician. The activity demands seen in such patient populations require a unique understanding of what the goals of treatment are to ensure satisfied and sustainable outcomes. In addition, younger patients have a longer life expectancy and more active lifestyles, which can negatively impact the longevity of arthroplasty implants that are traditionally used in the older patient population. As such, the discovery and implementation of novel and anatomy preserving techniques continue to evolve to meet the demand of younger patients without compromising their outcomes. This practical text serves to educate the treating clinician on how to recognize and categorize glenohumeral osteoarthritis in young patients and offers insight into the various operative and non-operative treatment options. Opening chapters examine the prevalence and burden, etiology and evaluation of the condition, followed by chapters discussing the current non-invasive and non-operative approaches to treatment, such as injection therapy. The main complement of chapters are detailed descriptions of surgical approaches, from arthroscopy and cartilage reconstruction to total and reverse shoulder arthroplasty, stemless approaches and arthrodesis. A final chapter expands on future management strategies. Radiographs and intraoperative photos are provided to enhance the text. Presenting the state of the art for this increasingly common condition, Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis in the Young Patient is an ideal resource for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists alike.

    Contents:
    Osteoarthritis in the Young Patient: What is burden of the Problem
    Etiology of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis in the Young Patient
    Evaluation of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis in the Young Patient
    Non-Invasive Treatment Options for Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis in the Young Patient
    Injection Therapies for Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis in the Young Patient
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Glenohumeral Arthritis
    Bone Preserving Resurfacing Treatment Options for Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Highlight on Stemless Shoulder Arthroplasty for the Young Patient
    Highlight on the Ream and Run for the Young Patient
    Total Shoulder Arthroplasty in the Young Patient
    Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty in the Young Patient
    Arthrodesis for the Young Patient with Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Putting it all Together: What's on the Horizon for the Young Patient with Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Li Yao.
    Summary: This book focuses on current applications of glial cells in neural regeneration, especially in spinal cord repair. It introduces the application of a few types of glial cells including oligodendrocyte, astrocyte, Schwann cells, and stem cell derived glial cells in neural regeneration. The latest glial cell research with biomaterials, gene modification, and electrical signals is also summarized. This is an ideal book for undergraduate and research students in tissue engineering, neurobiology, and regenerative medicine as well as researchers in the field. This book also: Illustrates the application of glial cells including oligodendrocyte, astrocyte, Schwann cells, and stem cell derived glial cells in neural regeneration Broadens reader understanding of the current applications of glial cells in neural regeneration, especially in spinal cord repair Demonstrates the engineering of glial cells with biomaterials, gene modification, and electrical signals for neural regeneration.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Advances in the Research of Astrocyte Function in Neural Regeneration; 1.1 Astrocytes in the Central Nervous System; 1.2 Types of Astrocytes; 1.3 Functions of Astrocytes in CNS; 1.3.1 Control of Extracellular Homeostasis; 1.3.2 Removal of Excess Glutamate; 1.3.3 Maintenance of Glutamatergic Neurotransmission; 1.3.4 Control of Local Blood Flow and Metabolic Support for Neurons; 1.3.5 Control of Synaptogenesis and Its Maintenance; 1.3.6 Tripartite Synapse; 1.3.7 Signaling in Glial Syncytia; 1.3.8 Concept of Gliotransmission 1.4 Role of Astrocytes in Neurodegenerative Diseases1.5 Role of Astrocytes in Neural Injury; 1.6 Importance of Astrocytes in Neural Regeneration; 1.7 Astrocyte Transplantation in Neural Regeneration; References;
    Chapter 2: Enhancement of Axonal Myelination in Wounded Spinal Cord Using Oligodendrocyte Precursor Cell Transplantation; 2.1 Axonal Myelination in Central Nervous System; 2.2 Axon Demyelination Resulting from Spinal Cord Injury; 2.3 Restoration of Axonal Myelination Post-Spinal Cord Injury; 2.4 Transplantation of OPCs Enhancing Axon Remyelination in Spinal Cord Injury 2.4.1 Transplantation of OPCs in Therapy of SCI2.4.2 Co-Transplantation of Biomaterial Scaffolds and OPCs for SCI Therapy; 2.5 Potential Application of Electrical Stimulation in Axonal Myelination; References;
    Chapter 3: Application of Schwann Cells in Neural Tissue Engineering; 3.1 Origin of Schwann Cells; 3.2 Peripheral Nerve Injury and Role of Schwann Cells in Nerve Regeneration; 3.3 Autologous Nerve Grafting and Schwann Cell Transplantation for Nerve Repair; 3.4 Synthetic and Biological Molecules for Promoting Nerve Repair; 3.5 Stem Cell-Derived Schwann Cells for Neural Regeneration 3.6 Schwann Cells and Biomaterial for Neural Regeneration3.7 Role of Schwann Cells in Spinal Cord Injury; References;
    Chapter 4: Stem Cell- and Biomaterial-Based Neural Repair for Enhancing Spinal Axonal Regeneration; 4.1 Stem Cell Therapy for Axonal Regeneration in Spinal Cord Repair; 4.1.1 Embryonic Stem Cells; 4.1.2 Neural Stem Cells; 4.1.3 Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells; 4.1.4 Mesenchymal Stem Cells; 4.2 Biomaterial and Stem Co-Transplantation in Neural Regeneration; References
    Chapter 5: Electric Field-Guided Cell Migration, Polarization, and Division: An Emerging Therapy in Neural Regeneration5.1 Electric Field Directing Axonal Growth; 5.2 Electric Fields Directing Neuron Migration; 5.3 EF-Guided Migration of Stem Cells and Stem Cell-Derived Neural Cells; 5.4 Oriented Cell Division in EFs; 5.5 Regulation of EF-directed Neuronal Migration; 5.5.1 Cell Polarization in EFs; 5.5.2 Calcium Signals Growth Cone Navigation and Neuron Migration in Applied EF; 5.5.3 Cell Membrane Receptors and Intracellular Signaling Pathways
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Rommy von Bernhardi, editor.
    Contents:
    Glial cells and the Integrity of the CNS
    NG2-glia: More than Progenitor Cells
    Pharmacological tools to study the role of astrocytes in neural network function
    "Microglia function in the normal brain"
    Physiological functions of glial cell hemichannels
    Role of astrocytes in central respiratory chemoreception
    Purine signaling and microglial wrapping
    Oligodendrocytes, functioning in a delicate balance between high metabolic requirements and oxidative damage
    Schwann cell and axon: an interlaced unit, from action potential to phenotype expression
    Age-dependent changes in the activation and regulation of microglia
    Astrocyte dysfunction in developmental neurometabolic diseases
    Microglia in cancer: for good or for bad?
    Peripheral inflammation and demyelinating diseases
    Regulation of oligodendrocyte differentiation and myelination by nuclear receptors: role in neurodegenerative disorders
    The Role of Galectin-3: from Oligodendroglial Differentiation and Myelination to Demyelination and Remyelination Processes in a Cuprizone-Induced Demyelination Model
    Prenatal systemic hypoxia-ischemia and oligodendroglia loss in cerebellum.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jeffrey G. Tasker, Jaideep S. Bains, Julie A. Chowen, editors.
    Summary: This volume discusses current research on glial-neuronal interactions in several neuroendocrine systems. Glial-neuronal bidirectional transmission represents one of the fastest-growing areas of investigation in neuroscience today. Unraveling the interactions and signaling synergy between glial cells and neurons is critical to advancing our understanding of brain function. Consequently, this book summarizes the latest findings on the roles of astrocytes, microglia and tanycytes in the control of synaptic transmission, synaptic plasticity, blood-brain signaling, neuroinflammation and immune signaling. In addition, leading experts in the field discuss how reproductive function, the stress response and energy homeostasis are regulated by glial-neuronal communication. Given its scope, the book is essential reading for undergraduate and graduate students in the neurosciences, as well as postdoctoral fellows and established researchers who are looking for a comprehensive overview of glial-neuronal crosstalk in neuroendocrine systems. This is the eleventh volume in the International Neuroendocrine Federation (INF) Masterclass in Neuroendocrinology series (Volumes 1-7 published by Wiley), which aims to illustrate the highest standards and highlight the latest technologies in basic and clinical research, and aspires to provide inspiration for further exploration into the exciting field of neuroendocrinology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Series Preface
    Volume Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Glial-Neuronal Interactions in the Control of Hypothalamic Development
    1: The Role of Microglia in the Developing Hypothalamus
    1.1 Introduction
    1.1.1 Hypothalamic Organization and Function in the Neuroendocrine System
    1.1.2 Microglia Invasion During Hypothalamic Development
    1.1.3 Hypothalamic Gliogenesis
    1.2 Unraveling Hematopoiesis and the Unique Origins of Microglia
    1.2.1 Hematopoiesis
    1.2.2 Microglial Origins
    1.2.3 Border-Associated Macrophages 1.3 Local Environmental Signals Shape Microglia Development and Influence Microglial Heterogeneity
    1.3.1 Microglial Heterogeneity
    Box 1.1: Single-Cell RNA Sequencing
    1.4 Microglial Functions During Hypothalamic Development
    1.4.1 Importance of Embryonic Microglia for the Proper Development of Hypothalamic Circuitry
    Box 1.2: Using CSF1R Inhibitors to Deplete Microglia in the CNS
    Box 1.3: Hypothalamic Circuitry Involved in Feeding and Energy Balance
    1.5 Microglia Are Sexually Dimorphic and Contribute to Sexual Dimorphism Within the Hypothalamus 1.5.1 A Role for Microglia in the Establishment of Sexually Dimorphic Brain Regions
    1.6 Embryonic Microglia Act as Sensors During Development
    1.7 Perspectives
    1.8 Key Literature
    References
    Part II: Glial-Neuronal Interactions in the Control of the Magnocellular Neuroendocrine System
    2: Functional Consequences of Morphological Plasticity in the Adult Hypothalamo-Neurohypophysial System
    2.1 Introduction: Structural Glial Plasticity in the Adult HNS
    2.1.1 Anatomy of the HNS System
    2.1.2 Functions of Oxytocin and Vasopressin 2.1.3 Electrophysiology of Oxytocin and Vasopressin Neurons
    2.1.4 Glial Cells of the HNS
    2.1.5 Structural Glial Plasticity in the Adult HNS
    2.1.6 Investigating the Functional Consequences of Structural Plasticity
    2.2 Contribution of the Astrocytic Environment to Homosynaptic Strength
    Box 2.1: Investigating the Presynaptic Origin of Drug Action Using Paired-Pulse Facilitation
    2.2.1 Role of Glutamate Uptake on Homosynaptic Efficacy
    2.2.2 Control of Homosynaptic Efficacy Through Metabotropic Glutamate Receptors
    2.2.3 Glial Coverage Controls Homosynaptic Efficacy 2.2.4 Glial Coverage Controls Concentration and/or Time Course in the Synaptic Cleft
    2.2.5 Physiological Consequences
    2.3 Contribution of the Astrocytic Environment to Inter-synaptic Crosstalk
    2.3.1 Glial Coverage Controls Diffusion in the Extracellular Space
    2.3.2 Changes in Diffusion Facilitate Heterosynaptic Activity Through Metabotropic Glutamate Receptors
    2.3.3 Limiting Changes in Diffusion Affect Glutamate Spillover
    2.3.4 Functional Presynaptic Kainate Receptors on GABAergic Terminals in the HNS
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Steven Brem, Kalil G. Abdullah.
    Contents:
    1. The story of glioblastoma: history and modern correlates
    2. Epidemiology of glioblastoma and trends in glioblastoma survivorship
    3. The molecular pathogenesis of glioblastoma
    4. Translating molecular biomarkers of gliomas to clinical practice
    5. Multimodality targeting of glioma cells
    6. Current standards of care in glioblastoma therapy
    7. Radiographic detection and advanced imaging of glioblastoma
    8. Principles and tenets of radiation treatment in glioblastoma
    9. Chemotherapeutics and their efficacy
    10. Antiangiogenic therapy for glioblastoma
    11. Recurrent glioblastoma
    12. Principles of surgical treatment
    13. Awake craniotomy for glioblastoma
    14. Intraoperative imaging of glioblastoma
    15. Minimally invasive targeted therapy for glioblastoma: laser interstitial thermal therapy
    16. Local drug delivery in the treatment of glioblastoma
    17. Tumor-treating electric fields for glioblastoma
    18. Brain plasticity and reorganization before, during and after glioma resection
    19. General principles of immunotherapy for glioblastoma
    20. Early detection of glioblastoma
    21. Health-related quality of life and neurocognitive functioning after glioblastoma treatment
    22. Socioeconomics and survival
    23. National and global economic impact of glioblastoma
    24. Lessons learned: clinical trials and other interventions for glioblastoma.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Michael E. Sughrue.
    Summary: "Glioblastoma (GBM) or glioma is an extremely aggressive and malignant brain tumor, with cell infiltration, rapid invasion, and a high frequency of relapse. The Glioma Book by neurosurgeon Michael Sughrue is a highly personal book - a culmination of two years of writing and more than 1,000 surgeries. It presents a unique viewpoint with the potential to transform the traditional paradigm that too often informs treatment of this universally fatal brain tumor. The book reinterprets the role of the cerebrum and sub-cortex, leverages scientific advances to improve cytoreduction and reduce neurological deficits, and challenges the myth of the "inoperable" glioma. This is the first step-by-step technical guide focused on aggressively resecting different types of gliomas. The book is logically organized, starting with a foundation of fundamental knowledge, then progressing to practical applications. Chapters focus on the skills necessary to perform glioma surgery, specific techniques, and systematic approaches to gliomas in different brain regions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Why better glioma surgery matters
    Sughrue’s three laws of glioma surgery
    Surface and gross anatomy of the cerebrum
    An introduction to macroconnectomic in cerebral surgery
    White matter anatomy of the cerebrum
    Functional networks of the human cerebrum
    Awake brain mapping : goals, methods, and logistics
    Functional testing for brain mapping
    Going from scan to plan in a glioma surgery
    Frontal lobe gliomas
    Temporal lobe glioma
    Insular glioma
    Parietal and occipital gliomas
    Difficult gliomas : butterfly and basal ganglia
    Unique issues for recurrent gliomas
    Large multilobar gliomas
    Cases that have taught me lessons.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Whitney B. Pope, editor.
    Summary: This book covers physiologic, metabolic and molecular imaging for gliomas. Gliomas are the most common primary brain tumors. Imaging is critical for glioma management because of its ability to noninvasively define the anatomic location and extent of disease. While conventional MRI is used to guide current treatments, multiple studies suggest molecular features of gliomas may be identified with noninvasive imaging, including physiologic MRI and amino acid positron emission tomography (PET). These advanced imaging techniques have the promise to help elucidate underlying tumor biology and provide important information that could be integrated into routine clinical practice. The text outlines current clinical practice including common scenarios in which imaging interpretation impacts patient management. Gaps in knowledge and potential areas of advancement based on the application of more experimental imaging techniques will be discussed. In reviewing this book, readers will learn: current standard imaging methodologies used in clinical practice for patients undergoing treatment for glioma and the implications of emerging treatment modalities including immunotherapy the theoretical basis for advanced imaging techniques including diffusion and perfusion MRI, MR spectroscopy, CEST and amino acid PET the relationship between imaging and molecular/genomic glioma features incorporated in the WHO 2016 classification update and the potential application of machine learning about the recently adopted and FDA approved standard brain tumor protocol for multicenter drug trials of the gaps in knowledge that impede optimal patient management and the cutting edge imaging techniques that could address these deficits.

    Contents:
    1. Indications and Limitations of Conventional Imaging ? Current Clinical Practice in the Context of Standard Therapy
    2. Surrogates for Disease Status ? Contrast Enhancement Including Limitations of Pseudoprogression and Pseudoresponse
    3. The Relationship Between Biological and Imaging Characteristics in Enhancing and Nonenhancing Glioma
    4. Contrast-Enhanced T1-Weighted Digital Subtraction for Increased Lesion Conspicuity and Quantifying Treatment Response in Malignant Gliomas
    5. Advanced Physiologic Imaging: Perfusion. Theory and Applications
    6. Advanced Physiologic Imaging: Diffusion. Theory and Applications
    7. Parametric Response Map (PRM) Analysis Improves Response Assessment in Gliomas
    8. Review of WHO 2016 Changes to Classification of Gliomas; Incorporation of Molecular Markers
    9. Imaging markers of Low Grade Diffuse Glioma
    10. CEST, pH and Glucose Imaging as Markers for Hypoxia and Malignant Transformation
    11. MRS for D-2HG Detection in IDH Mutant Glioma
    12. C-13 Hyperpolarized MR Spectroscopy for Metabolic Imaging of Brain Tumors
    13. FET and FDOPA PET Imaging in Glioma
    14. Imaging Genomics
    15. Radiomics and Machine Learning
    16. Immunotherapy and Gliomas
    17. The Path Forward ?The Standardized Brain Tumor Imaging Protocol (BTIP) for Multicenter Trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jolanta Barańska.
    Summary: Gliomas, developing in the brain from the transformed glial cells, are a very special kind of tumor, extremely refractory to conventional treatments. Therefore, for the development of new antitumor strategies, a better understanding of molecular mechanisms responsible for their biology, growth and invasion is still needed. This book is a reference on cellular signaling processes regulating gliomas physiology and invasiveness. The work is focused on the mechanism of nucleotide receptor activation by exogenous nucleotides and formation of complex signaling cascades induced by growth factors, cytokines and cannabinoids. The second edition of the book enriched in new chapters provides a framework explaining how signal transduction elements may modulate numerous genetic and epigenetic alterations, describes the role of local microenvironment in cellular growth, progression and invasion and, in the light of extensive new results, presents perspectives concerning potential targets for gliomas therapy.

    Contents:
    Introduction to purinergic signaling in the brain
    Adenosine signaling in glioma cells
    Cross-talk in nucleotide signaling in glioma c6 cells
    Calcium signaling in glioma cells
    the role of nucleotide receptors
    Purinergic signaling in glioma progression
    Cytoskeleton and nucleotide signaling in glioma c6 cells
    Signaling determinants of glioma cell invasion
    Receptor tyrosine kinases: principles and functions in glioma invasion
    Recent advances in understanding mechanisms of tgf beta signaling and its role in glioma pathogenesis
    Stat signaling in glioma cells
    Cannabinoid signaling in glioma cells
    Effects of arginine and its deprivation on human glioblastoma physiology and signaling
    Histone modifying enzymes and chromatin modifiers in glioma pathobiology and therapy responses
    Role of infiltrating microglia/macrophages in glioma. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Mitchel S. Berger and Michael Weller.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Epidemiology
    Ch. 2. Presenting signs and symptoms in brain tumors
    Ch. 3. Neuroimaging
    Ch. 4. Surgical approaches for the gliomas
    Ch. 5. Histologic classification of gliomas
    Ch. 6. Molecular classification of gliomas
    Ch. 7. Next-generation molecular diagnostics
    Ch. 8. Principles of radiation therapy
    Ch. 9. Principles of pharmacotherapy
    Ch. 10. Principles of immunotherapy
    Ch. 11. Experimental therapies: gene therapies and oncolytic viruses
    Ch. 12. Complications of glioma surgery
    Ch. 13. Complications from radiotherapy
    Ch. 14. Complications from pharmacotherapy
    Ch. 15. Vascular complications in glioma patients
    Ch. 16. Epilepsy and brain tumors
    Ch. 17. Rehabilitation of patients with glioma
    Ch. 18. Psycho-oncology
    Ch. 19. Palliative care at the end-of-life in glioma patients
    Ch. 20. Pilocytic astrocytomas
    Ch. 21. Astrocytic gliomas WHO grades II and III
    Ch. 22. Low-grade and anaplastic oligodendroglioma
    Ch. 23. Glioblastoma
    Ch. 24. Rare glial tumors
    Ch. 25. Ependymoma: a heterogeneous tumor of uncertain origin and limited therapeutic options
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Susan M. Lee, Patrick Palmieri, Jean Watson, editors.
    Contents:
    Global advances in human caring literacy / Jean Watson [US]
    Advancing caritas literacy in practice, education, and health systems / Susan Lee [US]
    Building global caritas community through online education / Kathleen Sitzman [US]
    The caring science imperative : a hallmark in nursing education / Jacqueline Whelan [Ireland]
    The use of simulation to strengthen humanistic practice among nursing students in the Canton of Vaud / Philippe Delmas [Switzerland]
    Thinking, acting, and leading through caring science literacy / Sara Horton-Deutsch [US]
    The co-emergence of caritas nursing and professional nursing practice in Peru / Patrick Palmieri [Peru]
    Creating intentionality and heart-centered leadership in the hospital setting / Jacqueline Somerville [US]
    Relational caring inquiry (RCI) : the added value of caring ontology in nursing research / Chantal Cara [Canada]
    Collaborative action research and evaluation (care) : relational inquiry for promoting caring science literacy / Marcia Hills [Canada]
    Spirituality and nursing : United States and Ukraine / Gayle Casterline [Heuristics: Ukraine and US]
    Seeing the person through the patient : a human caring reference model for health care and research / Sandra Vacchi [Italy]
    Practices of caring : a South African perspective / Charlene Downing [South Africa]
    A conceptual framework for midwifery in South Africa / Anna Nolte [South Africa]
    Caritas for society's safe-keepers : upholding human dignity and caring / Joseph Giovanonni [US]
    Giving voice through caritas nursing / Maryanne T. Sandberg [US]
    Caring practices in an era of conflict : Middle East nurses / Julie Benbenishty [Israel]
    Japanese caritas for peace and change / Mayumi Tsutsui [Japan]
    Caritas arts for healing / Mary Rockwood Lane [US].
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    edited by Marilyn "Marty" Douglas, Dula Pacquiao, Larry Purnell.
    Summary: This book is unique in its global approach to applying the Guidelines for Culturally Competent Nursing Practice that were recently endorsed by the International Council of Nurses (ICN) and distributed to all of its 130 national nursing associations. The purpose of this book is to illustrate how these guidelines can be put into clinical practice and to show how practitioners from different countries with diverse populations can implement them. The first chapter provides the conceptual basis for Culturally Competent Health Care and describes how the guidelines were developed. Each of the next 10 sections presents a chapter describing a specific guideline followed by three or four chapters with detailed case studies to illustrate how the guideline was implemented in a particular cultural setting. All case studies follow a similar format and are written by international authors with clinical expertise and work experience in the culture being presented. This book will be useful for advanced practice nurses, healthcare students, clinicians, administrators, educators, researchers, and those who provide community health or population-based care. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Conceptual Framework for Culturally Competent Care
    PART I – Guideline: Knowledge of Cultures
    Chapter 2. Knowledge of Cultures: A Requisite for Culturally Competent Care
    Chapter 3. Case Study: Building Trust among American Indian/Alaska Native Communities: Patience and Focus on Strengths
    Chapter 4. Case Study: An 85-Year-Old Immigrant from the Former Soviet Union
    Chapter 5. Case Study: Caring for Urban American Indian Gay or Lesbian Youth at Risk for Suicide
    PART II – Guideline: Education and Training
    Chapter 6. Education and Training in Culturally Competent Care
    Chapter 7. Case Study: Traditional Health Beliefs of Arabic Culture during Pregnancy
    Chapter 8. Case Study: Perceived Cultural Discord and Possible Discrimination involving a Moroccan Truck Driver in Italy
    Chapter 9. Case Study: A Multiracial Man Seeks Care in the Emergency Department
    PART III – Guideline: Critical Reflection
    ^Chapter 10. Critical Reflection: Critiquing Self-Awareness of Personal Values and Beliefs
    Chapter 11. Case Study: Human Trafficking in Guatemala
    Chapter 12. Case Study: A Young African American Woman with Lupus
    Chapter 13. Case Study: Intimate Partner Violence in Peru
    PART IV – Guideline: Cross Cultural Communication
    Chapter 14. Cross Cultural Communication: Verbal and Nonverbal Communication, Interpretation and Translation
    Chapter 15. Case Study: Korean Woman with Mastectomy Pain
    Chapter 16. Case Study: Cross Cultural Communication: Arab Muslim Patients
    Chapter 17. Case Study: Communication, Language, and Care with a Person of Mexican Heritage with Type 2 Diabetes
    Chapter 18. Case Study: Stigmatization of an HIV+ Haitian Male
    PART V.— Guideline: Culturally Congruent Practice
    Chapter 19. Integrating Culturally Congruent Strategies into Health Care Practice
    Chapter 20. Case Study: Perinatal Care for a Filipina Immigrant
    ^Chapter 21. Case Study: Maternity Care for a Liberian Woman widowed by Ebola
    Chapter 22. Case Study: Care of a Malay Muslim Woman in a Singaporean Hospital
    PART VI. – Guideline: Cultural Competence in Health Care Systems & Organizations
    Chapter 23. Building an Organizational Environment of Cultural Competence
    Chapter 24. Case Study: Culturally Competent Strategies Towards Living Well with Dementia on the Mediterranean Coast
    Chapter 25. Case Study: Culturally Competent Healthcare Organizations for Arab Muslims
    Chapter 26. Case Study: A Lebanese Immigrant Family Copes with a Terminal Diagnosis
    PART VII. – Guideline: Patient Advocacy and Empowerment
    Chapter 27. Advocacy and Empowerment of Individuals, Families and Communities
    Chapter 28. Case Study: Zapotec Woman with HIV in Oaxaca, Mexico
    Chapter 29. Case Study: Maternal and Child Health Promotion Issues for a Poor, Migrant Haitian Mother
    ^Chapter 30. Case Study: Caring for a Pakistani Male who has Sex with Other Men
    PART VIII. – Guideline: Multicultural Workforce
    Chapter 31. Culturally Competent Multicultural Workforce
    Chapter 32. Case Study: Internationally-educated Nurses Working in a Canadian Healthcare Setting
    Chapter 33. Case Study: Recruitment of Philippine-educated Nurses to the US
    Chapter 34. Case Study: Health Care for the Poor and Underserved Populations in India
    PART IX. – Guideline: Cross Cultural Leadership
    Chapter 35. Attributes of Cross Cultural Leadership Strategies
    Chapter 36. Case Study: Integrating Cultural Competence and Health Equity in Nursing Education
    Chapter 37. Case Study: Cross-cultural Leadership for Maternal and Child Health Promotion in Sierra Leone
    Chapter 38. Case Study: Nursing Organizational Approaches to Population and Workforce Diversity
    PART X.
    Guideline: Evidence Based Practice and Research
    ^Chapter 39. Designing Culturally Competent Interventions Based on Evidence and Research
    Chapter 40. Case Study: Domestic Violence of an Elderly Migrant Woman in Turkey
    Chapter 41. Case Study: Sources of Psychological Stress for a Japanese Immigrant Wife
    Chapter 42. Case Study: Early Childbearing and Contraceptive Use among Rural Egyptian Teens
    Chapter 43. Case Study: A Chinese Immigrant Seeks Health Care in Australia.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    editors Cezmi A. Akdis, Peter W. Hellings, Ioana Agache ; editorial board, Pascal Demoly, Antonella Muraro, Nikolaos G. Papadopoulos, Ronald van Ree.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RF361 .G56 2015
    1
  • Print
    editors, Cezmi A. Akdis, Ioana Agache ; editorial board, Pascal Demoly, Peter Hellings, Antonella Muraro, Nikolaos G. Papadopoulos, Ronald van Ree.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC584 .G56 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Rami Lutfi, Mariano Palermo, Guy-Bernard Cadière, editors.
    Summary: This book methodically covers the technique, and results of laparoscopic bariatric and metabolic surgery. Aspiring to be wide-ranging, the content includes developments as well as basic standardized techniques, likely occurring complications, described to help practicians avoid dangerous pitfalls. The editors included such topics as the relationship between obesity and cancer, the use of surgery in adolescents, preparation and follow-up care, as well as the use of interventional radiology. The latest scientific evidence concerning endoscopy, radiology, robotics and pharmaceuticals, is presented in detail. Comprehensive varying opinions on the management of sleeve gastrectomy, weight regain, gastric bypass and complex revisions are unique to this tome. Not only are differing surgical perspectives presented, but physicians, endoscopists and researchers also describe alternative methods of management, in complications, future treatments, and understanding of the disease. Global Bariatric Surgery: The Art of Weight Loss Across the Borders serves as a valuable reference source for surgeons and practitioners in need of the most up-to-date information on bariatric and metabolic surgery with all its known facets. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jacques Kpodonu, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a focused resource on how cardiac surgery capacity can be developed and how it assists in the sustainable development and strengthening of associated health systems. Background is provided on the extent of the problems that are experienced in many nations with suggestions for how suitable frameworks can be developed to improve cardiac healthcare provision. Relevant aspects of governance, financial modelling and disease surveillance are all covered. Guidance is also given on how to found and nurture cardiac surgery curriculum and residency programs. Global Cardiac Surgery Capacity Development in Low and Middle Income Countries provides a practically applicable resource on how to treat cardiac patients with limited resources. It identifies the key challenges and presents strategies on how these can be managed, therefore making it a critical tool for those involved in this field.

    Contents:
    PART ONE: Global Surgery as the Neglected Stepchild of Global Health
    History of Global Surgery
    Global Surgery: from Grassroots Movement to Global Momentum
    Universal Health Coverage (UHC) Surgery and Anesthesia as Essential Components of Universal Health Coverage
    Global Surgery Financing, Challenges and Possibilities
    Leveraging Data Science In Global Surgery
    Global Surgery Innovation at Academic Medical Centers: Developing a Successful Innovation Ecosystem
    The Role of Social Impact Innovation and Entrepreneurship in Global Health
    PART TWO: Global Cardiac Surgery as an Indispensable component of Health Systems Strengthening and Healthcare
    Global Cardiac Surgery and the Global Burden of Disease
    Monitoring, Evaluation, and Disease Surveillance for Cardiovascular Surgical Disease
    Global and national Advocacy for Cardiac Surgery - Start with the Children
    Costing and Health Systems Financing cardiovascular care in Low and Middle Income Countries
    The Global Cardiothoracic Surgery Workforce in 2020
    Team-Based Care Along the Cardiac Surgical Care Cascade
    An Advanced Heart Team Model: Can it be adapted to Africa?
    PART THREE: Bioethics, Education and Role of Societies in Global Cardiac Surgery
    Ethical Considerations in Global Cardiac Surgery
    Role of Humanitarian Cardiac Surgery Missions in Developing the Next Generation of Global Cardiac Surgeons
    Role of Cardiothoracic Surgery Societies in Addressing Global Health Disparities
    Deconstruct one, Document one Simulate many, assess many .Role of simulation in cardiac surgery education
    Utility of simulation in transthoracic and transesophageal echocardiogram-based training of a cardiovascular workforce in low and middle-income countries
    Developing a Web-Based Curriculum for Radiology Sub-Specialty Training in low and middle income countries
    PART Four: Strategies for Implementing Sustainable Cardiothoracic Surgery Programs
    Echocardiography for cardiac surgeons
    Anesthesia Considerations in Global Cardiac Surgery Capacity Development in LMIC
    Cardiopulmonary Considerations for Cardiac Surgery in Emerging countries
    PEN-Plus Strategies I: Decentralized National Model for Cardiac Surgery: preoperative medical management, cardiac surgery screening, and referral
    PEN-Plus Strategies II: Decentralizing and Integrating Postoperative Management and Anticoagulation
    Establishing and Expanding Cardiac Surgery Centers
    Nuts and Bolts for setting up a contemporary cardiac surgery program
    Cardiac Surgery capacity development in LMIC
    Development of Sustainable Global Thoracic Surgery Programs in LMICs
    PART FIVE: Leveraging Digital Health Technologies in Augmenting Global Cardiac Surgery Capacity Building
    Leveraging Digital Health Technology to Address Social Forces and their Impact on Cardiovascular Health
    Emerging Opportunities for Sustainable Digital Health Enhanced Care Delivery Models for Improved Cardiovascular Surgery Outcomes
    The Role of Technology and Innovation in Cardiac Surgery Care
    Augmented, virtual and robotic capabilities in cardiovascular program capacity building
    Establishing National Telehealth Service in a Lower Middle-Income Country - The Ghana Model
    PART SIX: Global Cardiology and Cardiac Surgery - A Global View Perspective
    Capacity Building for Cardiovascular Care in a Resource-Limited Setting: The Story of Rheumatic Heart Disease in Rwanda
    Tele-cardiology in Ghana: Perspective from Korle-Bu Teaching Hospital and Cardiovascular Diagnostics Clinic
    Developing a Sustainable High-end Cardiovascular Surgery Program in Emerging Economies: the Narayana Health (NH) Model Structured on Affordable, Accessible, Tertiary Level Care
    Cardiac surgery and interventional cardiology capacity development: Insights from Ethiopia and Côte d'Ivoire
    Global Cardiac Surgery in China: 23 Years of Mission Work
    Establishing a Congenital Cardiac Program -Pakistan Model.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Thomas V. Inglesby, Amesh A. Adalja, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on Global Catastrophic Biological Risks (GCBRs), a special class of infectious disease outbreaks or pandemics in which the combined capacity of the worlds private and government resources becomes severely strained. These events, of which the 1918 influenza pandemic is emblematic, cause severe disruptions in the normal functioning of the world, exact heavy tolls in terms of morbidity and mortality, and lead to major economic losses. GCBRs can be caused by any type of microorganism, and myriad contextual factors can influence their impact. Additionally, there are cascading questions that arise in connection with GCBR prediction, preparation, and response. This book gathers contributions from thought leaders who discuss the multi-faceted approaches needed in order to address this problem. From understanding the special characteristics of various microbes to financing challenges, the volume provides an essential primer on a neglected but highly relevant topic. Physicians, scientists, policymakers, public health practitioners and anyone with an interest in the field of pandemics, emerging infectious disease, biosecurity, and global health security will find it a valuable and insightful resource.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jordan W. Swanson, editor ; David W. Low, illustrator.
    Summary: Cleft lip and palate represents the most common congenital facial anomaly. Congenital anomalies are one of the top 10 causes of disability and suffering in many low and middle income countries (LMICs.) Further, an estimated 30% of the global burden of disease is treated primarily through surgery, and among surgical conditions, treating clefts conveys disproportionately large benefit relative to cost because suffering can be halted at a young age and deliver a lifetime of health. Over the last 50 years, cleft care has advanced in low-resource settings through international surgical missions and the efforts of sparse local providers. While exciting anecdotes of impact abound from these efforts, recent studies have identified a complication rate that often exceeds 50% and there is concern about the sustainability of foreign volunteer missions. This book serves as a thorough resource for providing medical and surgical care of cleft lip and palate deformities in low-resource settings, geared to the context of those settings. The content is consensus-based and evidence-based, with emphasis on treatment that is appropriate to a low-resource context and how this differs from that in higher-resource environments. It is authored by recognized cleft experts in close partnership with providers who practice in low-resource settings. It is heavily pictorially based through illustrative figures, photos and diagrams, to be facile for those who speak English as a second language. Following the introduction, Complete Cleft Care in Low-Resource Settings has six main sections: patient workup, surgical treatment, comprehensive care, educational innovation, care delivery models, and finally a series of illustrative case studies. Uniquely, the book's breadth encompasses cleft care comprehensively, but does so through a practical "how to" format with many "from the field" examples of what has worked.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Case Studies in Cleft Surgery
    About the Editors
    Editor
    Illustrator
    Section Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction to Global Cleft Care
    1: Introduction: A Paradigm Shift in Global Cleft Care
    Five Forces Shaping Global Cleft Care
    Surgery as Public Health
    Locally Delivered Cleft Care
    Focus on Achieving Great Patient Outcomes
    Innovation Borne of Low-Resource Settings
    The Conundrum of Evidence-Based Medicine
    References
    2: Burden of Cleft Disease and Opportunity for Impact Introduction
    Defining Cleft Conditions
    The Burden of Cleft Disease
    Epidemiology
    Outcomes for Cleft Patients
    Economics of Cleft Care
    Approaches to Cleft Care
    Defining Adequate Cleft Care
    Methods of Reaching Untreated or Undertreated Patients
    The Potential Impact of Cleft Care
    References
    3: Patient Barriers to Care
    Introduction
    Availability of Care (Supply)
    Workforce
    Infrastructure
    Affordability and Acceptability of Surgical Care (Demand)
    Affordability
    Acceptability
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Innovations in Reaching Patients Introduction
    Design Thinking
    Examples from the Field
    Cleft Lip and Palate
    Patient Accompaniment: Partners in Health and Operation Smile Honduras
    Problem Statement
    Program Overview
    Why It Works
    Enhancing the Patient Experience: Operation Smile, Madagascar
    Problem Statement
    Program Overview
    Why It Works
    Primary Care
    Nuka System of Care: Southcentral Foundation, Alaska, United States
    Problem Statement
    Program Overview
    Why It Works
    Community Health Workers: Last Mile Health, Liberia
    Problem Statement
    Program Overview
    Why it Works Infectious Disease
    Community-Based Surveillance System: CORE Group Polio Project, South Sudan
    Problem Statement
    Program Overview
    Why It Works
    Conclusion & Key Takeaways
    References
    Part II: Patient and Cleft Assessment
    5: Patterns, Anatomy, and Classification of Clefts
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Patterns of Cleft Lip and Palate
    Syndromic Clefts
    Racial and Ethnic Epidemiologic Variations
    Embryology
    The Gene-Environment Interplay
    Facial Development
    Clefts as Failure of Fusion Events
    Cleft-Related Anatomy Nose: Tip, Alae, Columella, Nasal Sill, Paranasal Muscles
    Palate
    Classification
    Severity Classification
    Patterns
    Unilateral Cleft Lip and Palate (UCLPA): Main Features
    Bilateral Cleft Lip and Palate (BCLPA): Main Features
    Cleft Palate: Main Features
    References
    6: Early Nutrition, Feeding and Management of Infants with an Oral Cleft
    Introduction
    Feeding Guidance for Patients with Cleft Lip/Palate
    Normal Feeding
    Feeding Duration and Amounts
    Initial Feeding Assessment
    Specific Feeding Problems of Infants with CL+/− P
    Cleft Lip
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Lawrence A. Palinkas.
    Summary: This timely text examines the causes and consequences of population displacement related to climate change in the recent past, the present, and the near future. First and foremost, this book includes an examination of patterns of population displacement that have occurred or are currently underway. Second, the book introduces a three-tier framework for both understanding and responding to the public health impacts of climate-related population displacement. It illustrates the interrelations between impacts on the larger physical and social environment that precipitates and results from population displacement and the social and health impacts of climate-related migration. Third, the book contains first-hand accounts of climate-related population displacement and its consequences, in addition to reviews of demographic data and reviews of existing literature on the subject. Topics explored among the chapters include: Hurricane Katrina and New Orleans Hurricane Maria and Puerto Rico The California Wildfires Fleeing Drought: The Great Migration to Europe Fleeing Flooding: Asia and the Pacific Fleeing Coastal Erosion: Kivalina and Isle de Jean Charles Although the book is largely written from the perspective of a researcher, it reflects the perspectives of practitioners and policymakers on the need for developing policies, programs, and interventions to address the growing numbers of individuals, families, and communities that have been displaced as a result of short- and long-term environmental disasters. Global Climate Change, Population Displacement, and Public Health is a vital resource for an international audience of researchers, practitioners, and policymakers representing a variety of disciplines, including public health, public policy, social work, urban development, climate and environmental science, engineering, and medicine.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Katrina and New Orleans
    Chapter 3. Maria and Puerto Rico
    Chapter 4. The Tubbs Fire and Santa Rosa
    Chapter 5. Fleeing Drought: Africa and the Great Migration to Europe
    Chapter 6. Fleeing Flooding: Bangladesh and the Asia-Pacific Rim
    Chapter 7. Fleeing Coastal Erosion: Newtok and Isle de St. Jean
    Chapter 8. Policy Responses to Climate-related Displacement
    Chapter 9. Practice Responses to Climate-related Displacement
    Chapter 10: Conclusion: The Future of Climate-related Displacement?.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jay Lemery, Kim Knowlton, Cecilia Sorensen.
    Summary: "This book examines the climatological processes that affect human health. This chapter, however, focuses on the physical processes associated with climate change to provide a foundation for subsequent discussions. In particular, we clarify how greenhouse gases alter the Earth's energy balance, describe recent climate trends and projections of future climate change. In addition, we present multiple converging lines of evidence that support that the climate is indeed changing and that the changes are primarily caused by human activities"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Kent E. Pinkerton, William N. Rom, editors.
    Summary: Pulmonary physicians and scientists currently have minimal capacity to respond to climate change and its impacts on health. The extent to which climate change influences the prevalence and incidence of respiratory morbidity remains largely undefined. However, evidence is increasing that climate change does drive respiratory disease onset and exacerbation as a result of increased ambient and indoor air pollution, desertification, heat stress, wildfires, and the geographic and temporal spread of pollens, molds and infectious agents. Preliminary research has revealed climate change to have potentially direct and indirect adverse impacts on respiratory health. Published studies have linked climate change to increases in respiratory disease, including the following: changing pollen releases impacting asthma and allergic rhinitis, heat waves causing critical care-related diseases, climate driven air pollution increases, exacerbating asthma and COPD, desertification increasing particulate matter (PM) exposures, and climate related changes in food and water security impacting infectious respiratory disease through malnutrition (pneumonia, upper respiratory infections). High level ozone and ozone exposure has been linked to idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, lung cancer, and acute lower respiratory infection. Global Climate Change and Public Health is an important new volume based on the research, findings, and discussions of US and international experts on respiratory health and climate change. This volume addresses issues of major importance to respiratory health and fills a major gap in the current literature.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Consequences of Global Warming to the Publics Health
    Climate Variability and Change Data and Information for Global Public Health
    Climate Change: Overview of Data Sources, Observed and Predicted Temperature Changes, and Impacts on Public and Environmental Health
    Eyewitness to Global Warming
    California and Climate Changes
    Heat Waves and Rising Temperatures: Human Health Impacts and the Determinants of Vulnerability
    Climate, Air Quality and Allergy: Emerging Methods for Detecting Linkages
    The Human Health Co-benefits of Air Quality Improvements Associated with Climate Change Mitigation
    Asthma, Hayfever, Pollen, and Climate Change
    Dengue Fever and Climate Change
    Impact of Climate Change on Vector-Borne Disease in the Amazon
    Climate Variability and Change: Food, Water and Societal Impacts
    Household Air Pollution from Cookstoves: Impacts on Health and Climate
    Biomass Fuel and Lung Diseases: An Indian Perspective
    The Effects of Climate Change and Air Pollution on Children and Mothers Health
    Climate Change and Public Health in Small Island States and Caribbean Countries
    Global Climate Change, Desertification, and Its Consequences in Turkey and the Middle East
    Assessing the Health Risks of Climate Change
    Federal Programs in Climate Change and Health Research
    Management of Climate Change Adaptation at the United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
    Public Health and Climate Programs at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
    Californias Cap-and-Trade Program.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors Scott Johnson, Hefin Jones.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive overview of the latest scientific knowledge and contemporary theory relating to global climate change and terrestrial invertebrates. Featuring contributions from top international experts, this book explores how changes to invertebrate populations will affect human decision making processes across a number of crucial issues, including agriculture, disease control, conservation planning, and resource allocation. Topics covered include methodologies and approaches to predict invertebrate responses, outcomes for disease vectors and ecosystem service providers, underlying mechanisms for community level responses to global climate change, evolutionary consequences and likely effects on interactions among organisms, and many more. Timely and thought-provoking, Global Climate Change and Terrestrial Invertebrates offers illuminating insights into the profound influence the simplest of organisms may have on the very future of our fragile world.

    Contents:
    Introduction to global climate change and terrestrial invertebrates / Scott N. Johnson and T. Hefin Jones
    Using historical measurements for predicting range shifts / Georgina Palmer and Jane K. Hill
    Experimental approaches for assessing invertebrate responses to global change factors / Richard L. Lindroth and Kenneth F. Raffa
    Transplant experiments : a powerful method to study climate change impacts / Sabine S. Nooten and Nigel R. Andrew
    Insect pollinators and climate change / Jessica R.K. Forrest
    Climate change effects on biological control in grasslands / Philippa J. Gerrard and Alison J. Popay
    Climate change and arthropod ectoparasites and vectors of veterinary importance / Hannah Rose, Lauren Ellse and Richard Wall
    Climate change and the biology of insect vectors of human pathogens / Luis Fernando Chaves
    Climate and atmospheric change impacts on aphids as vectors of plant diseases / James M.W. Ryalls and Richard Harrington
    Global climate change, herbivores and their natural enemies / William T. Hentley and Ruth N. Wade
    Climate change in the underworld : impacts for soil-dwelling invertebrates / Ivan Hiltpold, Scott N. Johnson, Rene-Claire Le Bayon and Uffe N. Nielsen
    Impacts of atmospheric and precipitation change on aboveground-belowground invertebrate interactions / Scott N. Johnson, James M.W. Ryalls and Joanna T. Staley
    Forest invertebrate communities and atmospheric change / Sarah L. Facey and Andrew Gherlenda
    Climate change and freshwater invertebrates : their role in reciprocal freshwater-terrestrial resources fluxes / Micael Jonsson and Cristina Canhoto
    Emerging issues and future perspectives for global climate change and invertebrates / Robert J. Thomas, James Vafidis and Renata J. Medeiros.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Louise Potvin, Didier Jourdan, editors.
    Summary: While research teams are producing relevant and valid knowledge for health promotion, there is not yet a structured manual and distinct field of health promotion research. This timely "state-of-the-art" handbook contributes to the structuring of such a field of research. This collection of original contributions explores the major epistemological, methodological, and ethical challenges facing health promotion research. It brings together experts from different "research traditions" that coexist in the field. The handbook covers the existing knowledge production and sharing practices to delineate the "discipline" and its agenda for future research. Ultimately, it contributes to the creation of a global community of health promotion researchers. The handbook is organized by four types of practices (what people actually do) studied in health promotion; the practices of: Individuals and populations in relation to their health and its determinants Professionals who intervene to improve population health Policy-makers and institutions involved in the advocacy, design, and implementation of policies and programs Researchers and innovators (academic scholars and global agencies) through which investment in research and production of evidence-based guidelines are made. Global Handbook of Health Promotion Research, Vol. 1: Mapping Health Promotion Research is a highly relevant reference tool for researchers and graduate students in health promotion, public health, education and socio-health sciences; practitioners in health, medical, and social sectors; policy-makers; and health research administrators

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. A Global Participatory Process to Structuring the Field of Health Promotion Research: An Introduction
    Chapter 2. Mapping Health Promotion Research: Organising the Diversity of Research Practices
    Chapter 3. Design-Based Research on Active Family Involvement: Developing a family Toolbox to Support Health Care Professionals Working with Diabetes Management.
    Chapter 4. Action research with people being treated for cancer or a rare disease. Health mediation central to their experiences and their inclusion
    Chapter 5. Critical health promotion and participatory research: knowledge production for and with young people experiencing homelessness in Scotland
    Chapter 6. Acting-in-Context: a methodological and theorical approach to understanding Individuals Actions in the Context of Poverty
    Chapter 7. Participatory health promotion research with children
    Chapter 8. School-based programs as a research platform for improving oral health and reducing malaria morbidity
    Chapter 9. Proposed title: Fostering cultural safety in healthcare through a decolonizing approach to research with, for and by Indigenous communities
    Chapter 10. Doing research with people: Hepatitis C and intensive engagement with high-risk occupational groups in Karachi, Pakistan
    Chapter 11. Respectful Maternity Care: A Methodological Journey from Research to Policy and Action
    Chapter 12. Valuing indigenous health promotion knowledge and practices: the local dialogue workshop as a method to engage and empower matrons and other traditional healers in Haiti
    Chapter 13. Aligning research practices with health promotion values: Ethical Considerations from the Community Health Worker Common Indicators Project
    Chapter 14. Investing in health promotion research among Community Health Workers in semi-rural Uganda using a partnership approach
    Chapter 15. Intersectoriality and health promotion research: the perspective of practitioners from a Brazilian experience
    Chapter 16. Capabilities and transdisciplinary co-production of knowledge: Linking the social practices of researchers, policymakers, professionals, and populations to promote active lifestyles
    Chapter 17. Conducting embedded health promotion research: Lessons learned from the Health On the Go study in Ecuador
    Chapter 18. Doing collaborative health promotion research in a complex setting. Lessons learned from the COMPLETE project in Norway
    Chapter 19. Researching the Process of Implementing Mental Health Promotion: Case studies on interventions with disadvantaged young people
    Chapter 20. Skill-based health education for health promotion among school adolescents through participatory action research: A case from Nepal
    Chapter 21. Evaluating health promotion in schools: a contextual action-oriented research approach
    Chapter 22. Developing school health promotion through research : An example of a participatory action research project
    Chapter 23. Fourth Generation Realist Evaluation: Research Practice to Empower the NGO. A Reflection on the Case of Sport for Social Change
    Chapter 24. A successful intervention research collaboration between a supermarket chain, local government, non-government organisation, and academic researchers: The Eat Well @ IGA healthy supermarket partnership
    Chapter 25. Participatory approaches to research intersectoral actions in local communities : Using theory of change, systems thinking and qualitative research to engage different stakeholders and foster transformative research processes
    Chapter 26. Research on complex health promotion interventions in local community settings
    Chapter 27. The contribution of health promotion re-search in advancing local policies: new knowledge, lexicon, and practice-research network
    Chapter 28. Implementation research on comprehensive sexuality education in Ghana: Lessons for health promotion research
    Chapter 29. Oral Health promotion intervention/research: a pathway to social justice applied to the context of New Caledonia
    Chapter 30. Methodological Reflections on SMART Eating Trial: Lessons for Health Promotion Practice Development
    Chapter 31. Researching the practices of policy makers in implementing a social policy intervention in Ghana
    Chapter 32. Capturing complexity in health promotion intervention research : Conducting critical realist evaluation
    Chapter 33. Using critical theory to research commercial determinants of health : Health impact assessment of the practices and products of transnational corporations
    Chapter 34. Streamlining Knowledge for better health policies: the "Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Knowledge Gateway"
    Chapter 35. Collaborative Health Promotion Research in Europe Experiences and relevance for health promotion at the municipal level
    Chapter 36. Producing and Sharing Knowledge: A collaborative work to produce the New Greek Child Health Booklet
    Chapter 37. From the Production to the Use of Scientific Knowledge: A Continuous Dialogue Between Researchers, Knowledge mobilization specialists and Users
    Chapter 38. A critical health promotion research approach using the Red Lotus Critical Health Promotion Model
    Chapter 39. Making Reflexivity and Emotions visible. The contribution of Logbooks and Polar Semantic Maps in Health Promotion Research.
    Chapter 40. Steering committee: participatory device to support knowledge flow and utilization in health promotion
    Chapter 41. Reflections on health promotion research in the field of health-promoting health care: The what, why and how of the Viennese tradition
    Chapter 42. Addressing the complexity of school health promotion through interdisciplinary approaches an invitation to think wildly about research
    Chapter 43. Fitting Health Promotion Research with Real-Life Conditions: Viability Evaluation
    Chapter 44. A systems approach to research practice in the co-production of evidence about partnership-based health promotion interventions
    Chapter 45. Researching the Aesthetics of Health Promotion Interventions: Reflections on Fit to Drive, a Long-running Road Safety Education Program
    Chapter 46. Researchers as policy Entrepreneurs for Structural Change: Interactive research for promoting processes towards health equity
    Chapter 47. Reflections on mainstreaming health equity in a large research collaboration: "If I cant dance it is not my revolution"
    Chapter 48. Studying the Case de Sante de Toulouse (France) as a propaedeutic step
    Chapter 49. Brazilian experiences in interdisciplinary networks: from advocacy to intersectoral participatory research and implementation
    Chapter 50. Researching a diverse epistemic social movement : The challenges and rewards of European Healthy Cities realist synthesis
    Chapter 51. Researching Health for All in South Australia: reflections on sustainability and partnership
    Chapter 52. Markers of Ethical References in Health Promotion Research
    Chapter 53. Markers of the Objects Studied in Health Promotion Research
    Chapter 52. Markers of an Epistemological Framework in Health Promotion Research
    Chapter 53. Conclusion: Characterising the Field of Health Promotion Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Solomon Benatar, Gillian Brock.
    Summary: "Improving and promoting global health continues to be one of the largest and most important challenges facing humanity in the 21st century. The task has become even more difficult since our first edition appeared almost a decade ago, given the accelerated destruction of the planet and the associated compounded threats to health that now present themselves. This second edition aims to showcase some of these new and escalating threats, along with illuminating some of the many other obstacles we now face in partnering globally to solve these formidable challenges. By global health we mean the health of all people globally within sustainable and healthy living (local and global) conditions. In order to achieve this ambitious goal, we need to understand, among other things, the value systems, modes of reasoning, and power structures that have driven and shaped the world over the past century. We also need to appreciate the unsustainability of many of our current consumption patterns and the driving forces that lie behind these before we can address threats to the health and lives of current and particularly future generations. The world and how we live in it have been changing dramatically over many centuries, but in the past sixty years change has been more rapid and profound than ever in the past. Many positive changes have been associated with impressive economic growth, advances in science and medicine and in social policies regarding access to health promotion. These include greater focus on a primary health care approach with more equitable access, expansion of social programmes to improve living conditions, and a welcome increasing emphasis on the rights of all individuals to be equally respected"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2021
  • Digital
    Mildred M.G. Olivier, Clarisse C. Croteau-Chonka, editors.
    Summary: Global Health and Volunteering: A Guide for Healthcare Professionals is designed to educate volunteers to be effective partners in delivering medical services locally and globally. Healthcare professionals are increasingly interested in global health and volunteering in areas of acute need. The biggest challenge to health in many locales is the inability to access the health care system. When people do connect with medical services, medications and surgical opportunities for chronic disease (i.e. glaucoma, diabetes, or hypertension) are often not affordable or cannot be sustained for a long period of time. The contributions in this book focus on a respectful dialog with local people and a willingness to learn from new experiences on the part of the volunteer. Skills transfer from visiting personnel to local providers is featured as a means to enhance healthcare sustainability. An appreciation of differing cultures, an understanding of the local economic conditions and challenges, and strategies for collaborating with the existing medical establishment are foundations of successful volunteer experiences as highlighted in this book. Dimensions of global health such as professionalism, religious beliefs, ethical dilemmas, traditional medicine, and alternative strategies for service are addressed by experts. Written and edited by leaders in the field, many of whom have more than two decades of experience volunteering abroad, Global Health and Volunteering: A Guide for Healthcare Professionals imparts lessons learned to help the reader avoid initial mistakes, while making the global health commitment stronger.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: An Overview of Global Health for the Healthcare Professional; Introduction; Defining Success; Understanding the Complexity of Barrier to Access; Program Planning: Alignment of Expectations; Evaluation and Adaptation; Toward Sustainability; Reverse Innovation: Bidirectional Collaboration in Global Health; Summary; References;
    Chapter 2: Global Health Education; Introduction; International Health; What Is Global Health?; Global Health Education; Interprofessional Education and Practice Future States: The Case for Global HealthConclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Perspectives on Global Health and Volunteerism for Healthcare Providers: The Importance of Preparation, Identification and Management of Infectious Diseases, and Mitigation of Other Risks; Pre-deployment Preparation; Getting Ready: Your Personal Health; Getting Set: Know the Country/Area/Culture; Go: Be Prepared for the Unexpected/Travel Literacy/Know How; Deployment; Living Environment/Transportation; Vector Avoidance; Safe Food and Water; Work Environment/Healthcare Facility; Needlestick Risk Infectious Diseases Exposure/Risks/MitigationHand Hygiene; Malaria; Dengue, Zika, Chikungunya, and Yellow Fever; Dengue; Zika; Chikungunya; Yellow Fever; Respiratory Infections; Influenza; Tuberculosis; Post-deployment Evaluation: The Return Home; References;
    Chapter 4: What Could Go Wrong?: Providing a Moral Grounding to the Ethics of Short-Term Medicine; Introduction; Defining the STMI Experience; Ethical Frameworks for STMI; Recognition as a Moral Framework for STMI; Conclusion: Cultivating Friendship; References;
    Chapter 5: Religious Foundations for Global Health Missions Service as a Central Component to Global Health MissionsReferences;
    Chapter 6: Professionalism in Global Health; Introduction; Unprofessional Behavior Undermines Global Health; Typical Determinants of Unprofessional Behavior in Global Health; Consequences of Unprofessional Behavior in Global Health; Strategies to Enhance Professional Behavior in Global Health; Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 7: Technical Factors in Telemedicine Adoption in Extreme Resource-Poor Countries; Introduction; Telemedicine Adoption; The Case Study in Haiti; Technical Factors that Will Promote Telemedicine Adoption Resources and InfrastructureResources; Infrastructure; Life Support Networks; Telecommunications Networks; Technical Service Quality; End User Support; Comprehensive Ease of Use; Information Completeness; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 8: Encountering Traditional Medicine in Global Health Service; Contrasting Allopathic and Traditional Medicine Worldviews; Safety and Efficacy of Traditional Medicine; Healthcare as Political Activism; Finding Commonality; Coexistence of Healthcare Systems; A New Learning Experience; Opportunity to Share; References; Suggested Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Margaret S. Winchester, Caprice A. Knapp, Rhonda BeLue, editors.
    Summary: This stimulating open access volume details the innovative work of the Pan Institution Network for Global Health in creating collaborative research-based answers to large-scale health issues. Equitable partnerships among member universities representing North America, Africa, Asia, and Europe reverse standard cross-national dynamics to develop locally relevant responses to health challenges as well as their underlying disparities. Case studies focusing on multiple morbidities and effects of urbanization on health illustrate open dialogue in addressing HIV, maternal/child health, diabetes, and other major concerns. These instructive examples model collaborations between global North and South as meaningful steps toward the emerging global future of public health. Included in the coverage: Building sustainable networks: introducing the Pan Institution Network for Global Health Fostering dialogues in global health education: a graduate and undergraduate approach Provider workload and multiple morbidities in the Caribbean and South Africa Project Redemption: conducting research with informal workers in New York City Partnership and collaboration in global health: valuing reciprocity Global Health Collaboration will interest faculty working within the field of global health; scholars within public health, health policy, and cognate disciplines; as well as administrators looking to develop international university partnerships around global health and graduate students in the areas of global health, health administration, and public health and related social sciences (e.g., sociology, anthropology, demography).
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Heimar de Fátima Marin (Federal University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil; Hospital Sirio Libanês, São Paulo, Brazil), Eduardo Massad (University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil), Marco Antonio Gutierrez (University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil), Roberto J. Rodrigues (eHealthStrategies, Bethesda, MD, United States; Global Health International Advisors, Washington, DC, United States), Daniel Sigulem (Federal University of São Paulo - UNIFESP, São Paulo, Brazil).
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Kim F. Michaelsen, Lynnette M. Neufeld, Andrew M. Prentice.
    Summary: "This book covers learning from the 93rd Nestle Nutrition Institute Workshop Series held in March 2019, which focused on infants and children, specifically the importance of nutrition both prior to conception and in children beyond two years of age. Three sessions covered an updated picture of global malnutrition, the role of milk in early life, and the ramifications of environmental constraints to healthy child growth. Taken together, the three sessions provide an update and overview of diverse issues relevant to the epidemiology and biology of nutrition in early life, programmatic implications, and future directions"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Global Landscape of Malnutrition in Infants and Young Children / Neufeld, L.M., Beal, T., Larson, L.M., Cattaneo, F.D.
    When Does It All Begin : What, When, and How Young Children Are Fed / Bentley, M.E., Nulty, A.K.
    Improving Children's Diet : Approach and Progress / Ramakrishnan, U., Webb-Girard, A.
    The Importance of Food Composition Data for Estimating Micronutrient Intake : What Do We Know Now and into the Future? / Grande, F., Vincent, A.
    Balancing Safety and Potential for Impact in Universal Iron Interventions / Baldi, A.J., Larson, L.M., Pasricha, S.-R.
    Conclusions Session I. Pediatric Nutrition : Challenges and Approaches to Address Them / Neufeld, L.M.
    Human Milk as the First Source of Micronutrients / Allen, L.H.; Hampel, D.
    Role of Milk and Dairy Products in Growth of the Child / Grenov, B., Larnkjaer, A., Mølgaard, C., Michaelsen, K.F.
    Vitamin B12 : An Intergenerational Story / Chittaranjan, Y.
    Vegan Diet in Young Children / Müller, P.
    Role of Optimized Plant Protein Combinations as a Low-Cost Alternative to Dairy Ingredients in Foods for Prevention and Treatment of Moderate Acute Malnutrition and Severe Acute Malnutrition / Manary, M., Callaghan-Gillespie, M.
    Summary on the Role of Milk in Early Childhood / Rebmann, Y.
    Environmental and Physiological Barriers to Child Growth and Development / Prentice, A.M.
    The Gut Microbiome in Child Malnutrition / Robertson, R.
    Intergenerational Influences on Child Development : An Epigenetic Perspective / Silver, M.J.
    Summarizing the Child Growth and Diarrhea Findings of the Water, Sanitation, and Hygiene Benefits and Sanitation Hygiene Infant Nutrition Efficacy Trials / Makasi, R., Humphrey, J.H.
    Summary of Environmental Impacts on Nutrition / Prentice, A.M.
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    Allen R. Dyer, Brandon A. Kohrt, Philip J. Candilis, editors.
    Summary: This volume addresses gaps in the existing literature of global mental health by focusing on the ethical considerations that are implicit in discussions of health policy. In line with trends in clinical education around the world today, this text is explicitly designed to draw out the principles and values by which programs can be designed and policy decisions enacted. It presents an ethical lens for understanding right and wrong in conditions of scarcity and crisis, and the common controversies that lead to conflict. Additionally, a focus on the mental health response in post-conflict settings, provides guidance for real-world matters facing clinicians and humanitarian workers today. Global Mental Health Ethics fills a crucial gap for students in psychiatry, psychology, addictions, public health, geriatric medicine, social work, nursing, humanitarian response, and other disciplines.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Global Mental Health Through the Lens of Ethics
    Chapter 2. Historical Origins Of Global Mental Health
    Chapter 3. Global Mental Health Law and the Interface with Ethics
    Chapter 4. Ethical Considerations In Global Mental Health Research
    Chapter 5. Ethics & Humanitarianism in Global Mental Health
    Chapter 6. Counting what counts: Epidemiological Measurement and Generating Meaningful Findings
    Chapter 7. Where Ethics and Culture Collide:Ethical Dilemmas In Grief Work Following The Easter Sunday Attacks In Sri Lanka
    Chapter 8. Public Mental Health In Low Resourced Systems In Uganda:Lay Community Health Workers Context and Culture
    Chapter 9. Suicide Outside the Frame of Mental Illness: Exploring Suicidal Behaviors in Global & Cultural Contexts
    Chapter 10. Rethinking Idioms of Distress and Resilience in Anthropology and Global Mental Health
    Chapter 11. Epidemiologic Linkages Between Childhood Trauma, Health, and Healthcare
    Chapter 12. Coping With Addictive Opioid Markets
    Chapter 13. Resilience and Ethics in Post-Conflict Settings: Kwihangana,Living after Genocide-Rape, and Intergenerational Resilience in Post-Genocide Rwanda
    Chapter 14. Ethical Challenges of Nonmaleficence in Mental Health Care for Forcibly Displaced Children and Adolescents
    Chapter 15. Human Rights and Global Mental Health: Reducing the Use of Coercive Measures
    Chapter 16. Interrogations, Torture and Mental Health: Conceptualizing Exceptionalism
    Chapter 17. Mental Health under Occupation: The dilemmas of "normalcy" in Palestine
    Chapter 18. LGBTQ Global Mental Health: Ethical Challenges and Clinical Considerations
    Chapter 19. The Ethics of Migration: Aspiring to Just Mercy in Immigration Policies
    Chapter 20. Restorative Justice: Principles, Practices and Possibilities
    Chapter 21. Community Response to Disaster: Hurricanes in the Caribbean
    Chapter 22. Global Mental Health, Planetary Health, and the Ethical Co-Benefit
    Chapter 23. Arriving at the Ethics of Global Mental Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Ian D. Wilson, Georgios Theodoridis, Andrew Nicholls.
    Contents:
    Global metabolic profiling in health and disease / Andrew Nicholls, Georgios Theodoridis & Ian D. Wilson
    Considerations in the design of clinical and epidemiological metabolic phenotyping studies / Georgios Theodoridis, Helen G. Gika, Andrew Nicholls & Ian D. Wilson
    Analytical methodology for clinical metabolic profiling : sample preparation, sample analysis and statistical evaluation / Georgios Theodoridis, Helen G. Gika & Ian D. Wilson
    Identification of biomarkers from metabolic profiling studies / Andrew Nicholls
    Blood metabolomics in human prenatal and newborn health studies / Joana Pinto, Maria do Rosário Domingues & Ana M. Gil
    Cancer metabolomics and its practical applications / Emily Mackay & Oliver F. Bathe
    Metabolomics in GI disease and the influence of the gut microbiome on host metabolism / Alesia Walker, Silke S. Heinzmann & Philippe Schmitt-Kopplin
    Cardiovascular disease / Amelia Casamassimi, Monica Rienzo & Claudio Napoli
    Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease / Cristina Alonso & José M. Mato
    Kidney disease / Hiromi I. Wettersten & Robert H. Weiss
    Metabolic profiling of lung disease / Paul Thomas & Matthew Turner
    Metabolomics in neuroscience and disease / Caroline Rae
    Metabolomics in infections (HIV) / Natalie J. Serkova & Tessa Little
    Index.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Joy Kemp, Gaynor D. Maclean, Nester Moyo.
    Summary: This book is the first authoritative, in-depth publication about global midwifery and the contribution of skilled professional midwives to the provision of high quality maternity care, reductions in maternal and newborn mortality and morbidity. It demonstrates actions that are contributing to the achievement of the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals through partnership with women and their families, enabling them to 'survive, thrive and transform'. The book explores how the world is becoming more connected through globalisation, advances in technology and innovation and yet more inequitable as women and children are disproportionately affected by issues such as poverty, environmental vulnerability, hunger, conflict, violence, and discrimination. It considers how midwives contribute to maternal and newborn health, leading to greater equity and empowerment and, ultimately, strengthening health systems. The 'three pillars' of midwifery are discussed: regulation, education and professional midwives' associations. The importance of evidence-based care is explored along with different models of midwifery and the challenges of developing professional leadership. This book also considers women's human rights to sexual and reproductive health and respectful maternity care, stressing the importance of cultural sensitivity and contextually appropriate approaches. Midwives and other professionals will benefit from this reliable resource that indicates direction and provides information about the principles and practice of professional midwifery. This text also provides universities, organisations, and individuals with a highly relevant resource to better equip them for international midwifery practice. It finally offers policy makers a reliable source of evidence-based information for consideration in various evolving national and international situations. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    R. Gosselin, D. Spiegel, M. Foltz (eds.).
    Summary: Global Orthopedics: Caring for Musculoskeletal Conditions and Injuries in Austere Settings was conceived and written to be a unique reference for surgeons working in resource-limited environments. The first sections provide historical background, global public health perspectives of orthopedics, the role of culture, and a broad discussion of non-surgical and non-orthopedic clinical topics that are rarely encountered in high-resource settings but that affect orthopedic care. Adult and pediatric trauma are presented in an anatomical format for easy reference, with a focus on the natural history and the best treatment methods within existing limitations. The chapters on musculoskeletal infections provide a wealth of knowledge about these common debilitating conditions that is unavailable in any other single modern text. The non-infectious pediatric conditions section has been written for the non-specialist to handle selected developmental and early childhood orthopedic problems commonly seen in low-resource settings. Detailed chapters on reconstruction surgery, tumor management, amputations, and the orthopedic needs in the face of conflicts and natural disasters round out the text.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction
    A History of Orthopedics in Austere Settings
    Global Burden of Musculoskeletal Conditions
    Emerging Orthopedic Conditions
    Cost-Effectiveness of Orthopedic Surgery in Austere Environments
    Barriers to the Delivery of Orthopedic Care
    Teaching and Educational Resources
    Equipment and Supplies
    Ethics
    Culture Shock and Traditional Healing
    Part II: General Clinical Topics
    Coexisting Medical Conditions
    Tropical Diseases and Orthopedics
    Rickets and Nutritional Considerations
    Non-Surgical Principles of Fracture and Injury Management
    Basic Plastic Surgery for Orthopedic Surgeons
    HIV and Orthopedic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Orthopedic Surgery in Austere Environments
    Part III: Adult Trauma
    Introduction to Trauma in Austere Environments
    Injuries of the Shoulder and Humeral Shaft
    Elbow and Forearm
    Hand and Wrist Trauma in Low-Resource Settings
    Fractures of the Pelvis and Acetabulum
    Injuries to the Hip and Femoral Shaft
    Knee and Tibia
    Ankle and Foot
    Spinal Cord and Spine Trauma
    Part IV: Pediatric Trauma
    General Principles of Pediatric Trauma
    Management of Upper Extremity Fractures
    Management of Lower Extremity Fractures
    Part V: Musculoskeletal Infections
    Introduction to Musculoskeletal Infections
    Neglected Septic Arthritis in Children
    Chronic Osteomyelitis in Children
    Osteomyelitis and Septic Arthritis in Adults
    Tuberculosis
    Part VI: Non-Infectious Pediatric Conditions.-Clubfoot: Etiology, Pathoanatomy, Basic Ponseti Technique and Ponseti in Older Patients
    Algorithm for Neglected Clubfoot
    Limb Deficiencies
    Evaluation and Treatment of Angular Deformities
    Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip
    Injection Injuries and Polio
    Cerebral Palsy and Other Neuromuscular Conditions
    Part VII: Additional Considerations
    Adult Reconstruction
    Bone and Soft Tissue Tumors
    Amputations
    Orthopedics in Conflicts and Natural Disasters
    Appendices
    Appendix 1. Abbreviations
    Appendix 2. Head Trauma and Basic Management of Brain Injury and Elevated Intracranial Pressure
    Appendix 3. Tips, Tricks, and Pearls
    Appendix 4. What Do I Take?.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bhavna V. Chawla, Mary E. Aronow, editors.
    Summary: Eye cancers vary in presentation depending upon geographic location and access to healthcare. Global Perspectives in Ocular Oncology offers an international platform for leading ocular oncologists and multidisciplinary specialists to highlight worldwide strengths and solutions to the challenges in treating eye cancer. The goal of the book is to provide a universal view on the management of adult and pediatric tumors affecting the eye and ocular adnexa. A range of topics pertinent to the global community have been included. Organized into seven distinct sections, this book covers international collaborations and initiatives, technology and innovations, and novel treatment strategies. In addition, it provides a glimpse into the future of the specialty. The emphasis on sharing perspectives as well as the global and multidisciplinary framework of the book are unique to the market. This work will appeal to a variety of audiences including ocular oncologists and ophthalmic subspecialists, oncologists and other specialists, optometrists, geneticists, allied medical professionals, and trainees entering these disciplines.

    Contents:
    Working Together: Specialty Interest Groups with Global Presence
    Working Together: Specialty Interest Groups with Global Presence
    Worldwide Analysis: The Global Presentation of Retinoblastoma
    International Collaborations for Characterizing Ocular Adnexal Lymphoma
    The IRIS (Intelligent Research in Sight) Registry in Ocular Oncology
    Intravenous Chemotherapy for Retinoblastoma: A Pediatric Oncologists Perspective
    INTRA-ARTERIAL CHEMOTHERAPY FOR RETINOBLASTOMA: A Team Effort
    Treatment Algorithms for Intraocular Retinoblastoma: An Ocular Oncologists Perspective
    Treatment for Primary Vitreoretinal Lymphoma: The Neuro-Oncologists View
    Treatment for Primary Vitreoretinal Lymphoma: The Neuro-Oncologists View
    Systemic and Genetic Associations of Ocular & Ocular Adnexal Neoplasms
    A Singular View: The Ocularists Role in Eye Loss Restoration and Rehabilitation
    Guidelines and Recommendations for Retinoblastoma Screening
    Orbital and Metastatic Retinoblastoma: Conquests and Challenges
    Metastatic Behavior of Uveal Melanoma: From Biology to Treatment
    Intra-vitreal Chemotherapy for Vitreoretinal Lymphoma
    Update on Uveal Lymphoma
    Topical Chemotherapy for Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia
    Surgical Management of Ocular Surface Squamous Neoplasia
    Genomics: Past, Present and Future
    Application of Deep Learning Models in the Evaluation of Histopathology of Uveal Melanoma
    Developing Prognostic Tools for Estimating Risk of Metastatic Death and Non-Metastatic Death in Individuals with Choroidal Melanoma
    Applications of Plaque Brachytherapy in Anterior Segment Ocular Tumors: A Clinical Review
    The Role of Telemedicine in Ocular Oncology
    Harnessing the Power of Artificial Intelligence
    Developing Animal Models in Ocular Oncology
    Iris Melanoma: Advanced Surgical Techniques
    The MOLES Acronym and Scoring System for Estimating Likelihood of Malignancy in Melanocytic Choroidal Tumors
    Novel Therapies for Choroidal Melanoma
    Novel Treatment Strategies for Malignant Anterior Segment Tumors
    Recent Developments in the Management of Orbital and Periocular Neoplasms
    Recent Developments in the Management of Orbital and Periocular Neoplasms
    The Rise in Immunotherapy and Associated Ocular Toxicities
    Awareness, Advocacy, and the Volunteer Sector
    Overcoming Challenges in the Delivery of Care: The Thailand Story
    Building a Retinoblastoma Service in China
    Retinoblastoma, the African Context
    The Brazilian Experience: The Retinoblastoma Awareness Campaign
    The Brazilian Experience: The Retinoblastoma Awareness Campaign
    Ocular Oncology Practice during the COVID-19 Pandemic
    Pearls from a mentor and legend in ophthalmic pathology and oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Munir Ozturk, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Muhammad Ashraf, Muhammad Sajid Aqeel Ahmad, editors.
    Summary: Increase in world population, extreme weather conditions, decrease in fresh water supplies, and changes of dietary habits are major issues that affect global food security. We are expected to face the challenges of land use by 2050 because population will reach 9 billion while agricultural productivity losses are expected due to overuse of lands. How can we feed the next generations in a manner that respects our finite natural resources? Managing our resources in a sustainable way have only begun for selected crops. Much remains to be done to increase food yield. Cropping practices capable of sustainable production need to be elaborated, especially in fragile ecosystems. Typical applications will include the improvement and use of genetic resources; crop management and diversification; diffusion of improved varieties; development of cropping systems; sustainable cropping systems for areas prone to environmental degradation; use of agro-ecological data for crop production forecasting; and networks for regional coordination, and data exchange. The impetus behind this book is to bring attention to a cropping system that bear direct relevance to sustainable agriculture and food security. "Underutilized" crops are found in numerous agricultural ecosystems and often survive mainly in marginal areas. It is timely to review their status because, in recent decades, scientific and economic interests have emerged which focus on lesser-known cultivated species. Underutilized crops have a great potential to alleviate hunger directly, through increasing food production in challenging environments where major crops are severely limited. "Global Perspectives on Underutilized Crops" is therefore topical and highlights the unmet agricultural challenges that we face today. This book is an important resource for students and researchers of crop science and agricultural policy makers.

    Contents:
    Underutilized vegetables : a tool to address nutritional issues, poverty reduction and food security
    An alternative potential natural genetic resource : sea buckthorn [elaeagnus rhamnoides (syn.: hippophae rhamnoides)]
    A little-known and a little-consumed natural resource : salicornia
    An expensive spice saffron (crocus sativus L.) : a case study from Kashmir, Iran, and Turkey
    Nutritional prospects of edible fern of the western ghats of India
    Aquatic plants as human food
    Exploring potential of minor/underutilized grasses for remote areas facing food scarcity
    Edible wild plants : a case study from Oman
    Widely utilized wild edible plants : a case study from Turkey
    An overview of the wild plants consumed in the island of Crete, Greece
    Underutilised and neglected crops : next generation sequencing approaches for crop improvement and better food security
    Fenugreek (trigonella foenum-graecum L.) : an underutilized edible plant of modern world
    Effect of various growth parameters on seed yeild of iron weed
    Iron weed (vernonia anthelmintica) as a renewable oilseed crop in Pakistan.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Richard Skolnik
    Contents:
    The principles and goals of global health
    Health determinants, measurements, and the global burden of disease
    Health systems and universal health coverage
    Environmental and occupational health and intersectoral approaches
    Nutrition and the health of women, children, adolescents and young adults
    Communicable diseases
    Noncommunicable diseases, mental disorders, and injuries.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    George R. Lueddeke.
    Contents:
    A snapshot of public and population health through the ages
    Contemporary challenges in public health
    Public health: the impending financial crisis
    World health reforms (UN, WHO, and the World Bank) in the early years of the 21st century
    Contemporary approaches to public health issues
    Community-centered care and evolving "fifth" wave interventions in public health
    Toward a new worldview
    Building public health capacity: "working differently means learning differently"
    Global health workforce capacity and transforming the education of health professionals
    Epilogue: global health, governance, and education
    The past, the present, and the future.
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015
  • Digital
    Hoyle Leigh, editor.
    Summary: This authoritative reference surveys mind-body healing concepts and psychosomatic medicine in diverse countries and regions of the world. It provides practical insights on the Western division between medical and mental healing and useful information concerning recent efforts to bridge that enduring divide, particularly in the use of ancient and indigenous healing knowledge in psychosomatic practice. Coverage compares and contrasts current applications of psychosomatic medicine and/or consultation-liaison psychiatry as conducted in such representative countries as France, Britain, China, India, Argentina, Canada, and the United States. And the book predicts how this synthesis of traditions and advances will progress as it: Traces the history and development of psychosomatic medicine. Reviews contributions of traditional healing methods to psychosomatic medicine. Analyzes national styles of psychosomatic medicine as practiced in specific countries. Compares the status of psychosomatic medicine / consultation-liaison psychiatry in various countries. Considers the future of psychosomatic medicine as the field, and the world, evolves. Global Psychosomatic Medicine and Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry expands the knowledge base for psychiatrists, primary care physicians, psychiatric and primary care residents, medical students, behavioral medicine specialists, and others who are interested global and regional perspective on providing biopsychosocial care. It is also relevant for advanced students in health psychology and behavioral medicine, and for professionals in related health fields.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: Psychosomatic Medicine in Ancient Greece: An Overview
    Chapter 3: History of Psychosomatic Medicine as Scientifically-based Medicine in Europe: Approaching the Experience
    Chapter 4: European Perspectives in Psychosomatic Medicine
    Integration through Interaction and Networking
    Chapter 5: Major Trends of Psychosomatic Medicine and Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry in the United States and Canada
    Chapter 6: The Concept of Body-Mind Relationship in the Context of Chinese Culture
    Chapter 7: Psychosomatic Medicine in Indian Subcontinent
    A Historical Perspective
    Chapter 8: Major Trends of Psychosomatic Medicine in North Africa and the Middle East
    Chapter 9: Psychosomatic Medicine in Subsaharan Africa
    Chapter 10: Psychosomatic Medicine: The British Experience
    Chapter 11: Psychosomatic Medicine in Germany
    Chapter 12: Psychosomatic Medicine in France
    Chapter 13: Psychosomatic Psychiatry in Spain: Historical Notes and the State of the Art
    Chapter 14: Psychosomatic Medicine in Modern Greece
    Chapter 15: Psychosomatic Medicine in Poland
    Chapter 16: Psychosomatic Medicine in the Baltic States, Soviet Union, and the Russian Federation
    Chapter 17: The Burgeoning Chinese Psychosomatic Medicine
    Chapter 18: Psychosomatic Medicine in Japan
    Chapter 19: Psychosomatic Medicine in Korea
    Chapter 20: Psychosomatic Medicine and Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry in Indian Subcontinent
    Chapter 21: Psychosomatic Medicine in Egypt and North Africa: Development, Research, Education and Practice. Chapter 22: Psychosomatic Medicine in South Africa: Concepts and practices in a low-and middle-income country
    Chapter 23: Psychosomatic Medicine and Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry in the United States
    Chapter 24: Canadian Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry / Psychosomatic Medicine: A discipline still waiting for official recognition and patient care accessibility
    Chapter 25: Psychosomatic Medicine in Argentina
    Chapter 26: Australia: Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry not Psychosomatic Medicine
    Chapter 27: Striving for Salutogenesis: "The History of Psychosomatics in Europe" and "Psychosomatics in Germany Today"
    Chapter 28: Consultation-Liaison Psychiatry and Psychosomatic Medicine
    Where do we go from here?
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organanization.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Executive summary
    Background
    Part 1. Global burden of diabetes
    1.1. Mortality from high blood glucose, including diabetes
    1.2. Prevalence of diabetes and associated risk factors
    1.3 Burden and trends in the complications of diabetes
    1.4. Summary
    Part 2. Preventing diabetes
    2.1. Population-based prevention
    2.2. Preventing diabetes in people at high risk
    2.3. Summary
    Part 3. Managing diabetes
    3.1. Diagnosis and early detection
    3.2. Management of diabetes--core components
    3.3. Integrated management of diabetes and other chronic health conditions
    3.4. Access to essential medicines and basic technologies
    3.5. Summary
    Part 4. National capacity for prevention and control of diabetes: a snapshot
    4.1. National policies and plans for diabetes
    4.2. National guidelines and protocols
    4.3. Availability of essential medicines and technologies
    4.4. Surveillance and monitoring
    4.5. Summary
    Conclusions and recommendations
    Annexes
    Annex A. Current WHO recommendations for the diagnostic criteria for diabetes and intermediate hyperglycaemia
    Annex B. Methods for estimating diabetes prevalence, overweight and obesity.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA645.D5 G56 2016
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: The WHO Global report on drowning: preventing a leading killer highlights that 372,000 people drown worldwide each year. Drowning is among the ten leading causes of death for children and young people in every region of the world. The report sets out the evidence showing a range of effective drowning prevention strategies, and makes a number of recommendations for concrete measures to be taken by national and local governments. With the release of this report, WHO aims to galvanize attention and action to this issue by highlighting how collaboration across sectors can save lives.--Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Drowning- a neglected public health issue
    Section 2. Ten actions to prevent drowning
    Section 3. Conclusion and recommendations
    Appendix 1. Preventing drowning- further reading and resources
    Appendix 2. Data.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA1076 .G563 2014
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ashkan Ghavami, Sam P. Most, Nazim Cerkes
    Summary: "In order for a facial plastic surgeon to create a harmonious relationship between the face and nose, it's paramount to consider each patient's ethnicity and gender identity. Nasal anatomy varies widely in terms of proportion, thickness, size, and resilience and many of these differences are specific to ethnicity. Although rhinoplasty has been available for many decades, applying Caucasian rhinoplasty guidelines to Hispanic, Middle Eastern, Black, and Asian patients increases the risk of adverse outcomes and the need for multiple or revision surgeries. Global Rhinoplasty: A Multicultural Approach edited by world-renowned facial plastic surgeons Ashkan Ghavami, Sam P. Most, and Nazim Cerkes fills a gap in the literature, providing in-depth coverage of non-Caucasian nasal anatomy and rhinoplasty approaches for each subtype. The textbook includes 39 chapters and is organized in five sections: Principles, Anatomical Considerations, Primary Rhinoplasty, Secondary Rhinoplasty, and Special Considerations. Seventeen chapters cover anatomical and surgical techniques specific to the skin and soft tissue, dorsum, nasal tip, and nostrils for each ethnic group. Each of the 16 rhinoplasty chapters features expert commentary from the editors. The text concludes with discussion of preservation rhinoplasty, the use of fillers for nonsurgical and revision surgeries, evaluating psychosocial factors in patients seeking rhinoplasty surgery, and the role of marketing and social media in global practice. Throughout the book, authors share firsthand insights on potential pitfalls and strategies to prevent complications. Key Highlights 1. Contributions and clinical pearls from globally recognized experts 2. In-depth analysis of ethnic variations in skin and nose anatomy and its impact on outcomes 3. Primary, secondary, and nonsurgical rhinoplasty videos provide invaluable visual guidance 4. High-quality case study operative photos and illustrations enhance understanding of anatomy, approaches, and outcomes This must-have resource will help facial plastic surgeons significantly improve pre-surgical, surgical, and postoperative phases of rhinoplasty in Hispanic, Middle Eastern, Black, and Asian patients"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Global Rhinoplasty: A Multicultural Approach
    MedOne Access Information
    Title Page
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Contents
    Videos
    Foreword by Mark B. Constantian
    Foreword by Wayne F. Larrabee Jr
    Preface
    Contributors
    Part I Principles
    1 Introduction to Importance of Global/Multicultural Consideration
    References
    2. Comparative Anatomical/Functional Considerations of Various Ethnic Groups
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Anatomical Considerations
    2.3 Multicultural Variants and Aesthetics
    2.3.1 Black/African-American Population
    2.4 East Asian 2.5 Mestizo/Hispanic
    2.6 Operative Techniques and Images
    2.6.1 Turbinate Reduction
    2.6.2 Limiting Internal Nasal Valve Narrowing When Addressing Wide Nasal Bones
    2.6.3 Addressing the Bulbous Nasal Tip without Causing Alar Collapse.
    2.6.4 Alar Base Reduction Considerations
    2.7 Management of Complications
    2.7.1 Scarring and Keloid Formation
    2.7.2 Prolonged Edema
    2.7.3 Skin Necrosis
    2.7.4 Extrusion of Cartilage
    2.7.5 Infection
    2.7.6 Empty Nose Syndrome
    References
    Part II: Anatomical Considerations
    Skin and Soft Tissue 3. Overview of Skincare in Rhinoplasty
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Skin Thickness
    3.2.1 Skin Thickness Variations
    3.2.2 Evaluation of Skin Thickness
    3.2.3 Management of Thick Nasal Skin
    3.3 Acne
    3.3.1 Acne Formation and Rhinoplasty
    3.3.2 Isotretinoin
    3.3.3 Safety and Isotretinoin Use
    3.4 Edema and Ecchymoses
    3.4.1 Steroids
    3.4.2 Excessive Scarring and Keloid Formation
    3.4.3 Triamcinolone (Kenalog) and 5-FU Injections
    3.5 Improved Wound Healing
    3.5.1 Stem Cell Treatment
    3.5.2 Leech Therapy
    3.5.3 Other Methodology to Improve Wound Healing 3.6 Conclusion
    References
    4. Hispanic Skin and Soft Tissue
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Anatomical Considerations
    4.2.1 Skin and Soft-Tissue Envelope
    4.2.2 Cartilage Framework (Nasal Tip)
    4.2.3 Alar Base
    4.2.4 Nasal Dorsum
    4.3 Multicultural Variants and Aesthetics
    4.4 Operative Techniques and Images
    4.4.1 Anesthesia and Preparation
    4.4.2 Semi-Open Approach (Closed): The Tip
    4.4.3 Open Approach: The Tip
    4.4.4 Alar Rim
    4.4.5 Alar Base Reduction
    4.4.6 Dorsum Approach
    4.5 Management of S-STE
    4.6 Management of Complications
    References 5. Middle Eastern Skin and Soft Tissue in Rhinoplasty
    5.1 Introduction and Overview of the Middle Eastern Nose
    5.1.1 Geography of the Middle East
    5.1.2 History of the Middle Eastern Rhinoplasty
    5.1.3 Evolution of the Middle Eastern NoseConfiguration
    5.1.4 Anthropometry and Characteristics of the Middle Eastern Nose
    5.1.5 Soft-Tissue Envelope of the Middle Eastern Nose
    5.2 Anatomic Considerations
    5.2.1 Soft-Tissue Envelope Anatomy
    5.2.2 Alar Cartilages and Nasal Tip Complex
    5.2.3 Dorsal Aesthetic Lines
    5.3 Multicultural Variants and Aesthetics
  • Print
    Michael Moe and the Global Silicon Valley Team.
    Summary: A fun, yet factual guide to thrive not only in Silicon Valley, but in the emerging Global Silicon Valley. Silicon Valley has become synonymous with big ideas, start-ups, and inventing the future. But today, the magic of Silicon Valley has gone viral and global. From Austin to Boston, from Shanghai to Dubai, a Global Silicon Valley is emerging. In The global Silicon Valley handbook, bestselling author, venture capitalist, and global thought leader, Michael Moe, maps out an insider's guide to Silicon Valley and the hottest emerging markets from around the world. The book highlights need-to-knows, including who the top VCs and angel investors are, phrases to avoid in a pitch, or even where to close a deal over dinner or beers. Visually engaging, The global Silicon Valley handbook aspires to inspire the entrepreneur in all of us.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Other need to knows
    Navigating the top 50 innovation centers.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Biopharm & Med Dev 103
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: The Global status report on alcohol and health 2014 presents a comprehensive perspective on the global, regional and country consumption of alcohol, patterns of drinking, health consequences and policy responses in Member States. It represents a continuing effort by the World Health Organization (WHO) to support Member States in collecting information in order to assist them in their efforts to reduce the harmful use of alcohol, and its health and social consequences. The report was launched in Geneva on Monday 12 May 2014 during the second meeting of the global network of WHO national counterparts for implementation of the global strategy to reduce the harmful use of alcohol.--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    1. Alcohol and public health
    2. Alcohol consumption
    3. Health consequences
    4. Alcohol policy and interventions.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV5028 .G57 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Contents:
    Reducing the harmful use of alcohol: a keystone in sustainable development
    Global strategies, action plans and monitoring frameworks
    Alcohol consumption
    Health consequences
    Alcohol policy and interventions
    Reducing the harmful use of alcohol: a public health imperative.
    Digital Access WHO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HV5028 .G57 2018
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: This global status report on prevention and control of NCDs (2014), is framed around the nine voluntary global targets. The report provides data on the current situation, identifying bottlenecks as well as opportunities and priority actions for attaining the targets. The 2010 baseline estimates on NCD mortality and risk factors are provided so that countries can report on progress, starting in 2015. In addition, the report also provides the latest available estimates on NCD mortality (2012) and risk factors, 2010-2012. All ministries of health need to set national NCD targets and lead the development and implementation of policies and interventions to attain them. There is no single pathway to attain NCD targets that fits all countries, as they are at different points in their progress in the prevention and control of NCDs and at different levels of socioeconomic development. However all countries can benefit from the comprehensive response to attaining the voluntary global targets presented in this report.--Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Message from the Director-General
    Preface
    Abbreviations
    Executive summary
    Introduction
    Current status of the global agenda on prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases
    Chapter 1. Global target 1: A 25% relative reduction in the overall mortality from cardiovascular diseases, cancer, diabetes, or chronic respiratory diseases
    Chapter 2. Global target 2: At least 10% relative reduction in the harmful use of alcohol, as appropriate, within the national context
    Chapter 3. Global target 3: A 10% relative reduction in prevalence of insufficient physical activity
    Chapter 4. Global target 4: A 30% relative reduction in mean population intake of salt/sodium
    Chapter 5. Global target 5: A 30% relative reduction in prevalence of current tobacco use
    Chapter 6. Global target 6: A 25% relative reduction in the prevalence of raised blood pressure or contain the prevalence of raised blood pressure, according to national circumstances
    Chapter 7. Global target 7: Halt the rise in diabetes and obesity
    Chapter 8. Global target 8: At least 50% of eligible people receive drug therapy and counselling (including glycaemic control) to prevent heart attacks and strokes
    Chapter 9. Global target 9: An 80% availability of the affordable basic technologies and essential medicines, including generics, required to treat major noncommunicable diseases in both public and private facilities
    Chapter 10. Development and implementation of national multisectoral action plans to attain national targets
    Chapter 11. The way forward to attain NCD targets: key messages
    Annexes
    Annex 1. Global monitoring framework, including 25 indicators and nine voluntary global targets for the prevention and control of noncommunicable diseases
    Annex 2. Methods used for estimating the NCD mortality and risk factor data
    Annex 3. List of countries by WHO Regions and World Bank Income Groups
    Annex 4. Country estimates of noncommunicable disease mortality and selected risk factors, 2010 (baseline) and latest available data
    4.1. Premature NCD Mortality
    Probability of dying between exact ages 30 and 70 from any of cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes, or chronic respiratory disease, 2010 and 2012
    4.2. NCD mortality
    Comparable estimates of NCD mortality (total NCD deaths in 000s; % of NCD deaths occurring under the age of 70; and age-standardized death rate for NCDs per 100 000), 2012
    4.3. Alcohol
    Comparable estimates, per capita consumption, heavy episodic drinking and prevalence of alcohol use disorders (population aged 15+ years), 2010 and 2012
    4.4a. Insufficient physical activity
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of insuffi cient physical activity (adults 18+ years), 2010
    4.4b. Insufficient physical activity
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of insufficient physical activity (adolescents 11-17 years), 2010
    4.5. Tobacco
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of current tobacco smoking (population aged 15+ years), 2010 and 2012
    4.6. Body mass index
    Comparable estimates of mean body mass index (adults 18+ years), 2010 and 2014
    4.7a. Overweight and Obesity
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of overweight and obesity (population aged 18+ years), 2010
    4.7b. Overweight and Obesity
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of overweight and obesity (population aged 18+ years), 2014
    4.8a. Raised blood glucose
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of raised blood glucose (population aged 18+ years), 2010
    4.8b. Raised blood glucose
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of raised blood glucose (population aged 18+ years), 2014
    4.9a. Raised blood pressure
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of raised blood pressure (population aged 18+ years), 2010
    4.9b. Raised blood pressure
    Comparable estimates of prevalence of raised blood pressure (population aged 18+ years), 2014
    Index.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC108 .G56 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization ; UNODC, United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime ; UNDP, United Nations Development Programme ; [Alexander Butchart and Christopher Mikton coordinated and wrote the report].
    Summary: The Global status report on violence prevention 2014, which reflects data from 133 countries, is the first report of its kind to assess national efforts to address interpersonal violence, namely child maltreatment, youth violence, intimate partner and sexual violence, and elder abuse. Jointly published by WHO, the United Nations Development Programme, and the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, the report reviews the current status of violence prevention efforts in countries, and calls for a scaling up of violence prevention programmes; stronger legislation and enforcement of laws relevant for violence prevention; and enhanced services for victims of violence.--Publisher description

    Contents:
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Executive summary
    Part I. Background
    Interpersonal violence--a universal challenge
    Part II. State of the problem
    Deaths and injuries are only a fraction of the burden
    Part III. Findings
    Knowledge of the true extent of the problem is hindered by gaps in data
    National action planning is underway in many countries
    Countries are investing in prevention but not on a level commensurate with the scale and severity of the problem
    Countries can do more to address key risk factors for violence through policy and other measures
    Laws relevant to violence have been widely enacted but enforcement is inadequate
    Availability of services to identify, refer, protect and support victims varies markedly
    Part IV. The way forward
    Conclusions
    Recommendations: national, regional and international
    References
    Part V. Explanatory notes
    Method for data collection and validation
    Estimating global homicide deaths
    Country profiles: explanation
    Part VI. At a glance
    Part VII. Glossary
    Part VIII. Country profiles
    Part IX. Statistical annex.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    HM1116 .B883 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Adrian Park, Raymond Price, editors.
    Contents:
    Global Disparities in Surgical Care
    The Transforming Power of High Quality Surgical Care: Surgery's Role in Improving Public Health
    The Economic Case for Surgical Care in Low Resource Settings
    Surgical Training in Low Resource Settings
    Delivery of Subspecialty Surgical Care in Low-Resource Settings
    Academic Global Surgery
    E-Learning in Global Surgery
    The Importance of Contextual Relevance and Cultural Appropriateness in Global Surgery
    Practical Checklists
    Basic Bio-Engineering: Essential Equipment Use and Troubleshooting
    Frugal and Reverse Innovations in Surgery
    Getting Started: Connecting to Global Surgical Opportunities
    General Surgery Essentials
    Essential Anesthesia
    Tropical Infectious Disease Medicine for Surgeons
    A Primer
    Essential Orthopedics for Global Surgery
    Gynecology and Obstetrics
    Essential Urology
    Head and Neck Essentials in Global Surgery
    Essential Pediatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by John G. Meara, Craig D. McClain, David P. Mooney, Selwyn O. Rogers, Jr.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Paul Shapshak, Seetharaman Balaji, Pandjassarame Kangueane, Francesco Chiappelli, Charurut Somboonwit, Lynette J. Menezes, John T. Sinnott, editors.
    Summary: Global Virology, Volume III: Virology in the 21st Century examines work that has been undertaken, or is planned, in several fields of virology, in an effort to promote current and future work, research, and health. Fields and methods addressed include virology, immunology, space research, astrovirology/astrobiology, plasmids, swarm intelligence, bioinformatics, data-mining, machine learning, neural networks, critical equations, and advances in biohazard biocontainment. Novel and forward-looking methods, techniques, and approaches in research and development are presented by experts in the field.

    Contents:
    1. Applications of Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning in Viral Biology
    2. Non-Immune Modulators of Cellular Immune Surveillance to HIV-1 and other Retroviruses: Future Artificial Intelligence-Driven Goals and Directions
    3. Emerging Technologies for Antiviral Drug Discovery
    4. Wavelet Transform Modulus Maxima Approach for Hepatitis Virus Classification with ANN
    5. Computational Coarse Protein Modeling of HIV-1 Sequences Using Evolutionary Search Algorithm
    6. Drug Development for Hepatitis C Virus Infection: Machine Learning Applications
    7. Modern Developments in Short Peptide Viral Vaccine Design
    8. Artificial life and therapeutic vaccines against cancers that originate in viruses
    9. Mystery of HIV Drug Resistance
    A Machine Learning Perspective
    10. Swarm Intelligence in Cell Entry Exclusion Phenomena in Viruses and Plasmids: How to Exploit Intelligent Gene Vector Self-Scattering in Therapeutic Gene Delivery
    11. A Combinatorial Computational Approach for Drug Discovery Against AIDS: Machine Learning and Proteochemometrics
    12. Application of Support Vector Machines in Viral Biology
    13. Eliminating Cervical Cancer: A Role for Artificial Intelligence
    14. HIV and Injection Drug Use: New Approaches to HIV Prevention
    15. Innovative Technologies for Advancement of WHO Risk Group 4 Pathogens Research
    16. Space Exploration and Travel, Future Technologies for In-flight Monitoring and Diagnostics
    17. Futuristic Methods in Virus Genome Evolution Using the Third-Generation DNA Sequencing and Artificial Neural Networks
    18. Futuristic Methods for Treatment of HIV in the Nervous System
    19. Tuberculosis: Advances in Diagnostics and Treatment
    20. Astrovirology, Astrobiology, Artificial Intelligence: Extra-Solar System Investigations
    21. Climate Crisis Impact on AIDS, IRIS, and Neuro-AIDS
    22. 21st Century Virology: Critical Steps
    23. Futuristic Methods for Determining HIV Co-receptor Use.-
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ligia Malagón de Salazar, Roberto Carlos Luján Villar, editors.
    Summary: This book critically analyses the influence of international policies and guidelines on the performance of interventions aimed at reducing health inequities in Latin America, with special emphasis on health promotion and health in all policies strategies. While the implementation of these interventions plays a key role in strengthening these countries' capacity to respond to current and future challenges, the urgency and pressures of cooperation and funding agencies to show results consistent with their own agendas not only hampers this goal, but also makes the territory invisible, hiding the real problems faced by most Latin American countries, diminishing the richness of local knowledge production, and hindering the development of relevant proposals that consider the territory's conditions and cultural identity. Departing from this general analysis, the authors search for answers to the following questions: Why, despite the importance of the theoretical advances r egarding actions to address social and health inequities, haven't Latin American countries been able to produce the expected results? Why do successful initiatives only take place within the framework of pilot projects? Why does the ideology of health promotion and health in all policies mainly permeate structures of the health sector, but not other sectors? Why are intersectoral actions conjunctural initiatives, which often fail to evolve into permanent practices? Based on an extensive literature review, case studies, personal experiences, and interviews with key informants in the region, Globalization and Health Inequities in Latin America presents a strategy that uses monitoring and evaluation practices for enhancing the capacity of Latin American and other low and middle-income countries to implement sustainable processes to foster inclusiveness, equity, social justice and human rights. &nb sp;.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introduction. Equity, globalization, and health ; Global response to social and health inequities ; Main challenges to reduce health inequities in Latin America
    Part II: Latin American experiences. REDLACPROMSA : Latin American and Caribbean network of health promotion managers ; Denaturalizing "long-lasting endemic diseases" : social mobilization in the context of arboviral diseases in Brazil ; Health promoting schools : implementation challenges, barriers, and lessons from a case study ; Health in school program ; practicing intersectorality on a territorial basis for the future of health in all policies ; Strategic analysis of health care practices for the homeless in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil ; Linking public health surveillance system to policymaking and local development ; Intersectorality and local development : Municipality La Cumbre ; La Cumbre, Valle del Cauca. The challenge of implementing sustainable territorial development initiatives. Critical factors and consequences in the reduction of inequities in health ; Innovation in small farmers' economies (IECAM) : good agricultural practices of healthy agriculture with associated rual enterprises in the Northern Cauca area in Colombia ; Research in the strategy of healthy communities in Mexico : learning for the transformation of practices against social determinants of health ; Territorial management of health promotion : the dengue epidemic in Perú
    Part III. Proposal. A bet for the reduction of health inequities in accordance with the conditions of the Latin American region.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ezio Portis, Alberto Acquadro, Sergio Lanteri, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest information on the genetics and genomics of the globe artichoke. It focuses on the latest findings, tools and strategies employed in genome sequencing, physical map development and QTL analyses, as well as genomic resources. The re-sequencing of four globe artichoke genotypes, representative of the core varietal types in cultivation, as well as the genotype of cultivated cardoon, has recently been completed. Here, the five genomes are reconstructed at the chromosome scale and annotated. Moreover, functional SNP analyses highlight numerous genetic variants, which represent key tools for dissecting the path from sequence variation to phenotype, as well as for designing effective diagnostic markers. The wealth of information provided here offers a valuable asset for scientists, plant breeders and students alike.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface; Contents; 1 Cynara cardunculus L.: Historical and Economic Importance, Botanical Descriptions, Genetic Resources and Traditional Uses; Abstract; 1.1 Historical Outline, Spread in the World and Economic Importance; 1.2 Botanical Classification and Description of the Species; 1.2.1 Globe Artichoke; 1.2.2 Cultivated Cardoon; 1.2.3 Wild Artichoke or Wild Cardoon; 1.3 Genetic Resources; 1.4 Congener Species; 1.5 Traditional Uses; 1.5.1 Globe Artichoke; 1.5.2 Cultivated Cardoon; 1.5.3 Wild Cardoon; References; 2 Cynara cardunculus Propagation; Abstract 2.1 Introduction2.2 Vegetative Propagation; 2.2.1 An Overview; 2.2.2 Globe Artichoke Vegetative Propagation; 2.2.3 Clones Around the World; 2.2.4 Clones Improvement and Cultural Practices; 2.2.5 Clones Propagation and Agronomical Issues; 2.2.6 Micropropagation; 2.3 Seed Propagation of Globe Artichoke and Cultivated Cardoon; 2.3.1 Overview; 2.3.2 Factors Affecting Seed Germination; 2.3.2.1 Temperature; 2.3.2.2 Salinity; 2.3.2.3 Seed Priming; 2.3.2.4 Chemicals and Biological Treatments; 2.3.3 Seed Yield; 2.3.4 Strategies to Improve Nursery Growing Techniques; 2.4 F1 Hybrids in Globe Artichoke 2.4.1 Overview of Crossing System and the Genetic at the Base of F1 Globe Artichoke Hybrids2.4.2 Historical Events in the Globe Artichoke F1 Hybrids Set up; 2.4.3 Globe Artichoke F1 Hybrids: Advantages and Disadvantages of Their Obtaining and Growing; 2.4.4 Procedures to Obtain Globe Artichoke F1 Hybrids; References; 3 Globe Artichoke Tissue Culture and Its Biotechnological Application; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 In Vitro Propagation; 3.2.1 Overview; 3.2.2 Sterilization of the Explants; 3.2.3 Culture Media; 3.2.4 Meristem Culture; 3.2.5 Shoot Multiplication; 3.2.6 Root Induction 3.2.7 Plant Establishment3.3 Production of Virus-Free Plants; 3.3.1 Overview; 3.3.2 Virus Eradication in Globe Artichoke; 3.4 Plant Tissue Culture for Biotechnology; 3.4.1 Overview; 3.4.2 Callus Induction and Culture; 3.4.3 Protoplast Isolation and Culture; 3.4.4 Plant Regeneration; 3.4.5 Genetic Transformation; 3.4.6 Secondary Metabolite Production from In Vitro Culture; 3.5 Germplasm Maintenance and Conservation; 3.5.1 Overview; 3.5.2 Short-Term Conservation; 3.5.3 Medium-Term Conservation: Slow Growth; 3.5.4 Long-Term Conservation: Cryopreservation; References 4 Cynara cardunculus as a Multiuse Crop Abstract; 4.1 Biomass for Energy; 4.1.1 Aboveground Biomass Yield; 4.1.2 Biomass for Direct Combustion: Heating Power; 4.1.3 Energy Yield Per Hectare; 4.2 Biomethane Production; 4.3 Bio-ethanol Production; 4.4 Oil Production (From Seeds); 4.5 Cellulose, Pulp and Paper; 4.6 Use in Animal Feeding; 4.6.1 Green Forage and Harvest By-Products; 4.6.2 Seeds; 4.7 Use of Florets in Dairy Industry; 4.7.1 Proteinases; 4.7.2 Proteinases Extraction from Florets; 4.7.3 Rennet in Cheesemaking; 4.8 Use as Ornamental Plant; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mirto Foletto, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors ; foreword by Nicola Scopinaro.
    Summary: The increasing prevalence of morbid obesity has led the World Health Organization to coin the descriptive term "globesity" to reflect the worldwide nature of the problem. Providing health care to these patients, especially when surgery is required, can be extremely challenging owing to the specific needs in respect of logistics, facilities, and professional expertise. Appropriate care has too often been unachievable and unaffordable outside of established bariatric centers, but such centers themselves usually have insufficient capacity and resources to cope with growing demand. This book aims to provide guidance and helpful tips and tricks on how to deal with obese patients within a general surgery setting. Epidemiology, organizational and logistical aspects, nursing issues, patient assessment, anesthesiology, and surgical practicalities are expertly covered in the opening chapters. Techniques of relevance to the general surgeon are described according to anatomic region, covering the head and neck; cardiothoracic and vascular system; upper and lower GI tract; pancreas, liver and adrenal glands; urinary tract and kidneys; the reproductive system; and the abdominal wall. Results achieved by bariatric surgery worldwide are reviewed, and the book closes with a chapter devoted to plastic and reconstructive surgery. The Globesity Challenge to General Surgery highlights a need for global rethinking on public health as regards resource allocation and patterns and standards of care, improving outcomes through greater affordability.

    Contents:
    1 Definition, Epidemiology and Social Implications of Obesity
    2 Organizational Issues, Logistic and Economic Implications of Obesity
    3 Nursing and Psychological Issues in Obese Patients
    4 Patient Assessment and Post-Op Management of Obesity from the Physician?s Point of View
    5 Anesthesiology in Obesity: Pre-Op Assessment, OR Strategy, Tips and Tricks for a Successful "Go-Through
    6 Surgical Practicalities: Fast-Track Lessons from the Bariatric Surgery
    7 Head and Neck Surgery in Obese patients
    8 The Impact of Obesity in Thoracic and Cardiac Surgery
    9 Upper GI Tract in Obese Patients
    10 Lower GI Tract In Obesity
    11 Pancreas, Liver and Adrenal Glands in Obesity
    12 Effects of Bariatric Surgery on the Kidneys and Urinary Tract
    13 OBGYN and Bariatric Surgery
    14 Considerations on the Abdominal Wall in Obese Patients
    15 Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery in Obese Patients
    16 Bariatric Surgery Worldwide: Overview and Results.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Howard Trachtman, Leal C. Herlitz, Edgar V. Lerma, Jonathan J. Hogan, editors.
    Summary: This Handbook serves as a convenient, state-of-the-art and comprehensive resource on the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of glomerular diseases. Clinical approaches, modalities and challenges are provided, along with new developments since the publication of Kidney Disease Improving Global Outcomes (KDIGO): Glomerulonephritis. Chapters dedicated to glomerular diseases mirror the current classification schemes used by Nephrologists and Pathologists and will include definition and natural history, epidemiology, clinical manifestations, pathology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, treatment (algorithms when appropriate), prognosis and future prospects and current direction of research. Contributing authors consist of internationally renowned glomerulonephritis experts, renal pathologists and clinical nephrologists who are engaged in the management of glomerular diseases in clinical pediatric and internal medicine practices. Glomerulonephritis fills a considerable knowledge gap for general nephrologists, providers involved with the care of patients with glomerular diseases, and researchers. It should also be of value to medical students, interns, residents and fellows, as well as all clinicians engaged in medical education.

    Contents:
    General Overview
    Niddk Perspective On Current Status And Future Of Glomerular Disease Research
    Glomerular Physiology
    Mechanisms Of Disease
    Diagnostic Tests
    Histopathology
    Approach To A Renal Biopsy
    Classification Of Diseases
    Overview Of Current Approaches To Classification
    Rationale For Scheme Used In This Book
    Discussion Of Overlap Entities
    Integration With Kdigo
    Glomerular Diseases
    Podocytopathies
    Minimal Change Disease
    Focal Segmental Glomerulosclerosis
    Genetic Disorders
    Alport
    Nail Patella
    Auto-Immune
    Lupus Nephritis Including Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
    Anti-Pla2r/Anti-Thrombospondin Type 1 Domain Containing 7a
    Membranous Nephropathy
    Anca-Associated Vasculitis
    Anti-Gbm Antibody Disease/Goodpasture
    Immune Complex-Mediated Diseases
    Iga Nephropathy And Henoch-Schőnlein Nephritis
    Membranoproliferative Glomerulonephritis, Type I
    Secondary Membranous Nephropathy
    Post-Infectious Gn
    Cryoglubulinemic Glomerulonephritis, Type Ii
    Infection Associated Glomerulonephritis
    Hepatitis B And C
    Hivan
    Other Infectious-Associated Gn
    Paraprotein Diseases Of The Kidney
    Renal Amyloidosis
    Midd
    Immunotactoid Glomerulopathy
    Waldenstrőm Macroglobulinemia
    Complement Mediated Diseases
    C3 Glomerulonephritis
    Dense Deposit Disease (Mpgn Type Ii)
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies
    Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome
    Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura
    Glomerulonephritis Associated With Other Systemic Diseases And Drugs
    Malignancies
    Medications
    Rheumatic Diseases
    Transplantation Related
    Pregnancy
    Additional Idiopathic Glomerular Diseases
    Fibronectin Glomerulopathy
    Collagenofibrot Ic Glomerulopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Jen-Chywan Wang, Charles Harris, editors.
    Summary: This timely volume provides a comprehensive overview of glucocorticoids and their role in regulating many aspects of physiology and their use in the treatment of disease. The book is broken into four sections that begin by giving a general introduction to glucocorticoids and a brief history of the field. The second section will discuss the effects of glucocorticoids on metabolism, while the third section will cover the effects of glucocorticoids on key tissues. The final section will discuss general topics, such as animal models in glucocorticoid research and clinical implications of glucocorticoid research. Featuring chapters from leaders in the field, this volume will be of interest to both researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introductory Materials
    Regulatory actions of glucocorticoid hormones: from organisms to mechanisms.- Molecular Biology of Glucocorticoid Signaling.-Mechanisms of Glucocorticoid-regulated Gene Transcription
    Clinical Perspective: What do Addison and Cushing tell us about Glucocorticoid Action?
    Section II: Effects of Glucocorticoids in Metabolism
    Regulation of Glucose Homeostasis by Glucocorticoids
    How do Glucocorticoids Regulate Lipid Metabolism?
    Glucocorticoids and Skeletal Muscle
    Section III: Specific Effects of Glucocorticoids on Tissues
    Glucocorticoid- induced osteoporosis
    Effects of Glucocorticoids on Immune System
    Glucocorticoids and the brain: neural mechanisms regulating the stress response
    Glucocorticoid Regulation of Reproduction
    Glucocorticoids and the lung
    Glucocorticoids and the Cardiovascular System
    Glucocorticoids and Cancer
    Section IV: Miscellaneous Topics
    Animal Models of Altered Glucocorticoid Signaling
    The Dehydrogenase Hypothesis
    Conclusions and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Itaru Kojima.
    Summary: Since the 1970s, there has been much discussion about the "glucoreceptor" and "substrate site" and which of these two is the dominant theory, but new findings on the glucose-sensing receptor have now shed new light on the "glucoreceptor theory." This volume reviews recent advances concerning the glucose-sensing receptor in pancreatic beta-cells. The history of research into pancreatic beta-cells is long and complex; accordingly, the first chapters present the history of this field and explain the hypothesis of insulin secretion mechanisms: "glucoreceptor theory". Subsequent chapters examine the function and activity of the glucose-sensing receptor in pancreatic beta-cells, such as identification, channel pathway, receptor signal and physiological role. Readers will gain a thorough understanding of the glucose-sensing receptor and glucose metabolism in pancreatic beta-cells, new insights into the pathophysiology of diabetes, and learn about new targets for the treatment of diabetes.

    Contents:
    1 HISTORY OF THE RESEARCH ON THE GLUCOSE RECEPTOR
    2 Cell-surface Glucoreceptor Recognizing Anomers of Glucose in Pancreatic b-cells
    3 KATP CHANNEL-INDEPENDENT PATHWAY and THE GLUCORECEPTOR
    4 Signaling System Activated by the Glucose-sensing Receptor
    5 The Role of the Glucose-sensing Receptor in Glucose-induced Insulin Secretion in Pancreatic b-cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Valentino Cherubini, Daniela Elleri, Stefano Zucchini.
    Summary: This practical book focuses on the use of glucose sensors in children with type 1 diabetes. It is an evidence-based, simple, illustrated tool written by expert physicians in the field, experienced with patients living in Italy and in the UK. The introductory chapters offer a quick and well-documented update on technology use in the child with diabetes, while the chapter on clinical studies provides a comprehensive overview of the scientific basis and benefits on glucose sensor use. The practical use of sensors in all age groups, including toddlers, and any related psychological issues are also discussed. This volume allows health care professionals, pediatric trainees and medical students caring for children with type 1 diabetes to increase their understanding of sensor use, making this technology easier and more reliable to use.

    Contents:
    Introduction on use of technology in the management of the diabetic child
    The technology of glucose sensors
    Different types of glucose sensor on the market
    Clinical studies on efficacy of glucose sensors
    Sensor use in toddlers
    Sensor use in adolescents
    Unexpected highs and lows in blood glucose
    How to insert and wear a sensor
    Pitfalls in the use of glucose sensor
    Psychological issues
    Future and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Vladimir Parpura, Arne Schousboe, Alexei Verkhratsky, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Glutamate and ATP: The Crossroads of Signaling and Metabolism in the Brain
    2. Glutamate Metabolism in the Brain Focusing on Astrocytes
    3. Glycogenolysis and Purinergic Signaling
    4. Purinergic and Glutamatergic Receptors on Astroglia
    5. Regulated Exocytosis in Astrocytes Is as Slow as the Metabolic Availability of Gliotransmitters: Focus on Glutamate and ATP
    6. Adenosine and Glutamate in Neuroglial Interaction: Implications for Circadian Disorders and Alcoholism
    7. Purinergic Receptor Stimulation Decreases Ischemic Brain Damage By Energizing Astrocyte Mitochondria
    8. Excitotoxicity and Mitochondrial Dysfunction Underlie Age-dependent Ischemic White Matter Injury
    9. Role of Astrocytes in Delayed Neuronal Death: GLT-1 and its Novel Regulation by MicroRNAs
    10. Ca2+ Signaling in Astrocytes and its Role in Ischemic Stroke
    11. Pathological Potential of Astroglial Purinergic Receptors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arne Schousboe, Ursula Sonnewald, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the Glutamate-Glutamine cycle
    Glucose, lactate, β-hydroxybutyrate, acetate, GABA, and succinate as substrates for synthesis of glutamate and GABA in the glutamine-glutamate/GABA cycle
    Anaplerosis for glutamate synthesis in the neonate and in adulthood
    Enzyme complexes important for the glutamate-glutamine cycle
    BCAA metabolism and NH3 homeostasis
    Glutaminases Vesicular Glutamate Uptake
    The glutamine transporters and their role in the Glutamate/GABA-Glutamine Cycle
    Glutamine Metabolism in Gliomas
    Oligodendrocytes: development, physiology and glucose metabolism
    Dysregulation of glutamate cycling mediates methylmercury-induced neurotoxicity
    Astroglia, glutamatergic transmission and psychiatric diseases
    Glutamine Synthetase: Role in Neurological Disorders
    The Glutamate
    Glutamine Cycle in Epilepsy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Dominique Meynial-Denis.
    Contents:
    An introduction to glutamine metabolism / Vinicius Cruzat and Philip Newsholme
    Intestinal glutamine synthetase co-localizes with goblet cells and decreases enterocyte proliferation / Youji He, Theodorus BM Hakvoort, Jacqueline LM Vermeulen and Wouter H. Lamers
    Glutaminase isoforms and glutamine metabolism / Curthoys et al.
    The importance of glutamine to insulin secretion, insulin action and glycaemic control / Vinicius Cruzat, Gaewyn Ellison, Cyril Mamotte and Philip Newsholme
    Glutamine and autophagy / Rolf Gebhardt
    Novel aspects on the regulation of glutamine and ammonia metabolism by morphogens / Rolf Gebhardt, Jan Böttger, Eugenia Marbach, Madlen Matz-Soja
    The role of glutamine in brain pathology / Albrecht et al
    Brain glutamine and hepatic encephalopathy / Roger F. Butterworth and Chantal Bemeur
    Change of glutamate/glutamine amounts in the striatum in a murin model of Parkinson's Disease / Carine Chassain, Guy Bielicki, Jean-Pierre Renou, Franck Durif
    Glutamine and intestinal physiology and physiopathology / François Blachier, Xiangfeng Kong, Guoyao Wu, Daniel Tomé, Antonio Lancha Jr, Mireille Andriamihaja, Yulong Yin
    Glutamine : general facilitator of gut absorption and repair / Rhoads et al
    Therapeutic role of glutamine in inflammatory bowel disease / Hongyu Xue and Paul Wischmeyer
    Glutamine in the critically ill neonate / Neu et al.
    Rationale for and efficacy of glutamine supplementation in critical illness / Farook Jahoor, Christina Kao
    The role of glutamine and oxidative injury pathways in critically ill patients
    Naji Abumrad, Kaushik Mukherjee and Addison May
    Glutamine supplementation in critical illness : clinical endpoints / Marie Smedberg and Jan Wernerman
    Glutamine supplementation in critical illness : action mechanisms / Moïse Coëffier and Pierre Déchelotte
    The clinical role of glutamine supplementation in disease / Giacomo Garibotto, Alice Bonanni, Giacomo Deferrari, Daniela Verzola
    Glutamine transport and metabolism in cancer / Paige J. Bothwell, Clare C. Kron and Barrie P. Bode
    Glutamine as a new therapeutic target in cancer : use of hyperpolarized magnetic resonance spectroscopy / Dominique Meynial-Denis and Jean-Pierre Renou
    Glutamine and the immune system : an overview / Philip Calder
    Glutamine and exercise and immune system / Marcelo Macedo Rogero
    The role of glutamine in exercise-induced immunodepression in humans / Lindy Castell and Natalie Redgrave
    Glutamine metabolism in old age / Dominique Meynial-Denis.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    Rajkumar Rajendram, Victor R. Preedy, Vinood B. Patel, editors.
    Summary: This text is the first published volume for health professionals and advanced students that examines the biochemistry, clinical nutrition, and therapeutic aspects of glutamine. Drs. Rajendram, Preedy, and Patel are experts in their respective fields and have gathered an august list of contributors that represent the medical profession as well as the academic research community. Glutamine in Clinical Nutrition provides a timely, comprehensive, evidence-based review on the literature that presents the application of current nutritional knowledge by physicians and dietitians and incorporates emerging fields of science and important discoveries. Notable topics include coverage on manganese toxicity and the glutamine-glutamate cycle, glutamine supplementation in HIV, glutamine addiction of cancer cells, glutamine supplementation during major surgery and in intensive care, and glutamine concerns with regards to sepsis, trauma, diabetes, and other diseases. The final chapter provides a wealth of information on web-based resources and suggested readings for the health provider. Written by authors of international and national standing, leaders in the field and trendsetters, Glutamine in Clinical Nutrition is essential reading for nutritionists and dietitians, public health scientists, physicians, epidemiologists, policy makers, and health care professionals of various disciplines.

    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Processes at the Cellular Level and in Animal Models
    1. Glutamine structure and function: a starter pack
    2. Amino acid transporters and glutamine
    3. Role of glutamine transaminases in nitrogen, sulfur, selenium and 1-carbon metabolism
    4. Glutamine uptake and immunomodulation: an overview
    Kenneth Frauwirth
    5. The role of glutamine and glutamic acid in the pituitary gland involvement in thyroid-stimulating hormone release
    6. Glucose-independent glutamine-driven TCA cycle in cancer cells
    7. The role of glutamine synthetase in the glutamine independence in mammary tissue
    8. Glutamine addiction of cancer cells
    9. L-[5-11C]-glutamine and metabolic imaging in cancer cells
    10. Endotoxemia and glutamine
    Part II. Glutamine Use in Critically Ill Patients and Their Diagnosis
    11. Plasma glutamine and its levels in metabolic stress
    12. Glutamine supplementation in major surgery and intensive care
    13. Enteral nutrition supplemented with L-glutamine in patients with sepsis
    14. Glutamine supplementation in multiple trauma patients
    15. Glutamine dipeptide and insulin sensitivity in critically ill patients
    16. Potential for glutamine supplementation in critically ill children
    17. Glutamine and ammonia in hepatic encephalopathy
    18. The oral glutamine challenge in liver cirrhosis
    Part III. Glutamine in Normal Metabolism and under Surgical Stress
    19. Insulin secretion and the glutamine-glutamate-alpha-ketoglutarate axis
    20. Glutamine-cycling pathway in metabolic syndrome: Systems Biology-Based Characterization of the glutamate-related metabotype and advances for Diagnosis and Treatment in Translational Medicine
    21. Glutamine and glucagon-like peptide-1 response
    22. Glutamine pretreatment and surgery for cleft lip/cleft palate in children
    23. Use of perioperative glutamine dipeptide in parenteral nutrition in surgical hospital patients with malnutrition
    24. Therapeutic use of glutamine for diabetic foot ulcers and related conditions
    Part IV. Clinical Aspects of Glutamine in the Intestine
    25. Glutamine protects GI epithelial tight junctions
    26. Glutamine therapy in colitis models
    27. Glutamine supplementation and Helicobacter pylori infection
    28. Small intestinal hypoxic injury and use of arginyl-glutamine dipeptide: applications to pediatrics
    29. Dipeptide-bound glutamine and the intestinal microcirculation in cancer
    Part V. Clinical Aspects of Glutamine in Certain Patient Populations
    30. Manganese toxicity and the glutamine-glutamate cycle
    31. Glutamine and epilepsy
    32. Glutamine supplementation in glutamine synthetase deficiency
    33. Plasma antioxidants and glutamine supplementation in HIV
    34. Glutamine, total antioxidant systems and damage in renal ischemia reperfusion injury
    35. Protection by glutamine after ischemia/reperfusion injury
    36. Glutamine and cancer immunosuppression
    37. Combining exercise with glutamine-supplementation in cancer cachexia metabolism
    38. Glutamine and skeletal muscle
    39. Glutamine and myostatin expression in muscle wasting
    40. Web based resources, and suggested readings.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alvaro Cansanção, Alexandra Condé-Green, editors.
    Summary: Brazilian Butt Lift has been described by many, but there is no definitive resource or book that details the procedure as performed by Brazilian Plastic Surgeons. The editors conducted a recent survey among the members of the Brazilian Society of Plastic Surgeons (SBCP) and have seen that there are many differences in approach, style, technique, and even materials used between what is being done around the world and what is being done in Brazil. While addressing recent media attention and scares, this book features contributions from world renowned Brazilian and international Plastic Surgeons addressing the high morbidity and mortality recently reported and establish tried and true safety protocols. To increase the scope of the book, differing views of techniques and methods are also included, making this a truly global book covering the specific gluteal region. Gluteal Fat Augmentation: Best Practices in Brazilian Butt Lift will open with the history of the procedure, go through the anatomy and the ethnic aspects of the aesthetics of the gluteal region. The book features special chapters on gluteal fat augmentation and a wide variety of techniques to improve the gluteal contour. A wealth of images accompany the text to fully illustrate the different approaches and techniques of gluteal fat augmentation, reshaping, and contouring including the use of fillers, implants, lift, and correction of depressions and deformities of the region. Written for practicing plastic surgeons, this book is poised to become the go-to reference for cosmetic and reconstructive concerns surrounding the gluteal region.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I: Basics of Gluteal Fat Grafting
    Chapter 1. History of Gluteal Fat Grafting
    Chapter 2. Biology of Adipose Tissue
    Chapter 3. Stromal Vascular Fraction Enriched Fat Grafting
    Chapter 4. Cryopreservation of Fat Grafts for Future Clinical Applications
    Chapter 5. Anatomy of the Gluteal Region Applied to the Brazilian Butt Lift
    Chapter 6. Aesthetics of the Gluteal Region
    Part II: Surgical Techniques of Gluteal Fat Augmentation
    Chapter 7. Strategy and Planning of Gluteal Reshaping
    Chapter 8. Liposuction: Clinical Management and Safety Protocol
    Chapter 9. Anesthesia for Liposuction and Gluteal Fat Grafting
    Chapter 10. Clinical Principles of Autologous Fat Grafting
    Chapter 11. Liposuction Techniques
    Chapter 12. Fat Processing Techniques Used for Gluteal Fat Augmentation
    Chapter 13. Three Decades of Brazilian Buttock Lift
    Chapter 14. Strategy and Planning of Gluteal Augmentation with Lipotransfer
    Chapter 15. Gluteal Fat Augmentation with Syringes
    Chapter 16. Gluteal Fat Augmentation with Power-Assisted Liposuction
    Chapter 17. Gluteal Augmentation with Stromal Vascular Fraction Enriched Fat
    Chapter 18. Gluteal Fat Injection Standardization: The Gluteal Codes
    Chapter 19. Ultrasound Assisted Gluteal Fat Grafting
    Chapter 20. Postoperative Evaluation of Gluteal Fat Augmentation
    Part III: Other Gluteal Augmentation Techniques
    Chapter 21. Mortality Following Gluteal Fat Augmentation: Physiopathology of Fat Embolism
    Chapter 22. Complications of Gluteal Fat Augmentation
    Chapter 23. Safety in Gluteal Fat Augmentation
    Chapter 24. Liposuction for High Definition Gluteal Contour
    Chapter 25. Gluteal Augmentation with Implants
    Chapter 26. Composite Gluteal Augmentation: Implant + Fat Grafting: Getting the Best of Both Worlds
    Chapter 27. Gluteal Lift
    Chapter 28. Gluteal Augmentation with Injectable Fillers
    Chapter 29. Male Gluteal Augmentation with BodyBanking Lipocyte Transfer and Silicone Implant
    Chapter 30. Gluteal Augmentation in Patients with Lipodystrophy Due to the Use of Antiretroviral Therapy
    Chapter 31. Gluteal Augmentation in Post Massive Weight Loss Patients
    Chapter 32. Non-Aesthetic Gluteal Deformities
    Chapter 33. Managing Complications of Non-Approved Fillers
    Part IV: Ancillary Procedures for the Gluteal Region
    Chapter 34. Subcision for the Treatment of Cellulite
    Chapter 35. Management of Stretch Marks with Pigment Structuration.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alexandra Castilho.
    Contents:
    Current approaches to engineering N-linked protein glycosylation in bacteria / Andreas Naegeli and Markus Aebi
    Inverse metabolic engineering for enhanced glycoprotein production in Escherichia coli / Stephen R. P. Jaffé, Benjamin Strutton, Jagroop Pandhal, and Phillip C. Wright
    GlycoSNAP : a high-throughput screening methodology for engineering designer glycosylation enzymes / Anne A. Ollis, Yi Chai, and Matthew P. DeLisa
    Production of glycoproteins with asparagine-linked N-acetylglucosamine in Escherichia coli / Flavio Schwarz and Markus Aebi
    Glyco-engineering O-antigen-based vaccines and eiagnostics in E. coli / Nicolas F. Vozza and Mario F. Feldman
    Progress in yeast glycosylation engineering / Stephen R. Hamilton and Dongxing Zha
    Protein production with a Pichia pastoris OCH1 knockout strain in fed-batch mode / Christoph Gmeiner and Oliver Spadiut
    Engineering the Pichia pastoris N-glycosylation pathway using the GlycoSwitch technology / Bram Laukens, Charlot De Wachter, and Nico Callewaert
    Development of a valuable yeast strain using a novel mutagenesis technique for the effective production of therapeutic glycoproteins / Hiroko Abe and Ken-ichi Nakayama
    An overview and history of glyco-engineering in insect expression systems / Christoph Geisler, Hideaki Mabashi-Asazuma, and Donald L. Jarvis 11 SweetBac : applying multiBac technology towards flexible modification of insect cell glycosylation / Dieter Palmberger and Dubravko Rendic
    Engineering sialic acid synthesis ability in insect cells / Karthik Viswanathan, Someet Narang, and Michael J. Betenbaugh
    Engineering N-glycosylation pathway in insect cells : suppression of [beta]-N-acetylglucosaminidase and expression of [beta]-1,4-galactosyltransferase / Yeon Kyu Kim and Hyung Joon Cha
    N-glyco-engineering in plants : update on strategies and major achievements / Herta Steinkellner and Alexandra Castilho
    Gene targeting for precision glyco-engineering : production of biopharmaceuticals devoid of plant-typical glycosylation in moss bioreactors / Eva L. Decker, Gertrud Wiedemann, and Ralf Reski
    Im"plant"ing of mammalian glycosyltransferase gene into plant suspension-cultured cells using agrobacterium-mediated transformation / Hiroyuki Kajiura and Kazuhito Fujiyama
    Transient glyco-engineering of N. benthamiana aiming at the synthesis of multi-antennary sialylated proteins / Andreas Loos and Alexandra Castilho
    Subcellular targeting of proteins involved in modification of plant N- and O-glycosylation / Martina Dicker, Jennifer Schoberer, Ulrike Vavra, and Richard Strasser
    Assembly of multigene constructs using golden gate cloning / Sylvestre Marillonnet and Stefan Werner
    Strategies for engineering protein N-glycosylation pathways in mammalian cells / Qiong Wang, Mark Stuczynski, Yuan Gao, and Michael J. Betenbaugh
    Glycan remodeling with processing inhibitors and lectin- resistant eukaryotic cells / Veronica T. Chang, Robert A. Spooner, Max Crispin, and Simon J. Davis
    Production of highly sialylated recombinant glycoproteins using Ricinus communis agglutinin-I-resistant CHO glycosylation mutants / John S. Y. Goh, Kah Fai Chan, and Zhiwei Song
    Metabolic glyco-engineering in eukaryotic cells and selected applications / Friedrich Piller, Aline Mongis, and Véronique Piller
    Evaluation of quenching and extraction methods for nucleotide/nucleotide sugar analysis / Katrin Braasch, Carina Villacrés, and Michael Butler
    Chemoenzymatic glyco-engineering of monoclonal antibodies / John P. Giddens and Lai-Xi Wang
    Chemical polysialylation of recombinant human proteins / Ivan V. Smirnov, Ivan I. Vorobiev, Alexey A. Belogurov, Dmitry D. Genkin, Sergey M. Deyev, and Alexander G. Gabibov
    Site-specific glycosylation profiling using liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS) / Clemens Gruber and Friedrich Altmann
    Mass spectrometric analysis of oligo- and polysialic acids / Christina E. Galuska, Kai Maass, and Sebastian P. Galuska
    Isomer-specific analysis of released N-glycans by LC-ESI MS/MS with porous graphitized carbon / Daniel Kolarich, Markus Windwarder, Kathirvel Alagesan, and Friedrich Altmann.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Robert K. Yu, Cara-Lynne Schengrund, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the Complexity of Cell Surface and Tissue Matrix Glycoconjugates
    Introduction to Cells Comprising the Nervous System
    Synthesis, Processing, and Function of N-glycans in N-glycoproteins
    Synthesis of O-linked Glycoconjugates in the Nervous System
    Chemistry and Function of Glycosaminoglycans in the Nervous System
    Use of Glycan-targeted Antibodies/Lectins to Study the Expression/Function of Glycosyltransferases in the Nervous System
    From Mass Spectrometry-based Glycosylation Analysis to Glycomics and Glycoproteomic
    Structural Analysis of Oligosaccharides and Glycoconjugates using NMR
    Glycolipid and Glycoprotein Expression During Neural Development
    Gangliosides and Cell Surface Ganglioside Glycohydrolases in the Nervous System
    Role of Myelin-Associated Glycoprotein (Siglec-4a) in the Nervous System
    Role of Galactosylceramide and Sulfatide in Oligodendrocytes and CNS Myelin: Formation of a Glycosynapse
    Glycosignaling
    A General Review
    Glycosphingolipids in the Regulation of the Nervous System
    Glycobiology of Ion Transport in the Nervous System
    O-GlcNAcylation of Neuronal Proteins: Roles in Neuronal Functions and in Neurodegeneration
    N-glycosylation in Regulation of the Nervous System
    Roles of Carbohydrates in the Interaction of Pathogens with Neural Cells
    Glycoconjugate Changes in Aging and Age-related Diseases
    Gangliosides and Glycolipids in Neurodegenerative Disorders
    Glycosidases: Inborn Errors of Glycosphingolipid Catabolism
    Ganglioside Storage Diseases: On the Road to Management
    Dynamic Aspects of Neural Tumor Gangliosides
    Galectins and Neuroinflammation
    Glycoconjugates and Neuroimmunological Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Yoshiki Yamaguchi, Koichi Kato.
    Summary: "This book presents state of the art biophysical approaches to issues in glycobiology that have cutting-edge applications. Despite the importance of glycosylation, the complexity, heterogeneity, and flexibility of the glycans have inhibited their study. Each chapter in this book explains very recent significant advances in biophysical approaches through the use of techniques such as NMR spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, single-molecule imaging, X-ray crystallography, high-speed atomic force microscopy, and computational simulation and their integrative application. Concrete examples are provided of the value of these techniques in addressing key problems in the field. In addition, significant functional glycobiological issues are considered. For example, glycolipids can form dynamic clusters on cell membranes and provide platforms for molecules involved in cell recognition and subsequent signal transduction. The detailed delineation of these molecular systems is discussed, revealing their structural complexity and ability to assemble transiently. This timely book will be of value for graduate students and postdocs interested in frontier topics in glycoscience and also for senior bio-researchers in academic and industrial fields"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Effects of N-glycans on glycoprotein folding and protein dynamics / Yoko Amazaki, Hien Minh Nguyen, Ryo Okamoto, Yuta Maki, Yasuhiro Kajihara
    Synthesis of glycosylated metal complexes for probing carbohydrate-carbohydrate interactions / Teruaki Hasegawa
    Unraveling of lipid raft organization in cell plasma membranes by single-molecule imaging of ganglioside probes / Kenichi G. N. Suzuki, Hiromune Ando, Naoko Komura, Takahiro Fujiwara, Makoto Kiso, Akihiro Kusumi
    MALDI mass spectrometry imaging of N-linked glycans in tissues / Richard R. Drake, Connor A. West, Anand S. Mehta, Peggi M. Angel
    Isomeric separation and characterisation of glycoconjugates / Kathirvel Alagesan, Arun Everest-Dass, Daniel Kolarich
    Synchrotron-radiation vacuum-ultraviolet circular-dichroism spectroscopy for characterizing the structure of saccharides / Koichi Matsuo, Kunihiko Gekko
    Biophysical analyses for probing glycan-protein interactions / Masamichi Nagae, Yoshiki Yamaguchi
    Structural aspects of ER glycoprotein quality-control system mediated by glucose tagging / Tadashi Satoh, Koichi Kato
    Structural basis of protein Asn-glycosylation by oligosaccharyltransferases / Daisuke Kohda
    Visualization of functional structure and kinetic dynamics of cellulases / Akihiko Nakamura, Ryota Iino
    Structure and dynamics of immunoglobulin G glycoproteins / Hirokazu Yagi, Saeko Yanaka, Koichi Kato
    Biophysical approaches to solve the structures of the complex glycan shield of chloroviruses / Cristina De Castro, Garry A. Duncan, Domenico Garozzo, Antonio Molinaro, Luisa Sturiale, Michela Tonetti [and others]
    Quantifying weak glycan-protein interactions using a biolayer interferometry competition assay: applications to ECL Lectin and X-31 influenza hemagglutinin / Ye Ji, Robert J. Woods.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Lütteke, Martin Frank.
    Contents:
    Annotation of glycomics MS and MS/MS spectra using the glycoworkbench software tool
    Glycobase and autogGU : resources for interpreting HPLC-glycan data
    NMR chemical shift prediction of glycans : application of the computer program CASPER in structural analysis
    Handling and conversion of carbohydrate sequence formats and monosaccharide notation
    Bacterial, plant, and fungal carbohydrate structure databases : daily usage
    Using NMR data on GLYCOSCIENCES.de
    Glycomic analysis using KEGG GLYCAN
    GlycomeDB
    Eukaryotic glycosylation : online methods for site prediction on protein sequences
    Analyzing glycan structure synthesis with the glycan pathway predictor (GPP) tool
    Functional network in posttranslational modifications : Glyco-Net in Glycoconjugate Data Bank
    JCGGDB : Japan Consortium for Glycobiology and Glycotechnology Database
    Glycan array data management at Consortium for Functional Glycomics
    Analyzing glycan-binding patterns with the profilepSTMM tool
    Exploring the specificities of glycan-binding proteins using glycan array data and the GlycoSearch software
    Statistical analysis of amino acids in the vicinity of carbohydrate residues performed by GlyVicinity
    Tools to assist determination and validation of carbohydrate 3D structure data
    Glyco3D : a portal for structural glycosciences
    Solution conformation of carbohydrates : a view by using NMR assisted by modeling
    Informing saccharide structural NMR studies with density functional theory calculations
    Energy maps for glycosidic linkage conformations
    Conformational analysis of oligosaccharides and polysaccharides using molecular dynamics simulations
    Molecular dynamics simulations of membrane- and protein-bound glycolipids using GLYCAM
    Lipopolysaccharide membrane building and simulation
    Molecular dynamics simulations of glycoproteins using CHARMM
    Calculating binding free energies for protein-carbohydrate complexes
    Scoring functions for AutoDock
    Structures of glycans bound to receptors from saturation transfer difference (STD) NMR spectroscopy : quantitative analysis by using CORCEMA-ST
    QM/MM methods for studying enzymatic reactions of glycosyltransferases.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Kuberan Balagurunathan, Hiroshi Nakato, Umesh R. Desai.
    Contents:
    Automated Synthesis of Chondroitin Sulfate Oligosaccharides / Chien-Fu Liang, Heung Sik Hahm, and Peter H. Seeberger
    Enzymatic Synthesis of Heparan Sulfate and Heparin / April Joice [and six others]
    Production of Size-Defined Heparosan, Heparan Sulfate, and Heparin Oligosaccharides by Enzymatic Depolymerization / Spencer Brown and Balagurunathan Kuberan
    Chemical Modification of Heparin and Heparosan / Karthik Raman, Balagurunathan Kuberan, and Sailaja Arungundram
    Synthesis of Sulfur Isotope-Labeled Sulfate Donor, 3'-Phosphoadenosine-5'- Phosphosulfate, for Studying Glycosaminoglycan Functions/ Caitlin Mencio [and three others]
    Preparation of Isotope-Enriched Heparan Sulfate Precursors for Structural Biology Studies / Xylophone V. Victor [and three others]
    Synthesis of Glycosaminoglycan Mimetics Through Sulfation of Polyphenols / Rami A. Al-Horani [and three others]
    Synthesis of Selective Inhibitors of Heparan Sulfate and Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycan Biosynthesis / Caitlin Mencio [and three others]
    Ascidian (Chordata-Tunicata) Glycosaminoglycans : Extraction, Purification, Biochemical, and Spectroscopic Analysis / Mauro S.G. Pavão
    Human Blood Glycosaminoglycans : Isolation and Analysis / Md. Ferdous Anower-E-Khuda and Koji Kimata
    Chromatographic Molecular Weight Measurements for Heparin, Its Fragments and Fractions, and Other Glycosaminoglycans / Barbara Mulloy and John Hogwood
    Mass Spectrometric Methods for the Analysis of Heparin and Heparan Sulfate / Miroslaw Lech, Ishan Capila, and Ganesh V. Kaundinya
    Validated Capillary Electrophoretic Assays for Disaccharide Composition Analysis of Galactosaminoglycans in Biologic Samples and Drugs/Nutraceuticals / Athanasia P. Asimakopoulou [and five others]
    Fast Screening of Glycosaminoglycan Disaccharides by Fluorophore-Assisted Carbohydrate Electrophoresis (FACE) : Applications to Biologic Samples and Pharmaceutical Formulations / Evgenia Karousou [and seven others]
    Capillary Electrophoretic Analysis of Isolated Sulfated Polysaccharides to Characterize Pharmaceutical Products / Zachary Shriver and Ram Sasisekharan
    Methods for Measuring Exchangeable Protons in Glycosaminoglycans / Consuelo N. Beecher and Cynthia K. Larive
    Heparan Sulfate Structure : Methods to Study N-Sulfation and NDST Action / Anders Dagälv [and five others]
    Analysis of Hyaluronan Synthase Activity / Davide Vigetti [and three others]
    A Rapid, Nonradioactive Assay for Measuring Heparan Sulfate C-5 Epimerase Activity Using Hydrogen/Deuterium Exchange-Mass Spectrometry / Ponnusamy Babu [and three others]
    Aggrecan : Approaches to Study Biophysical and Biomechanical Properties / Hadi Tavakoli Nia, Christine Ortiz, and Alan Grodzinsky
    Use of Flow Cytometry for Characterization and Fractionation of Cell Populations Based on Their Expression of Heparan Sulfate Epitopes / Rebecca J. Holley [and five others]
    A Transgenic Approach to Live Imaging of Heparan Sulfate Modification Patterns / Matthew Attreed and Hannes E. Bülow
    Informatics Tools to Advance the Biology of Glycosaminoglycans and Proteoglycans / Lewis J. Frey
    Designing "High-Affinity, High-Specificity" Glycosaminoglycan Sequences Through Computerized Modeling / Nehru Viji Sankaranarayanan [and three others]
    Using Isothermal Titration Calorimetry to Determine Thermodynamic Parameters of Protein-Glycosaminoglycan Interactions/ Amit K. Dutta, Jörg Rösgen, and Krishna Rajarathnam
    Characterizing Protein-Glycosaminoglycan Interactions Using Solution NMR Spectroscopy / Prem Raj B. Joseph, Krishna Mohan Poluri, Krishna Mohan Sepuru, and Krishna Rajarathnam
    Glycosaminoglycan-Protein Interaction Studies Using Fluorescence Spectroscopy / Rio S. Boothello, Rami A. Al-Horani, and Umesh R. Desai
    Studying Glycosaminoglycan-Protein Interactions Using Capillary Electrophoresis / Aiye Liang and Umesh R. Desai
    Histochemical Analysis of Heparan Sulfate 3-O-Sulfotransferase Expression in Mouse Brain / Tomio Yabe and Nobuaki Maeda
    Keratan Sulfate : Biosynthesis, Structures, and Biological Functions / Kenji Uchimura
    The Sulfs : Expression, Purification, and Substrate Specificity / Kenji Uchimura
    The Detection of Glycosaminoglycans in Pancreatic Islets and Lymphoid Tissues / Marika Bogdani [and five others]
    Nonradioactive Glycosyltransferase and Sulfotransferase Assay to Study Glycosaminoglycan Biosynthesis / Cheryl M. Ethen [and five others]
    Mapping Proteoglycan Functions with Glycosidases / Mauricio Cortes, Leslie K. Cortes, and Nancy B. Schwartz
    Cell Substrate Patterning with Glycosaminoglycans to Study Their Biological Roles in the Central Nervous System / Tony W. Hsiao [and three others]
    Analyzing the Role of Heparan Sulfate Proteoglycans in Axon Guidance In Vivo in Zebrafish / Fabienne E. Poulain
    Murine Models in the Evaluation of Heparan Sulfate-Based Anticoagulants / David Gailani, Qiufang Cheng, and Ivan S. Ivanov
    Genetic Approaches in the Study of Heparan Sulfate Functions in Drosophila / Masahiko Takemura and Hiroshi Nakato
    Measuring Sulfatase Expression and Invasion in Glioblastoma / Anna Wade [and three others]
    Synthesis and Biomedical Applications of Xylosides / Mausam Kalita [and four others]
    A Strategic Approach to Identification of Selective Inhibitors of Cancer Stem Cells / Nirmita Patel, Somesh Baranwal, and Bhaumik B. Patel
    Analysis of the Heavy-Chain Modification and TSG-6 Activity in Pathological Hyaluronan Matrices / Mark E. Lauer [and three others]
    Heparan Sulfate Modulates Slit3-Induced Endothelial Cell Migration / Hong Qiu [and three others]
    Glycosaminoglycan Functionalized Nanoparticles Exploit Glycosaminoglycan Functions / James A. Vassie, John M. Whitelock, and Megan S. Lord
    Role of Glycosaminoglycans in Infectious Disease / Akiko Jinno and Pyong Woo Park
    Isolation and Purification of Versican and Analysis of Versican Proteolysis / Simon J. Foulcer, Anthony J. Day, and Suneel S. Apte
    Analysis of Human Hyaluronan Synthase Gene Transcriptional Regulation and Downstream Hyaluronan Cell Surface Receptor Mobility in Myofibroblast Differentiation / Adam C. Midgley and Timothy Bowen.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Naoyuki Taniguchi, Tamao Endo, Jun Hirabayashi, Shoko Nishihara, Kenji Kadomatsu, Kazunari Akiyoshi, Kiyoko F. Aoki-Kinoshita, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Richard R. Drake and Lauren E. Ball.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Cheorl-Ho Kim.
    Summary: This book reviews recent progress in understanding of the signaling and biochemistry of GM3 ganglioside in eukaryotic cells. GM3 is the simplest of the gangliosides and the precursor of other gangliosides. It is expressed in the outer leaflet of plasma cell membranes and has roles in the recognition, interaction, binding, adhesion, and motility of cells. In addition, GM3 has been documented to have functional roles in cell migration, proliferation, senescence, and apoptosis. The full range of topics of interest are addressed in the book. The early chapters discuss the synthesis of GM3, its molecular localization in cells, and its basic function as an interacting molecule. The ways in which GM3 exerts its effects via various growth factor receptors are fully explored. Current knowledge of the part played by GM3 in health and disease is discussed in depth. For example, its roles in preventing inflammation, inhibiting tumor angiogenesis and tumor growth, and suppressing arthritis are highlighted, and attention drawn to the significance of GM3 as a driver of impaired wound healing in diabetics. The book will be of interest to all who want a comprehensive update on research in this field.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: History of Sialic Acids, Gangliosides, and GM3
    References
    Chapter 2: Synthesis of GM3
    Chapter 3: Molecular Localization of GM3 in Cells
    References
    Chapter 4: Basic Function of GM3 as an Interacting Molecule
    References
    Chapter 5: GD3 Mimetics with a Neurite Forming Capacity
    5.1 GD3 Mimetic of Deuterostome Echinoderms
    5.2 GM4-Type and Hematoside-Type Ganglioside Show Immune-Modulating Capacities
    References
    Chapter 6: GM3 as a Pathogenic Infection Receptor
    References Chapter 18: GM3, Caveolin-1 and Insulin Receptor in Insulin Resistance
    References
    Chapter 19: GM3 Suppresses Arthritis
    References
    Chapter 20: GM3 Protects Cochlear Hair Cells and Hearing from Corti Degeneration
    References
    Chapter 21: GM3 Increases Osteoclast Differentiation Via Direct Cooperation with RANKL and IGF-1
    References
    Chapter 22: GM3 Induces Terminal Differentiation of Leukemic Cells
    22.1 GM3 Differentiation Role in Human Leukemic Monocyte Model: THP-1 Cell
    22.2 GM3 Roles in Both Monocytoid and Granulocytoid Differentiation of HL-60 Cells Chapter 7: GM3 and Related Gangliosides Prevent Inflammation and Atherosclerosis
    References
    Chapter 8: GM3 Has an Anti-tumor Capacity
    References
    Chapter 9: GM3 Suppresses Tumor Angiogenesis
    References
    Chapter 10: Interaction Between EGFR and GM3
    References
    Chapter 11: Membrane Ganglioside-Specific Neuraminidase 3 (NEU3) Regulates GM3 Signaling
    References
    Chapter 12: Regulation of GM3-Mediated EGFR Signaling by NEU3 Sialidase
    References
    Chapter 13: VEGFR-GM3 Interaction in Angiogenesis
    13.1 Soluble sFLT1 Directly Recognize GM3 Embedded in the Lipid Rafts
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Trenton R. Schoeb, Kathryn A. Eaton.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Allan E. Herbison & Tony M. Plant.
    Contents:
    Historical Introduction to the GnRH Neuron. The Framework Upon Which Current Research on the GnRH Neuron and its Control is Built / Tony M Plant, Allan E Herbison
    GnRH Neuron Development. Prenatal Development of GnRH Neurons / Yufei Shan, Susan Wray
    Fetal/perinatal Programming Causing Sexual Dimorphism of the Kisspeptin-GnRH Neuronal Network / Hiroko Tsukamura, Kei-ichiro Maeda, Yoshihisa Uenoyama
    Postnatal Development of GnRH Neuronal Function / Ei Terasawa
    GnRH Neuron Biology. Regulation of GnRH Gene Expression / Hanne M Hoffmann, Pamela L Mellon
    Morphology of the Adult GnRH Neuron / Rebecca E Campbell
    The Anatomy of the GnRH Neuron Network in the Human / Katalin Skrapits, Erik Hrabovszky
    Electrophysiology of Rodent GnRH Neurons / Richard Piet, Allan E Herbison
    Anatomy and Physiology of GnRH Neurons and Their Control of Pituitary Function in Fish / Yoshitaka Oka
    Regulation of GnRH Neuron Function. Unveiling the Importance of Glia and Vascular Endothelial Cells in the Control of GnRH Neuronal Function / Vincent Prevot, Ariane Sharif
    Genetic Strategies Examining Kisspeptin Regulation of GnRH Neurons / Michael Candlish, Philipp Wartenberg, Ulrich Boehm
    KNDy Hypothesis for Generation of GnRH Pulses: Evidence from Sheep and Goats / Robert L Goodman, Satoshi Okhura, Hiroaki Okamura, Lique M Coolen, Michael N Lehman
    Generation of the GnRH Surge and LH Surge by the Positive Feedback Effect of Estrogen / Iain Clarke
    Influence of Stress on the GnRH Neuronal Network / Pasha Grachev, Kevin T O'Byrne
    Metabolic Regulation of GnRH Neurons / Maggie C Evans, Greg M Anderson
    Seasonal Control of the GnRH Neuronal Network as a Means of Uncovering Novel Central Mechanisms Governing Mammalian Reproduction / Sébastien Milesi, Paul Klosen, Valerie Simonneaux
    GnRH in the Clinic. Human Genetics of GnRH Neuron Function / A Kemal Topaloglu, L Damla Kotan
    Modulators of GnRH Secretion and Therapeutic Applications / Claire L Newton, Ross C Anderson, Robert P Millar.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Collie W. Conoley and Michael J. Scheel.
    Summary: Goal focused positive psychotherapy (GFPP) is the first comprehensive approach to strength-oriented therapy that fully incorporates positive psychology principles. This book provides instruction for therapists and students wishing to learn a strength-oriented mindset and the necessary skills.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introducing Goal Focused Positive Psychotherapy
    Chapter 2: The Foundational Constructs of Goal Focused Positive Psychotherapy
    Chapter 3: Major Techniques and Interventions
    Chapter 4: Training Therapists in GFPP and Building GFPP Skills
    Chapter 5: Goal Focused Positive Psychotherapy Case Examples
    Case authors in order of appearance: Evelyn Winter Plumb, Robert Byrom, Theodore T. Bartholomew, and Kate Hawley
    Chapter 6: Conclusion and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Mohmmad Younus Wani, Manzoor Ahmad Malik.
    Summary: This book presents an overview of cancer and the genesis, and development of different treatment strategies and modalities against cancer. The emergence of gold and its complexes as promising anticancer chemotherapeutic agents have the potential to substitute or replace the platinum based chemotherapeutic agents. Gold complexes have demonstrated considerable anti-proliferative properties, chiefly attributed to their anti-mitochondrial effects, they make gold complexes excellent candidates as anti-cancer agents compared to their platinum-based counterparts. This book provides a critical review of recent advances made in the development of gold complexes as anti-cancer agents. In this context, it examines a number of different ligand architectures, provides comprehensive information on gold complexes mechanism of action and toxicity issues and, in closing, outlines future research directions.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Cancer
    Chapter 2. Types of cancer
    Chapter 3. Classification
    Chapter 4. Cancer or tumor nomenclature
    Chapter 5. Heterogeneity
    Chapter 6. Invasion and metastasis
    Chapter 7. How cancer arises?
    Chapter 8. Epidemiology
    Chapter 9. Economic burden
    Chapter 10. Treatment modalities
    Chapter 11. Chemotherapy
    Chapter 12. Properties of metals and metal complexes
    Chapter 13. Platinum based anticancer agents
    Chapter 14. Chemistry of cisplatin
    Chapter 15. Mechanism of action of platinum drugs
    Chapter 16. Non-platinum anticancer agents
    Chapter 17. Chemistry of gold
    Chapter 18. Gold and its complexes in medicine
    Chapter 19. Auranofin and its analogues
    Chapter 20. Classes of gold complexes
    Chapter 21. Mechanisms of action of anticancer gold complexes
    Chapter 22. Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ary L. Goldberger, Zachary D. Goldberger, Alexei Shvilkin.
    Contents:
    Essential concepts : what is an ECG?
    ECG basics : waves, intervals, and segments
    How to make basic ECG measurements
    ECG leads
    The normal ECG
    Electrical axis and axis deviation
    Atrial and ventricular enlargement
    Ventricular conduction disturbances : bundle branch blocks and related abnormalities
    Myocardial ischemia and infarction, part I : STsegment elevation and q wave syndromes
    Myocardial ischemia and infarction, part II : non-STsegment elevation and non-q wave syndromes
    Drug effects, electrolyte abnormalities, and metabolic disturbances
    Pericardial, myocardial, and pulmonary syndromes
    Sinus and escape rhythms
    Supraventricular arrhythmias, part I : premature beats and paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardias
    Supraventricular arrhythmias, part II : atrial flutter and atrial fibrillation
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Atrioventricular (AV) conduction abnormalities, part I : delays, blocks, and dissociation syndromes
    Atrioventricular (AV) conduction disorders, part II : preexcitation (Wolff--Parkinson--White) patterns and syndromes
    Bradycardias and tachycardias : review and differential diagnosis
    Digitalis toxicity
    Sudden cardiac arrest and sudden cardiac death syndromes
    Pacemakers and implantable cardioverter--defibrillators : essentials for clinicians
    Interpreting ECGs : an integrative approach
    Limitations and uses of the ECG
    ECG differential diagnoses : instant replays
    Mini-review demon : brief chapter reviews with questions and answers
    Supplemental extras
    Quiz master : self-assessment of clinical ECG skills.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Goldberger, Ary Louis; Goldberger, Zachary D.; Shvilkin, Alexei.
    Summary: Ideal for trainees and practicing clinicians, Goldberger's Clinical Electrocardiography: A Simplified Approach, 10th Edition, covers the basics of ECG analysis and interpretation, as well as the differential diagnoses, underlying causes, and therapeutic implications of ECG findings. The authors’ award-winning, systematic approach takes readers though the nuts and bolts of ECG interpretation. Beyond these essential details, the text serves as an invaluable and unique asset in hospital wards, outpatient clinics, emergency departments, and especially intensive and cardiac care units, where the recognition of normal and abnormal patterns is only the starting point in patient care.

    Contents:
    Essential Concepts: What Is an ECG?
    Electrocardiogram Basics: Waves, Intervals, and Segments
    How to Make Basic ECG Measurements
    Electrocardiogram Leads
    The Normal Electrocardiogram
    Electrical Axis and Axis Deviation
    Atrial and Ventricular Overload/Enlargement
    Ventricular Conduction Disturbances: Bundle Branch Blocks and Related Abnormalities
    Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction, Part I: ST Segment Elevation and Q Wave Syndromes
    Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction, Part II: Non-ST Segment Elevation and Non-Q Wave Syndromes
    Drug Effects, Electrolyte Abnormalities, and Metabolic Disturbances
    Pericardial, Myocardial, and Pulmonary Syndromes
    Sinus and Escape Rhythms
    Supraventricular Arrhythmias, Part I: Premature Beats and Paroxysmal Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Supraventricular Arrhythmias, Part II: Atrial Flutter and Atrial Fibrillation
    Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Atrioventricular (AV) Conduction Abnormalities, Part I: Delays, Blocks, and Dissociation Syndromes
    Atrioventricular (AV) Conduction Disorders, Part II: Preexcitation (Wolff–Parkinson–White) Patterns and Syndromes
    Bradycardias and Tachycardias: Review and Differential Diagnosis
    Digitalis Toxicity
    Sudden Cardiac Arrest and Sudden Cardiac Death Syndromes
    Pacemakers and Implantable Cardioverter–Defibrillators: Essentials for Clinicians
    Interpreting ECGs: An Integrative Approach
    Limitations and Uses of the ECG
    ECG Differential Diagnoses : Instant Replays.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    Carolina Witchmichen Penteado Schmidt, Kaléu Mormino Otoni, editors.
    Summary: This book fills an important gap in the professional's daily practice of both Oncology and Hematology. From the understanding of oncological and hematological diseases, drugs and protocols, to the administration of an oncology pharmacy, this book is an essential guide to supporting health professionals working or that intend to work in this area. This golden standard to practice is featured as a pocket guide easy to be carried around the hospital or clinic. The chapters cover topics such as support drugs; immunotherapy; CART-cells; chemotherapy for rheumatology, surgery and ICU; tumor lysis; extravasation; adverse effects; and stem cell transplantation. The content gathered in this volume is an invaluable resource not only to oncologic, clinical and hospital pharmacists, but also residents, postgraduate and undergraduate students.

    Contents:
    The Pharmacist in Oncology and Hematology
    Oncological Diseases
    Hematological Diseases
    Drugs Used in Chemotherapy
    Protocols
    Handling Chemotherapy
    Immunotherapy
    CAR-T Cells and Other Related Technology
    Intrathecal Chemotherapy
    Support Drugs
    Managing Issues: Tumor Lysis, Extravasation, Adverse Effects and Others
    Administration of an Oncology Pharmacy
    Stem Cell Transplantation
    Oncology and Hematology in the ICU
    Chemotherapy for the Surgery Center
    Car T-Cells
    Chemotherapy for Rheumatology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert S. Hoffman, Mary Ann Howland, Neal A. Lewin, Lewis S. Nelson, Lewis R. Goldfrank ; editor emeritus Neal E. Flomenbaum.
    Contents:
    Pt. A: The general approach to medical toxicology
    Pt. B: The fundamental principles of medical toxicology
    Sect. I: Biochemcial and molecular basis
    Sect. II: Pathophysiologic basis: organ systems
    Sect. III: Special populations
    Pt. C: The clinical basis of medical toxicology
    Sect. I: A: Analgesics and antinflammatory medications
    B: Food, diet, and nutrition
    C: Pharmaceuticals
    D: Antimicrobials
    E: Cardiopulmonary medications
    F: Anesthetics and related medications
    G: Psychotropics
    H: Substances of abuse
    I: Metals
    J: Household products
    K: Pesticides
    L: Natural toxins and envenomations
    M: Occupational and environmental toxins
    N: Disaster preparedness
    Sect. II: Poison centers and epidemiology.
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lewis S. Nelson [and 6 others].
    Contents:
    Historical principles and perspectives
    Toxicologic misfortunes and catastrophes in history
    Initial evaluation of the patient : vital signs and toxic syndromes
    Principles of managing the acutely poisoned or overdosed patient
    Principles of antidote stocking
    Techniques used to prevent gastrointestinal absorption
    Decontamination principles : prevention of dermal, ophthalmic, and inhalational absorption
    Activated charcoal
    Whole-bowel irrigation and other intestinal evacuants
    Principles and techniques applied to enhance elimination
    Laboratory principles
    Principles of diagnostic imaging
    Pharmacokinetic and toxicokinetic principles.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessEmergency Medicine
    AccessPharmacy
  • Digital
    edited by Lee Goldman, Andrew I. Schafer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Martin Keszler, K. Suresh Gautham.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ClinicalKey Nursing
  • Print
    Malgorzata Kloc, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Golgi and centriole structure, assembly, and regulation
    1. The evolution of centriole structure: heterochorony, neotney, and hypermorphosis
    2. The role of protein acetylation in centrosome biology
    3. Formins, Golgi, and the centriole
    4. Role of intracellular transport in the centriole-dependent formation of Golgi ribbon
    5. RhoA pathway and actin regulation of the Golgi/centriole complex
    6. Multiple roles of Rab GTPases at the golgi
    Part II. Golgi and centriole positioning, interactions, and dynamics
    7. Positioning of the centrosome and Golgi complex
    8. Centriole positioning: not just a little dot in the cell
    9. The MTOC/Gogi complex at the T-Cell immunological synapse
    10. Semi-intact cell system for reconstituting and analyzing cellular Golgi dynamics
    Part III. Role of centriole and Golgi in the organization of cell, embryo, and organ geometry
    11. The centrosome as a geometry organizer
    12. Coordination of embryogenesis by the centrosome in Drosophila melanogaster
    13. Centrosomes in branching morphogenesis
    14. MTOC organization and competition during neuron differentiation
    15. The Golgi apparatus in polarized neuroepithelial stem cells and their progeny: canonical and noncanonical features
    16. Communication of the cell periphery with the Golgi apparatus: a hypothesis
    Part IV. Golgi- and centriole-related diseases
    17. Breaking bad: uncoupling of modularity in centriole biogenesis and the generation of excess centrioles in cancer
    18. Centrosome amplification and tumorigenesis: cause or effect?
    19. Golgi structure and function in health, stress, and diseases
    20. Selected Golgi-localized proteins and carcinogenesis: what do we know?.
  • Digital
    Malgorzata Kloc, editor.
    Summary: This volume takes a closer look how the cell organelles Golgi apparatus (also known as the Golgi complex or Golgi body), and centriole are structurally and functionally intertwined. Initially, it was believed that the role of Golgi complex is limited to the packaging and preparation for secretion of various cellular proteins, while the centriole participates in cell division and cilia formation. However, since their discovery nearly 200 years ago, it became clear that these two organelles are interacting, and that their functions are much more complex and far reaching than previously thought. Recent findings indicate that the Golgi-Centriole relationship may be important for directional protein transport, cell polarization and cell cycle progression. Current studies indicate that Golgi and centriole also participate in development and act as cellular and immunological sensors, and that their abnormalities lead to cell and developmental abnormalities, Alzheimer, cancer, various lipid disorders and neurological and immunological diseases in humans. This volume combines the latest information on the structure, molecular composition, and roles of Golgi and centriole in various cellular functions and diseases. The better understanding of the Golgi-centriole interactions may lead to the development of novel therapies for the treatment of various diseases, including cancer.

    Contents:
    Volume ContentI. Golgi and Centriole Structure, Assembly and Regulation 1. Title: 'The Evolution of Centriole Structure: Heterochrony, Neoteny, and Hypermorphosis' Authors: Tomer Avidor-Reiss and Katerina Turner2. Title: 'The role of protein acetylation in centrosome biology' Authors: Delowar Hossain and William Y. Tsang3. Title: 'Formins, Golgi and the centriole' Author: John Copeland4. Title: 'Role of intracellular transport in the centriole-dependent formation of Golgi ribbon' Authors: Alexander A. Mironov, Ivan D. Dimov, and Galina V. Beznoussenko5. Title: 'RhoA pathway and actin regulation of the Golgi/centriole complex' Authors: Malgorzata Kloc, JarekWosik, Jacek Z Kubiak, Rafik Mark Ghobrial6. Title: 'Multiple roles of Rab GTPases at the Golgi'Authors: CinziaProgidaII. Golgi and Centriole Positioning, Interactions and Dynamics7. Title: 'Positioning of the Centrosome and Golgi Complex' Author: Amos Orlofsky8. Title: 'Centriole positioning: not just a little dot in the cell' Authors: Ángel-Carlos Román, Sergio Garrido-Jimenez, Selene Diaz-Chamorro, Francisco Centeno, Jose Maria Carvajal-Gonzalez9. Title: 'The MTOC/Golgi complex at the T cell immunological synapse' Authors: MeritxellRoig-Martinez, Elena Saavedra-Lopez, Paola V. Casanova, George P. Cribaro and Carlos Barcia10. Title: 'Semi-intact cell system for reconstituting and analyzing cellular Golgi dynamics' Authors: Fumi Kano and Masayuki MurataIII. Role of Centriole and Golgi in the Organization of Cell, Embryo and OrganGeometry 11. Title: 'The centrosome as a geometry organizer' Author: Marco Regolini12. Title: 'Coordination of Embryogenesis by the Centrosome in Drosophila melanogaster' Authors: Caitlyn Blake-Hedges and Timothy L. Megraw13. Title: 'Centrosomes in branching morphogenesis' Author: Sofia J. Araújo14. Title: 'MTOC organization and competition during neuron differentiation' Authors: Jason Y. Tann and Adrian W. Moore15. Title: 'The Golgi apparatus in polarized neuroepithelial stem cells and their progeny: canonical and non-canonical features' Authors:Elena Taverna and Wieland B. Huttner16. Title: 'Communication of the cell periphery with the Golgi apparatus
    a hypothesis' Author: Werner JarossIV. Golgi- and Centriole- related diseases 17. Title: 'Breaking Bad: Uncoupling of Modularity in Centriole Biogenesis and the Generation of Excess Centrioles in Cancer' Authors:Harold A. Fisk, Jennifer L. Thomas, and Tan B. Nguyen18. Title: 'Centrosome amplification and tumorigenesis
    cause or effect?' Authors: Arunabha Bose and Sorab N. Dalal19. Title: 'Golgi structure and function in health, stress and diseases' Authors: Jie Li, ErpanAhat, and Yanzhuang Wang 20. Title: 'Selected Golgi-localized proteins and carcinogenesis
    what do we know?' Authors: Piotr Donizy, Jakub Marczuk.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Nao Suzuki, Jacques Donnez, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide to the cryopreservation and transplantation of oocytes, embryos, and ovarian and testicular tissue for fertility preservation. Illustrated with a wealth of figures and photos, it provides updated techniques for clinicians, technicians, and researchers. This book also gives insights into in vitro activation (IVA), in vitro growing (IVG), and in vitro maturation (IVM), with both basic research and future directions. These techniques combined with cryopreservation will improve the chances of reproduction. Cryopreservation is essential to protect fertility in cancer patients who undergo treatment with radioiodine or chemotherapy, which may cause damage to their reproductive organs, and also for primary ovarian insufficiency patients. The book also includes a chapter on the risk of the presence of malignant cells in ovarian tissue. Both editors are pioneering researchers in this field.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Oocytes Cryopreservation
    Chapter 2 Controlled Ovarian Stimulation Protocols in Cancer Patients
    Chapter 3 Embryo Cryopreservation in Breast Cancer Patients
    Chapter 4 Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation: Slow Freezing
    Chapter 5 Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation: Ovarian Cortical Tissue Vitrification
    Chapter 6 Ovarian Tissue Freezing and Transplantation: Current Status
    Chapter 7 Heterotopic Ovarian Tissue Transplantation
    Chapter 8 Sperm Cryopreservation
    Chapter 9 Testicular Tissue Cryopreservation
    Chapter 10 IVA and Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation
    Chapter 11 Risk of Transferring Malignant Cells with Transplanted Frozen-Thawed Ovfarian Tissue
    Chapter 12 Artificial Ovary.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Barron H. Lerner, MD.
    Contents:
    The first Dr. Lerner
    Super doctor
    Illness hits home
    The second Dr. Lerner
    Forging my own path
    Treating the whole patient
    Family practitioner
    Growing disillusionment
    Slowing down
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R725.5 .L47 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Anna Maria Fulghesu, editor.
    Summary: This volume focuses on a period in women's lives that is particularly important in the context of preventing major sexual and reproductive diseases. Recommendations by the Italian Society of Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecology, form the basis of this up-to-date and practical book. Experts in the field comprehensively cover all the relevant topics in pediatric and adolescent gynecology, such as pubertal disorders, genital malformations and menstrual cycle disorders. The book will prove a valuable and practice-oriented tool for, gynecologists, pediatricians and endocrinologists, as well as researchers and practitioners interested in the topic.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and treatment of genital malformations in infancy and adolescence
    Hyperandrogenism and PCOS in adolescence clinical and ultrasound characteristics
    Pubertal Delay.- Menstrual cycle disorders in post pubertal years.- Dysmenorrhea
    Heavy menstrual bleeding in adolescence
    Genital infections in adolescence
    Vulvovaginitis in childhood
    Ovarian Cysts in adolescence
    Gonadal failure, . First contraceptive prescription
    Sexual abuse and genital trauma
    Genital mutilations.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anton Bespalov, Martin C. Michel, Thomas Steckler, editors.
    Summary: This open access book, published under a CC BY 4.0 license in the Pubmed indexed book series Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, provides up-to-date information on best practice to improve experimental design and quality of research in non-clinical pharmacology and biomedicine.

    Contents:
    1. Quality in Non-GxP Research Environment
    2. Guidelines & Initiatives for Good Research Practice
    3. Learning from principles of evidence-based medicine to optimize nonclinical research practices
    4. General Principles of Preclinical Study Design
    5. Resolving the tension between exploration and confirmation in preclinical biomedical research
    6. Blinding and Randomization
    7. Out of control? Managing baseline variability in experimental studies with control groups
    8. Quality of Research Tools
    9. Genetic background and sex: impact on generalizability of research findings in pharmacology studies
    10. Building robustness intro translational research
    11. Minimum information and quality standards for conducting, reporting, and organizing in vitro research
    12. Minimum Information in In Vivo Research
    13. A reckless guide to P-values: Local evidence, global errors
    14. Electronic Lab Notebooks and Experimental Design Assistants
    15. Data storage
    16. Design of meta-analysis studies
    17. Publishers' responsibilities in promoting data quality and reproducibility
    18. Quality governance in biomedical research
    19. Good Research Practice
    Lessons from Animal Care & Use
    20. Research collaborations and quality in research: foes or friends?
    21. Costs of implementing quality in research practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Herbert P. Goodheart, Mercedes E. Gonzalez.
    Summary: Dr. Goodheart's award-winning and highly regarded guide to skin disorders has been fully updated in its 4th Edition, and now includes a separate section on common pediatric complaints. More than 900 high-quality illustrations provide a comprehensive visual guide to the vast majority of skin conditions you're likely to see.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Illustrated Glossary of Basic Skin Lesions
    Topical Therapy
    pt. ONE Common Pediatric Skin Conditions: Diagnosis and Management
    1.Birthmarks
    2.Neonatal and Infantile Eruptions
    3.Acne
    4.Eczema in Infants and Children
    5.Superficial Bacterial Infections
    6.Superficial Viral Infections
    7.Viral and Bacterial Exanthems
    8.Lumps, Bumps, and Linear Eruptions
    9.Hair and Nail Disorders
    10.Cutaneous Manifestations of Systemic Disease
    11.Neurocutaneous Syndromes
    pt. TWO Common Adult/Elderly Skin Conditions: Diagnosis and Management
    12.Acne and Related Disorders
    13.Eczema and Related Disorders
    14.Psoriasis
    15.Inflammatory Eruptions of Unknown Cause
    16.Superficial Bacterial Infections, Folliculitis, and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    17.Mucocutaneous Manifestations of Viral Infections
    18.Superficial Fungal Infections
    19.Hair and Scalp Disorders Resulting in Hair Loss
    20.Hirsutism Note continued: 21.Disorders of the Oral Cavity, Lips, and Tongue
    22.Diseases and Abnormalities of Nails
    23.Pigmentary Disorders
    24.Pruritus: The "Itchy" Patient
    25.Xerosis: The "Dry" Patient
    26.Adverse Cutaneous Drug Eruptions
    27.Diseases of Cutaneous Vasculature
    28.Sexually Transmitted Diseases
    29.Bites, Stings, and Infestations
    30.Benign Cutaneous Neoplasms
    31.Premalignant and Malignant Cutaneous Neoplasms
    pt. THREE Systemic Conditions and the Skin
    32.Cutaneous Manifestations of Pregnancy
    33.Cutaneous Manifestations of HIV Infection
    34.Cutaneous Manifestations of Systemic Disease
    pt. FOUR Dermatologic Procedures
    35.Diagnostic and Therapeutic Techniques.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    editor, Laurence L. Brunton ; associate editors, Björn C. Knollmann, Randa Hilal-Dandan.
    Contents:
    Section I: General principles. Drug invention and the pharmaceutical industry
    Pharmacokinetics: the dynamics of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, and elimination
    Drug toxicity and poisoning
    Membrane transporters and drug response
    Drug metabolism
    Pharmacogenetics
    Section II: Neuropharmacology. Muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists
    Anticholinesterase agents
    Nicotine and agents acting at the neuromuscular junction and autonomic ganglia
    Adrenergic agonists and antagonists.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessHemOnc
    AccessMedicine
    AccessAnesthesiology
    AccessPharmacy
  • Digital
    [edited by] Laurence L. Brunton, Björn C. Knollman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessHemOnc
  • Digital
    Brunton, Laurence L.; Goodman, Louis Sanford; Hilal-Dandan, Randa.
    Summary: Offers coverage of class-specific and disease-specific drugs, organized primarily by organ/system. Derived from Goodman & Gilman's Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, Twelfth Edition, this text focuses on the principles of medical pharmacology and drug therapy and delivers coverage of all major drug classes.

    Contents:
    General principles
    Neuropharmacology
    Modulation of cardiovascular function
    Inflammation, immunomodulation, and hematopoiesis
    Hormones and hormone antagonists
    Drugs affecting gastrointestinal function
    Chemotherapy of microbial diseases
    Chemotherapy of neoplastic diseases
    Special systems pharmacology.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessHemOnc
  • Digital
    Elizabeth H. Holt, Beatrice Lupsa, Grace S. Lee, Hanan Bassyouni, Harry E. Peery
    Summary: Goodman's Basic Medical Endocrinology, Fifth Edition, has been student tested and approved for decades. This essential textbook provides up-to-date coverage of rapidly unfolding advances in the understanding of hormones involved in regulating most aspects of bodily functions. It is richly illustrated in full color with both descriptive schematic diagrams and laboratory findings obtained in clinical studies. This is a classic reference for moving forward into advanced study.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pituitary gland
    Thyroid gland
    The adrenal glands
    Principles of hormone integration
    Hormones of the gastrointestinal tract
    The pancreatic islets
    Hormonal regulation of fuel metabolism
    Regulation of salt and water balance
    Hormonal regulation of calcium balance
    Hormonal control of growth
    Hormonal control of reproduction in the male
    Hormonal control of reproduction in the female: the menstrual cycle
    Hormonal control of pregnancy and lactation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    edited by Allan D. Levi.
    Contents:
    The ABNS oral board exam
    The Goodman oral board course
    Thoughts on techniques in answering oral board questions
    Brain tumors
    Vascular neurosurgery
    Endovascular neurosurgery
    Trauma management
    Pain
    Epilepsy and functional neurosurgery
    Spine
    Peripheral nerve
    Pediatric neurosurgery
    Neurology
    Complications.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Aad C. Smaal, Joao G. Ferreira, Jon Grant, Jens K. Petersen, Øivind Strand, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to review and analyse the goods and services of bivalve shellfish. How they are defined, what determines the ecological functions that are the basis for the goods and services, what controversies in the use of goods and services exist, and what is needed for sustainable exploitation of bivalves from the perspective of the various stakeholders. The book is focused on the goods and services, and not on impacts of shellfish aquaculture on the benthic environment, or on threats like biotoxins; neither is it a shellfish culture handbook although it can be used in evaluating shellfish culture. The reviews and analysis are based on case studies that exemplify the concept, and show the strengths and weaknesses of the current applications. The multi-authored reviews cover ecological, economic and social aspects of bivalve goods and services. The book provides new insights for scientists, students, shellfish producers, policy advisors, nature conservationists and decision makers. This book is open access under the CC BY license.

    Contents:
    PART I General Introduction
    PART II Provisioning services
    Introduction
    2 Global production trends and challenges
    3 Resource provisioning and efficient use
    4 Bivalve production system in China
    5 Production of pearls
    6 Biotechnologies from marine bivalves
    PART III Regulating services
    7 Introduction
    8 Biofiltration for turbidity management
    9 Feedbacks by filter feeders: nutrient regeneration
    10 Nutrient extraction through bivalves
    11 Perspectives of bivalves in IMTA
    12 Regulating services of bivalve molluscs in the context of the carbon cycle and implications for ecosystem valuation
    13 Bivalve reefs as eco-engineers
    14 Bivalve beds as biodiversity hot spots
    15 Enhanced production of finfish and large crustaceans by bivalve reefs
    PART IV Cultural services
    16 Introduction
    17 Socio-economy of shellfish culture communities
    18 A variety of approaches for incorporating community outreach and education in oyster reef restoration projects: Examples from the United States
    19 Bivalve gardening
    20 Shells as collector's item
    21 Archaeology and sclerochronology of marine bivalves
    PART V Assessment of services
    22 Introduction
    23 Bivalve aquaculture carrying capacity: concepts and assessment tools
    24 Farm scale production models
    25 Ecosystem models
    26 Spatial models
    27 Nutrient trading
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    David D. Celentano, Moyses Szklo.
    Summary: "From the Department of Epidemiology at Johns Hopkins University and continuing in the tradition of award-winning educator and epidemiologist Dr. Leon Gordis, comes the fully revised 6th Edition of Gordis Epidemiology. This bestselling text provides a solid introduction to basic epidemiologic principles as well as practical applications in public health and clinical practice, highlighted by real-world examples throughout. New coverage includes expanded information on genetic epidemiology, epidemiology and public policy, and ethical and professional issues in epidemiology, providing a strong basis for understanding the role and importance of epidemiology in today's data-driven society."

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The dynamics of disease transmission
    The occurrence of disease : I. Disease surveillance and measures of morbidity
    The occurrence of disease : II. Mortality and other measures of disease impact
    Assessing the validity and reliability of diagnostic and screening tests
    The natural history of disease : ways of expressing prognosis
    Observational studies
    Cohort studies
    Comparing cohort and case-control studies
    Assessing preventive and therapeutic measures : randomized trials
    Randomized trials : some further issues
    Estimating risk : is there an association?
    More on risk : estimating the potential for prevention
    From association to causation : deriving inferences from epidemiologic studies
    More on causal inference : bias, confounding, and interaction
    Identifying the roles of genetic and environmental factors in disease causation
    Using epidemiology to evaluate health services
    Epidemiologic approach to evaluating screening programs
    Epidemiology and public policy
    Ethical and professional issues in epidemiology
    Answers to review questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    David E. Beck, Steven D. Wexner, Janice F. Rafferty, [editors].
    Summary: "This revised fourth edition edited by David Beck, Steven Wexner, and Janice Rafferty, intended for practicing surgeons, strikes a perfect balance between evidence-based medicine, in-depth details, and clinical pearls. The result is a highly engaging and authoritative tome in the grand tradition of Philip Gordon and Santhat Nivatvongs. Building on the widely acclaimed previous editions' reputation for superb quality and reader-friendliness, the fourth edition includes contributions from an expanded cadre of internationally known experts. Significant advances have been made in this field since the third edition was published"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Essential considerations
    Surgical anatomy of the colon, rectum, and anus
    Colonic and anorectal physiology
    Diagnosis of colorectal and anal disorders
    Colonoscopy
    Preoperative and postoperative management of colorectal surgery patients
    Part II: Anorectal disease
    Ambulatory and anorectal procedures
    Hemorrhoids
    Fissure-in-ano and anal stenosis
    Anorectal abscess and fistula-in-ano
    Pilonidal disease
    Perianal dermatologic disease
    Condyloma acuminatum
    Other sexually transmitted illnesses
    Fecal incontinence
    Rectovaginal and rectourethral fistulas
    Retrorectal tumors
    Perianal and anal canal neoplasms
    Part III: Colorectal disorders
    Rectal prolapse
    Benign neoplasms of the colon and rectum
    Colorectal cancer: screening, surveillance, and follow-up
    Colon carcinoma: epidemiology, etiology, pathology, and diagnosis
    Colon carcinoma: treatment
    Other malignant lesions of the colon and rectum
    Rectal adenocarcinoma
    Ulcerative colitis
    Crohn’s disease
    Diverticular disease of the colon
    Volvulus of the colon
    Large bowel obstruction
    Mesenteric vascular diseases
    Radiation injuries to the small and large intestines
    Intestinal stomas
    Constipation
    Part IV: Other considerations
    Traumatic injuries of the colon, rectum, and anus
    Colorectal complications of colonic disease and complication management
    Unexpected intraoperative findings and complex preoperative decisions
    Miscellaneous conditions of the colon and rectum
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    Nicola Dalbeth, Lisa Stamp, Tony Merriman.
    Summary: 'Gout' provides an up-to-date summary of the pathogenesis, clinical features, and treatment approaches to this condition. The focus is on key aspects of the biology of the disease, relevant diagnostic tools, and principles of gout management.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction to gout
    2 Aetiopathogenesis
    3 Epidemiology
    4 Genetic basis of hyperuricaemia and gout
    5 Clinical features of gout
    6 Laboratory testing in gout diagnosis and management
    7 Imaging in gout
    8 Principles of gout management
    9 Urate-lowering therapy agents
    10 Anti-inflammatory agents for prophylaxis and flares
    11 Management of co-morbid conditions in people with gout
    12 Gout research tools: a summary for clinicians
    13 The future of gout management
    Index
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Arun K. Shukla.
    Contents:
    Intro
    GPCR Signaling in Cancer
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter One: Atypical chemokine receptors in tumor cell growth and metastasis
    1. Introduction
    2. Specific ACKRs
    2.1. ACKR1/DARC
    2.2. ACKR2/D6
    2.3. ACKR3/RDC1/CXCR7
    2.3.1. Normal tissue distribution of ACKR3
    2.3.2. ACKR3 expression in tumor tissues and cells
    2.3.3. Structure and function of ACKR3
    2.3.4. ACKR3 and mitogenic signaling
    2.3.5. ACKR3 as a regulator of tumor cell migration
    2.3.6. ACKR3 as a biomarker for tumor progression
    2.3.7. Inhibitors of ACKR3 activities 2.4. ACKR4/CCRL1
    2.5. ACKR5/CCRL2
    2.6. ACKR6/PITPNM3/Nir1
    Acknowledgment
    References
    Chapter Two: The G protein coupled receptor CCR5 in cancer
    1. Genetics of cysteine-cysteine chemokine receptor type (CCR5)
    2. CCR5 and biochemical signaling
    3. CCR5 antagonists retasked in cancer (Jiao et al., 2018)
    4. CCR5 induces the hallmarks of cancer
    4.1. Activating invasion and metastasis (Jiao et al., 2018
    Velasco-Velazquez et al., 2012)
    4.2. Avoiding immune destruction-the anti-tumor immune response (Blattner et al., 2018
    Hawila et al., 2017) 4.3. Induction of proliferative signaling, angiogenesis (Ben-Baruch, 2012
    Soria Ben-Baruch, 2008) and resistance to cell ...
    4.4. Deregulated cellular energetics and cancer stem cells
    5. Preclinical analysis of CCR5 inhibition in metastatic cancer
    6. Clinical studies
    Acknowledgments
    Conflict of interest
    References
    Chapter Three: Targeting G protein-coupled receptors in cancer therapy
    1. Introduction
    2. Domain-specific GPCR-targeted therapeutics
    3. GPCR extracellular domain-specific targeted therapy
    3.1. Chemokine receptors
    3.2. Protease-activated receptors 3.3. Lysophosphatidic acid receptors
    3.4. Sphingosine-1-phosphate receptors
    4. The intracellular domain as an attractive therapeutic target
    5. Targeting the GPCR ICD and its signaling proteins
    6. Targeting GPCR-specific signal transduction intermediates
    7. GPCR-derived Hippo-YAP-TAZ signaling as a therapeutic target
    8. GPCR-derived Wnt signaling as a therapeutic target
    9. Future perspectives
    Funding
    Conflicts of interest
    References
    Chapter Four: The diverse and complex roles of atypical chemokine receptors in cancer: From molecular biology to clinical ... 1. Introduction
    2. Molecular cell biology and physiological roles of ACKRs
    2.1. ACKR1
    2.2. ACKR2
    2.3. ACKR3
    2.4. ACKR4
    3. The roles of ACKRs in animal tumor models
    3.1. ACKRs in primary tumor growth and metastasis
    3.2. ACKRs in angiogenesis
    3.3. ACKRs in inflammation and tumor immunity
    3.4. Dual, tumor context-specific effects of ACKRs
    4. ACKR expression in patient samples and correlation with clinical outcome
    4.1. ACKR1 and ACKR2
    4.2. ACKR3
    4.3. ACKR4
    4.4. Co-expression of ACKR1, ACKR2 and ACKR4
    4.5. ACKRs predicting therapy response
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital/Print
    editor-in-chief, Charles H. Thorne ; editors, Kevin C. Chung, Arun Gosain, Geoffrey C. Gurtner, Babak Joseph Mehrara, J. Peter Rubin, Scott L. Spear.
    Contents:
    Pt. 1: Principles, techniques, and basic science
    Pt. 2: Skin and soft tissue
    Pt. 3: Congenital anomalies and pediatric plastic surgery
    Pt. 4: Head and neck
    Pt. 5: Aesthetic surgery
    Pt. 6: Breast
    Pt. 7: Body contouring
    Pt. 8: Hand
    Pt. 9: Trunk and lower extremity.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD118 .G688 2014
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Berish Strauch, Luis O. Vasconez, Charles K. Herman, Bernard T. Lee.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Jason K. Wilbur, Mark A. Graber, Brigit E. Ray.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    editors, Mark A. Graber, Brigit E. Ray, Jason K. Wilbur.
    Summary: "In addition to its use as a board review book for family medicine, this publication can be employed as a general review for primary care physicians, physician assistants, and nurse practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Matthew Macaluso, L. Joy Houston, J. Mark Kinzie, Deborah S. Cowley, editors.
    Summary: This book functions as a guide for leaders in academic and non-academic settings who are interested in developing, managing, or improving new or existing psychiatry residency programs. It notes the complexity of administering a residency program with ready solutions and tactics. Unique and comprehensive, this book contains chapters that focus on key areas of residency program management and innovation including but not limited to: meeting accreditation requirements, clinical and didactic curriculum, managing resident and faculty performance issues, research and scholarly activity in residency programs, rural training programs, and faculty development. Graduate Medical Education in Psychiatry is an invaluable resource for medical education leaders, as well as trainees and those interested in psychiatric residency or academic psychiatry in general.

    Contents:
    Introduction to graduate medical education
    Starting a new residency program or residency track
    Understanding and meeting program accreditation requirements
    Building your residency leadership team
    Negotiation and collaboration as a program director
    Resident recruitment
    Promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion
    Resident onboarding and orientation
    Promoting a positive learning environment
    Clinical and didactic curricula
    Psychopharmacology education
    Psychotherapy education
    Professionalism
    Interprofessional education
    Teaching residents about advocacy
    Resident assessment and evaluation
    Managing resident and faculty performance issues
    Preparing residents for fellowship
    Career counselling for residents
    Resident, faculty, and overall program wellness
    Managing change within a residency program
    Faculty development
    Research and scholarly activity during psychiatry residency
    Considerations for rural training programs
    Future challenges and considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Saj Jivraj, editor.
    Summary: This book, designed to meet the needs of clinicians, clearly explains the rationale and technique for the rehabilitation of fully edentulous patients utilizing traditional graftless concepts as well as zygomatic implant strategies when posterior support cannot be achieved by the former means. Considerations relevant to treatment planning and the biomechanics of immediate loading and zygomatic implants are first discussed. The techniques for placement of traditional tilted and zygomatic implants and for immediate loading of a full arch restoration are then described step by step. Detailed information and guidance are also provided on the different materials available for full arch restorations, laboratory aspects of the definitive restoration, maintenance of restorations, and management of prosthetic and surgical complications. The book concludes with a helpful series of clinical cases. Graftless Solutions for the Edentulous Patient is designed particularly for clinicians with experience in placing and restoring dental implants.

    Contents:
    Treatment Planning Considerations: Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
    A Restorative Perspective
    Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
    A Surgical Perspective
    Considerations for Guided Surgery
    Digital Workflow for Surgery and Prosthetics in Full Arch Rehabilitation
    Surgical, Prosthetic and Biomechanical Considerations for Zygomatic Implants. Immediate Loading and Surgery: ;Scientific Basis of Immediate Loading and the Biomechanics of Graft-less Solutions
    Surgical Step by Step for the Traditional Tilted Implant Concept
    Surgical Step by Step for the Zygomatic Implant
    Clinical Aspects of the Immediate Load Provisional. Materials and Clinical Aspects of the Definitive Restoration: Material Considerations for Full Arch Implant Supported Restorations
    Clinical Aspects of the Definitive Restoration
    Speech and Facial Aesthetic Considerations for the Contour of Fixed Prostheses
    Laboratory Aspects of the Definitive Restoration. Complications and Maintenance: Prosthetic Complications with Immediately Loaded, Full-Arch, Fixed Implant Supported Prostheses
    Management of Failure and Implant Related Complications in Graft-less Implant Reconstructions
    Maintenance of Full Arch Implant Supported Restorations. Edentulous Patients
    Clinical Cases: Clinical Cases
    Increasing Case Acceptance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bob Quinn and Liz Carlisle.
    Summary: "When Bob Quinn was a kid, a stranger at a county fair gave him a few kernels of an unusual grain. Little did he know, that grain would change his life. Years later, after finishing a PhD in plant biochemistry and returning to his family's farm in Montana, Bob started experimenting with organic wheat. In the beginning, his concern wasn't health or the environment; he just wanted to make a decent living and some chance encounters led him to organics. But as demand for organics grew, so too did Bob's experiments. He discovered that through time-tested practices like cover cropping and crop rotation, he could produce successful yields--without pesticides. Regenerative organic farming allowed him to grow fruits and vegetables in cold, dry Montana, providing a source of local produce to families in his hometown. He even started producing his own renewable energy. And he learned that the grain he first tasted at the fair was actually a type of ancient wheat, one that was proven to lower inflammation rather than worsening it, as modern wheat does. Ultimately, Bob's forays with organics turned into a multimillion dollar heirloom grain company, Kamut International. In Grain by Grain, Quinn and cowriter Liz Carlisle, author of Lentil Underground, show how his story can become the story of American agriculture. We don't have to accept stagnating rural communities, degraded soil, or poor health. By following Bob's example, we can grow a healthy future, grain by grain."--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Prologue by Liz Carlisle
    Introduction: Food on the Cheap
    Roots and Growth
    Better Farming through Chemistry?- Beyond Commodities
    Going Organic
    King Tuts Wheat
    King Tuts Wheat
    Growing
    Partners
    A Cowboy in Europe
    Creating a New Standard
    The Value of Limits
    Taste of Place
    Recycling Energy
    Bringing Rural Jobs Back
    The Gluten Mystery
    Food as Medicine
    One Great Subject
    Rejecting the Status Quo
    Conclusion: A New Generation of Growers and Eaters
    Acknowledgments
    Notes
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andreas Adam, Adrian K. Dixon, Jonathan H. Gillard, Cornelia M. Schaefer-Prokop.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Lee Alexander Grant, Nyree Griffin.
    Summary: "With up-to-date, easy-access coverage of every aspect of diagnostic radiology, Grainger and Allison's Diagnostic Radiology Essentials, 2nd Edition, is an ideal review and reference for radiologists in training and in practice. This comprehensive overview of fundamental information in the field prepares you for exams and answers the practical questions you encounter every day. In a single, convenient volume, this one-stop resource is derived from, and cross-referenced to, the renowned authoritative reference work Grainger & Allison's Diagnostic Radiology, 6th Edition"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Chest
    Chest wall and pleura
    Mediastinum
    Pulmonary infection
    Large airway disease
    Pulmonary lobar collapse
    Pulmonary neoplasms
    High-resolution computed tomography (HRCT)
    Chest trauma
    Airspace disease
    Paediatric chest
    Miscellaneous itu chest conditions
    Cardiovascular System
    Congenital heart disease (introduction) Introduction
    Non-ischaemic acquired heart disease
    Pulmonary circulation and Gastrointestinal stromal tumours (GISTs) and thromboembolism
    The aorta
    Peripheral vascular disease
    Ischaemic heart disease
    Gastrointestinal
    Oesophagus
    Stomach
    Duodenum
    Small bowel
    Colon
    Liver
    Biliary
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Peritoneum, mesentery and omentum
    Plain abdominal radiograph
    Paediatric gastrointestinal disorders
    Genitourinary
    Kidneys
    Bladder
    Prostate
    Urethra
    Male reproductive system
    Paediatric genitourinary disorders
    Musculoskeletal System
    Skeletal trauma
    Paediatric fractures
    Soft tissue imaging
    General characteristics of bone tumours
    Benign bone tumours
    Malignant bone tumours
    Metabolic and endocrine skeletal disease
    Joint disease
    Bone and soft tissue infection
    Congenital skeletal anomalies
    Myeloproliferative disorders
    Women's Imaging
    Breast
    Gynaecology
    Neuroradiology
    Intracranial tumours
    Cerebrovascular disease and non-traumatic haemorrhage
    Brain infection, aids and demyelinating diseases
    Brain trauma, degenerative disorders and epilepsy
    Paediatric neuroradiology
    The spine
    The orbit
    Dental radiology
    Endocrine System
    Thyroid disorders
    Adrenal disorders
    Lymphoma
    Functional Imaging
    Diffusion weighted imaging (DWI)
    Functional imaging
    Interventional Radiology
    Interventional vascular radiology techniques
    Cross-sectional vascular imaging
    Specific drainage techniques
    Principles of tumour ablation
    Hepatobiliary intervention
    Genitourinary interventional radiology
    Woman's imaging - interventional radiology
    Appendices. General pearls
    Anatomy pearls
    Pearls in musculoskeletal imaging and pathology
    Patterns of tumour spread
    Tnm staging of common cancers
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Vincent A. Fischetti, Richard P. Novick, Joseph J. Ferretti, Daniel A. Portnoy, Miriam Braunstein, and Julian Rood.
    Digital Access Wiley 2019
  • Digital
    D. Jane Hata, Richard B. Thomson Jr.
    Summary: "Gram Stain Benchtop Reference Guide is an illustrated guide to Gram stain preparation and gram-positive, gram-negative, and other microorganisms that can be identified with the Gram stain. Contents include background information on the Gram stain, including theory, specimen preparation, and biosafety; microbial morphology, quantitation of microorganisms, and indicators of pathology; and numerous identifications of organisms found in blood, urine, CSF, body fluids, tissue, respiratory, and genital specimens."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital/Print
    by Karl Pearson.
    Digital Access Google Books 1911-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    Q175 .P36 1911
    1
  • Digital
    Armin Hallmann, Pabulo H. Rampelotto, editors.
    Summary: In this book, researchers and practitioners working in the field present the major promises of algae biotechnology and they critically discuss the challenges arising from applications. Based on this assessment, the authors explore the great scientific, industrial and economic potential opened up by algae biotechnology. The first part of the book presents recent developments in key enabling technologies, which are the driving force to unleash the enormous potential of algae biotechnology. The second part of the book focuses on how practical applications of algae biotechnology may provide new solutions to some of the grand challenges of the 21st century. Algae offer great potential to support the building of a bio-based economy and they can contribute new solutions to some of the grand challenges of the 21st century. Despite significant progress, algae biotechnology is yet far from fulfilling its potential. How to unleash this enormous potential is the challenge that the field is facing. New cultivation technologies and bioprocess engineering allow for optimization of the operation strategy of state-of-the-art industrial-scale production systems and they reduce the production costs. Parallel to this, new molecular technologies for genetic and metabolic engineering of (micro)algae develop quickly. The optimization of existing biochemical pathways or the introduction of pathway components makes high-yield production of specific metabolites possible. Novel screening technologies including high-throughput technologies enables testing of extremely large numbers of samples and, thus, allow for large scale modelling of biomolecular processes, which would have not been possible in the past. Moreover, profitable production can demand for integrated biorefining, which combines consecutive processes and various feedstocks to produce both transportation fuel, electric energy and valuable chemicals.

    Contents:
    Introduction Part 1. The Promise of the Algae Biotechnology The first part of the book discusses how algae biotechnology may provide new solutions to some of the grand challenges of the 21st Century (Section 1) and explores the economic potential of algae biotechnology (Section 2). Section 3: legal aspects. Section 1. Algae Biotechnology in the 21st Century Topics include:
    Human Health: Discovery and production of algae-derived pharmaceuticals
    Food: Algae for sustainable production of healthy foods and nutraceuticals- Industrial Products and Processes: Algae for the development of new industrial products and processes- Energy and biofuels: Algae for energy supply
    Environment: Algae for environmental applications (e.g. biological tool for measurement of environmental toxicants, wastewater treatment, carbon dioxide fixation) Section 2. Algae Biotechnology for a Growing Bioeconomy Topics include:
    The Role of Algae Biotechnology in the Bioeconomy- Techno-Economic Analyses- The Regional and Global Market for Algae Biotechnology- Venture Capital for Algae Biotechnology- Business Strategies of Long-time Economically Successful Companies Part 2. Supporting the Development of Algae Biotechnology: Despite significant progress, algae biotechnology is yet far from fulfilling its potential. How to unleash this enormous potential is the challenge that the own field is facing; and the second part of the book is dedicated toward this purpose, on discussing key enabling technologies (Sections 3) as well as national and international strategies, policies and programs (Sections 4) to support the development of algae biotechnology. Section 3. Developments in Key Enabling Technologies Topics include:
    'Omics' Driven Technologies and Systems Biology
    Genetic and Metabolic Engineering- Novel Screening Technologies
    New Cultivation Technologies and Bioprocess Engineering
    Novel Harvesting Methods and Downstream Processing- Integrated Biorefining (including Wastewater Purification) Section 4. Strategies, Policies and Programs Topics include:
    National and International Strategies and Policies- Legal Aspects of Algae Biotechnology- Grand Projects, Programs and Initiatives (e.g.
    EnAlgae
    SPLASH- BIOFAT Project- FUture European League 4 Microalgal Energy (FUEL4ME)- Algae Cluster- MIRACLES- Flemish Algae Platform- The Algae Industry Incubation Consortium
    Algae Biomass Association (ABO)- European Algae Biomass Association (EABA)- Algae Technology Educational Consortium (ATEC)- The Algae Foundation- others.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Helena Nevalainen, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the major applications and potential of fungal biotechnology. The respective chapters report on the latest advances and opportunities in each topic area, proposing new and sustainable solutions to some of the major challenges faced by modern society. Aimed at researchers and biotechnologists in academia and industry, it represents essential reading for anyone interested in fungal biotechnology, as well as those working within the broader area of microbial biotechnology. Written in an accessible language, the book also offers a valuable reference resource for decision-makers in government and at non-governmental organizations who are involved in the development of cleaner technologies and the global bioeconomy. The 21st century is characterized by a number of critical challenges in terms of human health, developing a sustainable bioeconomy, facilitating agricultural production, and establishing practices that support a cleaner environment. While there are chemical solutions to some of these challenges, developing bio-based approaches is becoming increasingly important. Filamentous fungi, 'the forgotten kingdom, ' are a group of unique organisms whose full potential has yet to be revealed. Some key properties, such as their exceptional capacity to secrete proteins into the external environment, have already been successfully harnessed for the production of industrial enzymes and cellulosic biofuels. Many further aspects discussed here -such as feeding the hungry with fungal protein, and the potential applications of the various small molecules produced by fungi -warrant further exploration. In turn, the book covers the use of fungal cell factories to produce foreign molecules, e.g. for therapeutics. Strategies including molecular approaches to strain improvement, and recent advances in high-throughput technologies, which are key to finding better products and producers, are also addressed. Lastly, the book discusses the advent of synthetic biology, which is destined to greatly expand the scope of fungal biotechnology. The chapter "Fungal Biotechnology in Space: Why and How?" is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License at link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Fungal Biotechnology and the Global Challenges
    Chapter 1: Fungal Biotechnology: Unlocking the Full Potential of Fungi for a More Sustainable World
    Chapter 2: Fungal Attack on Environmental Pollutants Representing Poor Microbial Growth Substrates
    Chapter 3: The Biotechnology of Quorn Mycoprotein: Past, Present and Future Challenges
    Chapter 4: The Current Biotechnological Status and Potential of Plant and Algal Biomass Degrading/Modifying Enzymes from Ascomycete Fungi
    Part 2: Developments in Key Enabling Technologies
    Chapter 5: Genetic Transformation of Filamentous Fungi: Achievements and Challenges
    Chapter 6: Bottlenecks and Future Outlooks for High-Throughput Technologies for Filamentous Fungi
    Chapter 7: Strategies and Challenges for the Development of Industrial Enzymes Using Fungal Cell Factories
    Chapter 8: Meeting a Challenge: A View on Studying Transcriptional Control of Genes Involved Plant Biomass Degradation in Aspergillus niger
    Part 3: Towards Bioeconomy-Potential of Fungal Biotechnology
    Chapter 9: The Economic Potential of ArbuscularFungal Biotechnology in Agriculture
    Chapter 10: Molecular and Genetic Strategies for Enhanced Production of Heterologous LignocellulosicEnzymes
    Part 4: Branching Out
    Emerging Opportunities
    Chapter 11: Horizontal Gene Transfer in Fungi
    Chapter 12: Spotlight on Class I Hydrophobins: Their IntriguingBiochemical Properties and Industrial Prospects
    Chapter 13: An Aroma Odyssey: The Promise of Volatile Fungal Metabolites in Biotechnology
    Chapter 14: Fungal Peroxygenases: A Phylogenetically Old Superfamily of Heme Enzymes with Promiscuity for Oxygen Transfer Reactions
    Chapter 15: Progress and Research Needs of Plant Biomass Degradation by Basidiomycete Fungi
    Chapter 16: Organic Acids in the TCA Cycle: The Building Blocks of the Future
    Chapter 17: Opportunities for New Generation Ganodermaboninense Biotechnology
    Chapter 18: Fungal Biotechnology in Space: Why and How?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kevin D. Walker.
    Summary: Americans enjoy some of the cheapest, most convenient food on the planet. But like most bargains that are too good to be true, the modern food system is a fraud. It is built on the illusion of limitless abundance, and the planet has its limits. So too do the workers who must labor harder and faster for less pay. So too does a healthcare system that must absorb rising rates of diabetes and obesity. Through stories from around the globe, Kevin Walker reveals the true costs of our grand food bargain. By the end of the journey, we not only understand how the drive to produce ever more food became hardwired into the American psyche, but why shifting our mindset is essential.

    Contents:
    Front cover; Title page; Half title; Copyright; Contents; Acronyms; Part I: Taking stock;
    Chapter 1. The third relationship;
    Chapter 2. My food, my way; Part II: Forces driving more;
    Chapter 3. More is never enough;
    Chapter 4. An infinite supply of finite resources;
    Chapter 5. Expecting more, committing less;
    Chapter 6. Science à la carte;
    Chapter 7. Becoming a market society; Part III: Unexpected consequences;
    Chapter 8. The world's safest food;
    Chapter 9. The perfect formula;
    Chapter 10. Controlling nature; Part IV: Decisions you'll make;
    Chapter 11. Live and Learn;
    Chapter 12. To lead or be led?
    Digital Access Springer [2019]
  • Print
    Stephen W. Russell, David C. Morrison.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    R853.P75 R87 2014
    1
  • Print
    John D. Robertson, Stephen W. Russell, David C. Morrison.
    Summary: This workbook serves as a step-by-step guide to writing a compelling, fundable NIH grant application. The authors explain how to write each component of the proposal, which is followed by an example. The reader is invited to write something comparable for the subject to be presented. As you make those responses, one after the other, the first draft of your application gradually falls into place. In addition to the latest NIH changes, this edition also includes the NIH requirements on how to improve the rigor of experimental design along with how the transparency of the proposal can be enhanced. It also demystifies how you should present the scientific premise for your application to include how you should discuss strengths and weaknesses of preliminary results and published literature. Different uses of conceptual and technical preliminary results are also described. The chapter on the Approach subsection of the Research Strategy was previously expanded to help you address potential sources of biological variation, especially those related to sex. New restrictions on the use of appendix material are explained, and all URLs and screenshots have been updated.

    Contents:
    Before you begin to write
    The template for your research plan
    Development of the rest of your application
    Maximizing your application's competitiveness
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    R853.P75 R87 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Anne M.R. Agur, B Sc(OT), MSc, PhD, Professor, Division of Anatomy, Department of Surgery, Faculty of Medicine, Division of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Department of Medicine, Department of Physical Therapy, Department of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy, Division of Biomedical Communications, Institute of Medical Science, Rehabilitation Sciences institute, Graduate Department of Dentistry, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, Arthur F. Dalley II, PhD, FAAA, Professor, Department of Cell and Developmental Biology, Adjunct Professor, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Adjunct Professor of Anatomy, Belmont University School of Physical Therapy.
    Summary: "Illustrations drawn from real specimens, presented in surface-to-deep dissection sequence, set Grant's Atlas of Anatomy apart as the most accurate reference available for learning human anatomy. These realistic representation provide students with the ultimate lab resource."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Back
    Upper limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Head
    Neck
    Cranial nerves.
  • Digital
    Anne M.R. Agur, Arthur F. Dalley II.
    Summary: "This edition of Grant's Atlas has, like its predecessors, required intense research, market input, and creativity. It is not enough to rely on a solid reputation; with each new edition, we have adapted and changed many aspects of the Atlas while maintaining the commitment to pedagogical excellence and anatomical realism that has enriched its long history. Medical and health sciences education, and the role of anatomy instruction and application within it, continually evolve to reflect new teaching approaches and educational models. The health care system itself is changing, and the skills and knowledge that future health care practitioners must master are changing along with it. Finally, technologic advances in publishing, particularly in online resources and electronic media, have transformed the way students access content and the methods by which educators teach content. All of these developments have shaped the vision and directed the execution of this fifteenth edition of Grant's Atlas, as evidenced by the key features"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Back
    Upper limb
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Head
    Neck
    Cranial nerves.
  • Digital
    Alan J. Detton, PhD, Lecturer, Clinical Anatomy, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California.
    Contents:
    The back
    The upper limb
    The thorax
    The abdomen
    The pelvis and perineum
    The lower limb
    The head and neck.
  • Digital
    Alan J. Detton.
    Summary: "Grant's Dissector provides step-by-step human cadaver dissection procedures for students to perform the dissections in lab and to recognize important relationships revealed through dissection. Each chapter is consistently organized beginning with a Dissection Overview, followed by detailed Dissection Instructions, and concluding with a Dissection Follow-up. The Dissection Overview provides a blueprint of what needs to be accomplished during the dissection session, and includes relevant surface anatomy as well as concise coverage of osteology. Dissection Instructions offer a logical sequence and numbered steps for the dissection. The Dissection Follow-up emphasizes important features of the dissection and encourages students to reflect on and synthesize the information"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    Sanjana Vijay Nemade, Kiran Jaywant Shinde.
    Summary: This book provides the description of the granulomatous diseases of otorhinolaryngology, head and neck with their characteristic features, investigations and management. It includes wide variety of infective, idiopathic, neoplastic, hereditary, reactive and various other types of chronic granulomatous reaction in the ear, nose, throat and head neck region. Further, the description is supported with various illustrations including clinical photographs, radiological pictures of CT scan, MRI scan etc. Histopathological and microbiological images which show characteristics and differentiating features are also included to aid in the diagnosis of the diseases. Histopathological colored images with high magnification and immunohistochemistry images are provided for better illustrations. This book also elaborates the important medical and surgical management of the granulomatous diseases. Every chapter ends with the essential features of that particular granulomatous disease, and this will certainly help the post-grad students and clinicians to differentiate the diseases, early diagnosis and management of the patients with chronic granulomatous diseases.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Autoimmune Granulomatous diseases
    A. GPA- Granulomatosis with polyangiitis
    a. Churg-Strauss syndrome
    b. Behcet's disease
    3. Infective Granulomatous diseases
    A. Bacterial infection
    B. Fungal infection
    C. Protozoal infection
    4. Idiopathic Granulomatous diseases
    A. Sarcoidosis
    B. Crohn's disease
    C. Orofacial granulomatosis
    5. Hereditary Granulomatous diseases
    A. CGD- Chronic granulomatous disease
    6. Neoplastic Granulomatous diseases
    A. T cell lymphoma (Midline lethal granuloma)
    7. Reactive Granulomatous diseases
    A. Reparative giant cell granuloma
    B. Cholesterol granuloma
    C. Chemical granuloma (Cocaine, talc, beryllium)
    D. Foreign body granuloma
    8. Diseases with secondary granulomatous manifestations
    A. Relapsing polychondritis
    B. Langerhan cell histiocytosis (LCH)
    C. Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE)
    D. Rheumatoid arthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dario Cantu, M. Andrew Walker, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the current state of international grape genomics, with a focus on the latest findings, tools and strategies employed in genome sequencing and analysis, and genetic mapping of important agronomic traits. It also discusses how these are having a direct impact on outcomes for grape breeders and the international grape research community. While V. vinifera is a model species, it is not always appreciated that its cultivation usually requires the use of other Vitis species as rootstocks. The book discusses genetic diversity within the Vitis genus, the available genetic resources for breeding, and the available genomic resources for other Vitis species. Grapes (Vitis vinifera spp. vinifera) have been a source of food and wine since their domestication from their wild progenitor (Vitis vinifera ssp. sylvestris) around 8,000 years ago, and they are now the worlds most valuable horticultural crop. In addition to being economically important, V. vinifera is also a model organism for the study of perennial fruit crops for two reasons: Firstly, its ability to be transformed and micropropagated via somatic embryogenesis, and secondly its relatively small genome size of 500 Mb. The economic importance of grapes made V. vinifera an obvious early candidate for genomic sequencing, and accordingly, two draft genomes were reported in 2007. Remarkably, these were the first genomes of any fruiting crop to be sequenced and only the fourth for flowering plants. Although riddled with gaps and potentially omitting large regions of repetitive sequences, the two genomes have provided valuable insights into grape genomes. Cited in over 2,000 articles, the genome has served as a reference in more than 3,000 genome-wide transcriptional analyses. Further, recent advances in DNA sequencing and bioinformatics are enabling the assembly of reference-grade genome references for more grape genotypes revealing the exceptional extent of structural variation in the species.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Grapes in the World Economy; Abstract; 1.1 Grapes in the World Economy; 1.1.1 Grape Production and Utilization; 1.1.2 Many Diverse Varieties; 1.1.3 The Value of Diverse Varieties; 1.1.4 The Demand for Varieties; 1.1.5 Government Intervention; 1.2 Conclusion; Acknowledgements;
    Appendix 1: Data Resources; References; 2 Grape Taxonomy and Germplasm; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 North American Vitis; 2.2.1 Series Labruscae; 2.2.2 Series Aestivales; 2.2.3 Series Cinerascentes; 2.2.4 Series Vulpinae; 2.2.5 Series Precoces 2.2.6 Series Occidentales2.3 Subgenus Muscadinia; References; 3 Evolutionary Genomics and the Domestication of Grapes; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Four Stages of Domestication; 3.2.1 Stage 1: Management Prior to Cultivation; 3.2.2 Stage 2: Purposeful Cultivation; 3.2.3 Stage 3: Geographic Expansion with Introgression as a Means of Local Adaptation; Acknowledgements; References; 4 Grape Archaeology and Ancient DNA Sequencing; Abstract; 4.1 Grape Archaeology; 4.1.1 Archaeological Evidences of the Wine Culture in the Near East and Mediterranean Region; 4.1.2 Wine Culture in Ancient Egypt 4.1.3 Grape and Wine Iconography from Ancient Egypt4.1.4 Wine Archaeology from Ancient Egypt; 4.2 Chemical and Morphometric Analyses of Grapes and Wine Samples; 4.3 Ancient DNA Sequencing; 4.3.1 DNA Preservation of Archaeological Material; 4.3.2 Ancient DNA Studies in Plant Archaeology; 4.4 Future Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 5 Strategies for Sequencing and Assembling Grapevine Genomes; Abstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Major Factors Influencing Nucleic Acids Isolation from Grapevine; 5.2.1 Tissue Collection; 5.2.2 Tissue Disruption; 5.2.3 Removal of Contaminants 5.2.4 Nucleic Acid Precipitation5.2.5 Nucleic Acids Quantity and Quality Evaluation; 5.3 Sequencing and Assembly of Grape Genomes; 5.3.1 Sequencing Methods Used in Grape Genomics; 5.3.2 Assembly Methods Used in Grape Genomics; 5.4 Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; 6 The Grapevine Genome Annotation; Abstract; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Automatic Annotation in Grapevine; 6.3 New Gene Discovery Through Manual Curation; 6.4 Gene Nomenclature for Improving Data Description and Interoperability; 6.5 Proteogenomics-Based Annotation; 6.6 Annotation of Non-coding Transcriptome 6.7 Future Perspective for Improving the Annotation6.8 Conclusions; References; 7 Molecular Mapping of Grapevine Genes; Abstract; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Variety of Genetic Markers: Development and Screening; 7.2.1 Genetic Variant Discovery; 7.2.2 Molecular Marker Localization; 7.2.3 Genotyping Tools; 7.3 Parental, Consensus and Integrated Genetic Maps; 7.3.1 General Map Building Principles and Implementation; 7.3.2 Specificities for Outbred Species; 7.3.3 An Overview of Published Vitis Genetic Maps; 7.4 Quantitative Trait Loci (QTLs) Mapping Studies; 7.4.1 QTL Detection Approaches
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Rui Zeng, [editor].
    Contents:
    Basic knowledge of ECG
    P Wave
    P-R Interval
    QRS Complex
    ST Segment
    T Wave
    Other Common Abnormal ECGs.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Amit Gupta, MD, MSOrth, MChOrth, FRCS, Makoto Tamai, MD, PhD
    Summary: Anatomical guide leverages exceptional dissection images to elucidate the biomechanics of the hand and upper extremity The hand is a unique instrument that executes the commands of the brain and expresses the nuances of the mind. The Grasping Hand: Structural and Functional Anatomy of the Hand and Upper Extremity by Amit Gupta and Makoto Tamai is a state-of-the-art book that details the functions of the hand to feel, receive, gather, collect and hold, as well as the complex role that the whole upper extremity plays in enabling these actions. The anatomical structures intrinsic to these functio
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David J. Gibson, Jonathan A. Newman.
    Summary: "Grasslands and Climate Change Grasslands are the most extensive terrestrial biome on Earth and are critically important for forage, biodiversity, and ecosystem services. This book brings together an international team of researchers to review scientific knowledge of the effects of climate change on world grasslands, a process we are only just starting to understand. Part One assesses how climate change will impact on the distribution of grasslands, as well as production, biogeochemical cycling and ecosystem services. Part Two considers the consequences for the spread of invasive species, demographic change, trophic- level relationships, soil biota, and evolutionary change within grassland biodiversity. Part Three proposes how ecologists can respond to climate change effects, focusing on grazing systems, cultural ecology, range management, and restoration. The concluding chapter sets grasslands in the context of the Anthropocene era and identifies the vital research and conservation needs for grassland ecosystems to remain environmentally sustainable under climate change"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Grasslands and Climate Change: An Overview / David J. Gibson, Jonathan A. Newman
    Methodology I: Detecting and Projecting Grassland Change from Plots to the Landscape / Heather Hager, Jonathan A. Newman
    Methodology II: Remote Sensing and Modelling / Geoffrey Henebry
    Projected Climate Change in Global Grasslands / Mike B. Jones
    Production Changes in Response to Climate Change / Lauchlan Fraser
    Will Climate Change Push Grasslands Past Tipping Points? / Zak Ratajczak, Laura Ladwig
    Biochemical Cycling in Grasslands under Climate Change / Hugh Henry
    Climate Change Effects on Grassland Ecosystem Services / Sandra Lavorel
    Grassland Invasion in a Changing Climate / Jane A. Catford, Lizzie P. Jones
    How Global Change Drives Demography in Grasslands / Johan Ehlren
    Impacts of Climate Change on Trophic Interactions in Grasslands / Sue E. Hartley, Colin Beale
    Grassland belowground Feedbacks and Climate Change / Richard D. Bardgett, Marina Semchenko
    Keeping Up: Climate Driven Evolutionary Change, Dispersal, and Migration / Kathryn A. Yurkonis, William Harris
    The Future Biogeography of C3 and C4 Grasslands / Elisabeth J. Forrestel, Erika J. Edwards
    Altered Grazing Systems: Pastoralism to Conventional Agriculture / Phillip K. Thornton, Mario Herrero, Randall B. Boone
    Climate Change and the Politics and Science of Traditional Grassland Management / Michael R. Dove
    Assessing Rangeland Health under Climate Variability and Change / John Bradford, Mike Duniway, Seth Munson
    Restoring Grassland in the Context of Climate Change / Sara G. Baer, David J. Gibson, Loretta C. Johnson
    Grasslands in the Anthropocene: Research and Conservation Needs / David J. Gibson, Jonathan A. Newman
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Rebecca S. Bahn, editor.
    Summary: This indispensable volume is designed to facilitate the best possible physician?patient discussion on Graves? disease by providing the most up-to-date evidence-based information in a clinically useful and patient-centric manner. Comprehensive and covering such topics as Professionalism and the Art of Patient-centric Thyroidology, the Immunopathogenesis of Graves? Disease, and the Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Storm, the book addresses all the important refinements in the treatment of Graves? disease in recent years. These include new indications and contraindications for antithyroid drugs, improved approaches to radioactive iodine therapy, the development of novel surgical techniques, and a better understanding of the combined use of these modalities, among other developments. Also addressed are the advances in the treatment of GO, including the use of disease activity and severity assessments to inform management decisions and the completion of the first randomized controlled therapeutic trials. Developed by a renowned group of internationally respected authorities, Graves? Disease: A Comprehensive Guide for Clinicians is a significant new reference that will be of great interest to all clinicians who treat this debilitating condition.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1: Professionalism and the Art of Patient-centric Thyroidology
    Chapter 2: Immunopathogenesis of Graves' Disease
    Chapter 3: Epidemiology and Genetic Factors in Graves' Disease and Graves' Ophthalmopathy
    Chapter 4: Laboratory and Clinical Assessment of Hyperthyroidism
    Chapter 5: Evidence-Based Discussion of Treatment Options for Graves' Disease
    Chapter 6: Antithyroid Drug Therapy in Patients with Graves' Disease
    Chapter 7: Radioiodine Treatment in Patients with Graves' Disease
    Chapter 8: Thyroidectomy in Patients with Graves' Disease
    Chapter 9: Diagnosis and Management of Thyroid Storm
    Chapter 10: Impact of Hyperthyroidism on the Cardiovascular and Musculoskeletal Systems and Management of Patients with Subclinical Graves' Disease
    Chapter 11: Graves? Disease in Childhood
    Chapter 12: Graves? Disease and Pregnancy
    Chapter 13: Pathogenesis of Graves' Orbitopathy
    Chapter 14: Combined Thyroid Eye Clinics in the Management of Graves? Ophthalmopathy
    Chapter 15: Thyroid Dermopathy and Acropachy
    Chapter 16: Treatment of Hyperthyroidism in Patients with Graves' Orbitopathy
    Chapter 17: Assessment and Management Plan for Graves' Orbitopathy
    Chapter 18: Natural History, Risk Factors and Management of Patients with Mild GO
    Chapter 19: Medical Treatment for Moderately Severe and Vision-Threatening Graves' Orbitopathy
    Chapter 20: Pre-Operative Assessment and Orbital Decompression Surgery in Patients with Graves' Ophthalmopathy
    Chapter 21: Surgical Management of Extraocular Muscle Dysfunction in Patients with GO
    Chapter 22: Quality of Life in Graves' Ophthalmopathy
    Chapter 23: Future Therapy for Graves' Disease and Ophthalmopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Wilmar M. Wiersinga, George J. Kahaly.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and pathogenesis
    Clinical manifestations
    Orbit-thyroid relationship
    Epidemiology
    Pathogenesis
    Orbital imaging
    Diagnosis and differential diagnosis of graves' orbitopathy
    Natural history
    Management
    General management plan for graves' orbitopathy
    Combined thyroid-eye clinics
    Thyroid treatment
    Management of mild graves' orbitopathy
    Management of moderately severe graves' orbitopathy
    Novel immunomodulatory treatment modalities
    Management of very severe graves' orbitopathy: dysthyroid optic neuropathy and corneal breakdown
    Local treatment modalities
    Rehabilitative surgery
    Orbital decompression
    Eye muscle surgery
    Eyelid surgery
    Miscellaneous issues
    Quality of life
    Socioeconomic impact
    The patient's view
    Atypical manifestations
    Childhood graves' orbitopathy
    Comorbidity in graves' orbitopathy
    Prevention
    Protocols of non-surgical therapies
    The amsterdam declaration on graves' orbitopathy
    Historical notes on graves' disease.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Susan Standring ; section editors, Neel Anand [and 12 others] ; special editors, Richard Tunstall [and two others].
    Contents:
    Historical introduction
    Anatomical nomenclature
    Basic structure and function of cells
    Integrating cells into tissues
    Nervous system
    Blood, lymphoid tissues and haemopoiesis
    Functional anatomy of the musculoskeletal system
    Smooth muscle and the cardiovascular and lymphatic systems
    Skin and its appendages
    Fluorescence microscopy today: A perspective
    Electron microscopy in the twenty-first century
    Metaplasia
    Merkel cells
    The reaction of peripheral nerves to injury
    A critical evaluation of the current status of myofascial chains
    Preimplantation development
    Implantation and placentation
    Cell populations at gastrulation
    Overarching concepts in development
    Cell populations at the start of organogenesis
    Development of the heart and circulation
    Development of the nervous system
    Development of the eye
    Development of the ear
    Development of the head and neck
    Development of the back
    Development of the limbs
    Development of the lungs, thorax and respiratory diaphragm
    Development of the peritoneal cavity, gastrointestinal tract and its adnexae
    Development of the urogenital system
    Pre- and postnatal growth and the neonate
    Head-trunk interface in the vertebrate embryo
    Overview of the nervous system
    Meninges and ventricular system
    Vascular supply and drainage of the brain
    Spinal cord
    Brainstem
    Cerebellum
    Diencephalon
    Basal ganglia
    Cerebral hemispheres
    Comparative anatomy of the corticospinal system
    Head and neck:: Overview and surface anatomy
    The skull
    Neck
    Face and scalp
    Mouth
    Infratemporal and pterygopalatine fossae and temporomandibular joint
    Nose, nasal cavity and paranasal sinuses
    Pharynx
    Larynx
    External and middle ear
    Inner ear
    Orbit and accessory visual apparatus
    Eye
    Back
    Spinal cord and spinal nerves: Gross anatomy
    Pectoral girdle and upper limb: overview and surface anatomy
    Shoulder girdle and arm
    Elbow and forearm
    Wrist and hand
    Nerve biomechanics
    The anatomy and variation of the coracoid attachment of the subclavius muscle and its relation to the clavi-coraco-axillary aponeurosis
    Instability of the shoulder - a neurological disease
    Thorax: Overview and surface anatomy
    Chest wall and breast
    Pleura, lungs, trachea and bronchi
    Respiratory diaphragm and phrenic nerves
    Mediastinum
    Heart
    Great vessels
    Breast cancer
    Computed tomography coronary angiography (CTCA) of anomalous coronary vasculature
    Abdomen and pelvis: Overview and surface anatomy
    Anterior abdominal wall
    Posterior abdominal wall and retroperitoneum
    Peritoneum, mesentery and peritoneal cavity
    Abdominal oesophagus and stomach
    Small intestine
    Large intestine
    Liver
    Gallbladder and biliary tree
    Pancreas
    Spleen
    Suprarenal gland
    Lesser pelvis and perineum
    Kidney and ureter
    Bladder, prostate and urethra
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    The mesentery and the mesenteric model of abdominal compartmentalization
    Pelvic girdle and lower limb: Overview and surface anatomy
    Pelvic girdle, hip, gluteal region and thigh
    Knee and leg
    Ankle and foot
    Functional anatomy and biomechanics of the pelvis
    A proposed novel action of psoas minor
    Anterolateral ligament of the knee
    The anatomy of the peripheral nervous system
    The anatomy of the vascular and lymphatic systems
    A note on anatomy from an imaging perspective
    Technical aspects and applications of diagnostic radiology
    Imaging the ageing musculoskeletal system
    Cinematic rendering offers entirely new possibilities for studying human anatomy
    Eponyms.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Richard L. Drake, A. Wayne Vogl, Adam W.M. Mitchell ; illustrations by Richard Tibbetts and Paul Richardson ; photographs by Ansell Horn.
    Summary: "Easy to read, superbly illustrated, and clinically relevant, Gray's Anatomy for Students, 4th Edition, is medical students' go-to text for essential information in human anatomy. This fully revised volume focuses on the core information students need to know, in an easy-access format and with additional multimedia tools that facilitate effective study and mastery of the material. A team of expert authors and global advisors share their extensive teaching and clinical experience, highlighted by more than 1,000 innovative, original illustrations throughout the text"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The body
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis/perineum
    Lower limb
    Upper limb
    Head and neck
    Neuroanatomy essentials
    Gray's systemic anatomy. Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Gastrointestinal system
    Urogenital system
    Lymphatic system
    Nervous system.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    by Richard Drake, A. Wayne Vogl, Adam W.M. Mitchell ; illustrations by Richard Tibbitts and Paul Richardson ; photographs by Ansell Horn.
    Summary: "Depend on Gray's Basic Anatomy, 2nd Edition to deliver superbly illustrated, authoritative, interactive content preferred by both students and faculty. Easy-to-read and concise, it has a strong clinical focus that's ideal for readers who need an efficient, high-yield anatomy textbook offering coverage of the most important anatomical concepts"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The body
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Upper limb
    Head and neck
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Richard L. Drake, A. Wayne Vogl, Adam W. M. Mitchell ; illustrations by, Richard Tibbitts and Paul Richardson ; photographs by, Ansell Horn.
    Contents:
    Note to instructors
    Gray’s basic anatomy
    Copyright
    Dedication
    Acknowledgments
    Preface
    The body
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limb
    Upper limb
    Head and neck
    Neuroanatomy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Marios Loukas, R. Shane Tubbs, Brion Benninger.
    Summary: "Perfect for hands-on reference, Gray's Clinical Photographic Dissector of the Human Body, 2nd Edition is a practical resource in the anatomy lab, on surgical rotations, during clerkship and residency, and beyond! The fully revised second edition of this unique dissection guide uses superb full-color photographs to orient you more quickly in the anatomy lab, and points out the clinical relevance of each structure and every dissection"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section I: Introduction. Dissection laboratory materials, tools and techniques
    Section II: Back. Muscles of the back and scapula
    Suboccipital triangle and spinal cord
    Section III: Thorax. Pectoral region and breast
    lungs, removal of heart, and posterior mediastinum
    heart
    Section IV: Upper limb. Axilla and arm
    Forearm (antebrachium)
    Hand
    Section V: Abdomen. Anterior abdominal wall and inguinal region
    Peritoneal cavity
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Posterior abdominal wall
    Section VI: Pelvis and perineum. Pelvis
    Perineum
    Section VII: Lower limb. Gluteal region
    Thigh and leg
    Leg and ankle
    Foot
    Section VIII: Head and neck. Neck
    Face
    Infratemporal fossa
    Calvaria, dural venous sinuses, brain, and cranial nerves
    Orbit
    Ear
    Nasal cavity
    Pharynx and oral cavity
    Larynx
    Retropharyngeal region and pharynx
    Clinical applications
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    lead editors, Peter A. Brennan, Susan M. Standring, Sam M. Wiseman.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Bonnie K. Baxter, Jaimi K. Butler, editors.
    Summary: Great Salt Lake is an enormous terminal lake in the western United States. It is a highly productive ecosystem, which has global significance for millions of migrating birds who rely on this critical feeding station on their journey through the American west. For the human population in the adjacent metropolitan area, this body of water provides a significant economic resource as industries, such as brine shrimp harvesting and mineral extraction, generate jobs and income for the state of Utah. In addition, the lake provides the local population with ecosystem services, especially the creation of mountain snowpack that generates water supply, and the prevention of dust that may impair air quality. As a result of climate change and water diversions for consumptive uses, terminal lakes are shrinking worldwide, and this edited volume is written in this urgent context. This is the first book ever centered on Great Salt Lake biology. Current and novel data presented here paint a comprehensive picture, building on our past understanding and adding complexity. Together, the authors explore this saline lake from the microbial diversity to the invertebrates and the birds who eat them, along a dynamic salinity gradient with unique geochemistry. Some unusual perspectives are included, including the impact of tar seeps on the lake biology and why Great Salt Lake may help us search for life on Mars. Also, we consider the role of human perceptions and our effect on the biology of the lake. The editors made an effort to involve a diversity of experts on the Great Salt Lake system, but also to include unheard voices such as scientists at state agencies or non-profit advocacy organizations. This book is a timely discussion of a terminal lake that is significant, unique, and threatened.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Water Development, Consumptive Water Uses, and Great Salt Lake
    Chapter 2:Climate Change and Great Salt Lake
    Chapter 3: Relationships between Humans and Great Salt Lake: Dynamics of Change
    Chapter 4: Microbialites of Great Salt Lake
    Chapter 5: Unexpected complexity at salinity saturation: microbial diversity of the north arm of Great Salt Lake
    Chapter 6: Invertebrates and phytoplankton: is salinity the driving factor?
    Chapter 7: Great Salt Lake Artemia: Ecosystem Functions and Services with a Global Reach
    Chapter 8: Importance of Great Salt Lake to Pelagic Birds: Eared Grebes, Phalaropes, Gulls, Ducks, and White Pelicans
    Chapter 9: Great Salt Lake Shorebirds, Their Habitats and Food Base
    Chapter 10: American White Pelicans of Gunnison Island, Great Salt Lake, Utah
    Chapter 11: Amphibians and Reptiles of Antelope Island, Great Salt Lake, Utah
    Chapter 12: Shoreline Plants of Great Salt Lake
    Chapter 13: Invasive plants of Great Salt Lake wetlands: what, where, how, and why?
    Chapter 14: Mercury Bioaccumulation and Biomagnification in Great Salt Lake Ecosystems
    Chapter 15: The Rozel Point Tar Seeps and Their Impact on the Local Biology
    Chapter 16: Great Salt Lake as an astrobiology analogue for ancient Martian hypersaline aqueous systems.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    László Erdős.
    Summary: This book provides an introduction into the diversity of the environmental movement through great characters in the green sector. The book describes inspiring personal achievements, and at the same time it provides readers with information regarding the history, the main directions and the ethical principles of the environmental movement. Some of the most important characters of the movement from all around the world, are included in the book. As well as the title characters, Buddha and Leonardo DiCaprio, other famous environmentalists like Albert Schweitzer, David Attenborough and Jane Goodall are discussed. Some of the less well-known but equally important environmentalists such as Chico Mendes, Bruno Manser, Henry Spira, Tom Regan or Rossano Ercolini are highlighted in the various chapters. The selection of characters represents all major branches within the green sector, ranging from medieval saints to Hollywood celebrities, from university professors to field activists, from politicians to philosophers, from ecofeminists to radicals.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Charles Darwin and the implications of evolution St Francis of Assisi, the patron saint of animals
    Environmentalism gaining momentum: Rachel Carson and 'Silent sping' Denis Hayes and Earth Day
    Planting trees with Wangari Maathai
    In defense of rain forests: Chico Mendes and Bruno Manser Al Gore's fight for the environment
    The strong men of environmentalism: Arnold Schwarzenegger and Steven Seagal Movie stars and activism
    Arne Naess and 'Deep ecology'
    Vandana Shiva and traditional agriculture
    Ian Kiernan, Rossano Ercolini, and Bea Johnson Pioneers of ecological economics
    The Greenpeace story Forerunners of animal advocacy Spokesmen for animals: Peter Singer, Richard Ryder, and Tom Regan
    Henry Spira, the hero of animal advocacy
    Animal advocates from Central Europe
    Albert Schweitzer: The man who loved all living beings Talking animals: The capacity of animal minds
    Primatologists Jane Goodall, Dian Fossey and Biruté Galdikas Ingrid
    Newkirk, Alex Pacheco, and PETA
    John Muir and Yosemite
    Aldo Leopold, the founding father of nature conservation
    James Lovelock and the Gaia-hypothesis
    Their symbol: The giant panda
    Scientists involved in conservation and environmentalism
    Gerald Durrell: How an amateur naturalist developed into a great conservationist Farley Mowat never cried wolf
    David Attenborough, the grand old man of natural history films Jacques-Yves Cousteau: Under the spell of the sea
    Paul Watson, the daredevil of conservation
    Epilogue
    Acknowledgements List of illustrations.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jayanta Kumar Patra [and more], editors.
    Summary: Nanotechnology is the application of science to control matter at the molecular level. It has become one of the most promising applied technologies in all areas of science. Nanoparticles have multi-functional properties and have created very interesting applications in various fields such as medicine, nutrition, bioenergy, agriculture and the environment. But the biogenic syntheses of monodispersed nanoparticles with specific sizes and shapes have been a challenge in biomaterial science. Nanoparticles are of great interest due to their extremely small size and large surface-to-volume ratio, which lead to both chemical and physical differences in their properties (e.g., mechanical properties, biological and sterical properties, catalytic activity, thermal and electrical conductivity, optical absorption and melting point) compared to bulk of the same chemical composition. Recently, however, synthesizing metal nanoparticles using green technology via microorganisms, plants, viruses, and so on, has been extensively studied and has become recognized as a green and efficient way for further exploiting biological systems as convenient nanofactories. Thus the biological synthesis of nanoparticles is increasingly regarded as a rapid, ecofriendly, and easily scaled-up technology. Today researchers are developing new techniques and materials using nanotechnology that may be suitable for plants to boost their native functions. Recently, biological nanoparticles were found to be more pharmacologically active than physico-chemically synthesized nanoparticles. Various applications of biosynthesized nanoparticles have been discovered, especially in the field of biomedical research, such as applications to specific delivery of drugs, use for tumor detection, angiogenesis, genetic disease and genetic disorder diagnosis, photoimaging, and photothermal therapy. Further, iron oxide nanoparticles have been applied to cancer therapy, hyperthermia, drug delivery, tissue repair, cell labeling, targeting and immunoassays, detoxification of biological fluids, magnetic resonance imaging, and magnetically responsive drug delivery therapy. Nanoparticle synthesis for plant byproducts for biomedical applications has vast potential. This book offers researchers in plant science and biomedicine the latest research and opportunity to develop new tools for the synthesis of environmentally friendly and cost-effective nanoparticles for applications in biomedicine as well as other various fields.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Biomedical Applications of Stimuli-Responsive Hydrogels
    1 Introduction
    2 PEG-Based Temperature-Sensitive Hydrogels: Structural and Physicochemical Properties
    2.1 Hydrogels Mechanical Properties and Phase Organization Studied by Rheological Analysis and Small-Angle X-Ray Scattering (SAXS): Implications on Drug-Controlled Release
    2.2 Biomedical Applications of Thermosensitive PEG-Based Hydrogels: From Structural Organization to Biopharmaceutical Use 10 Latest Trends in the Field of Vector-Mediated Delivery Systems
    10.1 Niosomes
    11 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Nanotoxicology in Plants
    1 Introduction
    2 Nanomaterials
    2.1 Classification of Nanomaterials
    2.1.1 Carbon-Based Nanomaterials
    2.1.2 Inorganic-Based Nanomaterials
    2.1.3 Quantum Dots
    2.1.4 Organic-Based Nanomaterials (Biomaterials)
    2.2 Nanomaterial Production
    2.3 Transport, Distribution, and the Fate of Nanomaterials in the Environment
    3 Plants
    3.1 Nonvascular Plants
    3.2 Vascular Plants
    3.2.1 Tissues
    3.2.2 Seeds
    3.2.3 Germination 2.3 pH-Sensitive PEG-Based Hydrogels: Theoretical Principles in pH-Sensitive Delivery Systems
    2.4 Strategies to Make PEG pH-Sensitive: Chemical Modifications and Their Biomedical Applications
    3 Conclusion and Prospects
    References
    Chapter 2: Viral and Nonviral Drug Delivery Systems for Medical Health Care: An Overview
    1 Introduction
    2 Necessity for Delivery Vectors in Biological Systems
    2.1 Physical Protection
    2.2 Targeted Delivery
    2.3 Sustained Release
    2.4 Regulated Rate of Clearance
    3 General Overview of Viral Delivery Vectors
    3.1 Adenovirus
    3.2 Retrovirus 3.3 Associations with Microorganisms
    3.4 Plant Stress Response Mechanisms
    4 Plant Nanotoxicology
    4.1 Uptake of Nanomaterials in Plant Tissues
    4.2 Toxic Effects of Nanomaterials on Plants
    5 Nanotoxicological Evaluation Techniques in Plants
    6 Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 4: Carbon Nanotubes as Plant Growth Regulators: Prospects
    1 Introduction
    2 Classification of the CNTs and Their Main Characteristics
    2.1 Classification of the CNT According to the Wall Structure
    2.2 Classification of the SWCNT by Carbon Configuration
    2.3 Characteristics 3.3 Designing a Retroviral Vector
    3.4 Phage Virus
    3.5 Filamentous Phage
    3.6 Lambda Phage
    4 General Overview of Non-viral Delivery Vectors
    4.1 Liposomes
    4.1.1 Ongoing Research and Clinically Approved Liposomal-Based Delivery Systems in Therapeutics
    4.2 Microparticles
    5 Microparticles for Delivery of Therapeutic Drugs
    6 Microparticles for the Delivery of Genetic Material
    6.1 Nanoparticles
    7 Nanoparticulate-Based Drug Delivery in Cancer
    8 Nanoparticle-Based Drug Delivery for the Treatment for Tuberculosis
    9 Hazards Associated with Various Delivery Systems
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rick T. Bowers, Christina G. Weston, Ryan C. Mast, Suzie C. Nelson, Julia C. Jackson.
    Summary: "The sixth edition of this classic text continues to provide clinically-oriented information on medications used to treat common mental health conditions and disorders in children and adolescents. The book boasts an accessible style--with even more tables, graphs, and clinical pearls than ever before--that is designed for easy reading and comprehension. Substantially updated with expanded medication coverage for new FDA approved indications, this practical guide is perfect for residents and practitioners in psychiatry and pediatrics, as well as family medicine. Emphasizes new and highly used medications and discusses FDA-approved and off-label usage. Adds new chapters on de-prescribing and managing substance use disorders in adolescents. Beefs up coverage of injectable medications and third-generation anti-psychotics as well as weight stabilization medications. Prominently displays precautions and warnings to mitigate prescribing errors and adverse interactions. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    William M. Klykylo ... [et al].
    Summary: The ideal quick reference for the busy mental health clinician seeing younger patients, the Fifth Edition of Green's Child and Adolescent Clinical Psychopathology has been fully revised by a new team of authors active in clinical practice and resident education. A trusted reference in the field, Green's continues to provide practical and balanced information on the full range of medications used to treat mental health disorders in children and adolescents. ... NEW to the Fifth Edition: Increased focus on medication effects and cost-effectiveness. New information on cardiac function and risk factors in patients taking stimulants. Long-term suicide risks associated with SSRIs. Longer term outcomes of major depression treatment. Use of anticonvulsant medications in patients with bipolar disorder. Weight gain in patients taking antipsychotics.

    Contents:
    Introduction / William M. Klykylo
    General principles of psychopharmacotherapy with children and adolescents / William M. Klykylo
    Introduction / William M. Klykylo
    Sympathomimetic amines, central nervous system stimulants, and executive function agents / Christina Weston and Ryan Mast
    First generation : typical antipsychotic drugs / William M. Klykylo
    Second generation/atypical and other antipsychotic drugs / Rick Bowers
    Antidepressant drugs / Christina Weston
    Mood stabilizers: lithium carbonate and antiepileptics / Julia Jackson
    Antianxiety drugs / Julia Jackson
    Other drugs / Rick Bowers.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott W. Wolfe, William C. Pederson, Scott H. Kozin, Mark S. Cohen.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Gregory A. Mencio, Steven L. Frick.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Wei Zhang, Berkeley W. Cue, Jr.
    Contents:
    Part I. General Topics in Green Chemistry
    2. Green chemistry metrics
    2. Green solvents
    3. Green analytical chemistry
    4. Green engineering
    5. Greening of consumer cleaning products
    6. Innovation with non-covalent derivatization
    Part II. Green Catalysts
    7. Catalytic C-H bond cleavage for heterocyclic compounds
    8. Biocatalysis
    9. Practical asymmetric organocatalysis
    10. Fluorous catalysis
    11. Solid-supported catalysis
    12. Asymmetric organocatalysis in aqueous media
    Part III. Green Synthetic Techniques
    13. Solvent-free synthesis
    14. Ultrasonic reactions
    15. Photochemical synthesis
    16. Pot economy synthesis
    17. Microwave-assisted organic synthesis: overview of recent applications
    18. Solid-supported synthesis
    19. Light fluorous synthesis
    Part IV. Green Techniques and Strategies in the Pharmaceutical Industry
    20. Ionic liquids in pharmaceutical industry
    21. Green technologies and approaches in the manufacture of biologics
    22. Benchmarking green chemistry adoption by "Big Pharma" and generics manufacturers
    23. Green process chemistry in the pharmaceutical industry; case studies update (2012-2016)
    24. Greener pharmaceutical science through collaboration: the ACS GCI pharmaceutical roundtable
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Mark S. Greenberg.
    Summary: "This 10th edition of the Handbook of Neurosurgery includes newly updated information for the classification of tumors from the 5th edition of the WHO Classification of Tumors series, numerous new figures and tables, and revisions throughout"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    editors, Michael W. Mulholland, Keith D. Lillemoe, Gerard M. Doherty, Gilbert R. Upchurch, Jr., Hasan B. Alam, Timothy M. Pawlik ; illustrations by Holly R. Fischer.
    Contents:
    Pt. 1: Scientific principles
    Pt. 2: Surgical practice
    Sect. A: Trauma
    Sect. B: Transplantation
    Sect. C: Head and neck
    Sect. D: Esophagus
    Sect. E: Stomach and duodenum
    Sect. F: Small intestine
    Sect. G: Pancreas
    Sect. H: Hepatobiliary and portal venous system
    Sect. I: Colon and rectum
    Sect. J: Hernia and spleen
    Sect. K: Surgical endocrinology
    Sect. L: Lung
    Sect. M: Vascular disease
    Sect. N: Pediatric surgery
    Sect. O: Skin and soft tissue.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    M.R. Islam, J.S. Islam, G.M. Zatzman, M.A.H. Mughal, and M. Safiur Rahman.
    Summary: "The pharmaceutical industry is one of the most important industries in the world, offering new medicines, vaccines, and cures to a global population. It is a massive industry, worthy of a deep and thorough examination of its processes and chemistry, with a view toward sustainability. The authors describe what is and isn't truly sustainable, offering a new approach and a new definition of the sustainability of pharmaceutical and chemical engineering and the science behind it. This is a cutting-edge work, aimed at engineers, scientists, researchers, chemists, and students"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Wiley
    ProQuest Ebook Central
  • Digital
    M.R. Islam, Jaan S. Islam, Gary M. Zatzman, M. Safiur Rahman, M.A.H. Mughal.
    Summary: This is the second volume in a four-volume series aimed at guiding the pharmaceutical industry toward sustainability. After analyzing and exposing some of the backward and ill-conceived notions that guide the present state of the industry, this volume presents key theories and new, groundbreaking solutions for re-thinking the processes involved in the engineering of pharmaceuticals and offers a fundamental paradigm shift. The 4 volumes in this ambitious project are: - Volume 1: Practice, Analysis, and Methodology - Volume 2: Theories and Solutions - Volume 3: Applications for Mental Disorder Treatments - Volume 4: Applications for Physical Disorder TreatmentsThis ground-breaking set of books is a unique and state-of-the-art study that only appears here, within these pages. A fascinating study for the engineer, scientist, and pharmacist working in the pharmaceutical industry and interested in sustainability, it is also a valuable textbook for students and faculty studying these subjects.

    Contents:
    The Nature-Science Approach: Some Further Consequences
    A Knowledge-Based Cognition Model
    Implications of a Comprehensive Material Balance Equation for Detecting Causes of Medical Disorders
    Conclusion and Recommendation
    References and Bibliography.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    M.R. Islam, Jaan S. Islam and G.M. Zatzman.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. A model for humanity and human behavior
    3. Chemical drugs for mental health disorder
    4. Psychological grounding
    5. Drivers of mental ailments and natural remedy
    6. Schizophrenia as a tangible expression of mental disorder
    7. The myopic mindset of self-destruction
    8. Optimization of lifestyle
    9. Conclusions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Lisa A. DeStefano, D.O., Associate Professor and Chairperson, Department of Osteopathic Manipulative Medicine, College of Osteopathic Medicine. Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan.
    Contents:
    Structural diagnosis and manipulative medicine history
    Principles of structural diagnosis
    Barrier concepts in structural diagnosis
    The manipulative prescription
    Normal vertebral motion
    Concepts of vertebral motion dysfunction
    Principles of soft-tissue and other peripheral stimulating techniques
    Principles of muscle energy technique
    Mobilization with and without impulse technique
    Principles of indirect technique
    Principles of myofascial release and integrated neuromusculoskeletal technique
    Cranial technique
    Cervical spine technique
    Thoracic spine technique
    Rib cage technique
    Lumbar spine technique
    Pelvic girdle dysfunction
    Upper extremity technique
    Lower extremity technique
    Common clinical problems of the lower quarter
    Common clinical problems of the thorax, upper quarter, and neck
    Adjunctive diagnostic procedures.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Gardner, David G.; Greenspan, Francis S.; Shoback, Dolores M.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC648 .B312
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Dean B. Andropoulos, George A. Gregory.
    Summary: "The key to the ethical practice of pediatric anesthesia: Treat every child and family with the grace and consideration with which you would want your child and family treated. Here are 7 maxims: 1. Remember that surgery is a big deal. Reminding yourself that this banal case is a lifetime event for the child and family helps you be kind and respectful to the child and family. It boosts your ability to mitigate the production pressure that hurries you to induce anesthesia before the premedication has taken effect, inadequately prepare a nervous adolescent for insertion of an intravenous catheter, or skirt safety guidelines. 2. Meet the needs of the child and family. Focus on process by being patient, calm, flexible and nonjudgmental. Anxious, sleep-deprived parents receiving complicated information may need to hear information several times to understand it or may react strongly to the seemingly unremarkable. Interact with the intent of determining their needs, whether it be the extent of information, the preferences for decision making or the need for reassurance. Respond directly to questions"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    Angela Duckworth.
    Summary: "Why do some people succeed and others fail? Sharing new insights from her landmark research on grit, MacArthur genius grant recipient Angela Duckworth explains why talent is hardly a guarantor of success. Rather, other factors can be even more crucial, such as identifying our passions and following through on our commitments. Drawing on her own story as the daughter of a scientist who frequently bemoaned her lack of smarts, Duckworth describes her winding path through teaching, business consulting, and neuroscience, which led to the hypothesis that what really drives success is not "genius" but a special blend of passion and long-term perseverance. As a professor at the University of Pennsylvania, Duckworth created her own "character lab" and set out to test her theory. Here, she takes readers into the field to visit teachers working in some of the toughest schools, cadets struggling through their first days at West Point, and young finalists in the National Spelling Bee. Finally, she shares what she's learned from interviewing dozens of high achievers--from JP Morgan CEO Jamie Dimon to Bob Mankoff, cartoon editor of The New Yorker, to Seattle Seahawks Coach Pete Carroll. Grit is a book about what goes through your head when you fall down, and how that--not talent or luck--makes all the difference"-- provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. What grit is and why it matters : Showing up ; Distracted by talent ; Effort counts twice ; How gritty are you? ; Grit grows
    Part II. Growing grit from the inside out : Interest ; Practice ; Purpose ; Hope
    Part III. Growing grit from the outside in : Parenting for grit ; The playing fields of grit ; A culture of grit ; Conclusion.
    Digital Access 2016
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Nancy L. Halliday, Harold M. Chung.
    Summary: "The Board Review Series (BRS) is aimed at providing basic knowledge as it relates to clinical situations and is used by students studying for board and course exams. BRS Gross Anatomy prepares students for first-year anatomy course exams and the USMLE Step 1 board exam. This easy-to-use resource presents the essentials of human anatomy through concise descriptions, clinical correlations, radiographs, full-color illustrations, and tables"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Back
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Perineum and pelvis
    Lower limb
    Upper limb
    Head and neck
    Cranial and autonomic nerves.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    QM31 .C54 2019
    1
  • Digital
    [editors], David A. Morton, PhD, Associate Professor, Anatomy Director, Department of Neurobiology and Anatomy, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah, K. Bo Foreman, PhD, PT, Assistant Professor, Anatomy Director, University of Utah College of Health, Salt Lake City, Utah, Kurt H. Albertine, PhD, Professor of Pediatrics, Medicine, and Neurobiology and Anatomy, Associate Dean of Faculty Administration, Editor-In-Chief, the Anatomical Record, University of Utah School of Medicine, Salt Lake City, Utah.
    Contents:
    Section 1: Back. Back anatomy
    Section 2: Thorax. Anterior thoraic wall
    Lungs
    Heart
    Superior and posterior mediastinum
    Section 3: Abdomen, pelvis, and perineum. Overview of the abdomen, pelvis, and perineum
    Anterior abdominal wall
    Serious membranes of the abdominal cavity
    Foregut
    Midgut, hindgut, and gi vascular supply and intervation
    Posterior abdominal wall
    Perineum and pelvis
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Section 4: Head
    Scalp, skull, and meninges. Brain
    Cranial nerves
    Orbit
    Ear
    Superficial face
    Infratemporal fossa
    Pterygopalatine fossa
    Nasal cavity
    Oral cavity
    Section 5: Neck. Overview of the neck
    Viscera of the neck
    Pharynx
    Larynx
    Section 6: Upper limb. Overview of the upper limb
    Shoulder and axilla
    Arm
    Forearm
    Hand
    Section 7: Lower limb. Overview of the lower limb
    Gluteal region and hip
    Thigh
    Leg
    Foot.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPharmacy
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Qihui "Jim" Zhai.
    Summary: "Gross dissection is the first step in analyzing a resection specimen. This manual intends to promote a standardized approach for practicing pathologists, pathologists-in-training, and pathologists' assistants who handle specimens. Organized by organ system, the text covers indications for procedures, expected macroscopic and microscopic findings, step-by-step dissection techniques, potential staging pitfalls and solutions, and sample reporting templates, incorporating AJCC staging criteria and elements of the CAP cancer protocols."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    editor, Mauro Moscucci.
    Summary: "Grossman & Baim's Cardiac Catheterization, Angiography, and Intervention, 8e is the premier reference on cardiac catheterization and appeals to seasoned practitioner, residents and cardiology fellows. This title reflects the rapid evolution and growing clinical use of interventional techniques. Premier reference on cardiac catheterization appeals to seasoned practitioner, residents and cardiology fellows. Reflects rapid evolution and growing clinical use of interventional techniques. Eleven new chapters, including: Integrated Imaging Modalities in the Cardiac Catheterization Lab; Radial Artery Approach; Coronary Artery Anomalies; Interventions for Acute Myocardial Infarction; Interventions with Cell Therapies; and Aortic Endovascular Grafting Over 20 procedural videos online"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cardiac catheterization history and current practice standards / Maro Moscucci
    Cineangiographic imaging, radiation safety, and contrast agents / Stephen Balter and Mauro Moscucci
    Integrated imaging modalities in the cardiac catheterization laboratory / Robert A. Quaife and John D. Carroll
    Complications / Mauro Moscucci
    Adjunctive pharmacology for cardiac catheterization / Kevin Croce and Daniel I. Simon
    Percutaceous approach including transseptal and apical puncture / Claudia A. Martinez and Mauro Moscucci
    Radial artery approach / Mauricio G. Cohen and Sunil V. Rao
    Cutdown approach : brachial, femoral, axillary, aortic, and transapical / Ronald P. Caputo, G. Randall Green, and William Grossman
    Diagnostic catheterization in childhood and adult congenital heart disease / Gabriele Egidy Assenza, James E. Lock, and Michael J. Landzberg
    Pressure measurement / Mauro Moscucci and William Grossman
    Blood flow measurement : cardiac output and vascular resistance / Mauro Moscucci and William Grossman
    Shunt detection and quantification / William Grossman and Mauro Moscucci
    Calculation of stenotic valve orifice area / Blase A. Carabello and William Grossman
    Pitfalls in the evaluation of hemodynamic data / Zoltan G. Turi
    Coronary angiography / Mauro Moscucci
    Coronary artery anomalies / Paolo Angelini and Jorge Monge
    Cardiac ventriculography / Mauro Moscucci and Robert C . Hendel
    Pulmonary angiography / Kyung Cho and Nils Kucher
    Angiography of the aorta and peripheral arteries / Michael R. Jaff, John Rundback, and Kenneth Rosenfield
    Stress testing during cardiac catheterization : exercise, pacing, and dobutamine challenge / William Grossman and Mauro Moscucci
    Measurement of ventricular volumes, ejection fraction, mass, wall stress, and regional wall motion / Michael A. Fifer and William Grossman
    Evaluation of systolic and diastolic function of the ventricles and myocardium / William Grossman and Mauro Moscucci
    Evaluation of tamponade, constrictive, and restrictive physiology / Mauro Moscucci and Barry A. Borlaug
    Evaluation of myocardial and coronary blood flow and metabolism / Morton J. Kern and Michael J. Lim
    Intravascular imaging techniques / Yasuhiro Honda, Peter J. Fitzgerald, and Paul G. Yock
    Endomyocardial biopsy / Sandra V. Chaparro and Mauro Moscucci
    Percutaneous circulatory support : intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation, Impella, TandemHeart, and extracorporeal bypass / Daniel Burkhoff, Mauro Moscucci, and Jose P.S. Henriques
    Percutaneous balloon angioplasty and general coronary intervention / Abhiram Prasad and David R. Holmes
    Atherectomy, thrombectomy, and distal protection devices / Robert N. Piana and Jeffrey J. Popma
    Intervention for acute myocardial infarction / William O'Neill
    Coronary stenting / Ajay J. Kirtane and Gregg W. Stone
    General overview of interventions for structural heart disease / Mauro Moscucci, John D. Carroll, and John G. Webb
    Percutaneous therapies for valvular heart disease / Ted Feldman and Mauro Moscucci
    Peripheral intervention / Mehdi H. Shishehbor and Samir R. Kapadia
    Intervention for pediatric and adult congenital heart disease / Robert J. Sommer
    Cardiac cell-based therapy : methods of application and delivery systems / Joshua M. Hare, Arnon Blum, and Alan W. Heldman
    Aortic endovascular grafting / Arash Bornak, Gilbert R. Upchurch, and Omaida C. Velazquez
    Pericardial interventions : pericardiocentesis, balloon pericardiotomy, and epicardial approach to cardiac procedures / Mauro Moscucci and Juan F. Viles-Gonzalez
    Interventions for cardiac arrhythmias / Haris M. Haqqani and Francis E. Marchlinski
    Profiles in valvular heart disease / Ted Feldman, William Grossman, and Mauro Moscucci
    Profiles in coronary artery disease / Robert N. Piana and Aaron Kugelmass
    Profiles in pulmonary hypertension and pulmonary embolism / Scott H. Visovatti and Vallerie V. Mclaughlina
    Profiles in cardiomyopathy and heart failure / James C. Fang and Barry A. Borlaug
    Profiles in pericardial disease / John F. Robb, Roger J. Laham, and Mauro Moscucci
    Profiles in congenital heart disease / Gabriele Egidy Assenza, Robert J. Sommer, and Michael J. Landzberg
    Profiles in peripheral arterial disease / Christopher J. White and Stephen R. Ramee.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Mauro Moscucci.
    Summary: "The leading comprehensive reference on cardiac catheterization through eight outstanding editions, Grossman & Baim's Cardiac Catheterization, Angiography, and Intervention, Ninth Edition, continues to keep you up to date with every facet of this fast-changing field. Designed for quick access and easy reference, this text offers expert overviews of the theoretical and practical aspects of clinical issues, with emphasis given to hemodynamic data and tracings and interventional procedures. An impressive multimedia library with new videos and cases make this reference even more valuable for cardiologists and interventional cardiologists at all levels of experience. Features clear, succinct text highlighted by summary tables, graphs, illustrations, and real-life images that illustrate procedures, complications, and bailout methods.Includes new chapters on non-valvular interventions for structural heart disease; percutaneous therapies for aortic and pulmonic valvular heart disease; and percutaneous therapies for mitral and tricuspid valvular heart disease, and more.Provides fully updated content throughout, additional cases and videos online.Enrich Your Ebook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s),such as computer, tablet, or smartphone.Easily convert to audiobook,powering your content with natural language text-to-speech"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    Mauro Moscucci ; associate editor, Marc D. Feldman.
    Summary: " An easily accessible, ready reference for the entire cardiac team, Grossman & Baim's Handbook of Cardiac Catheterization, Angiography, and Intervention is an essential resource in today's cardiac catheterization lab. This practical handbook, edited by Dr. Mauro Moscucci with contributions from associate editor, Marc D. Feldman, follows the bestselling text, Grossman & Baim's Cardiac Catheterization, Angiography, and Intervention, providing fast, convenient access to authoritative information in a portable handbook format. Covers all aspects of cardiac catheterization and intervention in an easy-to-manage, convenient handbook format Provides essential, quick-reference information for the entire cardiac team, including cardiovascular technologists, nurses, physicians, and fellows in training Includes sections on general principles (including radiation safety, complications, adjunctive pharmacotherapy, legal considerations, and issues specifically related to cardiovascular technologists and nursing care); basic techniques, hemodynamic principles, and angiographic techniques; the evaluation of cardiac function; special catheter techniques; coronary, peripheral, pediatric and structural heart disease interventions Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    edited by Adele E. Clarke and Kathy Charmaz.
    Contents:
    v. 1. History, essential and debates in grounded theory
    v. 2. Grounded theory in disciplines and research
    v. 3. Grounded theory exemplars across disciplines
    v. 4. Situational analysis : essentials and exemplars.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    H61.24 .G76 2014
    4
  • Digital
    Tania Lecomte, with Claude Leclerc and Til Wykes.
    Contents:
    History of group therapies for people with psychosis
    Basic cognitive behavioral model used in group CBT for psychosis
    What have studies taught us about CBT for psychosis?
    Essential elements of group therapy
    The role of the therapist in group CBT for psychosis
    Getting started
    Stress : how it affects me (the first six sessions)
    Testing hypotheses and looking for alternatives (sessions 7 to 12)
    Drugs, alcohol and how I feel (sessions 13 to 18)
    Coping and competence (sessions 19 to 24)
    Measuring change
    Obstacles to group CBT for psychosis
    Therapist competence : what skills are needed to conduct group CBTp?
    CBT groups for psychosis with other targets.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Jordana Muroff, Patty Underwood, Gail Steketee.
    Summary: This Therapist Guide describes an evidence-based group treatment for hoarding disorder (HD), which is a new DSM-5 diagnosis in 2013. This session-by-session group therapy guide is intended for mental health clinicians and students in professional training programs who are providing treatment to people with HD. Following a summary of recent clinical research on hoarding and acquiring and on the efficacy of group intervention, the book presents assessment and treatment-planning strategies, along with specific information on how to improve client motivation when insight wanes.
    Digital Access Oxford 2014
  • Digital
    Sheri Bauman and Linda R. Shaw.
    Contents:
    Part I. General principles. Introduction
    Common themes / with Amanda Easton
    Types of groups
    Diversity issues / Lia D. Falco
    Group composition
    Ethical considerations
    Training considerations

    Part II. Specific disabilities. Sensory disabilities
    Psychiatric disabilities
    Cognitive disabilities
    Physical disabilities / with Gabrielle Ficchi
    Chronic health conditions

    Part III. Resources. Recap and conclusions
    Exercises and resources.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Print
    editors, George A. Kaplan, Ana V. Diez Roux, Carl P. Simon, and Sandro Galea.
    Contents:
    Introduction: bridging complex systems, health disparities, and population health
    Using complex systems simulation modeling to understand health inequality
    Does improving the neighborhood food, exercise, and education environment reduce black/white disparities in body mass index?
    Developmental complexity: modeling social inequalities in young children and macaques
    No longer looking just under the lamp post: modeling the complexity of primary healthcare
    Complex determinants of disparities in walking within cities
    A prototype for identifying policy-relevant reasons for gender differences in physical activity
    Individual, social, and institutional practices determining school and college choice
    Contingent inequalities: an exploration of health inequalities in the United States and Canada
    Modeling the underlying dynamics of the spread of crime: agent-based models
    Beyond drill and fill: modeling the impacts of risk-based care on oral health disparities
    The relative importance of socioeconomic status and other major factors for population health: estimates using the healthpaths agent-based microsimulation model
    Agent-based models and health-oriented mobile technologies
    Using complex systems approaches in the study of population health and health disparities: seven observations.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA407 .G76 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Behrooz A. Akbarnia, Muharrem Yazici, George H. Thompson, editors.
    Contents:
    Embryology and Anatomy
    Normal Growth of the Spine and Thorax
    Biomechanics in the Growing Spine
    Genetics
    New Classification System
    Clinical Evaluation
    Normal Lung growth and Thoracic Insufficiency Syndrome
    Imaging of The Growing Spine
    Back Pain in Children
    Pediatric Spinal Infections
    PostOp Infections
    Management of Spine Tumors in Young Children
    Intraspinal Pathology
    Pediatric Spine Trauma
    Sports and Sports Related Injuries
    Spinal Deformity in Metabolic Disorders
    Spinal Manifestations of the Skeletal Dysplasias
    Syndromic Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Idiopathic Scoliosis: Infantile and Juvenile
    Congenital Scoliosis
    Treatment of Spinal Deformity in Cerebral Palsy
    Myelodsplasia
    Spinal Dysraphism
    Other Neuromuscular Diseases
    Neurofibromatosis
    Sagittal Plane Alignment and Deformities
    Spondylolisthesis
    Casting for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Orthotic Management for (I-EOS) Infantile and Juvenile Scoliosis
    Halo-Gravity Traction
    Crankshaft Phenomena Following Spinal Fusion in the Growing Child
    Convex Growth Arrest for Congenital Scoliosis
    Surgical management of Kyphosis in Myelomeningocele
    Hemivertebrectomy
    Vertebral Osteotomy
    Vertebral Resection
    Growing Rods
    VEPTR Expansion Thoracoplasty
    Revision Spine Surgery in the Growing Child
    Anesthetic Considerations In the growing children and repetitive anesthesia
    Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring During Corrective Spine Surgery in the Growing Child
    Nursing Care
    Long- Term Effects of Instrumented Fusion in Growing Children
    Outcomes in Children with Early Onset Scoliosis
    Current Basic Science Research in Growth Modulation and Future Outlook
    Spinal External Fixation
    Growth Guided Instrumentation
    Hybrid Distraction-Based Growing Rods.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Behrooz A. Akbarnia, Muharrem Yazici, George H. Thompson, Ron El-Hawary, editors.
    Summary: There has been significant progress in the field of spinal disorders in very young children over the past two decades. However, the treatment of such conditions remains challenging due to the age of the patient, different etiologies, associated morbidities and the progressive nature of the deformity. Depending on the etiology of the deformity, these children are often cared for by multiple specialists including pediatricians, pulmonologists, pediatric orthopedists or orthopedic spine surgeons, pediatric surgeons, pediatric neurosurgeons, neurologists and oncologists. Health professionals in all of the mentioned disciplines are involved in the management of these patients, which is why compiling a comprehensive text that is not limited to orthopedic specialists is essential. Since the second edition of this book was published, there has been a significant body of literature that has been published and advances made in the care of young children with spinal and thoracic deformities. This new edition will effectively help to standardize the care of these patients. Furthermore, other professionals, such as nurses, physical therapists and healthcare professionals in training, are usually not familiar with these conditions and are in need of a reference book to consult when caring for young children with spinal deformities. Sections are arranged thematically and comprise a comprehensive presentation of the current knowledge on disorders of the growing spine. After opening sections discussing general considerations and patient evaluation and diagnosis, subsequent sections describe the various categories of spinal deformity - idiopathic, congenital, neuromuscular, syndromic, and others - followed by surgical and non-surgical management strategies, both traditional and growth-friendly. Concluding sections address patient care and outcomes and outline future directions for research and practice.

    Contents:
    Part I: General Considerations for the Growing Spine
    Part II: Patient Evaluation
    Part III: Idiopathic and Congenital Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Part IV: Neuromuscular Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Part V: Syndromic Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Part VI: Other Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Part VII: Non-surgical Management of Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Part VIII: Traditional Surgical Management of Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Part IX: Growth-friendly Surgical Management of Spinal Deformities in the Growing Child
    Part X: Patient Care and Outcomes
    Part XI: Current and Future Considerations for the Growing Spine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Angela Barron McBride.
    Summary: This book delivers an inspiring first-person narrative to help nurses at all career levels embrace and hone their leadership potential. Brimming with insight and personal anecdotes -- while grounded in scholarly literature -- this comprehensive and practical book addresses the major contemporary arenas of leadership: personal, organizational, and transformational. It discusses the personal qualities required of a good leader, the value of attaining self-knowledge, sustaining career optimism in the face of failure, orchestrating a career, achieving organizational goals, effective communication, the importance of strategic vision, and more. -- From publisher's description.

    Contents:
    "The right stuff"
    Knowing what you know and what you don't know
    The shadow side : neediness and failure
    Sustaining optimism
    Orchestrating a career
    Building a mentoring network
    Naming what we do
    Telling others what to do/what you do
    It's all about communication
    Resource development
    Understanding diversity and inclusion
    Appreciating others
    Looking back to move forward
    The vision thing
    Choosing excellence
    Beyond the discipline specific
    Aiming for impact
    Letting go.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital/Print
    Jason White, Gayle Smith, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the diverse roles that growth factors and cytokines play in skeletal muscle. The extracellular environment has profound effects on the biology of skeletal muscle. The soluble portion of this environment includes a rich milieu of growth factors and cytokines which have been shown to regulate virtually all facets of the response of skeletal muscle to external stimuli, whether it be exercise induced metabolic shifts, remodeling in response to trauma or loading of the ongoing pathology associated with neuromuscular disease. The chapters included in this work illustrate growth factors that directly affect skeletal muscle cells and those which influence non-muscle cells that contribute to the biology of skeletal muscle as a whole tissue. The current state of the art, with the advent of systems biology, allows for the delineation of signaling networks which are regulated by suites of growth factors. This is in stark contrast to early more traditional studies, which only examined the effects of isolated growth factors on the activity of skeletal muscle precursor cells in tissue culture. The work presented in this volume ranges from reviewing and analyzing the roles of individual growth factors in detail, to the complex interplay of multiple soluble factors in the control of muscle functional, and dysfunctional states. The material covered in this volume will particularly suit readers from a range of research fields spanning general muscle biology and physiology, and those working on diseases and conditions affecting skeletal muscle both directly and indirectly.

    Contents:
    Hepatocyte growth factor and satellite cell activation / Judy E. Anderson
    Cytokine mediated control of muscle stem cell function / Sophie Joanisse and Gianni Parise
    The role of leukemia inhibitory factor receptor signaling in skeletal muscle growth, injury and disease / Liam C. Hunt and Jason White
    Function of membrane-associated proteoglycans in the regulation of satellite cell growth / Yan Song
    The TGF-beta signalling network in muscle development, adaption and disease / Justin L. Chen, Timothy D Colgan, Kelly L. Walton, Paul Gregorevic, and Craig A. Harrison
    Adipokines in healthy skeletal muscle and metabolic disease / C. A. Coles
    Role of growth factors in modulation of the microvascular in adult skeletal muscle / Gayle Smythe.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    von P. Lesshaft.
    Digital Access Google Books 1892-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    QM23 .L629
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Ostwald, Wolfgang.
    Digital Access Google Books [c1912-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F525 .O58 1919
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Steiner, Isidor.
    Digital Access Google Books 1878-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .S82 1883
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Steiner, Isidor.
    Digital Access Google Books 1878-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .S82 1886
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Steiner, Isidor.
    Digital Access Google Books 1878-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .S82 1892
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Ranke, Johannes.
    Digital Access Google Books 1868-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F34 .R19 1868
    1
  • Digital
    Francesco Biggi.
    Contents:
    1 Il fratturato, il polifratturato e il politraumatizzato
    2 Le Fratture e il meccanismo di guarigione
    3 Le fratture esposte
    4 Il rischio tromboembolico e la sua prevenzione
    5 Rischio infettivo: prevenzione e trattamento
    6 Fratture vertebrali
    7 Fratture e lussazioni della spalla
    8 Fratture dell?omero diafisario e distale
    9 Lussazioni e fratture (olecrano e capitello) del gomito
    10 Fratture dell?avambraccio
    11 Le fratture distali del radio
    12 Fratture e lussazioni del carpo
    13 Fratture e lussazioni della mano
    14 Traumi della pelvi
    15 Fratture e lussazioni dell?anca
    16 Fratture del femore
    17 Fratture e lussazioni del ginocchio
    18 Fratture della tibia
    19 Fratture malleolari
    20 Fratture e lussazioni del piede
    21 Fratture in età pediatrica
    22 Fratture peri-protesiche
    23 Fratture patologiche.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA643 .G85 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Serena Francesca Flocco, Hajar Habibi, Federica Dellafiore, Christina Sillman, editors.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to provide one central resource for nurses within the adult spectrum of life-long congenital heart disease care who are seeking expert guidance for their practice, regardless of clinical setting. Over the past 50 years, advances in surgical techniques and medical therapies have drastically improved the number of congenital heart disease patients surviving into adulthood, with the result being that there are now more adults then children living with congenital heart disease. In the past three decades, recognition of this new cardiology subspecialty has given way to formalized programs, standards of care, and multidisciplinary expertise. Indeed Nursing care of adult patients with congenital heart disease (ACHD) is a relatively new medical subspecialty with limited knowledge and guidance available and also an important component of the multidisciplinary care team. Nursing care of the ACHD encompasses a holistic approach to the physical, psychological, social, and spiritual wellbeing of these unique individuals across their lifespan. Understanding the intricacies for the various heterogeneous defect types, the transition from pediatric to adult care, the unique educational and self-care needs, life-events such as pregnancy/reproduction, advanced heart failure, and end-of-life care helps prepare the nurse caring for the ACHD patient. Nurses as a first point of care for the ACHD patients play a pivotal role in the education and empowerment of the ACHD patient population and provide an invaluable role in the multidisciplinary team and with this guide nurses can feel confident in the quality of the care they provide. This book aims to introduce nursing focused care to wider audiences, nurses, medical technicians, and physicians who are involved in the management and treatment of ACHD patients. Improving care and the quality of life for adult congenital heart disease patients with a multidisciplinary team-based approach, including nursing care, should be a central goal for all ACHD programs.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Part 1 Epidemiology, anatomy and pathophysiology
    1 Incidence of congenital heart disease and relevance in adulthood
    2 Cardiac defects
    Part 2 Transition from pediatric to adult care
    3 Transitional care for young people
    4 Advancing high value transitional care: the central role of nursing and its leadership
    5 Building a transition program
    Part 3 The role of the advance nurse practitioner in the care of ACHD patients in different care setting
    6 The nursing care in the outpatient and hospital setting
    7 The nursing care in the Cath Lab
    8 The nursing care in critical setting
    Part 4 Advanced heart failure in ACHD- 9 Management of acute heart failure
    10 Mechanical circulatory support strategies
    11 Heart Transplantation: the challenging journey of an ACHD
    Part 5 Adult Congenital Heart Disease and pregnancy
    12 Congenital heart diseases during pregnancy
    13 The nursing care in critical setting Contraception, family planning and pregnancy management: the nurse specialists role
    Part 6 Physical activity and sport
    14 Rehabilitation's point break: changing for improving
    15 Promotion of daily physical activity and exercise for adults with Congenital Heart Disease
    Part 7 Patient Self-care and Nursing role for patients⁰́₉ education
    16 Connecting dots for framing health: the self-care process
    17 Patient education to self-management
    18 The health engagement of adult congenital heart disease patients
    19 Counseling can improve quality of life in Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Part 8 End-of-life care: nursing care in the final stage of life
    20 Advance Care Planning and Advance Directives
    Part 9 Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID⁰́₀19) pandemic implications in ACHD
    21 COVID 19 and congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Birgit Zirn, Karl Mehnert, eds.
    Summary: Supported by figures, tables and photos, this book illustrates the basics of genetic diagnostics, prenatal and reproductive medicine, syndromology and familial cancers. It also includes numerous illustrated examples of the most frequent genetic diseases, making it a valuable resource in genetic counselling. This book is an essential tool for genetic counsellors, paediatricians, gynaecologists and all healthcare professionals who explain genetic issues to their patients. Useful also for teaching students. .

    Contents:
    Part I Basics: Chromosomes, genes, proteins
    chromosome analysis
    FISH
    Array CGH
    Gene Analysis
    Sequencing: Sanger and NGS
    Part II Cytogenetics: Female Chromosome Set (46, XX)
    Male Chromosome Set (46, XY)
    Germ Cell Formation, Fertilization, Non-Disjunction
    Trisomy 21 (Down syndrome)
    Trisomy 13/18
    Klinefelter Syndrome
    Turner Syndrome
    Triple X Syndrome
    Triploidy
    Reciprocal Translocation
    Robertson Translocation
    Part III Prenatal Diagnosis: Basis Risk
    Maternal Age Risk
    Chorionic Villus Sampling (CVS)
    Amniocentesis (AC)
    Non-Invasive Prenatal Test (NIPT)
    Chromosome Disorders: Pregnancy And Childbirth
    Part IV Heredities: Autosomal Dominant Inheritance
    Autosomal Recessive Inheritance
    X-Linked Inheritance
    Mitochondrial Inheritance
    Germ Cell Mosaic
    Part V Fertility: Repeated Miscarriages
    Pregnancy: Ovulation To Implantation
    IVF and ICSI
    Polar Body And Pre-Implantation Diagnostics
    Relatives
    Part Vi Cancers: How Does Cancer Develop?
    Colon Cancer
    Breast And Ovarian Cancer
    Part VII Frequent Questions: Developmental Disorder
    Fragile X Syndrome
    Prader-Willi Syndrome 40 Angelman Syndrome
    Noonan Syndrome
    Microdeletion Syndrome 22q11
    Neuroflbromatose
    Marfan Syndrome 45 Cystic Fibrosis
    Metabolic Disorders
    Myotonic Dystrophy Type 1
    Huntington's Chorus
    Hemophilia
    Thrombophilia.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    George Alexopoulos, Siegfried Kasper, Hans-Jurgen Moller, Carmen Moreno.
    Summary: This concise guide provides psychiatrists (including trainees) and general practitioners with a comprehensive overview of the most clinically relevant assessment scales and tools in order to assist with and enhance diagnostic outcomes in depression. Depression is one of the most common mood disorders across the globe, with a lifetime prevalence across all people of 8-10%. Despite being relatively common, depression remains severely underdiagnosed across all age groups and nationalities.

    Contents:
    Introduction to assessment in depression.- Observer rating scales
    Self-rating Scales
    Assessment of pediatric depression
    Assessment scales for geriatric patients
    Appendices A-D.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Pablo Martinez-Martin, Carmen Rodriguez-Blazquez, Maria Joao Forjaz, Kallol Ray Chaudhuri.
    Summary: This Guide assesses the key clinimetric attributes in the assessment of Parkinson's Disease (PD), with the intention to offer rapid and pragmatic information on the most relevant scales used in PD. Parkinson?s disease affects approximately 4 million people globally and is most commonly seen in people over the age of 50. The disease is a progressive disorder of the nervous system, and presents a number of movement and cognitive symptoms, thereby greatly affecting a patients quality of life. The use of scales for assessment in neurological disorders such as PD arises from the need to quantify disorders and states (such constructs as disability, symptoms, quality of life). Assessment scales are often categorised into two categories: generic (i.e. those scales usable in any health condition), and specific (i.e. scales developed for exclusive use in PD). They can have a variety of components: single-item and multi-item or composite scale; unidimensional and multidimensional; and as disease-centered and patient-centered measures. The creation and validation of scales is complex, with scales undergoing numerous studies to assess criteria such as acceptability, reliability, and responsiveness. In the process of validation of a scale the following attributes should be tested to ascertain whether a scale is an effective instrument of measurement.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Multi-domain scales
    Global severity assessments
    Movement disorders and disability scales
    Comprehensive non-motor symptoms assessments
    Non-motor disorders scales
    Mental aspects scales (cognition and neuropsychiatric symptoms)
    Quality of life scales.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kelly Esponda, Stephanie Shea, Cristina Demone, editors.
    Summary: This guide walks you through the set-up, supplies, nursing considerations, troubleshooting, and steps to successfully assist during cutting edge interventional Gastroenterological procedures that are being performed to offer patients a safer and more cost effective treatment option. This key resource contributes, as the first of its kind, by helping endoscopic surgical centers to prepare for and train staff in order to offer these new and on the rise procedures to their patients. It goes into detail on each procedure and why a patient would benefit from it. Pictures will be included to demonstrate what the procedure will look like. A detailed step-by-step manual including photos will be put together on each case describing the set-up, pre, intra, and post-procedure care and responsibilities. This step-by-step guide includes a full range of highly advanced procedures that are on the forefront of medicine. It will help Endoscopy nurses and technicians, as well as radiology technicians and endoscopists, who are being trained to perform or assist in these new and complex procedures.

    Contents:
    Intro
    About the Book
    Abbreviations and Endoscopy Terminology
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    1: Endoscopic Resections
    1.1 EMR (Endoscopic Mucosal Resection)
    1.1.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions
    1.1.1.1 General Guidelines for Your Endoscopic Mucosal Resection (EMR)
    What Is an EMR?
    Why It Is Performed
    Prior to Your Procedure
    Day of Procedure
    Post-procedure
    Common Side Effects
    Medications After Discharge
    Follow-Up
    1.2 ESD (Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection)
    1.2.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions 1.2.1.1 General Guidelines for Your Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection (ESD)
    Why It's Performed
    Prior to Procedure
    Day of Procedure
    Post-procedure
    Common Side Effects
    Medications After Discharge
    Follow-Up
    1.3 STER (Submucosal Tunneling Endoscopic Resection)
    1.3.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions
    1.3.1.1 General Guidelines for Your Submucosal Tunnel Endoscopic Resection (STER)
    Why It Is Performed
    Prior to Procedure
    Day of Procedure
    Post-procedure
    Commonly Reported Post-procedure Symptoms
    Medications After Discharge
    Follow-Up 1.4 EFTR (Endoscopic Full-Thickness Resection)
    1.4.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions
    1.4.1.1 General Guidelines for Your Endoscopic Full-Thickness Resection (EFTR)
    Why It Is Performed
    Prior to Procedure
    Day of Procedure
    Post-procedure
    Common Side Effects
    Medications After Discharge
    Follow-Up
    Reference
    2: Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)
    2.1 Z-POEM (Zenker's Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy)
    2.2 E-POEM (Esophageal Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy)
    2.3 G-POEM (Gastric Peroral Endoscopic Myotemy)
    2.3.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions 2.3.1.1 General Guidelines for Peroral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)
    Why It Is Performed
    Prior to Procedure
    Day of Procedure
    Post-procedure
    Commonly Reported Post-procedure Symptoms
    Medications After Discharge
    Post-procedure Diet
    Follow-Up
    Reference
    3: Transoral Incisionless Fundoplication (TIF)
    3.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions
    3.1.1 General Guidelines for Your Transoral Incisionless Fundoplication
    3.1.1.1 Why It Is Performed
    3.1.1.2 Prior to Procedure
    3.1.1.3 Day of the Procedure
    3.1.1.4 Post-procedure 3.1.1.5 Common Side Effects
    3.1.1.6 Medications After Discharge
    4: Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography
    4.1 Transpapillary ERCP-Conventional ERCP
    4.1.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions
    4.1.1.1 General Guidelines for Your Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)
    Prior to Procedure
    Day of Procedure
    Post-procedure
    Common Side Effects
    Medications After Discharge
    Follow-Up
    4.2 Endoscopic Ultrasound (EUS) Guided ERCP
    4.2.1 Patient Teaching and Discharge Instructions
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Albert J. Bredenoord, André Smout, Jan Tack.
    Contents:
    Functional Anatomy and Physiology
    Diagnostic Techniques
    Principles of Drug Treatment
    The Esophagus
    The Stomach
    The Small Intestine
    The Colon
    Anorectum
    The Biliary Tract.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Stephen Davies.
    Summary: This book considers occlusion within the different disciplines of clinical dentistry, taking into account the challenges specific to each, in order to develop guidelines of good occlusal practice (GGOP). The GGOP for each discipline has benefited from an authoritative contribution of a recognised specialist in that field. Readers will find full description of what constitutes good occlusal practice in, for example, simple and advanced restorative dentistry, removable prosthodontics, the restoration of the worn dentition and implantology. It is clearly explained why and how the GGOP differ in the various branches of dentistry, the key point being that it is the support for the occlusal surfaces that determines GGOP. One of the foundations of this work is that an occlusion can only be judged by the tissue reactions to it: there is no such thing as an intrinsically bad occlusion or malocclusion. Today it remains the case that many dentists feel that occlusion represents an important gap in their knowledge; indeed, some qualify with little more than the belief that “occlusion is important”. Their vulnerability in this area of clinical practice is confirmed when early cases fail to go as well as hoped. In providing comprehensive guidance on good occlusal practice in different contexts, this book will be of value for a wide range of dental practitioners.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    What is Occlusion?
    Examination and Recording of the Occlusion
    Good Occlusal Practice in Simple Restorative Dentistry
    Good Occlusal Practice in Advanced Restorative Dentistry
    Good Occlusal Practice in Removable Prosthodontics
    Orthodontics and Occlusion
    Occlusal Considerations in Periodontology
    Good Occlusal Practice in Children’s Dentistry
    Management of Tooth Surface Loss
    Good Occlusal Practice in Provision of Implanted Supported Prosthesis
    Bruxism.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Dinesh Bhatia, Prabhat Kumar Chaudhari, Bhupinder Chaudhary, Sushman Sharma, Kunaal Dhingra, editors.
    Summary: This book is a compilation of work by experts from the different domains of the healthcare industry, ranging from hospital planning to quality management, clinical services to disaster management. Healthcare organizations, being diverse, sensitive, and intricate, warrant thorough and flawless planning. The structure should be not only operationally efficient but also safe for its occupants and visitors. It starts with a brief introduction of the healthcare sector at different levels. It also attempts to justify how the changing healthcare landscape paved the way for establishing a contemporary and ever-evolving specialty of Hospital planning and designing, which is dynamic and frequently requires continuous improvements and updates. Clinical and non-clinical departments have been separately classified in this book, and their respective standards and guidelines have been incorporated while describing the planning concepts. Critical areas of a hospital such as ICU, CCU have been detailed precisely as the operational requirements and level of different sophistication required. A chapter on security aspects and disaster management has also been thoroughly envisioned based on the current scenario at the global level. Issues and management of Hospital Acquired Infection are explained in different chapters based on its relevance and application in that particular area.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Hospital Designing and Planning
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Need of Hospital Planning
    1.3 Hospital Planning Process
    1.3.1 Hospital Planning Team
    1.3.2 Hospital Consultant
    1.3.3 Techniques Adopted by the Planning Team
    1.3.4 Feasibility Analysis Done by the Hospital Planning Team
    1.4 Size of the Hospital
    1.5 Site Selection
    1.6 Hospital Architect
    1.7 Preparation of Detailed Architectural Report
    1.7.1 Major Departments of a General Hospital
    1.8 Identifying Equipment Needs
    1.8.1 Acquiring New Equipment 1.8.2 Addition of Equipment
    1.8.3 Replacement of Old or Obsolete Equipment
    1.8.4 Calculation of Requirement of Equipment
    1.8.5 Collection of Information
    1.8.6 Product Evaluation and Specification Audit
    1.9 Equipping a Hospital
    1.9.1 Plants and Equipment Required in the Hospital
    1.10 Interiors and Graphics
    1.10.1 Graphic Art and Design
    1.10.2 Types of Graphics
    1.10.3 Use of Decorative Colors in Hospitals
    The Cultural Meanings of Colors in a Healthcare Setting
    Psychological Impacts of Colorations in the Healthcare Environment Colors as a Signage System in Hospitals
    International and NABH-Accepted Medical Institution Signage Criteria
    Chromotherapy
    Color and Health
    1.11 Construction
    1.12 Commissioning
    1.12.1 The Commissioning Team
    1.12.2 Scheduling the Sequence of the Services
    1.12.3 Categorization of Services [13]
    Shake-Down Period
    References
    Chapter 2: Importance of Hospital Management
    2.1 Healthcare
    2.2 Healthcare Industry
    2.3 Classification of Healthcare Industry
    2.3.1 Based on Funding and Governance
    Public Sector in Healthcare
    Private Sector in Healthcare 2.3.2 Based on Service Delivery
    Healthcare Providers
    Healthcare Financiers
    Life Sciences
    2.3.3 Classification of Healthcare Based on Nature of Work
    2.4 Value Chain of the Healthcare Industry
    2.5 Healthcare and National Economy
    2.5.1 Investment Opportunities in India
    2.5.2 Healthcare Drives the GDP Growth
    Quality of Care and Economy
    2.5.3 Key Drivers of Healthcare Growth
    2.5.4 Post-COVID Analysis of Healthcare
    2.6 Health System Performance
    2.6.1 Performance Management Challenges in Healthcare 2.7 Application of Hospital Management Principles to the Healthcare
    2.7.1 Effectiveness
    2.7.2 Efficiency
    2.7.3 Equity
    2.7.4 Patient-Centric Care
    References
    Chapter 3: Hospital Management Challenges
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Hospital Management
    3.3 Challenges in Hospital Management
    3.3.1 Demands for Change
    Demographic
    Economic
    Technological
    Trends in Healthcare Technology
    Quality Management
    Patient Satisfaction
    Patient Safety
    Human Resource Development
    Leadership and Beyond
    3.4 Conclusion
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Julie P. Gentile, Allison E. Cowan, David W. Dixon, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a reader-friendly training and reference resource for medical professionals working with dual diagnosis (DD) patients. Written by experts in the field, the text covers the unique psychiatric and medical assessment topics as well as neurologic conditions, best interviewing techniques, medication guidelines, and other topics that may be challenging when working with a DD patient. Each chapter opens with case vignettes to easily demonstrate a particular scenario and is followed up with concise, practical information. All chapters include tables that summarize the clinical pearls as well as the DSM-5 and DM-ID-2 diagnostic criteria that is most vital to care. Guide to Intellectual Disabilities is an excellent resource for all clinicians who will work with DD patients, including those in child and adult psychiatry, pediatrics, family physicians, nurse practitioners, psychologists, and all others.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Decision-making at country level
    3. Planning
    4. Vaccine management
    5. Microplanning at the district level
    6. Communication and social mobilization
    7. Implementation- training, service delivery and supervision
    8. Monitoring and evaluation
    Annexes.
    Digital Access WHO 2016
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR189.5.P36 G85 2016
    1
  • Digital
    edited by B. Anne Croy, Aureo T. Yamada, Francesco J. DeMayo, S. Lee Adamson.
    Summary: The Guide to Investigation of Mouse Pregnancy is the first publication to cover the mouse placenta or the angiogenic tree the mother develops to support the placenta. This much-needed resource covers monitoring of the cardiovascular system, gestational programming of chronic adult disease, epigenetic regulation, gene imprinting, and stem cells. Offering detailed and integrated information on how drugs, biologics, stress, and manipulations impact pregnancy in the mouse model, this reference highlights techniques used to analyze mouse pregnancy.

    Contents:
    Atlas
    Basic biology
    Protocols.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Max Maizels.
    Summary: This book aims to enable healthcare workers in creating online learning tools for their specific surgical procedures. Providing an e-learning base by which healthcare workers can create customized procedural training materials, this book empowers practitioners to instruct their staff both within and across specific institutions or surgical areas. Supplying surgical leads with the tools required to inform their team members of what they need to know, what they will be expected to do, and when they will be expected to do it, the methods put forth in this book assist healthcare teams in working more closely and efficiently. Using the techniques this text describes, staff surgeons will be able to streamline their surgeries and support each of their staff members to perform their best. Focused on pediatric urological healthcare workers, each chapter demonstrates real-world applications for the development of codified training procedures. Supplemented with downloadable files for customization, the principles presented in this book apply to diverse specialties including but not limited to urology, orthopedics, obstetrics, and ophthalmology. A Guide to Make Applications for Holistic Surgical Practice: The Computer Enhanced Visual Learning (CEVL) Manual emphasizes practical approaches to the development of training methods for the codification of procedure performance within or across specific institutions or surgical leads.

    Contents:
    How to Use This Book
    CEVL Method to Train
    Teamwork for Operating Room Procedures
    Surgical Residency Program Directors & Trainees
    Office Practice
    Training for Procedures Not Done in the Operating Room
    Explaining Surgical Care to Patients & Families
    Applications in Diverse Specialties
    Administrators of OPS, OR, Clinics
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Scott Stewart, Peggy Blood, editors.
    Summary: This unique book details a multidisciplinary approach for providers caring for the Mechanical Circulatory Support (MCS) patient. Authors discuss the history of MCS, patient selection, surgical and post-operative care, mobility and nutritional issues for this subgroup of patients, along with outpatient management. They are expert clinicians in the field of MCS and Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO), who provide direct patient care, conduct research, publish and maintain current leadership positions within the International Society of Heart and Lung Transplant and International Consortium of Circulatory Assist Clinicians. Non-clinical issues including Regulatory, Reimbursement, Administration, Program Development and links to Professional Organizations supporting MCS Clinicians are presented in the book that will be of great value to Nurses first, but also to Advanced Practice Providers (NP/PA), Dieticians, Physical Therapists and Administrators.

    Contents:
    Acknowledgements
    Foreword
    Chapter 1. Durable: Evolution and Concept
    Chapter 2. Pump design and Mechanics
    Chapter 3. Indications and Patient Selection
    Chapter 4. Optimization Before Implant
    Chapter 5. Surgical Implant and Intraop Care
    Chapter 6. Post-Op Care
    Chapter 7. Complications
    Chapter 8. Infection
    Chapter 9. Anticoagulation
    Chapter 10. Mobility/PT
    Chapter 11. Nutrition
    Chapter 12. Outpatient Management/Monitoring
    Chapter 13. Regulatory: INTERMACS, TJC, DNV, International
    Chapter 14. Reimbursement
    Chapter 15. Pediatrics
    Chapter 16. Temporary MCS
    Chapter 17. Admin/Program development. - Chapter 18. Ethics. - Chapter 19. Professional Organizations - Chapter 20. Research Opportunities.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    prepared by the Program Area Committee on Medical Care Administration, American Public Health Association.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Concepts and principles.--
    v. 2. Medical care appraisal.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I410.5 .A52
    2
  • Digital
    Craig Sims, Dana Weber, Chris Johnson, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of the successful book "Your Guide to Pediatric Anesthesia" offers a practical approach to pediatric anesthesia with a concise account of the topic in a reader-friendly format. The book begins with an overview of pediatric anesthesia then continues with chapters related to different pediatric surgeries and the relevant anesthetic issues, including a chapter of emergency scenarios in pediatric anesthesia. The final section has chapters containing past exam questions in pediatric anesthesia, a set of clinical scenarios written in an exam question and answer format, and a glossary of syndromes and conditions with brief, important information and practical recommendations. The book also includes an accurate and comprehensive index which helps readers guide themselves through the book. Written in a consistent, exam-focused, non-academic writing style, chapters provide a clear explanation of each topic with a review of management options, discussing advantages and disadvantages, and concluding with a suggested practical approach in each case. It contains the syllabus for the College exams, but is also full of practical techniques and discussion for trainees during their pediatric rotation. It is relevant and useful for anesthetists who have completed their exams and are now caring for children in their practice. A Guide to Pediatric Anesthesia covers the important topics at a level suitable for trainees, occasional pediatric anesthetists and anesthetic assistants.

    Contents:
    1. An Overview of Paediatric Anaesthesia
    2 Pharmacology of Anaesthetic Agents in Children
    3 Behavioural Management of Children
    4 Airway Management
    5. Fluid Management
    6 Equipment and Monitoring
    7 Resuscitation and Emergency Drugs
    8 Crisis Scenarios
    8 Acute Pain Management
    9 Regional Anaesthesia
    10. Respiratory illnesses and their influence on anaesthesia
    11 Chronic Diseases of Childhood
    12 Congenital Syndromes & Conditions
    13 Neonatal Anaesthesia
    14 Anaesthesia for Paediatric General Surgery
    15 Otolaryngology
    16 Bronchoscopy & Removal of Foreign Bodies from the Trachea
    17. Anaesthesia for Dental Procedures
    18 Anaesthesia for Orthopaedic Surgery. 19 Congenital Heart Disease
    20 Anaesthesia for Thoracic Surgery
    21 Anaesthesia for Plastic Surgery
    22 Paediatric Neuroanaesthesia.
    23 Anaesthesia for Ophthalmic Surgery
    24 Anaesthesia for Urological Surgery
    25. Trauma and Burns
    26 Malignancy and Treatment of Malignancies
    27 Procedural Sedation
    ‐ Anaesthesia & Sedation of Children Away from the OR
    28 Vascular Access
    29 The Child at Risk ‐ Child Protection and the Anaesthetist
    30 Paediatric Intensive Care
    31 A selection of clinical scenarios in short answer question format
    32 Glossary of Syndromes and Diseases
    33 Short Answer Questions from Past FANZCA and FRCA Examinations
    34 Useful Formulae for Paediatric Anaesthesia.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Prasad P. Godbole, Duncan T. Wilcox, Martin Koyle, editors.
    Summary: This guide to the most commonly encountered disorders in these fields is aimed at the primary care physician. Each clearly formatted chapter summarises the diagnosis, primary care management and referral indications, as well as complications of a condition.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tobias K. Boehm, Sam Chui.
    Summary: "Guide to Periodontal Treatment Solutions for General Dentistry by Tobias Boehm and Sam Chui is a concise textbook on periodontics geared towards dental students, residents, and early career general dentists. Each chapter includes cases and evidence-based practice exercises that illustrate key concepts and enable application of these concepts through independent study or non-lecture based teaching methods. This book is arranged in a logical sequence mirroring the manner in which patients present with periodontal disease, from the initial exam to state-of-the art treatments. The opening chapters cover gingivitis and disease basics, data collection, epidemiology, classification systems, and diagnosis. Subsequent chapters encompass a wide array of nonsurgical and surgical approaches for treating issues such as gum pockets, furcation, gingival recession, mucogingival defects, and tooth mobility, as well as when to refer patients. The latest methods for controlling gingival inflammation are discussed, including scaling and root planing, systemic and local antimicrobial therapy, antiseptics, lasers, and photodynamic therapy"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Background : Periodontal Disease Mechanisms and Wound Healing
    Gathering Periodontal Data
    Identifying Periodontal Diseases
    Predicting Tooth Longevity
    Controlling Gingival Inflammation
    Reducing Pockets
    Treating Teeth with Furcation Involvement
    Correcting Gingival Recession and Mucogingival Defects
    Managing tooth mobility.
  • Digital
    Mahmoud Mansour, Ray Wilhite, Joe Rowe.
    Contents:
    The head, neck, and vertebral column
    The thorax
    The abdomen
    The pelvis and reproductive organs
    The forelimb
    The hind limb.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    J. Michael Miller, Shelley A. Miller.
    Summary: Provides complete, concise information on the unique needs of the microbiology laboratory regarding specimen management and is the only single source for the specimen management policies required for laboratory results that are accurate, significant, and clinically relevant.

    Contents:
    Communicating Laboratory Needs
    Specimen Management Policies and Rationale
    Specimen Collection and Processing
    Specimen Management Summary Tables.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Federico Cappuzzo.
    Summary: Guide to Targeted Therapies: EGFR Mutations in NSCLC is a speedy and up-to-date review, which discusses EGFR mutations, testing methods and technology, current and emerging therapies, and resources that clinicians can provide to their patients. Busy healthcare professionals who want a quick review of EGFR gene mutations as well as a summary of current therapies will benefit from this succinct guide.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Human Epidermal growth factor Receptor (HER) family: structure and function
    Methods for EGFR mutation testing
    Predictive and prognostic implications of EGFR mutations
    EGFR-targeted therapies in non?small cell lung cancer
    Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Federico Cappuzzo.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Therapy options for advanced NSCLC
    Resistance to EGFR TKIs
    Overcoming EGFR-TKI resistance
    Resistance to crizotinib and therapeutic options
    Resistance to angiogenic drugs and therapeutics options.- Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Alaa Abd-Elsayed, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a practically applicable guide on the management of patients with pain in the inpatient setting in a variety of populations.Chapters are focused on how to treat patients with a particular condition including multiple sclerosis, liver failure, sickle cell anemia, organ related pain, and autoimmune diseases. Therefore, enabling the reader to develop a thorough understanding of how to appropriately analyse the condition and put together a suitable treatment plan for a variety of pain related conditions. Guide to the Inpatient Pain Consult comprehensively covers how to manage patients with pain in the inpatient setting, and is of use to trainees and practising internists, hospitalists, surgeons, and anaesthesiologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Chapter 1: General Concepts
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Initial Pain Evaluation and Diagnosis
    1.3 Treatment
    1.4 Pain Assessment Tools
    1.5 Challenges in Management of Pain While in the Hospital
    1.6 Management of Pain in the Inpatient Setting
    1.7 Discharge Plan
    1.8 Summary
    References
    Chapter 2: Patient with a Spinal Cord Stimulator
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 SCS Device Mechanism
    2.3 Common SCS Complications
    2.3.1 Hardware Complications
    2.3.2 Electrode Migration
    2.3.3 Lead Fracture
    2.3.4 Battery Failure 2.3.5 Device Related Infection
    2.3.6 Neurological Complications
    2.4 Management of Non-SCS Complications
    2.4.1 MRI Considerations
    2.4.2 Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
    2.4.3 Perioperative and Acute Pain Considerations
    2.4.4 Pain Management for Other Reasons
    2.5 Summary
    References
    Chapter 3: Patient with an Intrathecal Pain Pump
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 IDDS Mechanisms (Fig. 3.1)
    3.2.1 Different IDDS Devices
    3.3 Common IDDS Complications
    3.3.1 Procedural Complications
    3.3.2 Mechanical Complications
    3.3.3 Pharmacologic/Refill Complications 3.4 Management of other IDDS-associated considerations
    3.4.1 MRI Considerations
    3.4.2 Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
    3.4.3 Perioperative Considerations and Acute Pain Management
    3.4.4 Pain Management in the Inpatient Setting
    3.5 Summary
    References
    Chapter 4: Patient with a Deep Brain Stimulator
    4.1 Introduction, a Brief History of Deep Brain Stimulation
    4.2 Pathophysiology
    4.3 Diagnosis
    4.3.1 Pain Assessment Tools
    4.4 Challenges in the Management of Patients with DBS While in the Hospital
    4.5 Deep Brain Stimulation Medical Safety Issues 4.6 Medications to Avoid
    4.7 Discharge Plan for Pain Management
    4.8 Summary
    References
    Chapter 5: Patient with a Vagal Nerve Stimulator
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Pathophysiology
    5.3 Diagnosis
    5.4 Treatment
    5.5 Pain Assessment Tools
    5.6 Challenges in Management of Pain While in the Hospital
    5.7 Management of Pain in the Inpatient Setting
    5.8 Discharge Plan for Pain Management
    5.9 Summary
    References
    Chapter 6: Inpatient Pain Medicine Considerations in Patients with Heart Failure, Cardiac Arrhythmias, and Other Cardiac Conditions
    6.1 Introduction 6.1.1 Heart Failure Overview
    6.1.2 Cardiac Arrhythmias Overview
    6.1.3 Importance of Pain Control
    6.2 Pathophysiology
    6.2.1 Source of Pain
    6.2.2 Cardiovascular Consequences of Poor Pain Control
    6.3 Risk Factors
    6.4 Diagnosis
    6.5 Treatment
    6.5.1 Scenario 1: Management of Acute-on-Chronic Back Pain Following a Lumbar Laminectomy on the Post-operative Acute Care Floor
    6.5.2 Scenario 2: Management of Multiple Fractures in the Emergency Department Following a Motor Vehicle Accident
    6.5.3 Inpatient Treatment for Pain Conditions Specific to Cardiovascular Disease
    6.5.3.1 Chronic Chest Pain
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Bruce Z. Morgenstern, editor-in-chief.
    Contents:
    The role of the clerkship director
    Day-to-day management of a clerkship
    Vital roles the clerkship administrator plays in medical student education
    Directing a clerkship over geographically separate sites
    Medical student wellness in the clerkship year
    The clerkship orientation
    Creating a clerkship curriculum
    Integrating foundational sciences in a clerkship curriculum
    Instructional methods and strategies
    Clinical reasoning
    Technology and the clerkship director
    Simulation in medical education
    Remediation for struggling clerkship learners
    Nurturing medical professionalism
    Developing ethical physicians
    Interprofessional education
    Asssessment and grading of medical students
    Evalulation of clerkship teachers
    Evaluating the clerkship
    The clerkship director's practical guide to faculty
    Developing residents as teachers
    Career development for clinician educators
    Education scholarship: a primer for clinical educators
    The current state of pre-clerkship clinical skills courses in the U.S.
    Advising and mentoring medical students
    Longitudinal medical student education
    Continuum of learning: teaching lifelong learning skills
    The clerkship director and the accreditation process
    Basic legal issues and considerations for clerkship directors
    The fourth-year subinternship/acting internship
    Health systems science for clerkship directors
    Using quality improvement concepts to improve educational curricula.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R839.A436 G946 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Susan Burgin.
    Contents:
    The wheel of diagnosis
    An approach to primary lesions
    Diagnostic clues from secondary lesions and post-inflammatory pigmentary change
    Color as a diagnostic determinant
    An introduction to the reaction patterns
    The papulosquamous reaction pattern
    The vesicobullous reaction pattern
    The eczematous reaction pattern
    The dermal reaction pattern
    The vascular reaction pattern
    Shape, configuration, and groupings of lesions
    More on distribution
    Differential diagnosis for scalp, nail, and mucous membrane lesions
    Bedside diagnostic maneuvers.
    Digital Access AccessDermatology 2021
  • Digital
    Niraj Kinariwala, Lakshman Samaranayake, editors.
    Summary: This superbly illustrated book provides a comprehensive overview of guided endodontics, a technology-driven treatment approach that represents a paradigm shift in endodontic therapy and offers predictable solutions in cases of partial or complete root canal calcification and root end surgeries. Guided endodontics has proved to be a safe, clinically feasible method for the location of root canals and prevention of root perforations. Preoperative CBCT scans are aligned with intraoral 3D scans using special software, allowing virtual planning of the root canal access cavity. Subsequently, a 3D template can be produced to guide the drill into the calcified canal. This virtual planning helps to preserve the tooth structure and avoid procedural errors. All of these aspects are fully covered in the book, with detailed step-by-step instruction on the use of static guides and dynamic navigation systems in non-surgical treatments. The role of static and dynamic guidance in surgical endodontics is also explained, and a concluding chapter addresses future trends in 3D guidance in endodontics and other fields of dentistry.

    Contents:
    Introduction to 3D Guided Approach and Concept of Minimal Invasive Endodontics
    CBCT in Endodontics
    3D Printing in Endodontics
    Digital Impression Systems in Dentistry
    Static 3D Guided Approach for Calcified Canal
    Dynamic 3D Guided approach
    3D Guided Approach in Surgical Endodontics
    Future trends of 3D guidance in Dentistry.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nils Lindefors, Gerhard Andersson, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction (including definitions and history)
    Depression
    Panic disorder and agoraphobia
    Social anxiety disorder
    Specific phobia
    Generalised anxiety disorder
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder
    PTSD
    Insomnia
    Health anxiety (Illness anxiety disorder)
    Eating disorders- Substance abuse
    Pathological gambling
    ICBT with children and adolescents
    ICBT with older people
    Future directions and new technologies.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Jean-Michel Gracies.
    Summary: This book is an informative guide for both the patient and therapist, and provides a series of exercises that target the most important muscles for those with spastic paresis. Actively practicing the exercises prescribed in this self-rehabilitation manual will allow the patient to see continued improvement in their muscle functioning. Spastic paresis is the consequence of a central nervous system disorder such as a stroke, traumatic brain or spinal cord injury, multiple sclerosis, or a tumor of the nervous system, conditions that may have occurred in childhood or adulthood. In spastic paresis two problems coexist: the word 'paresis' means that when the brain sends a command to a muscle to contract, this order is incompletely received by the muscle; the word 'spastic' indicates that at the same time muscles cannot relax normally and have a tendency to be spontaneously overactive. A daily program of prolonged stretching and an intensive motor training program using unassisted large amplitude rapid alternating movements is recommended to gradually increase brain command effectiveness.

    Contents:
    Part I: Lower limb anatomical review 1
    Hip
    Gluteus maximus
    Hamstrings
    Hip flexor
    Hip extensor
    Hip adductors
    Hip internal rotators
    Knee
    Rectus femoris
    Vastus muscles
    Ankle
    Soleus
    Gastrocnemius
    Lower limb functional exercises
    Part II: Upper limb anatomical review
    Shoulder
    Pectoralis major
    Latissimus dorsi
    Long head of triceps
    Sub-scapularis
    Elbow
    Elbow flexors
    Pronator quadratus
    Pronator teres
    Wrist
    Wrist flexors
    Hand
    Flexors of digits
    Interosseus muscles
    Thumb
    Long thumb flexor
    Short thumb flexor
    Opponens pollicis
    Long abductor of the thumb
    Active thumb deopposition/opposition
    Adductor pollicis
    Appendix
    Personal log sheet lower limb
    Personal log sheet upper limb
    Neuroloco.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kristian Kniha, Karl Andreas Schlegel, Heinz Kniha.
    Summary: This book is an accurate introduction to guided implantology. As practitioners with many years of experience, the authors present an important basis for scientific findings and a valid decision-making aid for digital oral surgery. Readers are invited to learn step by step about full guided surgery. Numerous full color images demonstrate the anatomical details and risks during implantation. On top, cases are included for effective case and know-how presentation. In addition, the current literature is presented. Overall, this work appeals to beginners and experts alike.

    Contents:
    PART I: GUIDED SURGERY: A STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE
    1. Benefits and disadvantages of guided surgery (flap vs. flapless)
    2. Clinical preparation for guided surgery and medical imaging (different workflows, data matching, and segmentation)
    3. Preoperative planning for guided surgery (implant positioning and template designs)
    4. Implantation with guided surgery (full- vs. half-guided surgery)
    5. Guided surgery and immediate prosthodontic restauration
    PART II: RISK MANAGEMENT AND CLINICAL CASES
    6. Anatomical variations and risks during implantation
    7. Complications, inaccuracies, and sources of error in full-guided surgery
    8. Guided implantology in full-arch cases (prosthetic designs)
    9. Guided surgery with tooth-supported templates clinical Cases
    10. Guided surgery with temporary implant-supported templates clinical Cases
    11. Guided surgery with soft tissue-supported templates clinical Cases. 12. Guided surgery with immediate implantation and loading clinical case
    13. Digital workflow after implant placement clinical cases
    Summary
    Acknowledgements.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Heidi Collins Fantasia, Allyssa L. Harris, Holly B. Fontenot ; editors emerita, Joellen W. Hawkins, Diane M. Roberto-Nichols, J. Lynn Stanley-Haney.
    Contents:
    Part I: Women’s health: special topics. Well-woman initial/annual gynecologic exam
    Safe practices for clinicians
    Complementary and alternative therapies
    Substance use and abuse
    Weight management
    Guidelines for assessing women who have experienced abuse and violence
    Care of sexual and gender minority individuals
    Adolescent sexual and gynecologic health
    Women’s emotional and mental health
    Part II : Guidelines for contraception and preconception care. Methods of contraception and family planning
    Preconception care
    Part III: Guidelines for managing women’s health conditions. Breast conditions
    Human papillomavirus (HPV) and management of cervical abnormalities
    Genitourinary tract conditions
    Infertility
    Pelvic floor dysfunction
    Medical abortion
    Menstrual disorders
    Gynecologic and pelvic conditions
    Perimenopause and postmenopause
    Polycystic ovary syndrome
    Sexual dysfunction
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Vaginitis and vaginosis
    Part IV: Case studies and education templates. Case studies
    “For your information”: education templates for electronic records
    Appendices. Abuse assessment screen
    Danger assessment: women with male or female partners
    HIV risk assessment
    Women and heart disease: risk factor assessment
    Endometrial biopsy
    Differential diagnosis of vaginitis and vaginosis
    Body mass conversion table.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
  • Digital
    American Academy of Pediatrics, the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists ; editors, Sarah J. Kilpatrick, Lu-Ann Papile ; associate editors, Geroge A. Macones, Kristi L. Watterberg.
    Summary: "Jointly developed by the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG), the unique resource addresses the full spectrum of perinatal medicine from both the obstetric and pediatric standpoints. The new 8th Edition provides a single place to look for the most recent and most trustworthy recommendations on quality care of pregnant women, their fetuses, and their neonates. Key features include proven policies and best practices for community programs, medical centers and regional hospitals, and evidence-based recommendations for safe, effective diagnostic and therapeutic interventions"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Organization of perinatal health care
    Inpatient perinatal care services
    Quality improvement and patient safety
    Maternal and neonatal interhospital transfer
    Preconception care
    Antepartum care
    Intrapartum care of the mother
    Postpartum care of the mother
    Medical and obstetric complications
    Care of the newborn
    Neonatal complications and management of high-risk infants
    Perinatal infections
    Infection control.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017
  • Print
    National Institutes of Health.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QH443 .U58 1976
    1
  • Digital/Print
    World Health Organization.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Clinical malaria and epidemiology
    Diagnosis of malaria
    Treatment of uncomplicated P. falciparum malaria
    Treatment of uncomplicated P. falciparum malaria in special risk groups
    Treatment of malaria caused by P. vivax, P. ovale, P. malariae or P. knowlesi
    Treatment of severe malaria
    Management of malaria cases in special situations
    Arteminisin-based combination therapies not currently recommended for general use
    Mass drug administration
    Chemoprevention in special risk groups
    Quality of antimalaria medicines
    Monitoring the efficacy and safety of antimalaria drugs and resistance
    National adaptation of the generic framework for malaria diagnosis and treatment, and implementation
    Annex 1-7.
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC156 .G85 2015
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Summary: Testing and diagnosis of hepatitis B (HBV) and C (HCV) infection is the gateway for access to both prevention and treatment services, and is a crucial component of an effective response to the hepatitis epidemic. Early identification of persons with chronic HBV or HCV infection enables them to receive the necessary care and treatment to prevent or delay progression of liver disease. Testing also provides an opportunity to link people to interventions to reduce transmission, through counselling on risk behaviours and provision of prevention commodities (such as sterile needles and syringes) and hepatitis B vaccination. These are the first WHO guidelines on testing for chronic HBV and HCV infection and complement published guidance by WHO on the prevention, care and treatment of chronic hepatitis C and hepatitis B infection. These guidelines outline the public health approach to strengthening and expanding current testing practices for HBV and HCV, and are intended for use across age groups and populations.
    Digital Access WHO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC848.H44 W46 2017
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Kenneth R. Ginsburg, Sara B. Kinsman.
    Summary: Developed for all youth-serving professionals, this book with video component reviews the basic principles of strength-based communication, discusses the sources of worry for teens, offers practical approaches for helping youth understand they can control their reactions and behaviors, and offers strategies to help professionals deescalate tension when stressors lead to crises.

    Contents:
    How a strength-based approach affects behavioral change
    The adolescent world
    Friendships and peers
    Perfectionism
    Grief
    Health realization-accessing a higher state of mind no matter what
    The role of lifestyle in mental health promotion
    Stress management and coping
    Minfulness practice for resilience and managing stress and pain
    Addressing demoralization: eliciting and reflecting strengths
    Motivational interviewing
    Helping adolescents own their solutions
    Gaining a sense of control-one step at a time
    Delivering bad news to adolescents
    De-escalation and crisis management when a youth is "acting out."
    Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014
  • Digital
    senior editors, Joel E. Tepper, Robert L. Foote, Jeff M. Michalski.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Arun Gupta, Adrian Gelb, Derek Duane, Ram Adapa.
    Summary: This updated second edition of Gupta and Gelb's Essentials of Neuroanesthesia and Neurointensive Care contains the ideal combination of updated information for the practitioner, presented in easy-to-digest short chapters. With an essential clinical focus on key neuroanesthesia and neurointensive care knowledge, it is a practical guide for any practitioner of neuroanesthesia, beginner, occasional or experienced. The user-friendly format contains bullet points to ensure retention of important data, key points to summarize the take-home messages, suitable images to enhance understanding, and pertinent and appropriate references to allow for further exploration of the topics. This book is ideal for residents and others undergoing neuroanesthesia training. It is also a great tool for Operating Room nurses and other OR support workers, neurosurgical residents and neurointensive care professionals. This will also be a useful book to supplement knowledge for postgraduate fellowship and Board examinations.

    Contents:
    I: Anatomy
    II: Physiology
    III: Pharmacology
    IV: Neuroaneathesia
    V: Neurointensive care
    VI: Monitoring
    VII: Miscellaneous
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Dirk Haller, editor.
    Summary: The book provides an overview on how the gut microbiome contributes to human health. The readers will get profound knowledge on the connection between intestinal microbiota and immune defense systems. The tools of choice to study the ecology of these highly-specialized microorganism communities such as high-throughput sequencing and metagenomic mining will be presented. In addition the most common diseases associated to the composition of the gut flora are discussed in detail. The book will address researchers, clinicians and advanced students working in biomedicine, microbiology and immunology.

    Contents:
    Introduction : Intestinal microbiome in health and disease
    Composition and function of the gut microbiome
    Microbiome and early life
    Molecular microbiome analysis
    Evolutionary perspectives on the human gut microbiome
    Microbiome and diet
    Microbiome and gut immunity : the epithelium
    Microbiome and gut immunity : innate immune cells
    Microbiome and gut immunity : T cells
    Microbiome and gut immunity : B cells
    Microbiome and diseases : inflammatory bowel diseases
    Microbiome and diseases : allergy
    Microbiome and disesases : graft-versus-host disease
    Microbiome and diseases : pathogen infection
    Microbiome and diseases : colorectal cancer
    Microbiome and diseases : metabolic disorders
    Microbiome and diseases : hepatic disorders
    Microbiome and diseases : neurological disorders
    Clinical implementation of high-throughput sequencing
    Fecal transplantation
    Gnotobiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Maria Gazouli, George Theodoropoulos, editors.
    Summary: This book reviews recent knowledge of the role of gut microbiome in health and disease. It covers extensive topics for several diseases, including metabolic-related diseases, allergies, gastrointestinal diseases, psychiatric diseases, and cancer, while also discussing therapeutic approaches by microbiota modification. Comprehensive and cutting-edge, Gut Microbiome-Related Diseases and Therapies deepens a reader's theoretical expertise in gut microbiome. Graduate and postdoctoral students, medical doctors, and biomedical researchers will benefit from this book.

    Contents:
    1. The Human Microbiome
    2. In silico metagenomics analysis
    3. Gut microbiome and Gastrointestinal Disorders
    4. Gut Microbiome and Cancer
    5. Gut microbiome, diabetes and obesity: Complex Interplay of Physiology- 6. Gut Microbiota in Obesity and Bariatric Surgery: Where do we stand?
    7. Gut microbiome and mental stress-related disorders: The interplay of microbial endocrinology
    8. Chapter 8. The Gut Microbiome in Serious Mental Illnesses
    9. The controversial interplay of gut microbiome and reproductive function in humans
    10. Gut microbiome on allergies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Peng Chen, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to introduce the latest research in gut microbiota by systematically summarizing how it modulates the pathogenesis of organ injury including alimentary tract injury, liver injury, lung injury, brain injury, renal injury, heart and vascular injury, endocrine disorders, immune responses and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS) during sepsis. Gut microbiota which is recognized as a new "organ" in the body has been demonstrated to be able to regulate the homeostasis of many organs. The key role played by gut microbiota is the hotspot in biomedical research nowadays. This book provides a state-of-the-art report on recent discoveries regarding the novel insight into the mechanisms of human diseases progression. It will also offer the overall picture of the pathophysiologic roles of gut microbiota. This book is helpful for graduate students and professional researchers to get the knowledge of frontiers in both gut microbiota and organ injury.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Gut microbiota and alimentary tract injury
    Gut microbiota and liver injury
    Acute liver injury
    Gut microbiota and liver injury
    Chronic liver injury
    Gut microbiota and lung injury
    Gut microbiota and brain injury
    Gut microbiota and renal injury
    Gut microbiota and heart, vascular injury
    Gut microbiota and endocrine disorders
    Gut microbiota and immune responses
    Gut microbiota and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome (MODS).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Xiangkai Li, Pu Liu, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on probiotics and gut microbiota, as well as their roles in alleviating the toxicity of various environmental pollutants, presenting the latest research findings and explaining advanced research methods and tools. At the same time, it offers suggestions for future research directions. Further, the book introduces readers to the concept of gut remediation, a potential approach to reducing environmental-pollutant toxicity in vivo, based on modulation of gut microbiota using probiotic supplements. Lastly it provides suggestions for further reading.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Gut microbiota
    Chapter 2: Probiotics and gut microbiota
    Chapter 3: Probiotics, gut microbiota and heavy metals
    Chapter 4: Probiotics, gut microbiota and pesticides
    Chapter 5: Probiotics, gut microbiota and antibiotics
    Chapter 6: Probiotics, gut microbiota and other persistent organic pollutants
    Chapter 7: Gut microbiota, probiotics and biological contaminants
    Chapter 8: Gut remediation
    Chapter 9: Prospective.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Emily Sweeney, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the most current information on the treatment of athletes involved in gymnastics, a multifaceted sport with unique demands on its participants that can lead to a myriad of medical conditions and injury patterns. It opens with an introduction to the history of gymnastics and a brief review of gymnastics disciplines and events. An overview of gymnastics injury epidemiology lays the foundation for the rest of the book. Growth and developmental issues are also discussed in detail, as many young gymnasts train long hours before or during puberty. Concepts related to the biomechanics of gymnastics, common overuse and acute musculoskeletal injuries, psychological issues, concussions, as well as rehabilitation and return-to-play principles round out the presentation. Throughout, there is the emphasis that young athletes are not simply small adults, and that they have unique needs and considerations for evaluation and treatment. Written and edited by experts in the field, some of whom are former gymnasts themselves, Gymnastics Medicine covers all of the relevant information on evaluation, management and return-to-play for sports medicine physicians, advanced practice providers, physical therapists, athletic trainers, exercise scientists, and mental health professionals.

    Contents:
    1. History and Overview of Gymnastics Disciplines
    2. Epidemiology of Gymnastics Injuries
    3. Biomechanics of Gymnastics
    4. Growth and Development in Gymnastics
    5. Psychological Aspects of Injury in Gymnastics
    6. Medical Illness in Gymnasts
    7. Head and Neck Injuries in Gymnasts
    8. Spine Injuries in Gymnasts
    9. Upper Extremity Injuries in Gymnasts
    10. Lower Extremity Injuries in Gymnasts
    11. Rehabilitation of Gymnasts
    12. Return to Play in Gymnastics. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jude Ehiabhi Okohue, Joseph Ifeanyichukwu Ikechebelu, Bolarinde Ola, Emmanuel Kalu, Okechukwu Ibeanu, editors.
    Summary: This textbook embraces most aspects of gynaecological laparoscopy and hysteroscopy and it aims to present a comprehensive coverage of gynaecological minimal access surgeries with excellent medical illustrations. The reader is taken on a journey that includes the history of minimal access surgery, instrumentation and ergonomics required to progress in the field, capturing practical learning steps and navigating the reader through the diagnostic and therapeutic applications. In addition, it describes the latest technological advancement in the field, backed with high current best evidence. The authors are practicing specialists drawn from five continents who brought their wealth of experience and expertise to bear in this book. This textbook targets a global audience of practicing and trainee doctors in general gynaecology, subspecialists, and those with relevant special interests in gynaecological endoscopy surgery.

    Contents:
    Section 1 General Topics: History of minimal access surgery
    Laparoscopy and hysteroscopy Surgery instruments/equipment
    Sterilization of endoscopy equipment
    The electrosurgical unit: Basic principles for practice
    Anatomy of the female pelvis
    Ergonomics and patient safety in gynaecological endoscopic surgery
    Gynaecological endoscopy in a low/middle income country: challenges and prospects
    Section 2 Laparoscopy: Laparoscopic port position, placement and closure
    Laparoscopic entry/access techniques
    Techniques for laparoscopic tissue retrieval
    Laparoscopy and dye test
    Laparoscopic suturing techniques
    Laparoscopic management of benign ovarian tumuors
    Laparoscopic ovarian drilling
    Laparoscopic tubal surgery and laparoscopic management of ectopic pregnancy
    Laparoscopy-guided hysteroscopic proximal tubal cannulation
    Laparoscopy in pregnancy
    Laparoscopic abdominal cerclage
    Pelvic organ prolapse and urinary incontinence
    Laparoscopic myomectomy
    Laparoscopic management of endometriosis
    Laparoscopic Hysterectomy
    Laparoscopic radical hysterectomy
    Complications of Laparoscopy
    Section III Hysteroscopy: Tips and tricks in hysteroscopy
    Anaesthesia for hysteroscopy
    Distention media in Hysteroscopy
    Hysteroscopic Adhesiolysis
    Hysteroscopic myomectomy
    Complications of hysteroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Mahmood Shafi, Addenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge, Helen Bolton, Addenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge, Ketankumar Gajjar, Addenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge.
    Summary: Written with the MRCOG examination requirements at its core, this book offers an extensive and up-to-date review of the full range of gynaecological cancers. The principles of epidemiology, imaging and treatment modalities are presented in a succinct and clinically focused manner. Each gynaecological cancer features in a stand-alone chapter, incorporating information on clinical issues, staging and principles of management. Genetic conditions and surgical principles are analysed, as well as topics such as palliative care, holistic approaches and communication. RCOG guidelines and Scientific Advisory Committee advice feature throughout the book. While authoritative and factual, the text is concise and clear. Flow-charts and diagrams support the assimilation of complex information, while practical tips, management algorithms, and clinical images enhance each chapter. Essential for those preparing for the MRCOG examination, this book is a comprehensive resource for health professionals working with gynaecological cancers, and those who want to further understand gynaecological oncology.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Christopher P. Crum, Anna R. Laury, Michelle S. Hirsch, Charles Matthew Quick, and William A. Peters.
    Summary: Part of the growing High-Yield Pathology Series, Gynecologic and Obstetric Pathology is designed to help you review the key features of ob/gyn specimens, recognize the classic look of each disease, and quickly confirm your diagnosis. Authors Christopher Crum, MD, Michelle S. Hirsch, MD, PhD, and William Peters III, MD, incorporate a logical format, excellent color photographs, concise bulleted text, and authoritative content to help you accurately identify hundreds of discrete disease entities affecting the female reproductive tract.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Print
    Wenxin Zheng, Oluwole Fadare, Charles Matthew Quick, Danhua Shen, Donghui Guo, editors.
    Summary: This fully indexed, 2-volume book covers all aspects of gynecologic and obstetric pathology. It focuses on practical issues in each chapter by demonstrating pitfalls of diagnosis in addition to general criteria needed for each disease entity. As a reference book on gynecologic and obstetric pathology, it is targeted for practicing pathologists, pathology residents, gynecologic pathology and oncology fellows, clinicians, healthcare providers, and biomedical researchers and is intended for use as a bench or scope side reference, resource for studying for board examinations or to satisfy any interest in certain topics within the field of gynecologic pathology. Volume 2 contains 17 chapters covering disease entities of the uterine myometrium, ovary, fallopian tube, peritoneum, placenta, gestational trophoblastic diseases, and gynecology related cytology. It covers all the recognized recent advances within the field. Key diagnostic and differential diagnosis related points are illustrated in numerous tables. In addition, plenty of high quality pictures are presented for the vast majority of entities to facilitate both learning and teaching.

    Contents:
    Lesions of fallopian tube
    Benign diseases of ovary
    Lesions of peritoneum and broad ligament
    Ovarian epithelial carcinogenesis
    Ovarian serous tumors
    Ovarian endometrioid and clear cell tumors
    Ovarian mucinous, transitional cell and other types of tumors
    Treatment principals for ovarian epithelial cancers
    Ovarian germ cell tumors
    Ovarian sex cord-stromal tumors
    Ovarian metastatic cancers
    Endometriosis
    Complications of early pregnancy and gestational trophoblastic diseases
    Gynecologic cytology
    Placenta pathology
    Pregnancy associated diseases
    Application of molecular biology in gynecologic pathology
    Application of immunohistochemistry in gynecologic pathology.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Satoru Takeda, Ryohei Kuwatsuru, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a highly informative guide to interventional radiology such as arterial embolization and arterial balloon occlusion for the prevention of massive hemorrhage and management of cervical myomectomy and cesarean hysterectomy. Recently, catheter intervention for hemostasis in obstetric patients has been increasingly used. Before myomectomy of large cervical leiomyoma or cesarean hysterectomy for placenta percreta with expected massive hemorrhage, a balloon occlusion catheter is inserted into arteries. In cesarean hysterectomy operations, ligation of internal iliac artery is not always effective in hemostasis of uterine bleeding: the success rate is about 40 -60%. Uterine blood flow during pregnancy is much different from that in non-pregnant women because large numbers of complicated collateral arteries develop during pregnancy, especially in patients with placenta previa. If the internal iliac artery and hypogastric artery are ligated, peripheral blood flow is still maintained, which causes intraoperative problems. The authors argue that effective transcatheter balloon occlusion requires a detailed knowledge of blood flow in both pregnant and non-pregnant women. As such the book provides extensive, detailed anatomical figures and videos offer readers vivid insights into methods of intercepting the uterine blood supply and the surgical methods. The book offers a new and indispensable reference guide for all obstetricians, not only for residents, but also for experienced professionals. It is also a valuable resource for radiologists and radiological technicians and radiology specialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Arri Coomarasamy, Mahmood I. Shafi, G. Willy Davila, Kiong K. Chan ; section editors, Pallavi Latthe, Janesh Gupta, Phil Moore, T. Justin Clark, Kavita Singh ; editorial co-coordinator, Helen Marie Williams.
    Summary: "Obstetric and gynecologic surgery is a craft that requires sound knowledge and skills. The knowledge and skills will need to be applied to the specifics of each surgical patient to enable the best surgical management and minimize complications. This resource book offers insightful management options to many of the challenges a gynecologic or obstetric surgeon may face before, during or after an operation. Designed to guide the surgeon to safe practice throughout all stages of surgical management, it offers case studies, management options with tips and tricks, and ideas for prevention of complications. Key points and summaries are provided at the end of each chapter for 'elevator reading', i.e., quick brushing up of facts on the way to facing a challenge. Divided into two sections the book first covers general pre, intra and post-operative challenges and, second, specific operative procedures within the specialist areas in obstetrics and gynecology"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Lisa Keder, Martin E. Olsen.
    Summary: Gynecologic Care provides a succinct yet comprehensive discussion of critical knowledge required for gynecologists. Concise, easily accessible chapters allow the reader to quickly review essential material for patient care, or comprehensively study the modern management of gynecology. New residents can quickly cover the breadth of gynecology, while more experienced physicians will find the materials useful for review purposes. Each chapter covers key topics listed by the Committee for Resident Education in Obstetrics and Gynecology. Gynecologic Care is part of a three book series which covers the breadth of the Obstetrics and Gynecology specialty. The other books in the series are Obstetric Care and Office Care of Women.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Ramez N. Eskander, Robert E. Bristow, editors.
    Summary: During this age of advanced technology, there is an incredible amount of dynamic literature surrounding the diagnosis and treatment of gynecologic cancers. Despite this information surplus, house officers and junior faculty studying gynecologic oncology indicate a need for a reliable, easily accessible, streamlined resource for everyday use. Gynecologic Oncology: A Pocketbook is a collaborative effort that combines the perspectives of expert faculty and fellows in training in the field of gynecologic oncology. Not only is it incredibly portable, but the format in which the information is presented (bullet point, outline, tables and diagrams) allows for rapid access to valuable information and is unique amongst existing texts. This distinct pocketbook will provide the information needed to care for patients with gynecologic malignancies appropriately and will promote critical thinking throughout treatment.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Disease Sites
    Epithelial Ovarian Cancer, Low Malignant Potential and Sex Cord Stromal Tumors of the Ovary
    Cervical Cancer
    Cancer of the Vulvar and Vagina
    Uterine Corpus Cancers
    Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Section 2: Chemotherapy
    Chemotherapy for Gynecologic Cancer
    Section 3: Radiation Therapy
    Radiation Therapy in Gynecologic Cancer
    Section 4: Critical Care
    Critical Care
    Section 5: Palliative Care
    Palliative Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Michelle F. Benoit, M. Yvette Williams-Brown, Creighton L. Edwards.
    Contents:
    Cancer screening, prevention, and preinvasive gynecologic disease
    Gynecologic cancers
    Hereditary cancer syndromes
    Surgical care for gynecologic cancers
    Gynecologic cancer treatment modalities
    Reproductive function and gynecologic cancer
    Survivorship care for gynecologic malignancies
    Palliative care
    Statistics and reference material.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    editors Marisa R. Nucci, Carlos Parra-Herran ; series editor John R. Goldblum.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Russell Vang, Jeffrey D. Seidman, Anna Yemelyanova.
    Summary: "Systematically solve tough diagnostic challenges in gynecologic pathology with this new title in the Differential Diagnoses in Surgical Pathology series. This practical, full-color reference uses select images of clinical and pathological findings, together with succinct, expert instructions, to guide you through the decision-making process by distinguishing between commonly confused lesions of the gynecologic tract. By presenting material according to the way pathologists actually work, this user-friendly volume helps you quickly differentiate entities that have overlapping morphologic features. Key Features: Presents over 170 differential diagnoses in gynecologic pathology, including the most common entities as well as selected rare diseases. Provides concise, bulleted summaries of clinical and pathological findings and relevant pictorial examples on the corresponding pages. Features over 1,500 high-quality images of similar-looking lesions side by side for easy comparison with respect to clinicopathologic features and ancillary tests. Includes sections on Vulva & Vagina, Cervix, Endometrial Epithelial Lesions, Uterine Pure Mesenchymal and Mixed Epithelial-Mesenchymal Lesions, Ovary, Peritoneum/Omentum, Fallopian Tube and Paratubal Region, and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease. Ideal for practicing pathologists, pathologists in training, residents, and medical students. Now with the print edition, enjoy the bundled interactive eBook edition, which can be downloaded to your tablet and smartphone or accessed online and includes features like: Complete content with enhanced navigation. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that pull results from content in the book, your notes, and even the web Cross-linked pages, references, and more for easy navigation "Highlighting tool" for easier reference of key content throughout the text. Ability to take and share notes with friends and colleagues Quick reference tabbing to save your favorite content for future use"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Vulva & vagina
    Cervix
    Uterine corpus (epithelial lesions)
    Uterine corpus (pure mesenchymal and mixed epithelial-mesenchymal lesions)
    Ovary
    Peritoneum/omentum
    Fallopian tube and paratubal region
    Gestational trophoblastic disease.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Beryl R. Benacerraf, Steven R. Goldstein, Yvette S. Groszmann.
    Summary: For pelvic symptoms, ultrasound is the initial imaging modality of choice in today's cost-conscious climate. Employing a practical, problem-based approach Gynecologic Ultrasound is the only medical reference that provides a stepwise method in the diagnosis of gynecological abnormalities. Abundantly illustrated and easily accessible, it is an ideal resource for a clinical setting. Expedite and confirm diagnosis of gynecological abnormalities. An easily accessible format-organized by both entity and differential diagnosis-facilitates searches and zeroing in on the one correct entity. Master the nuances of using ultrasound through the visual instruction of more than 600 clear images including 3D and Doppler - important and necessary tools for pelvic ultrasound. Glean all essential, up-to-date, need-to-know information about Mullerian Duct Abnormality, Endometriosis, Ovarian cancer, and Uterine Sarcoma as well as normal pelvic ultrasound and common normal variants. Consult this reference where and when you need it at Expert Consult.

    Contents:
    Adenomyosis
    Adhesions (Peritoneal Inclusion Cyst)
    Appendiceal Mucocele
    Atrophic Endometrium
    Bladder Masses
    Borderline Ovarian Tumor
    Bowel Diseases
    Brenner Tumor
    Cervical Masses
    Cesarean Scar Defect
    Corpus Luteum and Hemorrhagic Cyst
    Cyst, Clear
    Cystadenofibroma
    Dermoid Cyst
    Dysgerminoma
    Ectopic Pregnancy
    Endometrial Carcinoma
    Endometrial Hyperplasia and the Differential Diagnosis for Thick Endometrium
    Endometriosis
    Epidermoid Cyst
    Fibroids
    Fibroma (Ovarian), Thecoma, and Fibrothecoma
    Granulosa Cell Tumor
    Hematometra and Hematocolpos
    Hydrosalpinx
    Intrauterine Device Location, Abnormal
    Intravenous Leiomyomatosis
    Lymph Nodes, Enlarged
    Metastatic Tumor to the Ovary
    Mucinous Cystadenoma
    Müllerian Duct Anomalies
    Ovarian Calcifications
    Ovarian Cancer (Epithelial)
    Ovarian/Tubal Torsion
    Ovarian Vein Thrombosis
    Paratubal or Paraovarian Cysts
    Pelvic Congestion Syndrome
    Pelvic Kidney
    Polycystic Ovaries
    Polyps, Endometrial
    Premature Ovarian Failure
    Retained Products of Conception
    Scarred Uterus and Asherman's Syndrome
    Schwannoma
    Serous Cystadenoma
    Struma Ovarii
    T-Shaped Uterus
    Tarlov Cysts
    Theca Lutein Cyst
    Tube Carcinoma, Primary Fallopian
    Tubo-Ovarian Abcess and Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
    Ureteral Stone
    Uterine Sarcoma
    Vaginal Masses
    Normal Pelvic Ultrasound and Common Normal Variants
    Case 1
    Case 2
    Case 3
    Case 4
    Case 5
    Case 6
    Case 7
    Case 8
    Case 9
    Case 10
    Case 11
    Case 12
    Case 13
    Case 14
    Case 15
    Case 16
    Case 17
    Case 18
    Case 19
    Case 20
    Case 21
    Case 22
    Case 23
    Case 24
    Case 25
    Case 26.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2014
  • Digital
    Kavita Singh, Bindiya Gupta, editors.
    Summary: This book, Gynecological Oncology-Basic Principles and Clinical Practice, is a detailed resource. It gives relevant principles to help successfully utilize the latest diagnostic methodologies and management strategies in all aspects of gynecologic oncology. It deals with practical tips and evidence on core topics such as surgical practices, chemotherapy, radiation and palliative care in oncology which help with skill enhancement and improve understanding. Besides, laying the foundation for management of clinical gynecological oncology, it promotes lateral thinking, a holistic approach and is useful in daily practice as a go-to for practitioners and academics with teaching commitments.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Ch:1 Approach to a case of gyne oncology
    Ch:2 Multidisciplinary decision making in Gynaeoncology: Guidance, conduct and legalities
    Ch:3 Communication skills and consenting process in Gynaeoncology
    Ch:4 Holistic approach towards a case management in Gynaeoncology
    Ch:5: Clinical evidence in Gynaeoncology Sources & application
    Ch:6 Surgical principles and practices in Gynaeoncology: Achieving the best outcome
    Ch:7 Techniques of enhanced recovery in post operative care
    Ch:8 Surgical Complications in Gynaecological Oncology
    Ch:9 Minor surgical procedures
    Ch:10 Management of complications: Chemotherapy related complications, Acute bowel obstruction, symptomatic ascites & pleural effusion, pulmonary embolism, deep vein thrombosis, severe pain, chylous ascites
    Ch:11 Chemotherapy in gynaecological cancers and newer developments
    Ch:12 Hormonal treatment in gynaecological malignancies
    Ch:13 Radiation protocols relevant for gynaecological oncology and management of complications
    Ch:14 Palliative care in Gynae-oncology
    Ch:15 Interpretation of Immunohistochemistry in gynaecological cancers
    Ch:16 Molecular classification of gynaecological cancers: Clinical implications
    Ch:17 Role of Genetics in Gynaecological cancers
    Ch:18 Radiology investigations and interventions in Gynaeoncology
    Ch:19 Post-operative care in Gynaecological Oncology
    Backmatter.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kanna Jayaprakasan, Lukasz Polanski, Kamal Ojha.
    Summary: This practical guide covers all aspects of gynaecological ultrasound, focusing on good technique, the ultrasound machine and reporting. Written by experts with a strong reputation for training in the field, this book takes a 'tips and tricks' approach. Chapters cover topics such as equipment familiarization, principles of transvaginal ultrasound, the awkward uterus, the difficult ovary, and ART-related procedures. The authors discuss the use of both basic ultrasound and 3D machines, and provide tips on how to optimize the image and gain useful clinical information even in the most challenging of assessments. With a multitude of images included to train the eye to identify normal anatomy and common pathologies, chapter summary boxes and case-based examples also provide an easy reference for assessing conditions and lesions. This book will greatly improve the scanning technique of trainees in obstetrics and gynaecology, sonographers, reproductive medicine practitioners, and gynaecologists of any level.

    Contents:
    Get to know your machine and scanning environment / Kamal Ojha
    Baseline sonographic assessment of the female pelvis / Lukasz Polanski and Kanna Jayaprakasan
    Difficult gynaecological ultrasound examination / Kamal Ojha
    Sonographic assessment of uterine fibroids and adenomyosis / Francisco Sellers Lopez, Belen Moliner Renau and Rafael Bernabeu Perez
    Sonographic assessment of congenital uterine anomalies / Sotirios H. Saravelos and Tin-Chiu Li
    Sonographic assessment of endometrial pathology / Thierry Van den Bosch
    Sonographic assessment of polycystic ovaries / Taek Elshamy and Kanna Jayaprakasan
    Sonographic assessment of ovarian cysts and masses / Shama Puri
    Sonographic assessment of pelvic endometriosis / Tom Holland
    Sonographic assessment of fallopian tubes and tubal pathologies / Sonal Panchal and Chaitanya Nagori
    Role of ultrasound in assisted reproductive treatment / Lukasz Polanski, Mamta Deenadayal and Aarti Deenadayal Tolani
    Operative ultrasound in gynaecology / Kanna Jayaprakasan and Uchechukwu N. Ijeneme
    Sonographic assessment of complications related to assisted reproductive techniques / Miriam Baumgarten and Lukasz Polanski
    Sonographic assessment of early pregnancy / Anita Jeyaraj
    Tips and tricks when using ultrasound in a contraception clinic / Sheila Radhakrishnan and Shilpa Kolhe
    Doppler ultrasound in gynaecology / Ligita Jokubkiene, Victor P. Campos, Walter C. Borges and Wellington P. Martins.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Sherif Shazly, Shannon K. Laughlin-Tommaso.
    Summary: This book is a thorough and easy-to-use guide to gynecology for residents preparing for their CREOG and board examinations. Books available for gynecology residents are generally either clinically directed or academically based. The books in the first group are usually brief, suitable as handbooks for residents to use during daily practice. These books, however, do not provide adequate background information to prepare for CREOG or ABOG board examinations. The more academically-focused books provide detailed background, but do not offer simple and quick assistance during daily practice or studying. This book aims to provide the most beneficial parts of both products. Throughout, the material is simplified and well-organized to provide an excellent resource for clinical practice, with ample use of bullets and key points. The content is also comprehensive, providing the appropriate background knowledge and a systematic approach that makes it an excellent source for the board examination. Topics are divided into four sections: general gynecology, urogynecology, reproductive endocrinology and infertility, and gynecology oncology. Chapters then cover all major topics in each area, including uterine fibroids, polycystic ovary syndrome, and genital infections. Each chapter additionally includes multiple choice questions for residents to test their knowledge of the material. This is an ideal guide for residents in OBGYN and practicing gynecologists looking for a refresher and quick reference.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Part I: General Gynecology
    Chapter 1: Basic Gynecology
    Anatomy
    The External Genital Organs (The Vulva)
    Pelvic Outlet
    Pelvic Organs
    The Pelvic Floor
    Pelvic Avascular Spaces
    Pelvi-Abdominal Vasculature
    Anatomy of Anterior Abdominal Wall
    Physiology
    Puberty
    Physiologic Changes with Puberty
    Precocious Puberty
    Embryology
    Further Reading
    Chapter 2: Menstrual Disorders
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Postmenopausal Bleeding
    Amenorrhea
    Amenorrhea-Related Disorders
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
    Gonadal Dysgenesis Gonadal Dysgenesis with Abnormal Karyotype (Turner Syndrome)
    Gonadal Dysgenesis with Normal Karyotype (Pure Gonadal Dysgenesis)
    Outflow Tract Obstruction
    Sheehan syndrome
    Hyperprolactinemia
    Dysmenorrhea
    Premenstrual Syndrome
    Further Reading
    Chapter 3: Genital Infection
    Lower Genital Infections
    Bacterial Vaginosis
    Trichomoniasis
    Vulvovaginal Candidiasis
    Atrophic Vaginitis
    Desquamative Inflammatory Vaginitis
    Genital Herpes
    Syphilis
    Chancroid
    Granuloma Inguinale (Donovanosis)
    Lymphogranuloma Venereum (LGV) External Genital Warts (Condyloma Acuminata)
    Molluscum Contagiosum
    Further Reading
    Chapter 4: Contraception
    Barrier Methods
    Combined Hormonal Contraception
    Combined Oral Contraceptive (COC) Pills
    Transdermal Patches
    Vaginal Ring
    Progestin-Only Contraception
    Non-hormonal Intrauterine Devices
    Missing IUD Strings
    Postpartum Contraception
    Emergency Contraception
    Natural Contraception
    Female Sterilization
    Male Sterilization
    Further Reading
    Chapter 5: Uterine Leiomyomas
    Further Reading
    Chapter 6: Chronic Pelvic Pain
    Endometriosis Adenomyosis
    Further Reading
    Chapter 7: Menopause
    Osteopenia and Osteoporosis
    Vulvar Pruritus
    Further Reading
    Part II: Urogynecology
    Chapter 8: Urinary Incontinence
    Further Reading
    Chapter 9: Pelvic Organ Prolapse
    Further Reading
    Chapter 10: Genital Fistulas
    Genitourinary Fistuae
    Rectovaginal Fistula
    Female Genital Mutilation
    Further Reading
    Chapter 11: Urodynamic Study
    Further Reading
    Part III: Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility
    Chapter 12: Infertility
    Male Factor Infertility
    Female Factor Infertility
    Tubal Factor Female Factor Infertility
    Ovarian Factor
    Female Factor Infertility
    Uterine Factor
    Asherman syndrome
    Unexplained Infertility
    Further Reading
    Chapter 13: Recurrent Pregnancy Loss
    Further Reading
    Chapter 14: Fertility Preservation
    Further Reading
    Chapter 15: Anomalies of Female Genital Tract
    Disorders of Sex Development (DSD)
    Congenital Anomalies of the Vulva
    Hymeneal Anomalies
    Congenital Anomalies of the Vagina
    Müllerian Duct Anomalies
    Vaginal Agenesis (Blind Vagina)
    Cervical Anomalies
    Fallopian Tube Anomalies
    Ovarian Anomalies
    Digital Access Springer 2020
all 524 "G" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.